Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   20-4647180

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

 

123 Mission Street, 25 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

(415) 399-2580

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Christopher A. Lien

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Marin Software Incorporated

123 Mission Street, 25 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

(415) 399-2580

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Gordon K. Davidson, Esq.

Jeffrey R. Vetter, Esq.

Michael A. Brown, Esq.

Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, CA 94041

(650) 988-8500

 

Rashmi Garde, Esq.

General Counsel

Marin Software Incorporated

123 Mission Street, 25 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

(415) 399-2580

 

Douglas D. Smith, Esq.

Stewart L. McDowell, Esq.

Gibson Dunn & Crutcher LLP

555 Mission Street

San Francisco, CA 94105

(415) 393-8200

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.     ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨    Non-accelerated filer   x   Smaller reporting company   ¨
  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each class of securities

to be registered

 

Proposed maximum
aggregate offering

price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

registration fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $75,000,000   $10,230

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated February 13, 2013.

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Marin Software Incorporated.

Marin Software is offering                  of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional                  shares. Marin Software will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $         and $        . Marin Software intends to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MRIN.”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under federal securities laws. See “ Risk Factors ” on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to Marin Software

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                  shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                  shares from Marin Software and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2013.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Deutsche Bank Securities
    UBS Investment Bank   Stifel    
Wells Fargo Securities

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     34   

Industry and Market Data

     35   

Use of Proceeds

     36   

Dividend Policy

     36   

Capitalization

     37   

Dilution

     39   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     41   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     43   

Business

     72   

Management

     93   

Executive Compensation

     101   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     110   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     114   

Description of Capital Stock

     117   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     122   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

     124   

Underwriting

     129   

Legal Matters

     133   

Experts

     133   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     133   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock, you should read this summary together with the more detailed information, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, provided elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in “Risk Factors,” our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Marin Software Incorporated

Our Business

We provide a leading cloud-based digital advertising management platform that enables advertisers and agencies to improve financial performance, realize efficiencies and time savings, and make better business decisions. Our Revenue Acquisition Management platform is an analytics, workflow, and optimization solution for marketing professionals, enabling them to effectively manage their digital advertising spend across search, display, social and mobile advertising channels. Our solution is designed to help our customers:

 

  Ÿ  

measure the effectiveness of their advertising campaigns through our proprietary reporting and analytics capabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

manage and execute campaigns through our intuitive user interface and underlying technology that streamlines and automates key functions, such as ad creation and bidding, across multiple publishers and channels; and

 

  Ÿ  

optimize campaigns across multiple publishers and channels in real time based on market and business data to achieve desired revenue outcomes using our predictive bid management technology.

Advertisers are increasingly focused on performance-based marketing and are seeking ways to gather, analyze and leverage data about the effectiveness of digital advertising to run more impactful and targeted campaigns. Our robust and flexible platform integrates with leading publishers, such as Baidu, Bing, Facebook, Google, Yahoo! and Yahoo! Japan, as well as leading web analytics and ad-serving solutions, and key enterprise applications to enable marketers to measure the return on investment of their marketing programs.

Our platform serves as a system-of-record for advertising performance, revenue and conversion data and allows advertisers to correlate advertising spend to subsequent revenue outcomes or business events. Through a single, intuitive interface, designed to meet the daily workflow requirements of online marketers, we enable our customers to simultaneously run large-scale digital advertising campaigns across multiple publishers and channels, making it easy for marketers to create, publish, modify and optimize campaigns in real time. Our predictive bid management and optimization technology also allows advertisers to forecast outcomes and optimize campaigns across multiple publishers and channels to achieve their business goals. Our optimization technology enables advertisers to easily and rapidly increase spend on those campaigns, publishers and channels that are performing while reducing investment in those that are not.

In December 2012, our customers collectively managed $                   in annualized advertising spend on our platform and we had                    active advertisers using our solution globally across a wide

 

 

1


Table of Contents

range of industries. We define an active advertiser as an advertiser from whom we recognized revenues in excess of $2,000 in the last month of a quarter. We market and sell our solutions to advertisers directly and through leading advertising agencies. We generate revenues from subscription contracts under which we charge fees generally based upon the amount of advertising spend that our customers manage through our platform. We have achieved 14 consecutive quarters of revenue growth. For 2009, 2010 and 2011, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, our revenues were $7.5 million, $19.0 million, $36.1 million and $42.5 million, representing period-over-period growth of 186%, 152%, 90% and 72%, respectively. We had net losses of $9.7 million in 2009, $10.9 million in 2010, $17.4 million in 2011 and $19.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Industry Overview

As audiences have increased their time spent online, the ability to acquire revenue through digital channels has emerged as a strategic priority for marketers. A growing number of consumers and businesses worldwide are relying on the Internet, social media and mobile devices to research products and services and make purchases. These trends are causing an ongoing shift in advertising budgets to digital channels as enterprises increasingly compete to acquire customers and revenues online. This competition for revenue acquisition is driving a need for a new category of enterprise software to help advertisers effectively measure, manage and optimize their digital advertising spend.

Global spend on advertising is expected to grow from $480 billion in 2012 to $619 billion in 2017, according to Magna Global. Rapid growth in online activity and engagement is resulting in a significant and ongoing shift in advertising spend to digital channels with global spend on digital advertising expected to grow from $98 billion in 2012 to $174 billion in 2017, according to Magna Global.

The evolution of a multi-channel and multi-device digital advertising ecosystem creates opportunities for advertisers to more effectively target and reach specific audiences to optimize revenue acquisition and other desired business results. However, as digital advertising becomes increasingly competitive and complex, digital advertisers are faced with several key challenges, such as the need to quickly and efficiently respond to changing market conditions and consistently deliver desired business results across multiple channels, publishers and devices. Existing approaches to digital advertising management are limited in scope and effectiveness. These approaches include: publisher tools, which only manage workflow on a particular publisher platform; spreadsheets, which are not scalable; proprietary internal systems, which are increasingly complex and expensive to build and maintain; and bid management tools, which lack end-to-end workflow and analytics capabilities.

The inadequacy of these existing approaches, coupled with a growing shift in budgets to digital advertising and demand for performance-based marketing, has created the need for a new category of enterprise-class digital advertising management solutions. This category of solutions, which we refer to as Revenue Acquisition Management, enables businesses to intelligently and efficiently measure, manage, and optimize their digital advertising spend to achieve desired business results. We believe there is significant demand for Revenue Acquisition Management solutions among advertisers worldwide.

Our Solution

We believe our Revenue Acquisition Management platform enables advertisers to significantly improve their ability to acquire revenue through digital advertising campaigns.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Business Benefits

Financial lift .     As a result of optimization of advertising spend, efficiencies in workflow and better decision making, our customers are able to create and execute successful campaigns that lead to increased revenue and other desired business outcomes. Based on our internal customer surveys, we believe that our customers typically realize financial lift from using our platform through a variety of means such as increased volumes of revenues or leads, higher profits, improved advertising return on investment, and lower costs of customer acquisition.

Efficiencies and time savings .    Utilizing our solution, customers are able to automate manual and time-intensive tasks such as reporting, analysis, campaign creation and bidding, allowing advertisers to focus on campaign strategy, expansion and optimization. In June 2012, we conducted an internal survey of employees of our customers that had used our platform at least four times in the last 365 days. Of the 250 responses, representing 149 unique customers, half of the respondents reported time savings of 25% or greater from using our solution.

Better business decision making.     Our Revenue Acquisition Management platform enables advertisers to manage campaigns to their business objectives by identifying campaign elements for segmentation and analysis in order to easily categorize, filter and compare data sets that are important to their business. In addition, through our proprietary recommendation engine, we are able to proactively suggest modifications to optimize marketing campaigns.

Key Strengths

Robust and flexible integration.     Our platform is architected to enable our customers to aggregate and analyze key data from their digital advertising campaigns and business information systems, creating a system-of-record that marketers can use to attribute revenue to specific marketing spend, gain visibility into the path to purchase, and assess customer lifetime value.

Big data analytics.     Our platform provides sophisticated analytics functionality that can parse through massive and growing data sets to enable advertisers to understand their return on advertising investment, easily identify outliers and trends, and take appropriate action.

Real-time, cross-publisher campaign management.     Our solution enables customers to simultaneously run large-scale digital advertising campaigns across multiple publishers and channels, making it easy for marketers to create, publish, modify and optimize campaigns in real time using a single interface.

Predictive bid management and optimization.     Our bid management technology allows marketers to optimize campaigns across multiple publishers and channels to achieve their business goals, such as increasing revenues or decreasing the cost per lead or cost per customer acquired. Advertisers can also forecast and adjust outcomes using our predictive bidding technology.

Intuitive interface offering visibility and control.     Our intuitive interface is designed to simplify the daily workflow requirements of online marketers, including managing multiple campaigns, performing real-time analytics and collaborating with multi-user teams.

Experienced team committed to customer success.     We have a global team experienced in the areas of digital advertising and enterprise software, which enables us to provide effective onboarding, best-practice advice and reliable and responsive technology support to our customers.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Highly-scalable and extensible cloud-based architecture.     We deliver our cloud-based platform using a purpose-built technology foundation designed to support enterprise-scale data sets and transaction volumes. Our technology allows customers to aggregate, store and process large amounts of data while maintaining high application availability and responsiveness.

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to extend our lead in and grow the Revenue Acquisition Management category. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

Enhancing our leadership position by innovating and expanding our platform.     We intend to continue to enhance the value of our platform by developing new functionality, optimizing our feature set and platform capabilities, and expanding support for additional publishers and data sources.

Acquiring new advertisers.     We intend to continue to make investments to acquire new advertisers. We intend to expand our sales organization by adding sales executives globally and plan to continue to market our platform to new advertisers and agencies.

Expanding within our existing advertiser base.     We believe that we can capture additional advertising spend on our platform from our existing advertiser base by expanding our current capabilities as well as offering new features and functionality, providing best practices support and demonstrating our ability to help our advertisers obtain financial lift, time savings and better business results.

Further penetrating display, social and mobile opportunities.     We believe that we can increase advertising spend on our platform as mobile, social and display channels grow in scale and complexity. We intend to continue to optimize our solution to handle unique complexities associated with display, social and mobile advertising channels.

Continuing to expand internationally.     We plan to continue to grow our international business by supporting additional regional publishers, expanding our global sales team and working with leading agencies and advertisers worldwide.

Growing our partner ecosystem and selectively pursuing acquisitions.     We intend to further develop our partner ecosystem with leading publishers, technology partners, advertising agencies, and other sales channel partners. In addition, we intend to selectively pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies.

Selected Risks Associated with Our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks include:

 

  Ÿ  

We have a history of losses and we may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

 

  Ÿ  

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects.

 

  Ÿ  

Our usage-based pricing model makes it difficult to accurately forecast revenues.

 

  Ÿ  

The market for digital advertising management solutions is relatively new and dependent on growth in digital advertising channels. If this market develops more slowly or differently than we expect, our business, growth prospects and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

  Ÿ  

If we are unable to maintain our relationships with, and access to, publishers, our business will suffer.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Our growth depends in part on the success of our relationships with advertising agencies.

 

  Ÿ  

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

 

  Ÿ  

Our business depends on our customers’ continued willingness to manage advertising spend on our platform.

 

  Ÿ  

We incur upfront costs associated with onboarding advertisers to our platform and may not recoup our investment if we do not maintain the advertiser relationship over time.

 

  Ÿ  

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control. After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,    % of our outstanding common stock.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in March 2006. Our principal executive offices are located at 123 Mission Street, 25 th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105, and our telephone number is (415) 399-2580. Our website address is www.marinsoftware.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms “Company,” “Marin Software,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Marin Software Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted.

We have registered the trademark “Marin” in the European Union and have a pending trademark application for the trademark “Marin” pending with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. The Marin Software logo and all product names are our common law trademarks. All other service marks, trademarks and tradenames appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock offered by us

  

                 shares

Shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders

  

                 shares

        Total shares of common stock offered

  

                 shares

Over-allotment option to be offered by us

  

                 shares

Over-allotment option to be offered by the selling stockholders

  

                 shares

Shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

  

                 shares (                 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full)

Use of proceeds

   We intend to use the net proceeds to us for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may use a portion of the proceeds to acquire complementary businesses or technologies. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Risk factors

   You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

  

“MRIN”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 23,266,995 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

4,273,447 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2012, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.72 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

211,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted between October 1, 2012 and December 10, 2012, with an exercise price of $12.15 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

87,692 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2012, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.73 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

309,447 shares of our common stock that are issued but were subject to a right of repurchase by us as of September 30, 2012 and therefore are not included in stockholders’ (deficit) equity; and

 

  Ÿ  

                 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (a) 3,263 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2012, (b)                  shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, and (c)                  shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. On the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
 

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

  Ÿ  

the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, including shares of our Series F-1 convertible preferred stock issued in November 2012, into an aggregate of 18,752,943 shares of our common stock effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our restated bylaws, which will occur upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise of outstanding options or warrants; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                  shares of our common stock from us in this offering.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present our summary historical financial data. You should read this information in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for 2009, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of those unaudited consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2012 or any other period.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
        2009             2010             2011         2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenues

  $ 7,527      $ 19,005      $ 36,121      $ 24,711      $ 42,507   

Cost of revenues(1)

    5,101        11,040        18,691        13,523        17,728   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    2,426        7,965        17,430        11,188        24,779   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing(1)

    6,146        8,884        20,357        14,474        23,615   

Research and development(1)

    3,410        4,568        7,071        5,027        9,651   

General and administrative(1)

    2,171        5,195        6,679        4,132        10,001   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    11,727        18,647        34,107        23,633        43,267   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (9,301     (10,682     (16,677     (12,445     (18,488

Interest expense, net

    (212     (230     (378     (276     (349

Other income (expenses), net

    (92     78        (229     (143     (222
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (9,605     (10,834     (17,284     (12,864     (19,059

Provision for income taxes

    (103     (23     (139     (96     (167
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (9,708   $ (10,857   $ (17,423   $ (12,960   $ (19,226

Redemption of preferred stock in connection with the Series D financing and deemed dividend

    —          (1,033     —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to common stockholders

  $ (9,708   $ (11,890   $ (17,423   $ (12,960   $ (19,226
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share available to common stockholders (basic and diluted)(2)

  $ (2.74   $ (3.27   $ (4.29   $ (3.26   $ (4.46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

    3,540        3,639        4,058        3,978        4,312   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

      $ (0.96     $ (0.84
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average pro forma shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

        18,108          22,809   
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other Financial Data:

         

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ (9,100   $ (8,715   $ (15,208   $ (11,408   $ (13,367

(footnotes on next page)

 

 

8


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations data above was allocated as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2009              2010              2011              2011              2012      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 66       $ 90       $ 165       $ 119       $ 292   

Sales and marketing

     81         66         226         162         817   

Research and development

     26         58         163         120         648   

General and administrative

     19         1,172         143         82         2,490   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 192       $ 1,386       $ 697       $ 483       $ 4,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 12 of consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of basic and diluted net loss per share available to common stockholders and pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders.
(3) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, capitalized internal-use software development costs, interest expense, net, provision for income taxes and other income (expenses), net. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

 

     As of September 30, 2012  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,990      $ 36,890       $                

Property and equipment, net

     8,479        8,479      

Total assets

     40,300        60,200      

Debt, current and long-term

     10,185        10,185      

Convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     85,808        —        

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (66,760     39,272      

 

(1) The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012 reflects (i) the issuance of 1,478,064 shares of Series F-1 preferred stock and receipt of the related net proceeds of $19.9 million, (ii) the automatic conversion of all our outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the completion of this offering and (iii) the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants.
(2) The pro forma as adjusted column in the summary consolidated balance sheet data above reflects the effect of our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net loss, operating loss or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these adjustments and the reason we consider them appropriate.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance for the following reasons:

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA is widely used by investors and securities analysts to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items, such as stock-based compensation expense,

 

 

9


Table of Contents
 

depreciation and amortization, capitalized internal-use software development costs, interest expense, net, provision for income taxes and other income or expense, net, that can vary substantially from company to company depending upon their financing, capital structures and the method by which assets were acquired;

 

  Ÿ  

Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with GAAP financial measures for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget, as a measure of operating performance and the effectiveness of our business strategies and in communications with our board of directors concerning our financial performance; and

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA provides consistency and comparability with our past financial performance, facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations and also facilitates comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results.

We understand that, although Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results of operations as reported under GAAP. These limitations include:

 

  Ÿ  

Depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, and the assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be replaced in the future; Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for these replacements;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs or contractual commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income taxes and the cash impact of other income or expense; and

 

  Ÿ  

Other companies may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (9,708   $ (10,857   $ (17,423   $ (12,960   $ (19,226

Depreciation and amortization

     382        1,016        1,800        1,268        2,148   

Interest expense, net

     212        230        378        276        349   

Provision for income taxes

     103        23        139        96        167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     (9,011     (9,588     (15,106     (11,320     (16,562

Other (income) expenses, net

     92        (78     229        143        222   

Capitalized internal-use software development costs

     (373     (435     (1,028     (714     (1,274

Stock-based compensation

     192        1,386        697        483        4,247   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (9,100   $ (8,715   $ (15,208   $ (11,408   $ (13,367
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of losses and we may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future.

We have incurred significant losses in each fiscal year since our incorporation in 2006. We experienced net losses of $17.4 million during 2011 and $19.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. As of September 30, 2012, we had an accumulated deficit of $70.1 million. The losses and accumulated deficit were due to the substantial investments we made to grow our business and acquire customers. We anticipate that our cost of revenues and operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest to grow our business and acquire customers and develop our platform and new functionality. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenues sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. Many of our efforts to generate revenues from our business are new and unproven, and any failure to increase our revenues or generate revenues from new solutions could prevent us from attaining or increasing profitability. Furthermore, to the extent we are successful in increasing our customer base, we could also incur increased losses because costs associated with entering into customer contracts are generally incurred up front, while customers are billed over the term of the contract generally through our usage-based pricing model. We do not expect to be profitable in the foreseeable future and we cannot be certain that we will be able to attain profitability on a quarterly or annual basis, or if we do, that we will sustain profitability.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects.

Although we began our operations in March 2006, we did not begin generating substantial revenues until 2009. Our limited operating history may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and our future prospects. We have encountered and will continue to encounter risks and difficulties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly developing and changing industries, including challenges in forecasting accuracy, determining appropriate investments of our limited resources, market acceptance of our existing and future solutions, competition from established companies with greater financial and technical resources, acquiring and retaining customers, managing customer deployments and developing new solutions. Our current operations infrastructure may require changes in order for us to achieve profitability and scale our operations efficiently. For example, we may need to automate portions of our solution to decrease our costs, ensure our marketing infrastructure is designed to drive highly qualified leads cost effectively and implement changes in our sales model to improve the predictability of our sales and reduce our sales cycle. If we fail to implement these changes on a timely basis or are unable to implement them due to factors beyond our control, our business may suffer. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in addressing these and other challenges we may face in the future.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our usage-based pricing model makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects.

We have a usage-based pricing model where most of our fees are calculated as a percentage of customers’ advertising spend managed on our platform. This pricing model makes it difficult to accurately forecast revenues because our customers’ advertising spend managed by our platform may vary from month to month based on the variety of industries in which our advertisers operate, the seasonality of those industries and fluctuations in our customers’ advertising budgets or other factors. Our contracts with our direct advertiser customers generally contain a minimum monthly fee, which is generally one-half of our estimated monthly revenues from the customer at the time the contract is signed, and, as a result, the monthly minimum may not be a good indicator of our revenues from that customer. In addition, advertisers that use our platform through our agency customers typically do not have a minimum monthly spend amount or a minimum term during which they must use our platform and, as a result, the ability to forecast revenues from these advertisers is difficult. Additionally, if we overestimate usage, we may incur additional expenses in adding infrastructure, without a commensurate increase in revenues, which would harm our gross margins and other operating results.

The market for digital advertising management solutions is relatively new and dependent on growth in various digital advertising channels. If this market develops more slowly or differently than we expect, our business, growth prospects and financial condition would be adversely affected.

The market for digital advertising management solutions such as ours is relatively new and these solutions may not achieve or sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. While search and display advertising has been used successfully for several years, marketing via new digital advertising channels such as mobile and social media is not as well established. The future growth of our business could be constrained by both the level of acceptance and expansion of emerging digital advertising channels, as well as the continued use and growth of existing channels, such as search and display advertising. Even if these channels become widely adopted, advertisers and agencies may not make significant investments in solutions such as ours that help them manage their digital advertising spend across publisher platforms and advertising channels. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates, customer demand for our platform, the future growth rate and size of the digital advertising management solutions market or the entry of competitive solutions. Any expansion of the market for digital advertising management solutions depends on a number of factors, including the growth of the digital advertising market, the growth of social and mobile as advertising channels and the cost, performance and perceived value associated with digital advertising management solutions. If digital advertising management solutions do not achieve widespread adoption, or there is a reduction in demand for digital advertising caused by weakening economic conditions, decreases in corporate spending or otherwise, it could result in reduced usage, which could decrease revenues or otherwise adversely affect our business.

If we are unable to maintain our relationships with, and access to, publishers, our business will suffer.

We currently depend on relationships with various publishers, including Baidu, Bing, Facebook, Google, Yahoo! and Yahoo! Japan. Our subscription services interface with these publishers’ platforms through application programming interfaces (API), such as the Google AdWords API. We are subject to the publishers’ standard API terms and conditions, which govern the use and distribution of data from these publishers’ platforms. Our business significantly depends on having access to these APIs, particularly the Google AdWords API, which the substantial majority of our customers use, on commercially reasonable terms and our business would be harmed if any of these publishers discontinue or limit access to their platforms, modify their terms of use or other policies or place additional restrictions on us as API users, or charge API license fees for API access. Moreover, some

 

12


Table of Contents

of these publishers, such as Google, market competitive solutions for their platforms. Because the publishers control their APIs, they may develop competitive offerings that are not subject to the limits imposed on us through the API terms and conditions. Currently, restrictions in these API agreements limit our ability to implement certain functionality, require us to implement functionality in a particular manner or require us to implement certain required minimum functionality, causing us to devote development resources to implement certain functionality that we would not otherwise include in our subscription services and to incur costs for personnel to provide services to implement functionality that we are prohibited from automating. Publishers update their API terms of use from time to time and new versions of these terms could impose additional restrictions on us. In addition, publishers continually update their APIs, which requires us to modify our software to accommodate these changes. Any of these outcomes could cause demand for our products to decrease, our research and development costs to increase, and our results of operations and financial condition to be harmed.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our relationships with advertising agencies.

Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to enter into successful relationships with advertising agencies. Identifying agencies and negotiating and documenting relationships with them requires significant time and resources. These relationships may not result in additional customers or enable us to generate significant revenues. Our contracts for these relationships are typically non-exclusive and do not prohibit the agency from working with our competitors or from offering competing services. We generally bill agencies for their customers’ use of our platform, but the agency’s customer has no direct contractual commitment to make payment to us. Furthermore, some of these agency contracts include provisions whereby the agency is not liable for making payment to us for our subscription services if the agency does not receive a corresponding payment from its client on whose behalf the subscription services were rendered. These provisions may result in longer collections periods or our inability to collect payment for some of our subscription services. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these agencies on commercially reasonable terms, or if these relationships are not profitable for us, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenues could be impaired and our operating results would suffer.

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

The overall market for digital advertising management solutions is rapidly evolving, highly competitive, complex, fragmented, and subject to changing technology and shifting customer needs. We face significant competition in this market and we expect competition to intensify in the future. We currently compete with large, well-established companies, such as Adobe Systems Incorporated and Google Inc. (through its wholly-owned subsidiary DoubleClick), and privately-held companies, such as Acquisio Inc., which focuses solely on agencies, and Kenshoo Ltd. We also compete with in-house proprietary tools and custom solutions, including spreadsheets. Increased competition may result in reduced pricing for our solutions, longer sales cycles or a decrease of our market share, any of which could negatively affect our revenues and future operating results and our ability to grow our business.

A number of competitive factors could cause us to lose potential sales or to sell our solutions at lower prices or at reduced margins, including, among others:

 

  Ÿ  

potential customers may choose to develop or continue to use internal solutions rather than paying for our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

companies may enter our market by expanding their platforms or acquiring a competitor;

 

  Ÿ  

some of our competitors, such as Adobe and Google, have greater financial, marketing and technical resources than we do, allowing them to leverage a larger installed customer base,

 

13


Table of Contents
 

adopt more aggressive pricing policies, and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products and services than we can; and

 

  Ÿ  

companies marketing search, social, display, mobile or web analytics services could bundle digital advertising management solutions or offer such products at a lower price as part of a larger product sale.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If we cannot compete successfully, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be negatively impacted.

Our business depends on our customers’ continued willingness to manage advertising spend on our platform.

In order for us to improve our operating results, it is important that our customers continue to manage their advertising spend on our platform, increase their usage and also purchase additional solutions from us. In the case of our direct advertiser customers, we offer our solutions primarily through subscription contracts and generally bill customers over the related subscription period, which is typically in the range of six months to one year. During the term of their contracts, our direct advertiser customers generally have no obligation to maintain or increase their advertising spend on our platform beyond a specified minimum monthly fee, which is typically set at the time the contract is signed and is half of the monthly amount we anticipate the customer will spend. Our direct advertiser customers have no renewal obligation after the initial or then-current renewal subscription period expires, and even if customers renew contracts, they may decrease the level of their digital advertising spend managed through our platform, resulting in lower revenues from that customer. Advertisers that we serve through our arrangements with our advertising agencies generally do not have any contractual commitment to use our platform. Our customers’ usage may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including, but not limited to, their satisfaction with our platform and our customer support, the frequency and severity of outages, the pricing of our, or competing, solutions, the effects of global economic conditions, and reductions in spending levels or changes in our customers’ strategies regarding digital advertising. Due to our limited historical experience, we may not be able to accurately predict future usage trends. If our customers renew on less favorable terms or reduce their advertising spend on our platform, our revenues may grow more slowly than expected or decline.

We incur upfront costs associated with onboarding advertisers to our platform and may not recoup our investment if we do not maintain the advertiser relationship over time.

Our operating results may be negatively affected if we are unable to recoup our upfront costs for onboarding new advertisers to our platform. Upfront costs when adding new advertisers generally include sales commissions for our sales force, expenses associated with entering customer data into our platform and other implementation-related costs. Because our customers, including direct advertisers and agencies, are billed over the term of the contract, if new customers sign contracts with short initial subscription periods and do not renew their subscriptions, or otherwise do not continue to use our platform to a level that generates revenues in excess of our upfront expenses, our operating results could be negatively impacted. In cases in which the implementation process is particularly complex, the revenues resulting from the customer under our typical six-month or one-year contract may not cover the upfront investment, so if a significant number of these customers do not renew their contracts, it could negatively affect our operating results.

 

14


Table of Contents

Because we generally bill our customers over the term of the contract, near term decline in new or renewed subscriptions may not be reflected immediately in our operating results.

Most of our revenues in each quarter are derived from contracts entered into with our customers during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not be fully reflected in our revenues for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our revenues in future periods and the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our solutions, and potential changes in our rate of renewals or renewal terms, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. In addition, we may be unable to adjust our cost structure rapidly, or at all, to take account of reduced revenues. Our subscription model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenues through additional sales in any period, as revenues from new customers must be earned over the applicable subscription term based on the value of their monthly advertising spend.

We have been dependent on our customers’ use of search advertising. Any decrease in the use of search advertising or our inability to further penetrate mobile, social and display advertising channels would harm our business, growth prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Historically, our customers have primarily used our solutions for managing their search advertising, including mobile search advertising, and the substantial majority of our revenues are derived from advertisers that use our platform to manage their search advertising. We expect that search advertising will continue to be the primary channel used by our customers for the foreseeable future. Should our customers lose confidence in the value or effectiveness of search advertising, the demand for our solutions may decline. In addition, our failure to achieve market acceptance of our solution for the management of mobile, social and display advertising spend would harm our growth prospects, operating results and financial condition.

Our sales cycle can be long and unpredictable and require considerable time and expense, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate.

The sales cycle for our solutions, from initial contact with a potential lead to contract execution and implementation, varies widely by customer, but is typically one to nine months. Some of our customers undertake a significant evaluation process that frequently involves not only our solutions but also those of our competitors, which has in the past resulted in extended sales cycles. Our sales efforts involve educating our customers about the use, technical capabilities and benefits of our platform. In addition, we offer an initial term, typically of a few months in duration, to new customers who may terminate their subscription at any time during this initial period before the fixed term contract commences. We have no assurance that the substantial time and money spent on our sales efforts will produce any sales. If our sales efforts result in a new customer subscription, the customer may terminate its subscription during the initial period, after we have incurred the expenses associated with entering the customer’s data in our platform and related training and support. If sales expected from a customer are not realized in the time period expected or not realized at all, or if a customer terminates during the initial period, our business, operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Material defects or errors in our software platform could harm our reputation, result in significant costs to us and impair our ability to sell our subscription services.

Our customers collectively managed $             in annualized advertising spend on our platform in December 2012. The software applications underlying our subscription services are inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors, which may cause disruptions in availability, misallocation of advertising spend or other performance problems. Any such errors, defects, disruptions in service or other performance problems with our software platform could negatively impact our customers’ businesses or the success of their advertising campaigns and cause harm to our reputation. If we have

 

15


Table of Contents

any errors, defects, disruptions in service or other performance problems with our software platform, customers could elect not to renew or reduce their usage or delay or withhold payment to us, which could result in an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts or an increase in the length of collection cycles for accounts receivable. Errors, defects, disruptions in service or other performance problems could also result in customers making warranty or other claims against us, our giving credits to our customers toward future advertising spend or costly litigation. As a result, material defects or errors in our platform could have a material adverse impact on our business and financial performance.

The costs incurred in correcting any material defects or errors in our software platform may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results. After the release of new versions of our software, defects or errors may be identified from time to time by our internal team and by our customers. We implement bug fixes and upgrades as part of our regularly scheduled system maintenance. If we do not complete this maintenance according to schedule or if customers are otherwise dissatisfied with the frequency and/or duration of our maintenance services, customers could elect not to renew, or delay or withhold payment to us, or cause us to issue credits, make refunds or pay penalties.

We derive our revenues from a single software platform and any factor adversely affecting subscriptions to our platform could harm our business and operating results.

We derive our revenues from sales of a single software platform. As such, any factor adversely affecting subscriptions to our platform, including product release cycles, market acceptance, product competition, performance and reliability, reputation, price competition, and economic and market conditions, could harm our business and operating results.

We use a single third-party data center to deliver our services. Any disruption of service at this facility could harm our business.

We manage our services and serve substantially all of our customers from a single third-party data center facility. While we control the actual computer, network and storage systems upon which our platform runs, and deploy them to the data center facility, we do not control the operation of the facility. The owner of the facility has no obligation to renew the agreement with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew the agreement on commercially reasonable terms, we may be required to transfer to a new facility or facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.

The facility is vulnerable to damage or service interruption resulting from human error, intentional bad acts, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures and similar events. Moreover, we have not implemented a disaster recovery capability whereby we maintain a back-up copy of our software platform permitting us to immediately switch over to the back-up software platform in the event of damage or service interruption at our data center. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, any outages or vandalism or other misconduct, or a decision to close the facility without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in our services.

Any changes in service levels at the facility or any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems at or related to the facility that affect our services could harm our reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. Interruptions in our services might reduce our revenues, subject us to potential liability, or result in reduced usage of our platform. In addition, some of our customer contracts require us to issue credits for downtime in excess of certain levels and in some instances give our customers the ability to terminate their subscriptions.

 

16


Table of Contents

We also depend on third-party Internet-hosting providers and continuous and uninterrupted access to the Internet through third-party bandwidth providers to operate our business. If we lose the services of one or more of our Internet-hosting or bandwidth providers for any reason or if their services are disrupted, for example due to viruses or “denial-of-service” or other attacks on their systems, or due to human error, intentional bad acts, power loss, hardware failures, telecommunications failures, fires, wars, terrorist attacks, floods, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes or similar events, we could experience disruption in our ability to offer our solutions or we could be required to retain the services of replacement providers, which could increase our operating costs and harm our business and reputation.

If we cannot efficiently implement our solutions for customers, we may lose customers.

Our customers have a variety of different data formats, enterprise applications and infrastructure and our platform must support our customers’ data formats and integrate with complex enterprise applications and infrastructures. If our platform does not currently support a customer’s required data format or appropriately integrate with a customer’s applications and infrastructure, then we must configure our platform to do so, which increases our expenses. Additionally, we do not control our customers’ implementation schedules. As a result, as we have experienced in the past, if our customers do not allocate internal resources necessary to meet their implementation responsibilities or if we face unanticipated implementation difficulties, the implementation may be delayed. Further, in the past, our implementation capacity has at times constrained our ability to successfully implement our solutions for our customers in a timely manner, particularly during periods of high demand. If the customer implementation process is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, we could incur significant costs, customers could become dissatisfied and decide not to increase usage of our platform, not to use our platform beyond an initial period prior to their term commitment or, in some cases, revenue recognition could be delayed. In addition, competitors with more efficient operating models with lower implementation costs could penetrate our customer relationships.

Additionally, large customers may request or require specific features or functions unique to their particular business processes, which increase our upfront investment in sales and deployment efforts and the revenues resulting from the customers under our typical contract length may not cover the upfront investments. If prospective large customers require specific features or functions that we do not offer, then the market for our solution will be more limited and our business could suffer. In addition, supporting large customers could require us to devote significant development services and support personnel and strain our personnel resources and infrastructure. If we are unable to address the needs of these customers in a timely fashion or further develop and enhance our solution, these customers may not renew their subscriptions, seek to terminate their relationship with us, renew on less favorable terms, or reduce their advertising spend on our platform. If any of these were to occur, our revenues may decline and our operating results could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to maintain or expand our sales and marketing capabilities, we may not be able to generate anticipated revenues.

Increasing our customer base and achieving broader market acceptance of our software platform will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our sales and marketing operations and activities. We expect to be substantially dependent on our sales force to obtain new customers. We currently plan to expand our sales team in order to increase revenues from new and existing customers and to further penetrate our existing markets and expand into new markets. Our solutions require a sophisticated sales force with specific sales skills and technical knowledge. Competition for qualified sales personnel is intense, and we may not be able to retain our existing sales personnel or attract, integrate or retain sufficient highly qualified sales personnel.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our ability to achieve revenue growth in the future will depend, in large part, on our success in recruiting, training and retaining sufficient numbers of sales personnel. These new employees require significant training and experience before they achieve full productivity. For internal planning purposes, we assume that it will take approximately three months before a newly hired sales representative is fully trained and productive in selling our solutions. This amount of time may be longer for sales personnel focused on new geographies or specific market segments. As a result, the cost of hiring and carrying new representatives cannot be offset by the revenues they produce for a significant period of time. Our recent hires and planned hires may not become productive as quickly as we would like, and we may not be able to hire or retain sufficient numbers of qualified individuals in the markets where we do business. Our business will be seriously harmed if these expansion efforts do not work as planned or generate a corresponding significant increase in revenues.

Any failure to offer high-quality technical support services may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and harm our financial results.

Our customers depend on our support organization to resolve any technical issues relating to our solutions. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on the quality of our solutions, our business reputation and on strong recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality technical support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could harm our reputation, adversely affect our ability to sell our solutions to existing and prospective customers, and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We offer technical support services with our solutions and may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by competitors. It is difficult to predict customer demand for technical support services and if customer demand increases significantly, we may be unable to provide satisfactory support services to our customers. Additionally, increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenues, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results.

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to customer data or our data is otherwise obtained, our solutions may be perceived as not being secure, customers may reduce the use of or stop using our solutions and we may incur significant liabilities.

Security breaches could result in the loss of information, litigation, indemnity obligations and other liability. While we have security measures in place, our systems and networks are subject to ongoing threats and therefore these security measures may be breached as a result of third-party action, including cyber-attacks or other intentional misconduct by computer hackers, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise. This could result in one or more third parties obtaining unauthorized access to our customers’ data or our data, including intellectual property and other confidential business information. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Third parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees or customers into disclosing sensitive information such as user names, passwords or other information in order to gain access to our customers’ data or our data, including intellectual property and other confidential business information. If an actual or perceived breach of our security occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed, we could lose potential sales and existing customers or we could incur other liability.

 

18


Table of Contents

We must develop and introduce enhancements and new features that achieve market acceptance or that keep pace with technological developments to remain competitive in our evolving industry.

We operate in a dynamic market characterized by rapidly changing technologies and industry and legal standards. The introduction of new Revenue Acquisition Management solutions by our competitors, the market acceptance of solutions based on new or alternative technologies, or the emergence of new industry standards could render our platform obsolete. Our ability to compete successfully, attract new customers and increase revenues from existing customers depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing Revenue Acquisition Management platform and to continually introduce or acquire new features that are in demand by the market we serve. We also must update our software to reflect changes in publishers’ APIs and terms of use. The success of any enhancement or new solution depends on several factors, including timely completion, adequate quality testing, appropriate introduction and market acceptance. Any new platform or feature that we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain defects or may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenues. If we are unable to anticipate or timely and successfully develop or acquire new offerings or features or enhance our existing platform to meet customer requirements, our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

Our future growth will depend on our ability to enter into successful strategic relationships with third parties. For example, we are seeking to establish relationships with third parties to develop integrations with complementary technology and content. These relationships may not result in additional customers or enable us to generate significant revenues. Identifying partners and negotiating and documenting relationships with them require significant time and resources. Our contracts for these relationships are typically non-exclusive and do not prohibit the other party from working with our competitors or from offering competing services. If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with these third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenues could be impaired and our operating results would suffer.

As a result of our customers’ increased usage of our software platform, we will need to continually improve our hosting infrastructure to avoid service interruptions or slower system performance.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of advertisers, transactions and data that our hosting infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our customers. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new customer deployments and the expansion of existing customer deployments. For example, if we secure a large customer or a group of customers which require significant amounts of bandwidth or storage, we may need to increase bandwidth, storage, power or other elements of our application architecture and our infrastructure, and our existing systems may not be able to scale in a manner satisfactory to our existing or prospective customers.

The amount of infrastructure needed to support our customers is based on our estimates of anticipated usage. If we were to experience unforeseen increases in usage, we could be required to increase our infrastructure investments resulting in increased costs or reduced gross margins, and if we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements, our customers could experience service outages that may subject us to financial penalties and liabilities and result in customer losses. If our hosting infrastructure capacity fails to keep pace with increased sales, customers may experience service interruptions or slower system performance as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our revenue growth. As use of our software platform grows and as customers use it for more complicated tasks, we will need to devote additional resources

 

19


Table of Contents

to improving our application architecture and our infrastructure in order to maintain the performance of our software platform. We may need to incur additional costs to upgrade or expand our computer systems and architecture in order to accommodate increased demand if our systems cannot handle current or higher volumes of usage. In addition, increasing our systems and infrastructure in advance of new customers would cause us to have increased cost of revenues, which can adversely affect our gross margins until we increase revenues that are spread over the increased costs.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property. We primarily rely on a combination of copyright, trade secret and trademark laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions with our employees, customers, partners and others to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be inadequate or we may be unable to secure intellectual property protection for all of our solutions. In particular, we have one issued U.S. patent and have only recently begun to implement a strategy to expand patent protection for our technology.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, our competitors could use our intellectual property to market products and services similar to ours and our ability to compete effectively would be impaired. Moreover, others may independently develop technologies that are competitive to ours or infringe our intellectual property. The enforcement of our intellectual property rights depends on our legal actions against these infringers being successful, but we cannot be sure these actions will be successful, even when our rights have been infringed. In addition, defending our intellectual property rights might entail significant expense and diversion of management resources. Any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative processes or litigation. Any patents issued in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages or may be successfully challenged by third parties.

Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Effective protection of our intellectual property may not be available to us in every country in which our solutions are available. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

We might be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights, and our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Litigation to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming and distracting to management, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, and could ultimately result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property.

We could incur substantial costs as a result of any claim of infringement of another party’s intellectual property rights.

In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United States involving patents and other intellectual property rights. Companies in the Internet and technology industries are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights, particularly patent rights, and our competitors may hold patents or have pending patent applications, which could be related to our business. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties, which we refer to as non-practicing entities, whose sole primary business is to assert such claims. We have

 

20


Table of Contents

received in the past, and expect to receive in the future, notices that claim we or our customers using our solutions have misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights. If we are sued by a third party that claims that our technology infringes its rights, the litigation could be expensive and could divert our management resources. We do not currently have an extensive patent portfolio of our own, which may limit the defenses available to us in any such litigation.

In addition, in most instances, we have agreed to indemnify our customers against certain claims that our subscription services infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties. Our business could be adversely affected by any significant disputes between us and our customers as to the applicability or scope of our indemnification obligations to them. The results of any intellectual property litigation to which we might become a party, or for which we are required to provide indemnification, may require us to do one or more of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

cease offering or using technologies that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;

 

  Ÿ  

make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement payments or other costs or damages;

 

  Ÿ  

obtain a license, which may not be available on reasonable terms, to sell or use the relevant technology; or

 

  Ÿ  

redesign technology to avoid infringement.

If we are required to make substantial payments or undertake any of the other actions noted above as a result of any intellectual property infringement claims against us or any obligation to indemnify our customers for such claims, such payments or costs could have a material adverse effect upon our business and financial results.

Our use of open source technology could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our software platform.

We use open source software in our platform. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute open source software as part of their software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to such software and/or make available any derivative works of the open source code on unfavorable terms or at no cost. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by the U.S. courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our software platform. While we monitor our use of open source software and try to ensure that none is used in a manner that would require us to disclose our source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement, such use could inadvertently occur and we may be required to release our proprietary source code, pay damages for breach of contract, re-engineer our applications, discontinue sales in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis or take other remedial action that may divert resources away from our development efforts, any of which could cause us to breach customer contracts, harm our reputation, result in customer losses or claims, increase our costs or otherwise adversely affect our business and operating results.

If the market for cloud-based software develops more slowly than we expect or declines, our business could be harmed.

The cloud computing market is not as mature as the market for on-premise software, and it is uncertain whether cloud computing will achieve and sustain high levels of customer demand and market acceptance. If other cloud computing providers experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery or other problems, the market for cloud computing as a whole, including our solution, may be negatively affected. If cloud computing does not achieve widespread adoption, or there is a reduction in demand for cloud computing caused by a lack of customer acceptance,

 

21


Table of Contents

technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending or otherwise, it could result in decreased revenues or increased expenses from development of alternative on-premise solutions and our business could be adversely affected.

Because our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to expand our sales to customers outside the United States, our business will be susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

We currently maintain offices and/or have sales personnel in Australia, England, France, Germany, Japan and Singapore, as well as the United States. As we continue to expand our customer base outside the United States, our business will be increasingly susceptible to risks associated with international operations. However, we have a limited operating history outside the United States, and our ability to manage our business and conduct our operations internationally requires considerable management attention and resources and is subject to particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of diverse cultures, languages, customs, tax laws, legal systems, alternate dispute systems and regulatory systems. The risks and challenges associated with international expansion include:

 

  Ÿ  

the need to support and integrate with local publishers and partners;

 

  Ÿ  

continued localization of our platform, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

competition with companies that have greater experience in the local markets than we do or who have pre-existing relationships with potential customers in those markets;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with multiple, potentially conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with anti-bribery laws, including compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in invoicing and collecting in foreign currencies and associated foreign currency exposure;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with international operations;

 

  Ÿ  

different or lesser protection of our intellectual property rights;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in enforcing contracts and collecting accounts receivable, longer payment cycles and other collection difficulties;

 

  Ÿ  

restrictions on repatriation of earnings; and

 

  Ÿ  

regional economic and political conditions.

We have limited experience marketing, selling and supporting our subscription services internationally, which increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful.

Fluctuations in the exchange rate of foreign currencies could result in currency transactions losses.

We currently have foreign sales denominated in Australian Dollars, British Pound Sterling, Chinese Yuan, Euros, Japanese Yen and Singapore Dollars. In addition, we incur a portion of our operating expenses in the currencies of the countries where we have offices. We face exposure to

 

22


Table of Contents

adverse movements in currency exchange rates, which may cause our revenues and operating results to differ materially from expectations. A decline in the U.S. dollar relative to foreign currencies would increase our non-U.S. revenues when translated into U.S. dollars. Conversely, if the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to foreign currencies, our revenues would be adversely affected. Our operating results could be negatively impacted depending on the amount of expense denominated in foreign currencies. As exchange rates vary, revenues, cost of revenues, operating expenses and other operating results, when translated, may differ materially from expectations. In addition, our revenues and operating results are subject to fluctuation if our mix of U.S. and foreign currency denominated transactions or expenses changes in the future because we do not currently hedge our foreign currency exposure. Even if we were to implement hedging strategies to mitigate foreign currency risk, these strategies might not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and would involve costs and risks of their own, such as ongoing management time and expertise, external costs to implement the strategies and potential accounting implications.

If we fail to develop widespread brand awareness cost-effectively, our business may suffer.

We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our solution and attracting new customers. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase as a result of our marketing and brand promotion activities. We may not generate customer awareness or increase revenues enough to offset the increased expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial marketing and sales expenses, which are not offset by increased revenues, we may fail to attract or retain customers necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts, or to achieve the widespread brand awareness that is critical for broad customer adoption of our solution.

Unfavorable conditions in the market for digital advertising or the global economy or reductions in digital advertising spend could limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depends on digital advertising spend by advertisers in the markets we serve. Our operating results may vary based on changes in the market for digital advertising or the global economy. To the extent that weak economic conditions cause our customers and potential customers to freeze or reduce their advertising budgets, particularly digital advertising, demand for our solution may be negatively affected.

Historically, economic downturns have resulted in overall reductions in advertising spend. If economic conditions deteriorate or do not materially improve, our customers and potential customers may elect to decrease their advertising budgets or defer or reconsider software and service purchases, which would limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results.

Our business and operations have experienced rapid growth in recent periods, which has placed, and may continue to place, significant demands on our management and infrastructure. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or address competitive challenges adequately.

We increased our number of full-time employees from 285 as of December 31, 2011 to 386 as of September 30, 2012. Our growth has placed, and may continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources. We intend to further expand our overall headcount and operations both domestically and internationally, with no assurance that our business or revenues will continue to grow. Creating a global organization and managing a geographically dispersed workforce will require substantial management effort, the allocation of

 

23


Table of Contents

valuable management resources and significant additional investment in our infrastructure. We will be required to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting procedures and we may not be able to do so effectively. Further, to accommodate our expected growth we must continually improve and maintain our technology, systems and network infrastructure. As such, we may be unable to manage our expenses effectively in the future, which may negatively impact our gross margins or operating expenses in any particular quarter. If we fail to manage our anticipated growth and change in a manner that does not preserve the key aspects of our corporate culture, the quality of our solutions may suffer, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract customers.

Our business depends on retaining and attracting qualified management and technical personnel.

Our success depends upon the continued service of our founders and senior management team and key technical employees, as well as our ability to continue to attract and retain additional highly qualified management and operating personnel. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees. Each of our founders, executive officers, key technical personnel and other employees could terminate his or her relationship with us at any time. Our business also requires skilled technical and sales personnel, who are in high demand and are often subject to competing offers. As we expand into additional geographic markets, we will require personnel with expertise in these new areas. Competition for qualified employees is intense in our industry and particularly in San Francisco, California, where most of our technical employees are based. The loss of our founders or any other member of our senior management team or, even a few qualified employees, or an inability to retain, attract, relocate and motivate additional highly skilled employees required for the planned expansion of our business, could delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives and could materially harm our business and our customer relationships.

Domestic and foreign government regulation and enforcement of data practices and data tracking technologies is expansive, not clearly defined and rapidly evolving. Such regulation could directly restrict portions of our business or indirectly affect our business by constraining our customers’ use of our platform or limiting the growth of our markets.

Federal, state, municipal and/or foreign governments and agencies have adopted and could in the future adopt, modify, apply or enforce laws, policies, and regulations covering user privacy, data security, technologies such as cookies that are used to collect, store and/or process data, the taxation of products and services, unfair and deceptive practices, and/or the collection, use, processing, transfer, storage and/or disclosure of data associated with a unique individual. The categories of data regulated under these laws vary widely and are often ill-defined and subject to new applications or interpretation by regulators. Our subscription services enable our customers to collect, manage and store data regarding the measurement and valuation of their digital advertising and marketing campaigns, which may include data that is directly or indirectly obtained or derived through the activities of end users online and/or on mobile devices. The uncertainty and inconsistency among these laws, coupled with a lack of guidance as to how these laws will be applied to current and emerging Internet and mobile analytics technologies, creates a risk that regulators, lawmakers or other third parties, such as potential plaintiffs, may assert claims, pursue investigations or audits, or engage in civil or criminal enforcement. These actions could limit the market for our subscription services or impose burdensome requirements on our services and/or customers’ use of our services, thereby rendering our business unprofitable.

Some features of our subscription services use cookies, which trigger the data protection requirements of certain foreign jurisdictions, such as the EU Cookie Directive. In addition, although our subscription services do not involve the collection or use of personally identifiable information from end users, our services collect anonymous data about end users’ interactions with our advertiser clients

 

24


Table of Contents

that may be subject to regulation under current or future laws or regulations. If our privacy or data security measures fail to comply with these current or future laws and regulations in any of the jurisdictions in which we collect information, we may be subject to litigation, regulatory investigations, civil or criminal enforcement, audits or other liabilities in such jurisdictions, or our advertisers may terminate their relationships with us.

This area of the law is currently under intense government scrutiny and many governments, including the U.S. government, are considering a variety of proposed regulations that would restrict or impact the conditions under which data obtained from or through the activities of end users could be collected, processed or stored. In addition, regulators such as the Federal Trade Commission and the California Attorney General are continually proposing new regulations and interpreting and applying existing regulations in new ways. Changes to existing laws or new laws regulating the solicitation, collection or processing of personal and consumer information, truth-in-advertising and consumer protection could affect our customers’ utilization of digital advertising and marketing, potentially reducing demand for our subscription services, or impose restrictions that make it more difficult or expensive for us to provide our services.

If legislation dampens the growth in web and mobile usage or access to the Internet, our results of operations could be harmed.

Legislation enacted in the future could dampen the growth in web and mobile usage and decrease its acceptance as a medium of communications and commerce or result in increased adoption of new modes of communication and commerce that may not be serviced by our products. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet, which could result in slower growth or a decrease in ecommerce, use of social media and/or use of mobile devices. Any of these outcomes could cause demand for our platform to decrease, our costs to increase, and our results of operations and financial condition to be harmed.

If our customers fail to abide by applicable privacy laws or to provide adequate notice and/or obtain consent from end users, we could be subject to litigation or enforcement action or reduced demand for our services. Industry self-regulatory standards may be implemented in the future that could affect demand for our platform and our ability to access data we use to provide our platform.

Our customers utilize our services to support and measure their direct interactions with end users and we must rely on our customers to implement and administer any notice or choice mechanisms required under applicable laws. If customers fail to abide by these laws, it could result in litigation or regulatory or enforcement action against our customers or against us directly.

In addition, self-regulatory organizations (such as the Network Advertising Initiative) to which our customers may belong may impose opt-in or opt-out requirements on our customers, which may in the future require our customers to provide various mechanisms for users to opt-in or opt-out of the collection of any data, including anonymous data, with respect to such users’ web or mobile activities. In addition, the online and/or mobile industries may adopt technical or industry standards, such as the proposed Do Not Track header, that allow users to opt-in or opt-out of data that is necessary to our business. If any of these events were to occur in the future, it could have a material effect on our ability to provide services and for our customers to collect the data that is necessary to use our services.

Our revenues may be adversely affected if we are required to charge sales taxes in additional jurisdictions or other taxes for our solutions.

We collect or have imposed upon us sales or other taxes related to the solutions we sell in certain states and other jurisdictions. Additional states, countries or other jurisdictions may seek to impose

 

25


Table of Contents

sales or other tax collection obligations on us in the future, or states or jurisdictions in which we already pay tax may increase the amount of taxes we are required to pay. A successful assertion by any state, country or other jurisdiction in which we do business that we should be collecting sales or other taxes on the sale of our products and services could, among other things, create significant administrative burdens for us, result in substantial tax liabilities for past sales, discourage clients from purchasing solutions from us or otherwise substantially harm our business and results of operations.

The forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, if at all.

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates, which may not prove to be accurate. Forecasts relating to the expected growth in digital advertising and other markets, including the forecasts or projections referenced in this prospectus, may prove to be inaccurate. Even if these markets experience the forecasted growth, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

We may experience quarterly fluctuations in our operating results due to a number of factors which make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as indicative of our future performance. If our revenues or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, or below any guidance we may provide to the market, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

In addition to other risk factors listed in this section, factors that may affect our quarterly operating results include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

the level of advertising spend managed through our platform for a particular quarter;

 

  Ÿ  

customer renewal rates, and the pricing and usage of our platform in any renewal term;

 

  Ÿ  

demand for our platform and the size and timing of our sales;

 

  Ÿ  

customers delaying purchasing decisions in anticipation of new releases by us or of new products by our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

network outages or security breaches and any associated expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors or customers;

 

  Ÿ  

market acceptance of our current and future solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in spending on digital advertising or information technology and software by our current and/or prospective customers;

 

  Ÿ  

budgeting cycles of our customers;

 

  Ÿ  

our potentially lengthy sales cycle;

 

  Ÿ  

our ability to control costs, including our operating expenses;

 

26


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the amount and timing of infrastructure costs and operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;

 

  Ÿ  

foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations; and

 

  Ÿ  

general economic and political conditions in our domestic and international markets.

Based upon all of the factors described above, we have a limited ability to forecast our future revenues, costs and expenses, and as a result, our operating results may from time to time fall below our estimates or the expectations of public market analysts and investors.

We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new features or enhance our existing platform, improve our operating infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired.

We will selectively pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and adversely affect our operating results.

We will selectively pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that we believe could complement or expand our applications, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

In addition, we have never acquired another business. If we acquire businesses or technologies, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations and technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

inability to integrate or benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner;

 

  Ÿ  

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

 

  Ÿ  

incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulty integrating the accounting systems, operations and personnel of the acquired business;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business;

 

  Ÿ  

difficulty converting the customers of the acquired business onto our applications and contract terms, including disparities in the revenues, licensing, support or professional services model of the acquired company;

 

27


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

  Ÿ  

adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and customers as a result of the acquisition;

 

  Ÿ  

the potential loss of key employees;

 

  Ÿ  

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and

 

  Ÿ  

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate the acquisition.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial position may suffer.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, provide a management report on the internal control over financial reporting, which must be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm to the extent we decide not to avail ourself of the exemption provided to an emerging growth company, as defined by The Jumpstart Our Businesses Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process will be time consuming, costly, and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We will incur significantly increased costs and devote substantial management time as a result of operating as a public company.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure

 

28


Table of Contents

and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. In addition, we expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will increase when we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and may need to establish an internal audit function. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance on the terms that we would like. As a public company, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30, (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more during such fiscal year, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period or (iv) five years from the date of this prospectus.

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or research tax credit carryforwards, which could adversely affect our profitability.

As of December 31, 2011, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards due to prior period losses, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2026 and 2016 for federal and state purposes, respectively. We also have federal research tax credit carryforwards, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2026. These net operating loss and research tax credit carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our profitability.

In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, such as research tax

 

29


Table of Contents

credits, in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. This offering or future issuances of our stock could cause an “ownership change.” It is possible that any future ownership change could have a material effect on the use of our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our profitability.

Our reported financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), the SEC, and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our reported financial results, and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change.

Risks Related to Our Initial Public Offering

and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There has been no prior public market for our common stock, the stock price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to our initial public offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following our initial public offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in our initial public offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon closing of our initial public offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

  Ÿ  

overall performance of the equity markets;

 

  Ÿ  

our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the estimates of our operating results that we provide to the public, our failure to meet these projections or changes in recommendations by securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements of technological innovations, new applications or enhancements to services, acquisitions, strategic alliances or significant agreements by us or by our competitors;

 

  Ÿ  

disruptions in our services due to computer hardware, software or network problems;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements of customer additions and customer cancellations or delays in customer purchases;

 

  Ÿ  

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

  Ÿ  

the economy as a whole, market conditions in our industry, and the industries of our customers;

 

  Ÿ  

the expiration of market standoff or contractual lock-up agreements;

 

  Ÿ  

the size of our market float; and

 

  Ÿ  

any other factors discussed in this prospectus.

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many technology companies. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

Substantial blocks of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market when “lock-up” or “market standoff” periods end. If there are substantial sales of shares of our common stock, the price of our common stock could decline.

The price of our common stock could decline if there are substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers, and significant stockholders, or if there is a large number of shares of our common stock available for sale. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be available for sale in the public market. Substantially all of our outstanding shares of common stock are currently restricted from resale as a result of market standoff and “lock-up” agreements, as more fully described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” These shares will become available to be sold 181 days after the date of this prospectus. Shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (Securities Act) and various vesting agreements.

After our initial public offering, certain of our stockholders will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. All of these shares are subject to market standoff or lock-up agreements restricting their sale until 181 days after the date of this prospectus. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we have issued and may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to existing market standoff or lock-up agreements.

Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. may, at their discretion, permit our stockholders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the restrictive provisions contained in those lock-up agreements.

The market price of the shares of our common stock could decline as a result of the sale of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares.

Because the initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our common stock and its pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2012, after giving effect to the issuance of                 shares of our common stock in this offering.

 

31


Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our common stock price and trading volume to decline.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and may not use them effectively.

We cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from our initial public offering. We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including working capital, possible acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could adversely affect our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from our initial public offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control.

After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,     % of our outstanding common stock, based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership might harm the market price of our common stock by:

 

  Ÿ  

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us;

 

  Ÿ  

impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us; or

 

  Ÿ  

discouraging a potential acquiror from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” below for more information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors, together with their affiliates.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.

 

32


Table of Contents

Delaware law and provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of our initial public offering could make a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.

Following the closing of our initial public offering, our status as a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of our initial public offering will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult, including the following:

 

  Ÿ  

our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors with staggered three-year terms and directors will only be able to be removed from office for cause;

 

  Ÿ  

only our board of directors will have the right to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

only our chairman of the board, our chief executive officer, our president, or a majority of our board of directors will be authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

certain litigation against us can only be brought in Delaware;

 

  Ÿ  

our restated certificate of incorporation will authorize undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established, and shares of which may be issued, without the approval of the holders of common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

advance notice procedures will apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders.

For information regarding these and other provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

33


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, our business strategy and plans, market growth, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. We are under no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.

 

34


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including independent industry publications by Forrester Research, Inc. (Forrester), Gartner, Inc. (Gartner), International Data Corporation (IDC) and Magna Global USA, Inc. (Magna Global). In presenting this information, we have also made assumptions based on such data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of, and in our experience to date in, the markets for our products and services. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the accuracy or completeness of any third-party information, we believe the information from these industry publications that is included in this prospectus is reliable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

The Gartner report described below, (the “Gartner Report”) represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published, as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Gartner, and are not representations of fact. The Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Report are subject to change without notice.

Certain information in the text of the prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. This information is identified with a superscript number. The source of, and selected additional information contained in, these independent industry publications are provided below:

 

  (1) Forrester, US Cross-Channel Retail Forecast, 2011 To 2016, June 12, 2012, as updated July 23, 2012.

 

  (2) Gartner, Webinar: By 2017 the CMO Will Spend More on IT Than the CIO, Laura McLellan, January 3, 2012.

 

  (3) IDC, Worldwide New Media Market Model IH-2012: Worldwide and U.S. Data, September 2012.

 

  (4) Magna Global, Digital Media Forecasts , December 2012. The digital advertising channels cited by Magna Global include search, display, social and mobile. Revenues from these four digital advertising channels, as reported by Magna Global, are mutually exclusive.

 

35


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of $         million. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, including any shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders in connection with the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares.

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, obtain additional capital, facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, increase awareness of our company among advertisers and improve our competitive position. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds. Pending their use, we plan to invest our net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

As of the date of this prospectus, except as described above, we cannot specify with certainty all of the other particular uses for the net proceeds from this offering. We expect to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Additionally, we may choose to expand our current business through acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary businesses or technologies, using cash or shares of our common stock. However, we have no commitments with respect to any such acquisitions or investments at this time.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid dividends on our capital stock. We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings will be used for the operation and growth of our business. Any future determination to declare cash dividends would be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and would depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by applicable law and our contracts and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, the terms of our credit facility currently restrict our ability to pay dividends.

 

36


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2012 on:

 

  Ÿ  

an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma basis to give effect to the issuance of 1,478,064 shares of Series F-1 preferred stock and receipt of the related net proceeds of $19.9 million, the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 18,752,943 shares of our common stock immediately upon the completion of this offering, including the shares of our Series F-1 preferred stock issued in November 2012, and the conversion of outstanding warrants to purchase 50,792 of our Series B preferred stock into warrants to purchase 50,792 shares of common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments described above, (ii) the sale by us of                 shares of our common stock in this offering, at our initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (iii) the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation upon the completion of this offering.

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Capital Stock,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted(1)
 
     (in thousands, except shares)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 16,990      $ 36,890      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt, current and long-term

     10,185        10,185     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs $0.001 par value: 17,456,943 shares authorized, 17,274,879 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

     85,808        —       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual and pro forma;                 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —          —       

Common stock, $0.001 par value: 34,000,000 shares authorized, 4,823,499 shares issued and 4,514,052 outstanding, actual;                 authorized, 23,266,995 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                 shares authorized and                 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     5        24     

Additional paid-in capital

     3,328        109,341     

Accumulated deficit

     (70,093     (70,093  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (66,760     39,272     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 46,223      $ 86,347      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of our common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

37


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 23,266,995 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

4,273,447 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2012, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.72 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

211,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted between October 1, 2012 and December 10, 2012, with an exercise price of $12.15 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

87,692 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2012, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.73 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

309,447 shares of our common stock that are issued but were subject to a right of repurchase by us as of September 30, 2012 and therefore are not included in stockholders’ (deficit) equity; and

 

  Ÿ  

                shares of our common stock reserved and available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (a) 3,263 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2012, (b)                 shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, and (c)                 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. On the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

38


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after our initial public offering.

As of September 30, 2012, our pro forma net tangible book value was $39.3 million, or $1.70 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our tangible assets less our liabilities divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding, after giving effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock, including the shares of our Series F-1 convertible preferred stock issued in November 2012, into an aggregate of 18,752,943 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2012 was $         million, or $         per share of common stock. Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share reflects the pro forma adjustments described above and further reflects the sale of                 shares of common stock by us in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares in the offering.

The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $            

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2012

   $ 1.70      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per share to investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of our common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share of common stock.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2012, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total cash consideration and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, at the initial public offering price of $         per share, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

   23,266,995      $ 109,007,013         $ 4.69   

New public investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $           100  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

39


Table of Contents

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of our common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to                     , or    % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.

Sales of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to                     , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to                     , or approximately     % of the total shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

The table and discussion above are based on 23,266,995 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2012 and exclude:

 

  Ÿ  

4,273,447 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2012, with a weighted average exercise price of $3.72 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

211,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted between October 1, 2012 and December 10, 2012, with an exercise price of $12.15 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

87,692 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2012, with a weighted average exercise price of $2.73 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

309,447 shares of our common stock that are issued but were subject to a right of repurchase by us as of September 30, 2012 and therefore are not included in stockholders’ (deficit) equity; and

 

  Ÿ  

            shares of our common stock reserved and available for future issuance under our equity compensation plans, consisting of (a) 3,263 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan as of September 30, 2012, (b)                 shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, and (c)             shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. On the date of this prospectus, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan also provide for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit Plans.”

 

40


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables present our selected historical consolidated financial data. You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for 2009, 2010 and 2011, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for 2008 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 from our audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2012, are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which consist only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of those unaudited consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of operating results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2012 or any other period.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
    2008     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

           

Revenues

  $ 2,629      $ 7,527      $ 19,005      $ 36,121      $ 24,711      $ 42,507   

Cost of revenues(1)

    2,416        5,101        11,040        18,691        13,523        17,728   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    213        2,426        7,965        17,430        11,188        24,779   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Sales and marketing(1)

    4,299        6,146        8,884        20,357        14,474        23,615   

Research and development(1)

    2,263        3,410        4,568        7,071        5,027        9,651   

General and administrative(1)

    1,060        2,171        5,195        6,679        4,132        10,001   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    7,622        11,727        18,647        34,107        23,633        43,267   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (7,409     (9,301     (10,682     (16,677     (12,445     (18,488

Interest income (expense), net

    45        (212     (230     (378     (276     (349

Other income (expenses), net

    6        (92     78        (229     (143     (222
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (7,358     (9,605     (10,834     (17,284     (12,864     (19,059

Provision for income taxes

    (1     (103     (23     (139     (96     (167
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (7,359   $ (9,708   $ (10,857   $ (17,423   $ (12,960   $ (19,226

Redemption of preferred stock in connection with the Series D financing and deemed dividend

    —          —          (1,033     —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to common stockholders

  $ (7,359   $ (9,708   $ (11,890   $ (17,423   $ (12,960     (19,226
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share available to common stockholders (basic and diluted)(2)

  $ (2.13   $ (2.74   $ (3.27   $ (4.29   $ (3.26   $ (4.46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

    3,459        3,540        3,639        4,058        3,978        4,312   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

        $ (0.96     $ (0.84
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted average pro forma shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted(2)

          18,108          22,809   
       

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other financial data

           

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ (7,364   $ (9,100   $ (8,715   $ (15,208   $ (11,408   $ (13,367

(footnotes on next page)

 

41


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations data above was allocated as follows:

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
        2008             2009             2010             2011             2011             2012      
    (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

  $ 15      $ 66      $ 90      $ 165      $ 119      $ 292   

Sales and marketing

    33        81        66        226        162        817   

Research and development

    11        26        58        163        120        648   

General and administrative

    26        19        1,172        143        82        2,490   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 85      $ 192      $ 1,386      $ 697      $ 483      $ 4,247   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2) See Note 12 of the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of basic and diluted net loss per share available to common stockholders and pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders.
(3) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization, capitalized internal-use software development costs, interest expense, net, provision for income taxes and other income (expenses), net. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with GAAP. See “Summary Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information regarding Adjusted EBITDA, including its limitations as an analytical tool. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss, the most comparable GAAP measure, to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2008      2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (7,359    $ (9,708    $ (10,857    $ (17,423    $ (12,960    $ (19,226

Depreciation and amortization

     126         382         1,016         1,800         1,268         2,148   

Interest (income) expense, net

     (45      212         230         378         276         349   

Provision for income taxes

     1         103         23         139         96         167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

     (7,277      (9,011      (9,588      (15,106      (11,320      (16,562

Other (income) expenses, net

     (6      92         (78      229         143         222   

Capitalization of internally developed software

     (166      (373      (435      (1,028      (714      (1,274

Stock-based compensation

     85         192         1,386         697         483         4,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (7,364    $ (9,100    $ (8,715    $ (15,208    $ (11,408    $ (13,367
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated balance sheet data as of the dates presented:

 

     As of December 31,     As of
September 30,
 
     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)        

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 3,584      $ 5,132      $ 1,172      $ 1,719      $ 16,990   

Property and equipment, net

     516        1,271        3,113        4,909        8,479   

Total assets

     5,376        9,144        10,653        18,297        40,300   

Debt, current and long-term

     3,409        2,805        3,195        6,629        10,185   

Convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     12,059        24,974        35,580        51,514        85,808   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (11,131     (20,605     (32,578     (48,408     (66,760

 

42


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those forward-looking statements below. Factors that could cause or contribute to those differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We provide a leading cloud-based digital advertising management platform that enables advertisers and agencies to improve financial performance, realize efficiencies and time savings, and make better business decisions. Our Revenue Acquisition Management platform is an analytics, workflow, and optimization solution for marketing professionals, enabling them to effectively manage their digital advertising spend across search, display, social and mobile advertising channels. Our solution is designed to help our customers:

 

  Ÿ  

measure the effectiveness of their advertising campaigns through our proprietary reporting and analytics capabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

manage and execute campaigns through our intuitive user interface and underlying technology that streamlines and automates key functions, such as ad creation and bidding, across multiple publishers and channels; and

 

  Ÿ  

optimize campaigns across multiple publishers and channels in real time based on market and business data to achieve desired revenue outcomes using our predictive bid management technology.

In December 2012, our customers collectively managed $             in annualized advertising spend on our platform and we had              active advertisers using our solution globally across a wide range of industries. We market and sell our solutions to advertisers directly and through leading advertising agencies. We generate revenues from subscription contracts under which we charge fees generally based upon the amount of advertising spend that our customers manage through our platform. We have achieved 14 consecutive quarters of revenue growth. For 2009, 2010 and 2011, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, our revenues were $7.5 million, $19.0 million, $36.1 million and $42.5 million, representing period-over-period growth of 186%, 152%, 90% and 72%, respectively. We had net losses of $9.7 million in 2009, $10.9 million in 2010, $17.4 million in 2011 and $19.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012. In order for us to begin to generate net income, we will need to grow revenues at a rate faster than our cost of revenues and operating expenses. For example, in 2010, 2011 and 2012, we had revenues of $19.0 million, $36.1 million and $        million, respectively, but had total cost of revenues of $11.1 million, $18.7 million and $        million, respectively, and operating expenses of $18.6 million, $34.1 million and $        million, respectively. We must continue to increase revenues at a higher rate than our cost of revenues and operating expenses increase, or we will need to make additional efforts to decrease cost of revenues and operating expenses as a percentage of revenues in order to begin to generate net income.

We generate revenues principally from subscription contracts under which we provide advertisers with access to our platform, either directly or through the advertiser’s relationship with an agency that has a contract with us. Our contracts are generally six months to one year in length for our direct advertisers and up to two years in length for our advertising agencies. Under our subscription contracts with most of our direct advertisers and some of our agency customers, customers are contractually committed to a monthly minimum fee, which is payable on a monthly basis over the duration of the contract and is generally one-half of our estimated monthly revenues from these customers, at the time

 

43


Table of Contents

the contract is signed. However, most of our subscription contracts with our advertising agency customers do not include a committed monthly minimum fee. Our contractual arrangement is with the advertising agency and the advertiser is not a party to the terms of the contract. Accordingly, most advertisers through our agency customers do not have a commitment to use our services and the advertisers may be added or removed from our platform at the discretion of the respective agency. We invoice the advertising agency the amounts due under the contract. Historically, approximately half of our revenues have been generated from advertising agency customers. Our subscription fee under most contracts is variable based upon the value of advertising spend that our customers manage through our platform. Our deferred revenues consist of the unearned portion of billed subscription fees. As we invoice our customers on a monthly basis in arrears, we currently have limited deferred revenue and, as a result, our deferred revenue balance is not an indicator of our future subscription revenues.

Our subscription contracts indicate the date at which we begin invoicing our customers, which is generally the first day of the month following the execution of the contract. We generally invoice the greater of the minimum fee or the percentage of advertising spend on our platform. The implementation process for new advertisers is typically four to six weeks; however, we do not charge a separate implementation fee under our subscription contracts.

Our implementation and customer support personnel, as well as costs associated with our cloud infrastructure, are included in our cost of revenues. Our cost of revenues and operating expenses have increased in absolute dollars over the past four years due to our need to increase our headcount to grow our business and to increase data center capacity to support customer revenue growth on our platform. We expect that our cost of revenues and operating expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in our growth and incur additional costs as a public company.

In order to grow revenues, we will invest in sales and marketing activities by adding sales executives globally to target new advertisers and agencies. We will also invest in research and development to further expand our platform and support for additional publishers. All of these activities will require us to make investments, particularly in research and development and sales and marketing, and if these investments do not generate additional customers or additional advertising spend managed by our platform, our future operating results could be harmed.

The majority of our revenues are derived from our advertisers in the United States. We believe the markets outside of the United States offer an opportunity for growth and we intend to make additional investments in sales and marketing to expand in these markets. Advertisers from outside of the United States represented 26% of total revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and, 7%, 20% and 26% for 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

We were incorporated in 2006 and initially focused on building the core elements of our cloud-based platform, which we currently use to service our customers. In September 2007, we launched Marin Enterprise, which targets large advertisers and agencies. We released Marin Professional Edition in March 2011, which targets mid-market advertisers and agencies. We have an iterative release cycle and we typically release new features every one to two months. Additionally, we have continued to expand internationally, opening our London office in 2009, our offices in Paris, Hamburg, Singapore and Sydney in 2011 and our Tokyo office in 2012.

Key Metrics

We regularly review a number of metrics to evaluate growth trends, measure our performance, establish budgets and make strategic decisions. Our selected key metrics include revenue, gross margin, operating expenses, active advertisers, annualized advertising spend on our platform and revenue retention rate. We discuss revenue, gross margin and operating expenses below under “—Components of Our Results of Operations.” We monitor our key metrics to measure our success. Our revenues are generally based on the amount of advertising spend our customers manage on our platform in a period.

 

44


Table of Contents

As a result, revenues are an important metric to understanding the overall health of our business, and we use revenue trends to formulate financial projections and make strategic business decisions.

Number of Active Advertisers

We define an active advertiser as an advertiser from whom we recognized revenues in excess of $2,000 in at least one month in a period. We believe the $2,000 threshold best identifies advertisers who are actively using our platform. We focus on revenue in at least one month in a period to account for seasonality in advertising spend by our customers, some of whom may not run digital advertising campaigns in every month of a year but still represent an active advertiser on our platform. We count organizations within the same corporate structure as one advertiser, even if they have signed separate contracts with us for different brands or divisions, whether they are a direct advertiser or an advertiser through an agency. When our subscription contract is with an advertising agency, we include each advertiser whose advertising spend is managed by the agency through our platform as a different advertiser. Advertisers who have advertising spend managed by multiple agencies on our platform are counted as one advertiser. We believe that our ability to increase the number of active advertisers using our platform is a leading indicator of our ability to grow revenues. While our active advertiser count has increased over time, this metric can fluctuate from quarter to quarter given the seasonal trends in advertising spend of our customers. We had 223, 390 and              active advertisers in the quarters ending December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and 436, 487 and 502 active advertisers in the quarters ending March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012, respectively.

Annualized Advertising Spend on our Platform

We calculate annualized advertising spend as advertising spend in the last month of a period multiplied by 12. We believe that increases in annualized advertising spend on our platform have a strong correlation to our ability to increase revenues. Our customers collectively managed $1.7 billion, $3.2 billion and $         billion, in annualized advertising spend on our platform in December 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Additionally, annualized advertising spend managed on our platform increased sequentially for the three months ended March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012 and September 30, 2012.

Revenue Retention Rate

We believe our ability to retain and grow revenues from our existing advertisers is an indicator of the stability of our revenue base and the long-term value of our advertiser relationships. We assess our ability to retain and grow subscription revenues using a metric we refer to as revenue retention rate. We calculate our revenue retention rate metric by dividing retained revenues by retention base revenues. We define retention base revenues as revenues from all advertisers in the corresponding prior period, and we define retained revenues as revenues from all advertisers from the prior period that remain advertisers in the current period. This metric is calculated on a quarterly basis, and for annual periods, we use an average of the quarterly metrics. Although we have lost individual advertisers over time, advertisers who have remained on our platform have generally, in the aggregate, increased their advertising spend on our platform. At the same time, advertising spend on our platform may vary quarter to quarter, and as a result, quarterly revenue retention rates may fluctuate quarter to quarter. Our annual revenue retention rates were 123%, 109% and     % in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenues

We generate revenues principally from subscription contracts under which we provide advertisers with access to our platform, either directly or through the advertiser’s relationship with an agency with whom we have a contract. Under our subscription contracts with most direct advertisers and some of

 

45


Table of Contents

our agency customers, customers contractually commit to a monthly minimum fee, which is generally one-half of our estimated monthly revenues from these customers, at the time the contract is signed. However, most of our subscription contracts with our advertising agency customers do not include a committed monthly minimum fee. Additionally, advertisers we serve through our arrangements with our advertising agencies generally do not have a minimum commitment to continue using our services. Our subscription fee under most contracts is variable based upon the value of advertising spend that our customers manage through our platform, although some customers pay a flat monthly rate over the term of their subscription contract. We invoice our customers for the fees that we have earned based upon their monthly usage of our platform and, as a result, we currently have limited deferred revenue. Our deferred revenues consist of the unearned portion of billed subscription fees.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues primarily includes personnel costs, consisting of salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, for employees associated with our cloud infrastructure and global services for implementation and ongoing customer service organizations. Other costs of revenues include fees paid to contractors who supplement our support and data center personnel, expenses related to the use of a third-party data center, depreciation of data center equipment, amortization of capitalized research and development costs and allocated overhead.

We intend to continue to invest additional resources in our global services teams and in the capacity of our hosting service infrastructure. As we continue to invest in technology innovation through our research and development organization, we expect to have increased amortization of capitalized research and development costs. We expect that this investment in technology should not only expand the breadth and depth of our Revenue Acquisition Management platform but also increase the efficiency of how we deliver these solutions, enabling us to improve our gross margin over time. The level and timing of investment in these areas could affect our cost of revenues in the future.

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Sales and marketing expenses include personnel costs, sales commissions and other costs including travel and entertainment, marketing and promotional events, public relations, marketing activities, professional fees and allocated overhead. All of these costs are expensed as incurred, including sales commissions. Our commission plans provide that payment of commissions to our sales representatives are paid based on the actual amounts we invoice customers over a period that is generally between five to seven months following the execution of the applicable customer contract, contingent on their continued employment with us.

We plan to continue investing in sales and marketing by increasing the number of sales and account management employees, expanding our domestic and international sales and marketing activities, building brand awareness and sponsoring additional marketing events, which we believe will enable us to add new customers and increase penetration within our existing customer base. We expect that, in the future, sales and marketing expenses will increase in absolute dollars and continue to be our largest operating expense category.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our product development and engineering employees and executives, including salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation expense and bonuses. Also included are non-personnel costs such as professional fees payable to third-party development resources and allocated overhead.

 

46


Table of Contents

Our research and development efforts are focused on enhancing our software architecture, adding new features and functionality to our platform and improving the efficiency with which we deliver these services to our customers. We expect that, in the future, research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars, partially offset by the amount of capitalized internal-use software development costs. We believe that these investments are necessary to maintain and improve our competitive position.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs, including salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation expense and bonuses, for our administrative, legal, human resources, finance and accounting employees and executives. Also included are non-personnel costs, such as travel-related expenses, audit fees, tax services and legal fees, as well as professional fees, insurance and other corporate expenses, along with allocated overhead.

We expect to incur incremental costs associated with supporting the growth of our business, both in terms of size and geographic expansion, and to meet the increased compliance requirements associated with our transition to and operation as a public company. Such costs include increases in our accounting and legal personnel, additional consulting, legal and audit fees, insurance costs, board of directors’ compensation and the costs of achieving and maintaining compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a result, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars in future periods but to decrease as a percentage of revenues over time.

Results of Operations

The following table is a summary of our consolidated statements of operations. The period-to-period comparisons of results are not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

          

Revenues

   $ 7,527      $ 19,005      $ 36,121      $ 24,711      $ 42,507   

Cost of revenues(1)

     5,101        11,040        18,691        13,523        17,728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     2,426        7,965        17,430        11,188        24,779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing(1)

     6,146        8,884        20,357        14,474        23,615   

Research and development(1)

     3,410        4,568        7,071        5,027        9,651   

General and administrative(1)

     2,171        5,195        6,679        4,132        10,001   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     11,727        18,647        34,107        23,633        43,267   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9,301     (10,682     (16,677     (12,445     (18,488

Interest expense, net

     (212     (230     (378     (276     (349

Other income (expenses), net

     (92     78        (229     (143     (222
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

     (9,605     (10,834     (17,284     (12,864     (19,059

Provision for income taxes

     (103     (23     (139     (96     (167
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (9,708   $ (10,857   $ (17,423   $ (12,960   $ (19,226
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other financial data:

          

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

   $ (9,100   $ (8,715   $ (15,208   $ (11,408   $ (13,367

(footnotes on next page)

 

47


Table of Contents

 

(1) Stock-based compensation included in the consolidated statements of operations data above was as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2009              2010              2011              2011              2012      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 66       $ 90       $ 165       $ 119       $ 292   

Sales and marketing

     81         66         226         162         817   

Research and development

     26         58         163         120         648   

General and administrative

     19         1,172         143         82         2,490   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 192       $ 1,386       $ 697       $ 483       $ 4,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2) We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss, adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, capitalized internal-use software development costs, income expense, net, provision for income taxes and other income (expenses), net. See footnote 3 on page 41 to the table in the section of this prospectus titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss.

The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the specified periods as a percentage of our revenues for those periods.

 

    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
      2009         2010         2011       2011     2012  

Revenues

    100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenues

    68        58        52        55        42   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

    32        42        48        45        58   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

         

Sales and marketing

    82        47        56        59        56   

Research and development

    45        24        20        20        23   

General and administrative

    29        27        18        17        24   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    156        98        94        96        102   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (124     (56     (46     (50     (43

Interest expense, net

    (3     (1     (1     (1     (1

Other income (expenses), net

    (1     —          (1     (1     (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (128     (57     (48     (52     (45

Provision for income taxes

    (1     —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (129 )%      (57 )%      (48 )%      (52 )%      (45 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated revenues by geographic area:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

United States

   $ 6,966       $ 15,246       $ 26,673       $ 18,573       $ 31,360   

International

     561         3,759         9,448         6,138         11,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,527       $ 19,005       $ 36,121       $ 24,711       $ 42,507   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

48


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011 and 2012

Revenues

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
     2011      2012      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 24,711       $ 42,507       $ 17,796         72

Revenues increased $17.8 million, or 72%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. This increase was driven by growth in revenues from both new and existing advertisers in all geographies as our ongoing investment in sales and marketing resources resulted in increased demand for our platform worldwide. During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, we generated $6.3 million of revenue from new advertisers and $11.5 million of additional revenue from our existing advertisers. There were no customers that accounted for greater than 10% of our revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 or 2012.

Revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 from the United States and international locations represented 74% and 26%, respectively, of revenues, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, revenues from the United States and international locations represented 75% and 25%, respectively, of revenues.

Cost of Revenues and Gross Margin

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change  
     2011     2012     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 13,523      $ 17,728      $ 4,205         31

Gross profit

     11,188        24,779        13,591         121   

Gross margin

     45     58     

Cost of revenues increased $4.2 million, or 31%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. This reflected an increase in the number of global services personnel from 107 employees as of September 30, 2011 to 124 employees as of September 30, 2012, resulting in a $2.2 million increase in compensation expenses and a $1.2 million increase in allocated overhead due to opening of new offices in Europe and Asia. We also experienced increases of $0.7 million in hosting costs and $0.6 million of depreciation and amortization expense, partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in professional fees.

Our gross margin increased to 58% for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 from 45% for the same period in 2011. This increase was due to the achievement of greater operational efficiency from personnel dedicated to our cloud infrastructure and global services precipitated by upgraded functionality and capabilities delivered by our engineering team. Compensation for these personnel was 26% of revenues during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, as compared to 35% during the same period in 2011. Additional costs related to recruiting, travel and equipment expenses represented 2% of our revenues during the nine months ended September 30, 2012, as compared to 5% during the same period in 2011.

 

49


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change  
     2011     2012     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 14,474      $ 23,615      $ 9,141         63

Percent of revenues

     59     56     

Sales and marketing expenses increased $9.1 million, or 63%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. The increase was primarily due to an increase in global sales and marketing headcount from 84 employees as of September 30, 2011 to 127 employees as of September 30, 2012, contributing to a $7.3 million increase in personnel-related costs, consisting primarily of increased employee compensation, benefits and travel costs associated with our sales force and including $0.4 million in stock-based compensation directly attributable to the redemption of common shares from an employee for an amount above the fair value at the time of the redemption. Allocated overhead increased $1.4 million due to opening of new offices in Europe and Asia. Marketing and event costs increased $0.3 million due to our continued efforts to generate sales leads and build brand awareness.

Research and Development

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change  
         2011             2012       $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 5,027      $ 9,651      $ 4,624         92

Percent of revenues

     20     23     

Research and development expenses increased $4.6 million, or 92%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011. This reflected an increase in the number of research and development personnel from 49 employees as of September 30, 2011 to 95 employees as of September 30, 2012, resulting in a $3.9 million increase in compensation expense. Included in this amount was $0.3 million in stock-based compensation directly attributable to the redemption of common shares from two employees for an amount above the fair value at the time of the redemption. Allocated overhead increased $0.8 million due to the increase in headcount. These increases were partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in outside consulting services.

General and Administrative

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change  
     2011     2012     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 4,132      $ 10,001      $ 5,869         142

Percent of revenues

     17     24     

General and administrative expenses increased $5.9 million, or 142%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, as compared to the same period in 2011. Our general and administrative headcount increased from 22 employees as of September 30, 2011 to 40 employees as of September 30, 2012. As a result, compensation expenses increased by $4.2 million as we added employees to support the growth of our business and as we prepared to become a public company. Included in this amount is $1.9 million in stock-based compensation directly attributable to the

 

50


Table of Contents

redemption of common shares from two employees for an amount above the fair value at the time of the redemption. Professional fees increased $1.4 million to support our global expansion and as we took certain steps to prepare ourselves to be a public company. Allocated overhead increased by $0.4 million due to the increase in headcount.

Other Expenses, Net

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change  
       2011         2012       $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other expenses, net

   $ (419   $ (571   $ (152     36

Other expenses, net primarily consists of foreign currency transaction gains and losses and interest expense. There were no significant changes in these expenses during the periods presented.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Nine Months Ended                
     September 30,      Change  
         2011              2012        $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 96       $ 167       $ 71         74

Provision for income taxes increased by approximately $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 as compared to the same period in 2011 as a result of increased profits generated in foreign jurisdictions by our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011

Revenues

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2010      2011      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 19,005       $ 36,121       $ 17,116         90

Revenues increased $17.1 million, or 90%, for 2011 as compared to 2010. During 2011, revenues increased due to new customers in all geographies and increased usage of our platform by existing customers. During 2011, we generated $8.1 million of revenue from new advertisers and $9.0 million of additional revenue from our existing advertisers. There were no customers that accounted for greater than 10% of our revenues in 2010 or 2011.

Revenues in 2011 from the United States and international locations represented 74% and 26%, respectively, of revenues, and in 2010, revenues from the United States and international locations represented 80% and 20%, respectively, of revenues.

 

51


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2010     2011     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 11,040      $ 18,691      $ 7,651         69

Gross profit

     7,965        17,430        9,465         119   

Gross margin

     42     48     

Cost of revenues increased $7.7 million, or 69%, for 2011 as compared to 2010. This reflected an increase in the number of customer service personnel from 67 employees as of December 31, 2010 to 112 employees as of December 31, 2011, resulting in a $5.0 million increase in compensation expense, a $1.0 million increase in allocated overhead and a $0.2 million increase in travel costs. We also experienced increases of $0.7 million of depreciation and amortization expense, $0.3 million in hosting costs and $0.2 million in professional fees, primarily as a result of the overall increase in the size of the support operations.

Our gross margin increased to 48% during 2011 from 42% during 2010. This increase was primarily due to greater operational efficiency from personnel dedicated to our cloud infrastructure and global services. Compensation for these personnel was 33% of revenues during 2011, as compared to 37% during 2010. We also realized greater efficiency from our hosting costs and related equipment, the associated costs of which were 8% of revenues during 2011 as compared to 10% during 2010.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2010     2011     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 8,884      $ 20,357      $ 11,473         129

Percent of revenues

     47     56     

Sales and marketing expenses increased $11.5 million, or 129%, for 2011 as compared to 2010. This reflected the expansion of our sales force and increases in marketing programs to address additional opportunities in new and existing markets. The increase was primarily due to an increase in headcount from 47 employees as of December 31, 2010 to 93 employees as of December 31, 2011, contributing to an $8.7 million increase in personnel-related costs, consisting primarily of increased employee compensation, benefits and travel costs associated with our sales force. Marketing and event costs increased $1.5 million due to our continued efforts to generate sales leads and build brand awareness. Allocated overhead costs increased $0.9 million and recruiting costs increased $0.5 million as a result of increased headcount.

Research and Development

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2010     2011     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 4,568      $ 7,071      $ 2,503         55

Percent of revenues

     24     20     

 

52


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses increased $2.5 million, or 55%, for 2011 as compared to 2010. This reflected an increase in the number of research and development personnel from 38 employees as of December 31, 2010 to 52 employees as of December 31, 2011, resulting in a $1.2 million increase in compensation, a $0.5 million increase in outside consulting services related to contract research and development services and a $0.1 million increase in recruiting fees. Allocated overhead costs increased $0.5 million as a result of our increased headcount. The increase was a result of our continued investment in expanding and enhancing our platform.

General and Administrative

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2010     2011     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 5,195      $ 6,679      $ 1,484         29

Percent of revenues

     27     18     

General and administrative expenses increased $1.5 million, or 29%, for 2011 as compared to 2010. General and administrative headcount increased from 14 employees as of December 31, 2010 to 28 employees as of December 31, 2011. As a result, compensation expenses increased by $0.6 million. Additionally, professional fees increased $1.1 million due to the establishment of several international wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Other Expenses, Net

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2010     2011     $     %  
     (in thousands)  

Other expenses, net

   $ (152   $ (607   $ (455     *   

 

* Percentage is not meaningful.

Other expenses, net primarily consisted of adjustments to the fair value of preferred stock warrants, foreign currency transaction gains and losses and interest expense. The increase of $0.5 million was primarily due to a $0.2 million increase in the loss from the adjustment of the fair value of an outstanding preferred stock warrant and a $0.2 million increase in interest expense as a result of additional borrowings under our credit facility.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2010      2011      $      %  
     (in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 23       $ 139       $ 116             

 

* Percentage is not meaningful.

Provision for income taxes increased by $0.1 million for 2011 as compared to 2010 as a result of increased profits generated in foreign jurisdictions by our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

 

53


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009

Revenues

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2009      2010      $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenues

   $ 7,527       $ 19,005       $ 11,478         152

Revenues increased $11.5 million, or 152%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. During 2010, revenues increased due an increase in revenues from new and existing advertisers, resulting from their increase in advertising spend managed through the platform. During 2010, we generated $5.7 million of revenue from new advertisers and $5.8 million of additional revenue from our existing advertisers.

Revenues in 2010 from the United States and international locations represented 80% and 20%, respectively, of revenues, and in 2009, revenues from the United States and international locations represented 93% and 7%, respectively, of revenues.

Cost of Revenues

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2009     2010     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 5,101      $ 11,040      $ 5,939         116

Gross profit

     2,426        7,965        5,539         228   

Gross margin

     32     42     

Cost of revenues increased $5.9 million, or 116%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. This reflected an increase in the number of customer service personnel from 25 employees as of December 31, 2009 to 67 employees as of December 31, 2010, resulting in a $4.0 million increase in compensation and travel expenses. We also experienced increases of $0.7 million of depreciation and amortization expense, $0.4 million in allocated overhead, primarily as a result of the overall increase in the size of the support operations, and $0.2 million in hosting costs.

Our gross margin increased to 42% during 2010 from 32% during 2009. This increase was primarily due to the achievement of greater operational efficiency from personnel dedicated to our cloud infrastructure and global services. Compensation for these personnel was 37% of revenues during 2010, as compared to 43% during 2009. We also realized greater efficiency from our hosting costs and related equipment, the associated costs of which were 10% of revenues during 2010 as compared to 12% during 2009. Additionally, professional fees incurred to support our infrastructure were 2% of revenue during 2010 as compared to 3% during 2009.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2009     2010     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 6,146      $ 8,884      $ 2,738         45

Percent of revenues

     82     47     

 

54


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.7 million, or 45%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. This reflected the expansion of our sales force and increases in marketing programs to address additional opportunities in new and existing markets. The increase was primarily due to an increase in headcount from 19 employees as of December 31, 2009 to 47 employees as of December 31, 2010, contributing to a $2.1 million increase in personnel-related costs, consisting primarily of increased employee compensation and travel costs associated with our sales force. Marketing and event costs increased $0.3 million due to our continued efforts to generate sales leads and build brand awareness. Allocated overhead increased $0.1 million due to our increase in headcount.

Research and Development

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2009     2010     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 3,410      $ 4,568      $ 1,158         34

Percent of revenues

     45     24     

Research and development expenses increased $1.2 million, or 34%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. This reflected an increase in the number of research and development personnel from 26 employees as of December 31, 2009 to 38 employees as of December 31, 2010, resulting in a $1.5 million increase in compensation expenses. This increase was partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in outside consulting services related to contract research and development services and in recruiting fees.

General and Administrative

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2009     2010     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 2,171      $ 5,195      $ 3,024         139

Percent of revenues

     29     27     

General and administrative expenses increased $3.0 million, or 139%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. Our general and administrative headcount increased from six employees as of December 31, 2009 to 14 employees as of December 31, 2010. As a result, personnel-related expenses increased by $1.9 million, consisting of increased employee compensation and travel costs, as we added employees to support the growth of our business. The 2010 amount includes $0.8 in stock-based compensation resulting from the repurchase of shares of common stock from one executive for an amount above the fair value at the time of the repurchase. Allocated overhead expenses increased $0.4 million and professional fees increased $0.1 million due to the establishment of the wholly-owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom. Additionally, a provision of $0.4 million was recorded in 2010 for unremitted and uncollected sales taxes from several U.S. state taxing authorities.

Other Expenses, Net

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
     2009     2010     $      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other expenses, net

   $ (304   $ (152   $ 152         (50 )% 

 

55


Table of Contents

Other expenses, net primarily consisted of adjustments to the fair value of preferred stock warrants, foreign currency transaction gains and losses and interest expense. The decrease of $0.2 million was primarily due to the adjustment of the fair value of an outstanding preferred stock warrant.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change  
     2009      2010      $     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Provision for income taxes

   $ 103       $ 23       $ (80     (78 )% 

Provision for income taxes decreased by $0.1 million for 2010 as compared to 2009 as a result of decreased profits generated by our wholly-owned subsidiary in the United Kingdom.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our incorporation in March 2006, we have relied primarily on sales of our preferred stock to fund our operating activities. To date, we have raised $105.7 million, net of related issuance costs, in funding through private placements of our preferred stock and $2.8 million in proceeds from the exercise of options to purchase common stock. As of September 30, 2012, our principal sources of liquidity were our cash of $17.0 million and $1.2 million available under our revolving credit facility. In November 2012, we raised $19.9 million in proceeds, net of related issuance costs, from the sale of our Series F-1 preferred stock. Our primary operating cash requirements include the payment of compensation and related costs, as well as costs for our facilities and information technology infrastructure.

In January 2010, we entered into a loan and security agreement, which provided for a revolving line of credit and other term loans (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). In January 2011, we amended our Revolving Credit Facility to include an equipment advance facility of $2.0 million. In December 2011, we further amended our Revolving Credit Facility, which increased the revolving line of credit to the lesser of $10.0 million or 80% of our eligible accounts receivable and to provide us with an additional equipment advance facility of $2.0 million. With respect to the revolving line of credit, the expiration date was extended to July 10, 2013 and the annual interest rate was amended to 0.75% over the prime rate payable on a monthly basis. The equipment advance facilities may only be used to finance the purchase of eligible equipment. The equipment advance facilities accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate of 5.5% and are repayable in 36 consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest, with final payments due at various dates between December 2014 and August 2015.

The Revolving Credit Facility is collateralized with all of our assets, excluding shares of controlled foreign subsidiaries, patents and copyrights. The Revolving Credit Facility also contains various covenants, including covenants related to the delivery of financial and other information, the maintenance of monthly financial covenants, as well as limitations on dispositions, change in business or management, mergers or consolidations, dividends and other corporate activities. As of September 30, 2012, we were in compliance with all loan covenants.

As of September 30, 2012, we had $3.0 million and $7.2 million outstanding under our equipment advance facilities and revolving line of credit, respectively, and had $0 available for withdrawal under the equipment advance facilities. Additionally, as of September 30, 2012 we had a $0.5 million letter of credit outstanding relating to our office lease in New York.

In December 2012, we entered into another amendment to the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to which amounts available for borrowing under the revolving line of credit increased to the lesser of

 

56


Table of Contents

$15.0 million or 80% of our eligible accounts receivable and to extend the expiration date to July 31, 2014. We also entered into an additional equipment advance facility of $3.0 million (the “Supplemental Equipment Advance”). The Supplemental Equipment Advance accrues interest at a fixed per annum rate of 3.0% and will be repayable in 33 consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest. The Supplemental Equipment Advance expires March 1, 2016. In connection with this amendment, we issued a warrant to purchase 26,513 shares of common stock at $12.15 per share to the lender. This warrant expires in November 2022.

To the extent existing cash and cash from operations are not sufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds. Although we are not currently a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity financing or use our cash resources. We have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any such acquisitions.

Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe that our existing sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, and the timing and extent of spending to support product development efforts and expansion into new territories, and the timing of introductions of new features and enhancements to our platform. To the extent that existing cash and cash equivalents and cash from operations are insufficient to fund our future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or debt financing.

Summary Cash Flows

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (9,622   $ (9,775   $ (16,490   $ (13,328   $ (13,778

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,150     (2,882     (3,360     (2,020     (5,971

Net cash provided by financing activities

     12,320        8,697        20,397        19,053        35,020   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

   $ 1,548      $ (3,960   $ 547      $ 3,705      $ 15,271   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities is primarily influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business and the increase in the number of advertisers using our platform. Cash used in operating activities has typically been generated from net losses and further increased by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, particularly in the areas of accounts receivable and accrued liabilities, adjusted for non-cash expense items such as depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation.

Cash used in operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 of $13.8 million was the result of a net loss of $19.2 million, offset by non-cash expenses of $7.3 million, which included depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense. These non-cash expenses increased due to capital expenses and headcount growth, primarily related to continued investment in our business. The remaining use of funds of $1.9 million was from the net change in working capital items, most notably an increase in accounts receivable of $2.9 million resulting from

 

57


Table of Contents

our revenue growth and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.8 million primarily related to the timing of payments for insurance premiums and software subscriptions. These were partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $1.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, related to the growth of our operations and timing of compensation and other general expenses.

Cash used in operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 of $13.3 million was the result of a net loss of $13.0 million, offset by non-cash expenses of $2.0 million, which included depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense. These non-cash expenses increased due to capital expenses and headcount growth, primarily related to continued investment in our business. The remaining use of funds of $2.3 million was from the net change in working capital items, most notably an increase in accounts receivable of $3.7 million resulting from our revenue growth, partially offset by an increase in accrued liabilities of $1.8 million related to the growth of our operations and timing of compensation and other general expenses.

Cash used in operating activities in 2011 of $16.5 million was the result of a net loss of $17.4 million, offset by non-cash expenses of $3.2 million, which included depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense. These non-cash expenses increased due to capital expenses and headcount growth, primarily related to continued investment in our business. The remaining use of funds of $2.3 million was from the net change in working capital items, most notably an increase in accounts receivable of $5.5 million resulting from our revenue growth, partially offset by an increase in accrued liabilities of $3.5 million related to the growth of our operations and the timing of compensation and other general expenses.

Cash used in operating activities in 2010 of $9.8 million was the result of a net loss of $10.9 million, offset by non-cash expenses of $2.7 million which included depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense. These non-cash expenses increased due to capital expenses and headcount growth, primarily related to continued investment in our business. The remaining use of funds of $1.6 million was from the net change in working capital items, most notably an increase in accounts receivable of $3.3 million resulting from our revenue growth and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $0.5 million primarily related to software subscription purchases. These items were partially offset by an increase in accrued liabilities and accounts payable of $1.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively, related to the growth of our operations and the timing of compensation and other general expenses.

Cash used in operating activities in 2009 of $9.6 million was the result of a net loss of $9.7 million, offset by non-cash expenses of $0.8 million which included depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation expense. These non-cash expenses increased due to capital expenses and headcount growth, primarily related to continued investment in our business. The remaining use of funds of $0.7 million was from the net change in working capital items, most notably an increase in accounts receivable of $1.2 million resulting from our revenue growth, partially offset by an increase in accrued liabilities of $0.7 million related to the growth of our operations and timing of compensation and other general expenses.

Investing Activities

During 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, investing activities consisted of purchases of property and equipment, including technology hardware and software to support our growth as well as capitalized internal-use software development costs. Purchases of property and equipment may vary from period-to-period due to the timing of the expansion of our operations and the development cycles of our internal-use hosted software platform. We expect to continue to invest in property and equipment and developing our software platform for the foreseeable future.

 

58


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of the issuance of preferred stock purchases of common stock, and borrowings and repayments under our credit facility.

Cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 was $35.0 million. This consisted of $34.3 million of net proceeds from the issuance of our Series F preferred stock, $1.9 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock, and net borrowings under our credit facility of $3.3 million during this period. These inflows were partially offset by $4.5 million paid to redeem common stock during the period.

Cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 was $19.1 million. This consisted of $15.9 million of net proceeds from the issuance of our Series E preferred stock, $0.5 million of proceeds from the exercise of stock options and net borrowings under our credit facility of $2.6 million during this period.

Cash provided by financing activities in 2011 was $20.4 million. This consisted of $15.9 million of net proceeds from the issuance of our Series E preferred stock, $3.5 of net proceeds from activity under our credit facility and $0.9 million from the exercise of employee stock options and common stock warrants.

Cash provided by financing activities in 2010 was $8.7 million. This consisted of $7.8 million of net proceeds from the issuance of our Series D preferred stock, $0.4 of net proceeds from activity under our credit facility and $0.5 million from the exercise of employee stock options.

Cash provided by financing activities in 2009 was $12.3 million. This consisted of proceeds from the sales of our Series C preferred stock of $12.9 million, partially offset by repayment of credit facility borrowings of $0.6 million.

In November 2012, we issued 1,478,064 shares of Series F-1 preferred stock at a price of $13.5312 per share for net proceeds of approximately $19.9 million through a private placement with existing stockholders.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under operating leases for office space and our data center. As of December 31, 2011, the future minimum payments under these commitments, as well as obligations under our credit facility, were as follows:

 

     Payments Due By Period  
     Total      Less
Than
1 Year
     1 - 3
Years
     3 - 5
Years
     More
Than
5 Years
 
                   (in thousands)         

Debt obligations

   $ 6,882       $ 1,447       $ 5,331       $ 104       $ —     

Interest expense payments

     241         138         102         1         —     

Operating leases

     3,524         1,645         1,879         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,647       $ 3,230       $ 7,312       $ 105       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding, which specify significant terms including payment terms, related services and the approximate timing of the transaction. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table.

 

59


Table of Contents

In 2012, we entered into new office leases in Portland, San Francisco, Chicago and New York. The lease arrangements are noncancelable and expire in December 2014, March 2015, October 2015, and July 2017, respectively.

During the ordinary course of business, we include indemnification provisions within certain of our contracts. Pursuant to these arrangements, we may be obligated to indemnify, hold harmless and agree to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, generally parties with which we have commercial relations, in connection with certain intellectual property infringement claims by any third party with respect to our software. To date, there have not been any costs incurred in connection with such indemnification arrangements and therefore, there is no accrual for such amounts as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the periods presented, we did not have, nor do we currently have, any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. We are therefore not exposed to any financing, liquidity, market or credit risk that could arise if we had engaged in those types of relationships.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These items are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future.

We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected. See “Risk Factors” for certain matters that may affect these estimates or our future financial condition or results of operations. An accounting policy is deemed to be critical if it requires an accounting estimate to be made based on assumptions about matters that are uncertain at the time the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used, or if the changes in estimate that are reasonably likely to occur could materially impact the financial statements.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, and we believe that the accounting policies discussed below involve the greatest degree of complexity and exercise of judgment by our management. The methods, estimates and judgments that we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations and, accordingly, we believe the policies described below are the most critical for understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

 

60


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We generate revenues principally from subscriptions to our platform pursuant to our contracts that are generally six months to one year in length. Our subscription fee under most contracts is variable based on the value of the advertising spend that our advertisers manage through the platform. Some of our contracts also include a minimum monthly fee that is payable over the duration of the contract. Our customer does not have the right to take possession of the software supporting the application service at any time, nor do the arrangements contain general rights of return. We commence revenue recognition when all of the following conditions are met:

 

  Ÿ  

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

  Ÿ  

our platform is made available to the customer;

 

  Ÿ  

the fee is fixed or determinable, and;

 

  Ÿ  

collection is reasonably assured.

We account for these arrangements by recognizing the total monthly minimum fee, where applicable, over the duration of the contract, commencing on the date that our service is made available to the customer, provided revenues recognized do not exceed amounts that are invoiced and due. The variable fee, which is based on a percentage of the value of the advertising spend managed through our platform, is recognized once the amount is fixed or determinable, which is generally on a monthly basis concurrent with the issuance of the customer invoice. Signed contracts are used as evidence of an arrangement. We assess collectability based on a number of factors such as past collection history with the customer and creditworthiness of the customer. If we determine collectability is not reasonably assured, we defer the revenue recognition until collectability becomes reasonably assured.

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, ratified authoritative accounting guidance regarding revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables effective for fiscal periods beginning on or after June 15, 2010. We adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis for fiscal 2011. Professional services and training, when sold with our platform subscription services, are accounted for separately when those services have standalone value. In determining whether professional services and training services can be accounted for separately from subscription services, we consider the following factors: availability of the services from other vendors, the nature of the services; the dependence of the subscription services on the customer’s decision to buy the professional services; and whether we sell our subscription services without professional services. If the deliverables have stand-alone value, we account for each deliverable separately and revenues are recognized for the respective deliverables as they are delivered. If one or more of the deliverables do not have stand-alone value, the deliverables that do not have stand-alone value are combined with the final deliverables within the arrangement and treated as a single unit of accounting. Revenues for arrangements treated as a single unit of accounting are recognized over the period of the contract commencing upon delivery of the final deliverable. As of September 30, 2012, we did not have stand-alone value for the professional services and training services. This is because we include professional services and training services with our subscription services and those services are not available from other vendors.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize expense for stock-based compensation based on the grant date fair value of the award and generally recognize the expense, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Because our stock is not publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of our common stock for purposes of determining the fair value of our option awards, as discussed in “—Valuations of Common

 

61


Table of Contents

Stock” below. Determining the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date requires judgment. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock option awards. The determination of the grant date fair value of our stock option awards using an option pricing model is affected by the estimated fair value per share of the common stock underlying those options as well as assumptions regarding a number of other complex and subjective variables. These variables include our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends, which are estimated as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Expected Volatility .    Because we do not have a trading history for our common stock, we have estimated the expected stock price volatility for our common stock by taking the average historic price volatility for industry peers based on daily price observations over a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. Industry peers consist of public companies in the technology industry, primarily in the subscription software business. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

  Ÿ  

Risk-Free Interest Rate .    The risk-free interest rate assumption used is based on observed market interest rates appropriate for the term of employee options.

 

  Ÿ  

Expected Term .    We estimated the expected term for a “plain vanilla” option using the simplified method allowed under current guidance, which uses the midpoint between the graded vesting period and the contractual termination date since we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term.

 

  Ÿ  

Dividend Yield .    We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

We used the following assumptions in our application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model for the periods presented in the table below:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September  30,
 
     2009         2010         2011         2011         2012    

Dividend yield

     0     0     0     0     0

Expected volatility

     52     49     57     57     57

Risk-free interest rate

     2.52     1.83     2.02     2.02     0.97

Expected term (in years)

     5.96        5.92        6.25        6.25        6.25   

In addition, ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We apply an estimated forfeiture rate based on our historical forfeiture experience.

Future expense amounts for any particular period could be affected by changes in our assumptions or changes in market conditions.

 

62


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated financial statement line items is as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
       2009          2010          2011            2011              2012      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

   $ 66       $ 90       $ 165       $ 119       $ 292   

Sales and marketing

     81         66         226         162         817   

Research and development

     26         58         163         120         648   

General and administrative

     19         1,172         143         82         2,490   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 192       $ 1,386       $ 697       $ 483       $ 4,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Costs for equity instruments issued in exchange for the receipt of goods or services from non-employees are measured at the fair market value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The value of equity instruments issued for consideration other than employee services is determined on the earlier of the date on which there first exists a firm commitment for performance by the provider of goods or services or on the date performance is complete, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

Valuations of Common Stock

We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our share-based awards when performing the fair value calculations with the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of the common stock underlying our share-based awards was determined by our board of directors, with input from management and contemporaneous third-party valuations. We believe that our board of directors has the relevant experience and expertise to determine the fair value of our common stock. Our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on a number of factors including:

 

  Ÿ  

our performance, growth rate and financial condition at the approximate time of the option grant;

 

  Ÿ  

the value of companies that we consider peers based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, similarity to us with respect to industry, business model, stage of growth, financial risk or other factors;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our business and our prospects since the last time the board approved option grants and made a determination of fair value;

 

  Ÿ  

amounts recently paid by investors for our convertible preferred stock in arm’s-length transactions;

 

  Ÿ  

the rights, preferences and privileges of preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

future financial projections; and

 

  Ÿ  

valuation analyses.

For the periods presented, valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our business generally using the income approach and market comparable approach valuation methods. When applicable, due to a recent preferred stock offering, the prior sale of company stock method was also utilized. The income approach estimates value based on the expectation of future cash flows that a company will generate, such as cash earnings, cost savings, tax deductions and the proceeds from a disposition. These future cash flows are discounted to their present values using a discount rate derived from an analysis of the cost of capital of comparable

 

63


Table of Contents

publicly traded companies in our industry or similar lines of business as of each valuation date and is adjusted to reflect the risks inherent in our cash flows. In addition, we also considered an appropriate discount adjustment to recognize the lack of marketability due to being a closely held entity.

The market comparable approach estimates value based on a comparison of the subject company to comparable public companies in a similar line of business. From the comparable companies, a representative market value multiple is determined and then applied to the subject company’s operating results to estimate the value of the subject company. In our valuations, the multiple of the comparable companies was determined using a ratio of the market value of invested capital less cash to each of the last twelve month revenues and the forecasted future twelve month revenues. The estimated value was then discounted by a non-marketability factor due to the fact that stockholders of private companies do not have access to trading markets similar to those enjoyed by stockholders of public companies which impacts liquidity. To determine our peer group of companies, we considered public enterprise cloud-based application providers and selected those that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage.

The prior sales of company stock method estimates value by considering any prior arm’s length sales of the subject company’s equity. When considering prior sales of the company’s equity, the valuation considers the size of the equity sale, the relationship of the parties involved in the transaction, the timing of the equity sale, and the financial condition of the company at the time of the sale.

In some cases, we considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation determined pursuant to one of the methods described above or a straight-line calculation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in the valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.

Once we determined an equity value, we used the option pricing method, or OPM, to allocate the equity value to each of our classes of stock. OPM values each equity class by creating a series of call options on our equity value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences, participation rights, and strike prices of the derivatives. This method is generally preferred when future outcomes are difficult to predict and dissolution or liquidation is not imminent. Starting in December 2011, due to greater clarity on potential exit scenarios, we generally began using the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM, to allocate our equity value among the various outcomes.

Using the PWERM, the value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of varying values for our common stock assuming the following possible future events for our company:

 

  Ÿ  

Initial public offering, or IPO;

 

  Ÿ  

Sale or merger;

 

  Ÿ  

Continuing as a private company; or

 

  Ÿ  

Bankruptcy or liquidation.

For these possible events, a range of equity values is estimated based on a number of factors, which include market and income valuation approaches that factor in revenue multiples based on the performance of our public company comparables, along with estimates by, and expectations of, our board of directors and management. For each equity value scenario, we determined the appropriate aggregate value to be allocated to holders of our shares of common stock based on the rights and preferences of each class and series of our stock at that time. Next, we estimated the timing of possible future event dates and applied a discount rate, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital, to the future equity values in the initial public offering and sale or merger scenarios to

 

64


Table of Contents

account for the time-value of money. We then multiplied the discounted value of common stock under each scenario by an estimated probability for each of the possible events, resulting in a probability-weighted value per share of common stock. Finally, we applied a discount for lack of marketability to the weighted value per share to determine a value per common share. As noted, application of this approach involves the use of estimates, judgment and assumptions, such as future cash flows and selection of comparable companies. Changes in our assumptions or the interrelationship of those assumptions impacted the valuations as of each valuation date.

Upon adoption of the PWERM in December 2011, we assigned an increasing probability to the initial public offering scenario at each valuation date than the other scenarios, assuming a 35% probability beginning December 31, 2011 and increasing substantially to 70% in September 2012 and 75% in December 2012. We have assumed a higher probability of an initial public offering because of our belief that consummating an initial public offering will increase awareness of our company among potential customers and improve our competitive position, thereby facilitating growth.

When considering comparable public companies for the purposes of valuing our common stock, from January 28, 2011 through September 30, 2012, we utilized comparable company sets, adjusted to remove companies sold or merged during the periods and add comparable companies that had completed initial public offerings. This set was primarily composed of technology companies that operated a subscription-based business. We believed these companies had cost structures generally similar to our own and we therefore believed these companies were comparable to us for the purposes of valuing our common stock. We evaluated our set of comparable companies as of each valuation date, particularly with respect to valuation in the initial public offering scenario. All the material factors considered as of each option grant date are explained below.

The following table summarizes, by grant date, information regarding stock options granted from January 1, 2011:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of
Shares
Subject to
Options
Granted
     Exercise
Price Per
Share
     Common
Stock Fair
Value Per
Share on
Grant Date
 

January 28, 2011

     767,718       $ 2.39       $ 2.39   

May 26, 2011

     348,389         2.70         2.70   

August 26, 2011

     282,556         2.70         3.98   

February 8, 2012

     161,486         5.20         5.20   

March 11, 2012

     34,000         5.20         5.20   

May 8, 2012

     1,208,388         7.05         7.05   

June 1, 2012

     117,500         7.05         7.55   

September 14, 2012

     293,887         7.55         10.20   

September 25, 2012

     20,000         7.55         10.20   

December 10, 2012

     211,000         12.15         12.15   

January 31, 2013

     963,089         12.15         12.15   

Based on an assumed initial public price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2012 was $         million, of which $         million related to vested options.

 

65


Table of Contents

    Valuation inputs

January 28, 2011.     In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options, our board of directors considered a contemporaneous valuation analysis for our common stock. The valuation analysis reflected a fair value for our common stock of $2.39. The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

an enterprise value determined from a weighted average of the market-based approach (50% weighting), income approach (25% weighting) and the implied enterprise value based upon the Series D preferred stock issuance which closed in May 2010 (25% weighting);

 

  Ÿ  

the market-based approach utilized a mean peer group multiple of 2.2x trailing 12 months’ revenues;

 

  Ÿ  

the income approach utilized a terminal value earnings multiple of 10.5x;

 

  Ÿ  

a discount rate of 38%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

a lack of marketability discount of 37%.

May 26, 2011 .    In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options, our board of directors reviewed and considered a contemporaneous valuation analysis for our common stock. The valuation analysis reflected a fair value for our common stock of $2.70. The primary valuation consideration was an enterprise value derived from the arm’s length Series E preferred stock financing completed at $9.19 per share in March 2011. Our indicated enterprise value was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options using an option pricing method, or OPM. The OPM utilized the following assumptions: a time to liquidity event of two years; a risk free rate of 0.71%; and volatility of 60% over the time to a liquidity event. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies.

August 26, 2011.     At the time our board of directors approved the option grants, our most recent valuation analysis indicated a fair value of $2.70 per share. Our board of directors set the exercise price per share at $2.70, consistent with the indicated fair value reflected in the valuation analysis. Subsequently, a valuation analysis was completed in early 2012 that indicated a fair value per share of common stock of $5.20. We considered that both valuation analyses had similar proximity relative to the August 26, 2011 grant date and that the latter report estimated a significant change in value during the interim time period. Therefore, in connection with the preparation of our 2011 financial statements, we reassessed, for financial reporting purposes, the estimate of fair value per share for the August 26, 2011 grants. We applied a straight-line calculation using the valuation of $2.70 per share as of May 26, 2011 and $5.20 as of February 8, 2012, the date at which our next valuation was used for granting new options.

February 8, 2012.     In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of February 8, 2012, our board of directors reviewed and considered a contemporaneous valuation analysis for our common stock. The valuation analysis reflected a fair value for our common stock of $5.20. The primary valuation consideration was an enterprise value derived from the arm’s length Series F preferred stock financing completed at $12.30 per share in January 2012. Our indicated enterprise value was allocated to the shares of preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options using the OPM. The OPM utilized the following assumptions: a time to liquidity event of 1.5 years; a risk free rate of 0.19%; and volatility of 60% over the time to a liquidity event. Estimates of the volatility of our common stock were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies. Additionally, we considered the potential outcome under an IPO scenario. For an IPO scenario, the value was estimated based on a multiple of our forecasted 2013 revenues. The value was discounted to the present value using a 20% rate of return over a 1.5 year holding period. This value was then adjusted downward by 28.5% to reflect a lack of marketability of our common stock. The final valuation assigned a 65% weighting to the OPM value and a 35% weighting to the IPO value.

 

66


Table of Contents

In conjunction with our Series F preferred stock financing closed in January 2012, we sold 2,804,788 shares of our Series F preferred stock at $12.30 per share for gross proceeds of $34.5 million. Concurrently with the issuance of the preferred stock, we repurchased 365,008 shares of common stock from a group of employees including our Chief Executive Officer for aggregate consideration of $4.5 million. We determined that the per share repurchase price of the common stock of $12.30 was above the fair value for shares of our common stock of $5.20 per share at the time of the repurchase. Therefore, we recognized $2.6 million of stock-based compensation expense from this transaction during the first quarter of 2012.

March 11, 2012 .    Given that the option grant made on March 11, 2012 occurred approximately 30 days after the option grant made on February 8, 2012 and that there were no significant changes to the business or our prospects during this period, we used the same analysis in assessing the fair value of our common stock as of March 11, 2012 that we did for our assessment as of February 8, 2012.

May 8, 2012.     In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options, our board of directors reviewed and considered a contemporaneous valuation analysis for our common stock. The valuation analysis reflected a fair value for our common stock of $7.05, an increase from the fair value of our common stock on March 11, 2012 resulting, in part, from the continued growth and financial performance of our business. During the three months ended March 31, 2012, our revenues grew 14% and our gross profit increased 24% sequentially. Additionally, we continued to rapidly expand our employee base, increasing headcount to 302 as of March 31, 2012, a 6% increase compared to December 31, 2011. The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

the valuation reflected a 40% probability of an IPO, 30% probability of remaining a private company, 25% probability of a strategic merger or sale, and 5% probability of dissolution;

 

  Ÿ  

a fourteen month time to liquidity in the IPO scenario and a two year holding period in the strategic merger or sale scenario;

 

  Ÿ  

the market-based approach utilized mean peer group multiples of 4.5x trailing twelve months’ revenue and 3.2x projected twelve months’ revenue;

 

  Ÿ  

the income approach utilized a terminal value earnings multiple of 18.0x;

 

  Ÿ  

a discount rate of 25%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital; and

 

  Ÿ  

a lack of marketability discount of 24%.

June 1, 2012 .    At the time our board of directors approved the option grants, our most recent valuation analysis indicated a fair value of $7.05 per share. Our board of directors set the exercise price per share at $7.05, consistent with the indicated fair value reflected in the valuation analysis. However, shortly thereafter, another contemporaneous valuation analysis was finalized and reflected a fair value for our common stock of $7.55. Therefore, for financial reporting purposes, we utilized the latter analysis as it better reflected our valuation considerations as of the grant date. The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

the valuation reflected a 60% probability of an IPO, 20% probability of remaining a private company, 15% probability of a strategic merger or sale, and 5% probability of dissolution;

 

  Ÿ  

a fifteen month holding period in the IPO scenario and a 1.5 year holding period in the strategic merger or sale scenario;

 

  Ÿ  

the market-based approach utilized mean peer group multiples of 4.0x trailing twelve months’ revenue and 2.8x projected twelve months’ revenue. This decrease as compared to the previous valuation was representative of the general decrease in valuations of the peer group companies during this period;

 

67


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the income approach utilized a terminal value earnings multiple of 18.0x;

 

  Ÿ  

a discount rate of 20%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

  Ÿ  

a lack of marketability discount of 24%; and

 

  Ÿ  

while our financial forecast reflected a longer time period until achieving sustained profitability relative to the forecast used to value the May 8, 2012 grants, the increase in the fair value of our common stock as compared to the prior valuation resulted principally from the increased probability of an initial public offering as we undertook activities in this area.

September 14, 2012 and September 25, 2012 .    At the time our board of directors approved the option grants, our most recent valuation analysis indicated a fair value of $7.55 per share. Our board of directors set the exercise price per share at $7.55, consistent with the indicated fair value reflected in the valuation analysis. However, shortly thereafter, another contemporaneous valuation analysis was finalized and reflected a fair value for our common stock of $10.20. Therefore, for financial reporting purposes, we utilized the latter analysis as it better reflected our valuation considerations as of the grant date. Given that the September 14, 2012 and September 25, 2012 grants occurred within a span of eleven days and there were no material changes to the business during that time, we used the same sets of assumptions in assessing the valuation for both dates. The increase from the fair value of our common stock on June 1, 2012 resulted, in part, from the continued growth and financial performance of our business, our progress made towards a potential IPO and an increase in the probability of an IPO relative to other exit alternatives. During the three months ended September 30, 2012, our revenues grew 10% and our gross profit increased 12% sequentially. Additionally, we continued to rapidly expand our employee base, increasing headcount to 386 as of September 30, 2012, an 8% increase compared to June 30, 2012. The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

the valuation reflected a 70% probability of an IPO, 15% probability of remaining a private company, 10% probability of a strategic merger or sale and 5% probability of dissolution;

 

  Ÿ  

a twelve month holding period in the IPO scenario and a 1.5 year holding period in the strategic merger or sale scenario;

 

  Ÿ  

a discount rate of 20%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

  Ÿ  

the market-based approach utilized mean peer group multiples of 4.3x trailing twelve months’ revenue and 3.4x projected twelve months’ revenue;

 

  Ÿ  

the income approach utilized a terminal value earnings multiple of 14.0x. This terminal value is lower than that reflected in the previous valuation due to higher growth and profit margins over the projection period; and

 

  Ÿ  

a lack of marketability discount of 24%.

December 10, 2012 and January 31, 2013 .    In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options, our board of directors reviewed and considered a contemporaneous valuation analysis for our common stock. Given that the December 10, 2012 and January 31, 2013 grants occurred in close proximity and there were no material changes to the business during that time, we used the same sets of assumptions in assessing the valuation for both dates. The valuation analysis reflected a fair value for our common stock of $12.15, an increase from the fair value of our common stock on September 25, 2012 resulting, in part, from the continued growth and financial performance of our business, our progress made towards a potential IPO and the closing of our Series F-1 preferred stock financing. Our revenues continued to increase month over month consistent with management’s expectations and we achieved our highest monthly revenues to date during the month of November 2012. We continued to rapidly expand our employee base, increasing

 

68


Table of Contents

headcount to 424 as of November 30, 2012, a 10% increase compared to September 30, 2012. Additionally, in November 2012, we closed our Series F-1 preferred stock financing. The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

the valuation reflected a 75% probability of an IPO, 15% probability of remaining a private company and 10% probability of a strategic merger or sale;

 

  Ÿ  

the value under the IPO scenario was estimated by applying a 10% premium above the enterprise value implied from the Series F-1 preferred stock financing completed in November 2012;

 

  Ÿ  

a ten month holding period in the IPO scenario and a one year holding period in the strategic merger or sale scenario;

 

  Ÿ  

a discount rate of 20%, based on our estimated weighted average cost of capital;

 

  Ÿ  

the market-based approach utilized mean peer group multiples of 4.5x trailing twelve months’ revenue and 3.4x projected twelve months’ revenue;

 

  Ÿ  

the income approach utilized a terminal value earnings multiple of 14.0x; and

 

  Ÿ  

a lack of marketability discount of 20%, which was lower than the rate utilized in the previous valuation as we decreased the expected time to liquidity.

Provision for Income Taxes

As a result of our current net operating loss position in the United States, income tax expense consists primarily of corporate income taxes resulting from profits generated in foreign jurisdictions by wholly-owned subsidiaries, along with state income taxes payable in the United States. As we have incurred operating losses in all periods to date and recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, we have not historically recorded a provision for federal income taxes. Realization of any of our deferred tax assets depends upon future earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. We consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, in assessing the extent to which a valuation allowance should be applied against our deferred tax assets.

Utilization of our net operating losses may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Code and similar state provisions. An analysis was conducted through 2011 to determine whether an ownership change had occurred since inception. The analysis indicated that although ownership changes occurred in prior years, the net operating losses would not expire before estimated utilization. In the event we have subsequent changes in ownership or profitability is delayed, net operating losses and research and development credit carryovers could be limited and may expire unutilized.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We assess collectability based on a number of factors, including credit worthiness of the customer along with past transaction history; in addition, we perform periodic evaluations of our customers’ financial condition. Certain contracts with advertising agencies contain sequential liability provisions, where the agency does not have an obligation to pay until payment is received from the agency’s customers. In these circumstances, we evaluate the credit worthiness of the agency’s customers, in addition to the agency itself. Credit losses historically have not been material, which is directly attributable to our subscription-based services model, enabling us to immediately discontinue the availability of the services in question in the event of non-payment. Through September 30, 2012, we have not experienced any significant credit losses.

 

69


Table of Contents

Capitalized Software Costs

We capitalize certain development costs incurred in connection with our internal-use software platform in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software . These capitalized costs are mostly related to our hosted platform, which is accessed by our customers on a subscription basis. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, we capitalize direct internal and external costs until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. We cease capitalizing these costs upon completion of all substantial testing. We also capitalize costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional functionality. We expense maintenance and training costs as they are incurred. We amortize capitalized internal-use software development costs on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, which is generally two to three years, into cost of revenues. Through September 30, 2012, we had capitalized costs of approximately $3.3 million in aggregate under ASC 350-40. Based on our current plans, we expect to continue to capitalize a portion of our development costs in the future.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-05, Comprehensive Income . This guidance requires entities to have more detailed reporting of comprehensive income. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance should be applied retrospectively. The adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2012 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement . This guidance requires entities to change certain measurements and disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted this new guidance on January 1, 2012.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate, foreign exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. To reduce certain of these risks, we monitor the financial condition of our large customers and limit credit exposure by setting credit limits as we deem appropriate. In addition, our investment strategy has been to invest in financial instruments that are highly liquid and readily convertible into cash, with maturity dates within three months from the date of purchase. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market risk exposures. We have also not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Our investments are considered cash equivalents and primarily consist of money market funds, corporate debt securities and a certificate of deposit. As of September 30, 2012, we had cash and cash equivalents of $17.0 million. In November 2012, we raised $19.9 million in proceeds, net of related issuance costs, from the sale of our Series F-1 preferred stock. The carrying amount of our cash and cash equivalents reasonably approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these investments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates,

 

70


Table of Contents

which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we believe only dramatic fluctuations in interest rates would have a material effect on our investments. As such we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

As of September 30, 2012 we had borrowings outstanding in the aggregate of $10.2 million. Our outstanding long-term borrowings consist of fixed and variable interest rate financial instruments. The interest rates of our borrowings range from 4.0% to 5.5%. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates relative to our current interest rates would not have a material impact on the fair values of all of our outstanding borrowings. Changes in interest rates would, however, affect operating results and cash flows, because of the variable rate nature of our borrowings. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in interest rates relative to interest rates as of December 31, 2011 would result in an insignificant impact to interest expense for 2012.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We have foreign currency risks related to our revenues and operating expenses denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, primarily the Euro, British Pound Sterling, Singapore Dollar, Japanese Yen, Chinese Yuan, and Australian Dollar. Revenues outside of the United States as a percentage of consolidated revenues was 7%, 20%, and 26% in fiscal 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively, and 26% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2012. Changes in exchange rates may negatively affect our revenues and other operating results as expressed in U.S. Dollars.

The functional currency for our wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. Dollar. Accordingly, the subsidiaries remeasure monetary assets and liabilities at period-end exchange rates, while nonmonetary items are remeasured at historical rates. Income and expense accounts are remeasured at the average exchange rates in effect during the year. Remeasurement adjustments are recognized in the statement of operations as foreign currency transaction gains or losses in the year of occurrence. Aggregate foreign currency transaction losses included in determining net loss were not significant in 2009, 2010, 2011, or for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012. Transaction gains and losses are included in other income (expenses), net.

As our international operations grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates will become greater, and we will continue to reassess our approach to managing this risk. In addition, currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. Dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, since exchange rate fluctuations have not had a material impact on our operating results and cash flows. Based on our current international structure, we do not plan on engaging in hedging activities in the near future.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

71


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

We provide a leading cloud-based digital advertising management platform that enables advertisers and agencies to improve financial performance, realize efficiencies and time savings, and make better business decisions. Our Revenue Acquisition Management platform is an analytics, workflow, and optimization solution for marketing professionals, enabling them to effectively manage their digital advertising spend across search, display, social and mobile advertising channels. Our solution is designed to help our customers:

 

  Ÿ  

measure the effectiveness of their advertising campaigns through our proprietary reporting and analytics capabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

manage and execute campaigns through our intuitive user interface and underlying technology that streamlines and automates key functions, such as ad creation and bidding, across multiple publishers and channels; and

 

  Ÿ  

optimize campaigns across multiple publishers and channels in real time based on market and business data to achieve desired revenue outcomes using our predictive bid management technology.

Advertisers are increasingly focused on performance-based marketing and are seeking ways to gather, analyze and leverage data about the effectiveness of digital advertising to run more impactful and targeted campaigns. Our robust and flexible platform integrates with leading publishers, such as Baidu, Bing, Facebook, Google, Yahoo! and Yahoo! Japan, as well as leading web analytics and ad-serving solutions, and key enterprise applications to enable marketers to measure the return on investment of their marketing programs.

Our platform serves as a system-of-record for advertising performance, revenue and conversion data and allows advertisers to correlate advertising spend to subsequent revenue outcomes or business events. Through a single, intuitive interface, designed to meet the daily workflow requirements of online marketers, we enable our customers to simultaneously run large-scale digital advertising campaigns across multiple publishers and channels, making it easy for marketers to create, publish, modify and optimize campaigns in real time. Our predictive bid management and optimization technology also allows advertisers to forecast outcomes and optimize campaigns across multiple publishers and channels to achieve their business goals. Our optimization technology enables advertisers to easily and rapidly increase spend on those campaigns, publishers and channels that are performing while reducing investment in those that are not.

In December 2012, our customers collectively managed $             in annualized advertising spend on our platform and we had              active advertisers using our solution globally across a wide range of industries. We define an active advertiser as an advertiser from whom we recognized revenues in excess of $2,000 in the last month of a quarter. We market and sell our solutions to advertisers directly and through leading advertising agencies. We generate revenues from subscription contracts under which we charge fees generally based upon the amount of advertising spend that our customers manage through our platform. We have achieved 14 consecutive quarters of revenue growth. For 2009, 2010 and 2011, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, our revenues were $7.5 million, $19.0 million, $36.1 million and $42.5 million, representing period-over-period growth of 186%, 152%, 90% and 72%, respectively. We had net losses of $9.7 million in 2009, $10.9 million in 2010, $17.4 million in 2011 and $19.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

 

72


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

Revenue Acquisition Management: The Competition for Revenue is Moving Online as Marketers Seek to Engage with the Growing Number of Digitally-Connected Consumers and Business Prospects

As audiences have increased their time spent online, the ability to acquire revenue through digital channels has emerged as a strategic priority for marketers. A growing number of consumers and businesses worldwide are relying on the Internet, social media and mobile devices to research products and services and make purchases. IDC estimates that, in 2012, 2.4 billion people and 3.3 billion devices will be connected to the Internet. As a result of this shift from offline to online engagement, the competition for revenue acquisition is moving to digital channels. Advertisers are shifting an ever larger portion of their marketing budgets to digital channels as they seek more effective and measurable ways to reach their target audiences, influence purchase decisions and acquire revenue. Forrester reported that U.S. web-influenced retail sales exceeded $1 trillion in 2011 and that by 2016 an estimated 52% of total online and offline retail sales will start with online research. These trends are causing an ongoing shift in advertising budgets to digital channels as enterprises increasingly compete to acquire customers and revenues online.

Digital advertising enables advertisers to measure and understand which channels and advertisements produce the best marketing results. Online advertisements can be tracked to assess consumer response, including behaviors such as purchase of products or services. As marketers gain more knowledge about which publishers, channels and ads are most effective for selling their products and services, they are seeking ways to adjust strategies dynamically to improve their financial returns from their digital advertising investments. They are also seeking solutions that improve their understanding of where, when and how much to invest to best achieve their desired revenue outcomes. This competition for revenue online is driving a need for a new category of enterprise software to help advertisers effectively measure, manage and optimize their digital advertising spend, which we refer to as Revenue Acquisition Management.

Significant Growth and Innovation in Digital Advertising

According to Magna Global, global spend on advertising is expected to grow from $480 billion in 2012 to $619 billion in 2017. Rapid growth in online activity and engagement is resulting in a significant ongoing shift in advertising spend to digital channels with global spend on digital advertising expected to grow from $98 billion in 2012 to $174 billion in 2017, according to Magna Global. As marketers increase spend on digital advertising, they are also increasing their investments in software, which allows them to measure, manage and optimize the effectiveness of that spend. Gartner, Inc. predicts that by 2017, the chief marketing officer will spend more on IT than the chief information officer.

As advertisers increasingly focus on performance-based marketing, they are seeking ways to gather, analyze and leverage data about the effectiveness of digital advertising to run more impactful and targeted campaigns, ultimately delivering higher rates of revenue acquisition. Furthermore, digital advertising provides advertisers with the ability to reach their audience across multiple channels, such as search, display and social, and multiple devices, including smartphones, tablets, personal computers, TVs and other connected devices. Each channel and device has unique characteristics and advertiser benefits, requiring advertisers to dynamically adapt their strategies and campaigns.

Digital advertising channels include:

Search.     Search advertising is the largest digital advertising channel today. According to Magna Global, search-based advertising is expected to grow from $45 billion in 2012 to $83 billion in 2017, representing a 13% compound annual growth rate, or CAGR. In 2012, spend on search advertising is expected to represent approximately 46% of all digital advertising spend, according to Magna Global.

 

73


Table of Contents

Search has become a critical digital advertising channel because it delivers relevant results to users actively searching for specific information and enables advertisers to efficiently track the success of their marketing campaigns based on click-through rates and conversion rates. Multiple search-driven publisher platforms exist today, including Baidu, Bing, Google, Naver, Yahoo! Japan, Yahoo! Search and Yandex, and additional publishers will develop search capabilities over time. These publishers continue to innovate by enhancing their advertising offerings. For example, search advertising is growing on mobile devices and publishers are optimizing their advertising offerings to address this demand.

Display.     Online display advertising has expanded over the years to include banner, rich media, video and text formats. According to Magna Global, display advertising is expected to grow from $41 billion in 2012 to $52 billion in 2017. The characteristics of measurability and relevance that have fueled the growth of the paid search market are being successfully introduced to the display advertising market. For example, dynamic and personalized targeting, rules-based placement, location-based awareness, and auction-based ad inventory purchasing are some of the innovations being used by publishers for display advertising. In turn, these innovations have increased complexity and the ability of advertisers to dynamically manage and maximize the impact of their display advertising spend.

Social.     Social media networks, such as Facebook, LinkedIn, Renren and Twitter, are rapidly emerging as an important new channel for digital advertisers. IDC projects that 75% of all Internet users will be active on social networks by 2014. According to Magna Global, advertising spend on social networks is expected to increase from $6 billion in 2012 to $23 billion in 2017, representing a 29% CAGR. Social networks offer advertisers the unique ability to target consumers based on their social graph, including relationships among network members and attributes of users.

Mobile.     Smartphones, tablets and other mobile devices are rapidly transforming how and where people consume media, conduct business, interact with brands and make purchase decisions. Adoption of mobile devices is also providing advertisers with the unique ability to target users based on real-time location data. As a result, digital advertisers are adapting their advertising strategies across search, display and social channels to mobile devices. According to Magna Global, the mobile advertising market is expected to grow from $6 billion in 2012 to $16 billion in 2017, representing a 23% CAGR.

Challenges Faced by Digital Advertisers

The evolution of a multi-channel and multi-device digital advertising ecosystem creates opportunities for advertisers to more effectively target and reach specific audiences to optimize revenue acquisition and other desired business results. However, as digital advertising becomes increasingly competitive and complex, digital advertisers are faced with several key challenges, including:

Fragmentation.     Advertisers have the opportunity to engage their target audiences online across a variety of digital channels, content publishers and delivery devices. Each channel, publisher and device has unique consumer engagement characteristics, targeting options, ad inventory, pricing, ad types, and buying interfaces. This fragmentation makes it significantly more challenging for advertisers to manage digital campaigns, measure their impact on revenue acquisition, and optimize them to achieve desired business results.

Scale.     As advertisers move more of their revenue acquisition activities online, increase advertising budgets, run more sophisticated online campaigns and significantly expand the number and types of ad units in use, they face significant scale challenges. Consumers are targeted through ad units, which may include keywords, ad types, ad placements, demographics, audience attributes and interests. Advertisers face increasing difficulty in tracking, analyzing and taking action across data sets

 

74


Table of Contents

that include thousands and often millions of ad units. Additional complexities include creating and orchestrating programs that span hundreds of accounts and thousands of campaigns, and managing diverse creative content across ad units. Advertisers are also challenged to frequently calculate and update bids across each of these ad units in response to fluctuations in advertising performance.

Innovation in Digital Advertising.     Publishers are constantly innovating by offering new ad formats and enhanced targeting options, adjusting ad inventory bidding mechanisms, as well as evolving their ad buying workflow and APIs. For example, recent innovations in digital technology offer the opportunity to retarget consumers who clicked on a search term, presenting them with relevant reminders of products or services they searched for as they continue to browse the Internet. While expanding the market for digital advertising, these innovations also make it much more complex and challenging for advertisers to efficiently and effectively manage and measure the revenue acquisition outcomes of their advertising campaigns across channels and publishers.

Dynamic Environment.     Digital advertisers operate in an intensely dynamic and fast moving environment. Auction-based bidding for ad inventory has become significantly more complex due to the proliferation of ad units and an expanding list of metrics and revenue acquisition outcomes which advertisers strive to optimize towards. Advertisers have varying business objectives ranging from increasing revenue to lowering cost per customer acquisition to increasing brand awareness with a certain customer profile, each requiring different strategies for bidding on ad inventory on various publisher platforms. Given the 24x7 nature of digital media and e-commerce, advertisers need to frequently refine their campaigns to react in real-time to availability of advertising inventory, auction-based pricing, user behavior, product inventory and competition.

Lack of Visibility.     Advertisers are focused on connecting advertising spend to revenue acquisition outcomes to quantify the return on their marketing investments. Digital advertising offers the opportunity to increase attribution and accountability for revenue acquisition outcomes. By effectively tying specific advertising campaigns to downstream online and offline revenue or other desired audience actions, advertisers can better manage and optimize to desired business results. Despite this potential, the lack of integration between data from publisher systems and data from web analytics, e-commerce, inventory, customer relationship management, call center, customer data warehouse and other enterprise applications makes it challenging for businesses to gain insights, make decisions and obtain better results from digital advertising. In order to measure success and maximize return on investments, advertisers need to access, correlate and analyze massive amounts of data across enterprise applications and publisher advertising platforms in real-time.

Impact of Social.     Increasing social engagement by consumers online provides advertisers with the unique opportunity to target prospects using a combination of the social graph, user interests and demographics. As a result, advertisers face additional complexity in effectively leveraging social networks to build awareness and engage prospective customers. Advertisers focused on social engagement also need to refresh and change their content more often to maintain relevance and drive response. In addition, advertisers are looking for more measurable and dynamic ways to track and manage the impact of social advertising.

Growth in Mobile.     The growth of mobile advertising is presenting new challenges for online advertisers, including screen and ad size limitations, differences in user context and location, and ad targeting options and formats that differ from traditional desktop campaigns. In order to successfully manage and optimize mobile campaigns, advertisers need to tailor ads to the needs of smartphone and tablet users and their context. In doing so, advertisers must manage the added complexity associated with location targeting, device targeting and mobile ad formats, as well as the difficulty of correlating mobile interactions with other online and offline interactions to appropriately attribute results to mobile advertising spend.

 

75


Table of Contents

Limitations of Existing Approaches

Existing digital advertising management approaches have a number of limitations, including:

Publisher Tools.     Publishers provide an online interface for purchasing their ad inventory. While effective in managing tasks on a particular publisher platform, these tools lack the capabilities to provide complete and accurate data on a marketer’s advertising performance across all publishers and channels.

Spreadsheets .    Many advertisers continue to use spreadsheets to manually manage ad units and bidding. Spreadsheets limit the ability to analyze the effectiveness of advertising campaigns due to difficulties in integrating data from publisher and revenue reporting systems. Moreover, this approach becomes unsustainable as the number of ad units managed proliferates, resulting in time consuming and error-prone workflows for advertisers as they attempt to make changes across publishers in bulk.

Proprietary Internal Systems.     Developing and maintaining proprietary systems requires ongoing investments in resources with specialized expertise in software architecture and development, data warehousing and analytics, integration with publisher APIs and algorithmic bid optimization. Advertisers who use this approach are forced to continually adjust their systems to the constantly shifting industry landscape with new ad formats and publishers, making these systems difficult to scale and expensive to maintain. Due to internal competition for development resources, over time proprietary systems often fail to keep pace with the needs of advertisers.

Bid Management Tools.     Bid management tools offer approaches to automate the process of calculating bids for online media and optimize the outcomes based on statistical analysis. These tools lack the end-to-end workflow capabilities advertisers require to maximize results through campaign management and optimization. Additionally, these tools do not address advertiser needs for data integration to understand the business impact of their campaigns, and generally have limited reporting and analytics functionalities.

The inadequacy of these existing approaches, coupled with a growing shift in budgets to digital advertising and demand for performance-based marketing, has created the need for Revenue Acquisition Management solutions. This category of solutions enables businesses to intelligently and efficiently measure, manage, and optimize their digital advertising spend for desired business results. We believe there is significant demand for Revenue Acquisition Management solutions among advertisers worldwide.

Our Solution

We provide a leading cloud-based digital advertising management platform that enables advertisers and agencies to improve financial performance, realize efficiencies and time savings, and make better business decisions. Our Revenue Acquisition Management platform is an analytics, workflow, and optimization solution for marketing professionals, enabling them to effectively manage their digital advertising spend across search, display, social and mobile advertising channels. Our solution is designed to help our customers:

 

  Ÿ  

measure the effectiveness of their advertising campaigns through our proprietary reporting and analytics capabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

manage and execute campaigns through our intuitive user interface and underlying technology that streamlines and automates key functions, such as ad creation and bidding, across multiple publishers and advertising channels; and

 

  Ÿ  

optimize campaigns across multiple publishers and channels in real time based on market and business data to achieve desired revenue outcomes using our predictive bid management technology.

 

76


Table of Contents

Marin Revenue Acquisition Management Platform

 

LOGO

We believe our Revenue Acquisition Management platform enables advertisers to significantly improve their ability to acquire revenue through digital advertising campaigns.

Business Benefits

Financial lift.     As a result of optimization of advertising spend, efficiencies in workflow and better decision making, our customers are able to create and execute successful campaigns that lead to increased revenue and other desired business outcomes. Based on our internal customer surveys, we believe that our customers typically realize financial lift from using our platform through a variety of means such as increased volumes of revenues or leads, higher profits, improved advertising return on investment, and lower costs of customer acquisition.

To understand the performance lift that our clients experience, we studied data from 39 active advertisers with consistent spend and revenue tracking that archived data for over a year. While this is a small number of customers compared to our overall customer base, we believe that the customers included provide a representative sample of our customer base and the sample size was sufficiently large to draw conclusions regarding the effectiveness of our platform. For purposes of the study, we compared data from these advertisers’ first full month of using our platform with the data for the same month in the next calendar year. Year-over-year, we measured that advertisers increased their average return on investment (ROI) by 39%, and increased their average revenue per click by 8%. These increases coincided with an average decrease in cost-per-click and cost-per-acquisition by 16% and 14%, respectively. However, the metrics above are averages of the active advertisers included in

 

77


Table of Contents

the study and the performance lift that a particular customer may experience using our platform could be less than the average results. There are other limitations and uncertainties inherent in any study. As a result, you should not give undue weight to the results of this customer data study.

Efficiencies and time savings.     Utilizing our solution, customers are able to automate manual tasks such as reporting, analysis, campaign creation and bidding. Many of our customers previously relied upon publisher tools and spreadsheets to accomplish basic workflow, which limited productivity and resulted in errors. Our solution streamlines many of these time-intensive tasks to allow advertisers to focus on campaign strategy, expansion and optimization. In June 2012, we conducted an internal survey of employees of our customers that had used our platform at least four times in the last 365 days. Of the 250 responses, representing 149 unique customers, half of respondents reported time savings of 25% or greater from using our solution. However, as a result of the voluntary nature of the data gathering process, including that customers that recognized significant time savings may have been more favorably inclined to respond to the survey, and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in any statistical survey, we caution you not to give undue weight to the results of this survey.

Better business decision making.     Our Revenue Acquisition Management platform enables advertisers to manage campaigns to their business objectives. Using our platform, they can identify campaign elements for segmentation and analysis in order to easily categorize and compare data sets that are important to their business. In addition, through our proprietary recommendation engine, we are able to proactively suggest modifications to optimize marketing campaigns. By integrating with advertisers’ enterprise applications, we allow advertisers to correlate digital advertising spend to a subsequent business event, such as a purchase, a completed lead form, or a measure of advertising influence. Leveraging these insights, advertisers can adjust campaigns to meet their individual business goals and deliver measurable business results.

Key Strengths

Robust and flexible integration.     Our platform is architected to enable our customers to aggregate key data from internal or third-party sources. Our platform integrates with leading publishers such as Baidu, Bing, Facebook, Google, Yahoo! Japan and Yahoo! Search. We also integrate with leading web analytics and ad-serving providers, and key enterprise applications, such as revenue and inventory systems, customer relationship management systems and call center solutions. This integration framework enables our platform to be the system-of-record for our customers’ marketing, revenue and conversion data. Using the integration capabilities of our platform, advertisers can attribute revenue to specific marketing spend, gain visibility into the path to purchase, and assess customer lifetime value.

Big data analytics.     Our platform provides sophisticated analytics functionality that can parse through massive and constantly-expanding publisher and enterprise applications data sets to offer critical insight to advertisers. We offer visualization tools and dashboards, automated reporting, trend analysis, and forecasting tools for better decision making. Advertisers can aggregate and analyze data by dimensions such as business unit, product, or geography, providing insight into business-level revenue outcomes. Our alerting and comparative analysis capabilities allow advertisers to easily identify outliers and trends in order to take appropriate action. Our platform enables our customers to understand the return on investment on their advertising spend and to quickly act on analytical insights to adjust campaign targeting, bids and budget allocation across various channels, geographies and publisher platforms.

Real-time, cross-publisher campaign management.     Our solution enables customers to simultaneously run large-scale digital advertising campaigns across multiple publishers and channels, making it easy for marketers to create, publish, modify and optimize campaigns in real time using a

 

78


Table of Contents

single interface. We provide automated campaign generation, management and tracking tools as well as a testing suite that can automatically identify the best performing strategies. Our solution also provides tools for campaign targeting by publisher, geography, device, and audience to increase relevance and effectiveness of campaigns.

Predictive bid management and optimization .    Our bid management technology allows advertisers to optimize campaigns by dynamically managing bids on any number of ad units across multiple publishers and channels. Users can organize campaigns into and set bid goals based on defined groupings, providing complete visibility and control over business outcomes. We enable advertisers to automatically transmit changes to bids in bulk to the relevant publishers. Our algorithms help advertisers to determine and continuously recalculate the optimum bids for each ad unit. We also offer advertisers the ability to forecast and adjust bidding outcomes using our predictive bidding technology. Our optimization technology enables advertisers to easily and rapidly increase spend on those campaigns, publishers and channels that are performing while reducing investment in those that are not.

Intuitive interface offering visibility and control.     Our intuitive interface is designed to simplify the daily workflow requirements of digital advertisers allowing them to rapidly analyze campaign data and act on it. Users can easily filter data in real time to perform iterative analysis and manage across data sets. The search, replace, and multi-edit capabilities of our platform simplify the management of large scale campaigns. The interface also enables advertisers to save and share views with team members, providing a unified workflow for multi-user teams.

Experienced team committed to customer success.     We have assembled a global team experienced in the areas of digital advertising and enterprise software. Our customer-oriented corporate culture is defined by a commitment to customer success and characterized by an emphasis on transparency, collaboration and candor. Our customer-facing teams possess hands-on experience in managing large-scale digital advertising programs, enabling us to provide best-practice advice as well as reliable and responsive technology support to our customers.

Highly-scalable and extensible cloud-based architecture.     We deliver our cloud-based platform using a purpose-built technology foundation that leverages recent advances in cloud computing and data management. Our infrastructure is designed to support enterprise-scale data sets and transaction volumes and allows our customers to aggregate, store and process large amounts of data while maintaining high application availability and responsiveness. This flexible and extensible architecture enables us to serve organizations of all sizes from a single platform.

Our Growth Strategy

Our goal is to extend our lead in and grow the Revenue Acquisition Management category. Key elements of our growth strategy include:

Enhancing our leadership position by innovating and expanding our platform.     We intend to continue innovating and enhancing the value of our Revenue Acquisition Management platform. This includes developing new functionality and add-on modules, optimizing our feature set and platform capabilities, and expanding support for additional publishers and data sources.

Acquiring new advertisers.     We intend to continue to make investments to acquire new advertisers. In order to expand our customer base, we intend to expand our sales organization by adding sales executives globally and plan to continue to market our platform to new advertisers and agencies.

 

79


Table of Contents

Expanding within our existing advertiser base.     As our advertisers experience success on our platform, we often see increases in the advertising spend they manage on our platform. In order to expand within our existing advertising base, we intend to expand our current capabilities as well as offer new features and functionality, provide best practices support and demonstrate our ability to help our advertisers to obtain financial lift, time savings and better business results. We believe there is a significant opportunity for us to capture additional advertising spend on our platform from our existing advertiser base as they grow spend on existing channels, adopt new channels and expand to additional publishers.

Further penetrating display, social and mobile opportunities.     We believe that we have a significant opportunity to expand our customer relationships to include additional advertising spend on mobile, social and display campaigns. As these channels grow in scale and continue to become more complex, we believe our customers will require a sophisticated solution to manage advertising campaigns and revenue acquisition across all available digital channels. We intend to continue to optimize our solution to handle unique complexities associated with display, social and mobile advertising channels.

Continuing to expand internationally.     We operate internationally with offices in Australia, France, Germany, Japan, Singapore and the United Kingdom. In our quarter ended September 30, 2012, approximately 26% of our revenues were generated outside of the United States and we believe there is potential for additional growth internationally. IDC estimates that, in 2012, approximately 58% of global digital advertising spend will occur outside of the United States. We plan to grow the contribution of our international business by supporting additional regional publishers, expanding our global sales team and working with leading agencies and advertisers worldwide.

Growing our partner ecosystem and selectively pursuing acquisitions.     We intend to further develop our partner ecosystem to expand the breadth of our platform and acquire additional customers. We plan to establish additional relationships with leading publishers, technology partners, advertising agencies and other sales channel partners. In addition, we intend to selectively pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that we believe will strengthen our competitive advantage in the Revenue Acquisition Management category, expand our platform and accelerate our customer and revenue growth.

Our Revenue Acquisition Management Platform

Our cloud-based Revenue Acquisition Management platform enables our customers to measure, manage and optimize their digital marketing campaigns to improve financial performance, realize efficiencies and time savings, and make better business decisions. We currently offer two editions of our platform that leverage the same underlying technology.

 

  Ÿ  

Enterprise Edition .    Targeting large advertisers and agencies, Marin Enterprise is designed to provide digital advertisers with the power, scale and flexibility required to manage large-scale advertising campaigns.

 

  Ÿ  

Professional Edition .    Targeting mid-market advertisers and agencies, Marin Professional is designed for rapid deployment and offers customers a complete workflow, analysis and optimization solution for managing digital advertising.

 

80


Table of Contents

Marin Revenue Acquisition Management Platform

 

LOGO

Our platform is comprised of the following modules:

Revenue Connect .     Our Revenue Connect module helps advertisers automate and streamline their ability to capture revenue data from a range of sources such as ad servers, analytics systems, CRM platforms, and third party databases. Through proprietary integration methods deployed across multiple data sources, our Revenue Connect module simplifies revenue tracking, leading to better bidding outcomes and significant time savings. Key capabilities of our Revenue Connect module include:

 

  Ÿ  

APIs.     Advertisers often use proprietary or third party tracking methods to correlate ad clicks with revenue reporting. Our Revenue Connect module synchronizes with existing customer tracking methods, allowing users to deploy our platform without modification to existing processes or systems, and resulting in minimal disruption.

 

  Ÿ  

Revenue Tracking .    We have optimized our software for robust integration of revenue data from a variety of third-party systems such as Adobe Site Catalyst, BrightTag, ClearSaleing, Demandware, DoubleClick, Google Analytics, IBM Coremetrics, Microsoft Atlas, Mongoose Metrics, RevTrax, salesforce.com and TagMan, allowing our customers to obtain accurate revenue reporting related to their advertising campaigns.

 

  Ÿ  

Marin Tracker .    We provide advertisers with a proprietary tracking mechanism that can be leveraged either independently to track revenue outcomes, or in conjunction with a customer’s existing tracking mechanisms.

 

81


Table of Contents

Campaign Management .     Our Campaign Management module provides the digital advertiser with a unified interface to create, manage and optimize campaigns across a broad range of publishers, leading to greater efficiencies and increased flexibility. Key capabilities of our Campaign Management module include:

 

  Ÿ  

Cross-Publisher Editing.     Allows advertisers to create and edit campaigns, creative, bids, and budgets in bulk across publishers and accounts.

 

  Ÿ  

Audience Targeting .    Allows advertisers to target specific audiences across a variety of dimensions such as age, gender, region, interests, device and the social graph.

 

  Ÿ  

Creative Optimization .    Enables advertisers to test ad copy, images, and landing pages to identify combinations that maximize revenue outcomes.

 

  Ÿ  

Campaign Expansion .    Provides users with unique insights to rapidly grow marketing programs through ad unit expansion workflow and automated generation of new campaigns based on client defined rules.

Reporting and Analytics .    Our Reporting and Analytics module enables advertisers to report results at a business level and analyze cross-channel performance trends, leading to improved visibility and significant time savings. Key capabilities of our Reporting and Analytics module include:

 

  Ÿ  

Executive Dashboards.     Our dashboards provide an at-a-glance view of digital campaign performance with key performance indicators (KPIs), such as conversions, revenue or profits, as well as performance and budget trends.

 

  Ÿ  

Automated Reporting and Alerts.     Users can set up automated reports to simplify reporting and analysis workflows, including triggers that notify advertisers when key metrics vary outside of optimal ranges.

 

  Ÿ  

Dimension Reporting.     Advertisers can tie digital campaigns to higher-level constructs such as business lines, product categories and geographic regions, resulting in clear visibility into business level metrics and KPIs, such as the profitability of a product category.

 

  Ÿ  

Cross-Channel Analysis .    Our cross-channel analysis capabilities enable advertisers to understand the consumer path to purchase, leading to better insights into channel performance and the value of cross-channel advertising.

Optimization .    Our Optimization module helps advertisers manage bids across publishers to meet revenue goals and identify opportunities for campaign improvements leading to improved financial performance and efficiencies. Key capabilities of our Optimization module include:

 

  Ÿ  

Predictive Bidding.     Our predictive bid management solution allows advertisers to calculate bids across any number of ad units, including ads with little or no data, using statistical methods. Users can set business level goals, such as meeting a given return on advertising investment, and bids can be optimized down to a granular ad unit level.

 

  Ÿ  

Multi-Event Conversion .    Many online advertisers have multi-step purchase funnels where an online user might first fill out a lead form and then make a purchase. We provide advertisers the flexibility to measure multiple conversion events, and calculate discrete bids based on the value of each event in the conversion funnel.

 

  Ÿ  

Revenue Attribution.     A customer purchasing a product online may have been exposed to digital ads across search, social, display and mobile, making revenue attribution difficult. Our Optimization module enables advertisers to accurately attribute revenue across multiple channels, leading to deeper insights and better bidding outcomes.

 

82


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Financial Forecasting.     Our Optimization module enables advertisers to run what-if scenarios so they can change their bidding strategies or budget allocations, and understand the impact on the overall program.

 

  Ÿ  

Actionable Recommendations .    Our algorithms automatically filter through an advertiser’s account and surface unique insights and recommendations to improve campaign performance and deliver efficiencies.

Our Technology

Our platform provides both an analytical and a transactional application. Our analytical application includes the capability to interactively browse and analyze large amounts of aggregated, read-only data. Our transactional application includes the ability to process large volumes of changes on individual ad units. These two capabilities are provided as a unified platform to our customers.

Analytical Application

Our platform integrates with APIs from leading publishers, allowing our application to retrieve advertising performance data, including click, cost, and impression information, combine it with revenue information from customers, and map the combined result to business structures as determined by each customer. Our “Active Object Prioritization” technology helps marketers find important details more quickly, even if they manage millions of ad units. Marketers running large-scale campaigns need to identify outliers in performance across thousands or millions of ad units. These outliers include, for example, campaigns that witnessed an increase in cost but a decrease in conversions. Our technology allows customers to identify outliers rapidly through the ability to compare performance over time and filter data using Boolean operators such as “>” or “<”. These capabilities are typically not part of publisher systems, that were designed for ad buying and not for analytics.

Our advertisers can either use revenue data from their own sources or utilize Marin Tracker , which aggregates visitor activity and order data from customers’ websites. Marin Tracker uses a globally distributed network of collection nodes for sub-second response time and high availability. We process the collected data using our proprietary programming model and applied big data technology.

Transactional Application

Our transactional application supports the creation and management of billions of publisher ad units, such as visual or text ads or keywords. Customers can initiate many types of target, budget, and bid adjustments from our platform. Our “Bi-directional Sync” technology also allows our customers to make changes within our platform or the publisher platform, and have those changes automatically synchronized between systems.

Our optimization algorithms combine historical performance patterns and current market adjustments to build a mathematical model for each advertising unit in order to discover a combination of inputs to those models across a group of similar ad units to maximize a financial metric such as revenue or profit. We test algorithmic changes against both hypothetical and real-world data.

Supporting Platform

We designed our cloud-based platform to support large global advertisers. The majority of our software is written in Java. Our hardware consists of industry-standard servers and network infrastructure. Our standard operating system is Linux. Our platform is character-set, language, currency, and time-zone independent. Our technology platform has the following key benefits:

 

83


Table of Contents

Scalability .    Our platform is designed to handle billions of ad units across thousands of advertisers, while delivering a responsive browsing and editing experience. As the number of advertisers and resulting computing and storage requirements grow, we can add hardware to the platform to accommodate growing demand. We believe the hardware we use is available from multiple sources and hence we do not expect to have any temporal delays, or sourcing challenges. Further, we do not expect any liquidity or capital limitations that would materially impact our ability to scale our platform.

Availability .    Our customers are highly dependent on the availability of our platform, which is designed to be available 24x7, 365 days a year. We operate our own hardware and use a third-party data center that offers server redundancy, back-up communications and power and physical security.

Security .    Our platform manages a large quantity of customer data. We employ technologies, policies and procedures to protect customer data. Our third-party data center has SSAE 16 attestations.

Customers

In December 2012, our customers collectively managed $                   in annualized advertising spend on our platform and for the quarter ended December 31, 2012, we had                    active advertisers using our solution globally across a wide range of industries. We define an active advertiser as an advertiser from whom we recognized revenues in excess of $2,000 in at least one month in a period. We market and sell our solutions to advertisers directly and through advertising agencies that use our platform on behalf of their customers. Advertisers that we serve through our relationships with agencies have historically represented approximately half of our revenues.

The following is a representative list of the largest direct advertisers on our platform calculated based on revenues from each advertiser for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, and from whom we have consent to name them in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

Apollo Group, Inc. / University of Phoenix

 

  Ÿ  

Bankrate, Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Capella Education Company

 

  Ÿ  

The Charles Schwab Corporation

 

  Ÿ  

Expedia, Inc. / Hotels.com

 

  Ÿ  

Experian plc

 

  Ÿ  

Macy’s, Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Reply.com

 

  Ÿ  

Sabre Holdings Corporation / Last Minute Network Limited

 

  Ÿ  

Symantec Corporation

 

  Ÿ  

trivago GmbH

 

  Ÿ  

Vistaprint N.V.

 

84


Table of Contents

Marin maintains active relationships with the following leading agency holding companies that own multiple advertising agencies. The following is a list of key advertising agency holding companies with whom we maintain active relationships:

 

  Ÿ  

Aegis Group plc

 

  Ÿ  

Havas SA

 

  Ÿ  

Interpublic Group of Companies, Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Omnicom Group Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Publicis Groupe S.A.

 

  Ÿ  

WPP plc

The following is a representative list of the largest agencies on our platform based on revenues from each agency for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, and from whom we have consent to name them in this prospectus:

 

  Ÿ  

Acquirgy, Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

iProspect, a brand of Aegis Media Group plc

 

  Ÿ  

IREP Co., Ltd.

 

  Ÿ  

Mediaedge: CIA, LLC (MEC), a subsidiary of WPP plc

 

  Ÿ  

MediaCom Holdings Ltd., a subsidiary of WPP plc

 

  Ÿ  

Omnicom Media Group, a subsidiary of Omnicom Group Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Performics, a subsidiary of Publicis Groupe S.A.

 

  Ÿ  

Razorfish, LLC, a subsidiary of Publicis Groupe S.A.

 

  Ÿ  

Rosetta, a subsidiary of Publicis Groupe S.A.

 

  Ÿ  

transcosmos inc.

 

  Ÿ  

Webtrends Inc.

 

  Ÿ  

ZenithOptimedia Group, a subsidiary of Publicis Groupe S.A.

Selected Customer Case Studies

The following are representative examples of how some of our customers have benefited from use of our platform. Information regarding these customers and the results of these case studies was provided by the applicable customer. These examples may not be representative of the typical results that customers see due to differences in business model or implementation.

iProspect

Challenge.     iProspect (a brand of Aegis Media Group plc) is a leading global digital marketing agency with over 800 employees in 29 countries worldwide. In order to meet the workflow, analytics, and optimization needs of the agency’s campaign managers, iProspect needed a solution to support media buying across search, display, social, mobile and video.

Solution and benefits .    Our solution has been deployed by iProspect across the globe in 26 different currencies and in a variety of verticals including retail, travel, finance, insurance, and automotive. In addition to realizing efficiencies from our solution, iProspect customers also have

 

85


Table of Contents

realized material financial lift. In a study of the 2011 holiday shopping season compared to the same period in 2010, iProspect evaluated the performance of retail clients running on our platform. During the period studied, advertisers using our solution were able to more than double revenues generated from search advertising on a year-over-year basis, with the incremental revenues significantly exceeding the incremental search advertising investment.

ModCloth

Challenge .    ModCloth, Inc., or ModCloth, a leading online retailer of independently designed fashion and décor, relies on a large-scale search advertising program to grow brand awareness and drive online revenues. ModCloth wanted to expand revenues from its search advertising by adding campaigns based on seasonal inventory. Given the size and scope of its existing programs, however, the ModCloth team was challenged to effectively expand campaigns because it was spending too much time using spreadsheets in performing basic campaign management and reporting tasks.

Solution and benefits .    ModCloth implemented our solution in order to gain efficiencies and expand its digital advertising program. Features in our solution, such as automated alerting and reporting and the ability to edit bids directly from within the reporting interface, saved the ModCloth team considerable time, enabling it to spend more time on expansion initiatives. Using our campaign copy and keyword suggestion tools, the ModCloth team was able to aggressively add keywords while maintaining traffic quality. ModCloth reported the following benefits during the period between November 2010 and February 2012:

 

  Ÿ  

increased search advertising driven revenues by 23%;

 

  Ÿ  

decreased costs-per-click by 14%; and

 

  Ÿ  

reduced time spent on reporting and bidding by more than 30%.

PriceGrabber

Challenge .    PriceGrabber.com, Inc., or PriceGrabber, is an online price comparison service that provides free and unbiased information on millions of products. PriceGrabber’s search advertising program spans more than 16 million keywords across over 100 different search engine accounts. As PriceGrabber continued to expand its offerings, the search advertising team found themselves struggling to manage the size and complexity of the program. PriceGrabber also has a large number of keywords that do not receive clicks. Given the scarcity of available data, the PriceGrabber team struggled to accurately predict bids for these “long tail” terms.

Solution and benefits.     PriceGrabber deployed our solution to help scale and optimize its digital advertising program. As a result of leveraging our solution, PriceGrabber has significantly streamlined its digital advertising operations, achieving both time savings and increased profit. By automating keyword level bidding according to unique margin goals, our solution enabled the PriceGrabber team to increase revenue while spending less time managing search advertising. Our automated creative testing also helped PriceGrabber identify the most profitable ad-copy and make adjustments that helped further improve conversion rates across campaigns. PriceGrabber reported the following benefits during the period between January 2010 and August 2011:

 

  Ÿ  

121% increase in profit;

 

  Ÿ  

173% increase in margin; and

 

  Ÿ  

50% less time spent managing programs.

 

86


Table of Contents

Razorfish

Challenge .    Razorfish LLC, or Razorfish, counsels clients on how to leverage digital channels such as the Internet, mobile devices, in-store technologies, and other emerging media. Razorfish’s search marketing team is comprised of over 100 experts spread out across the United States managing hundreds of accounts for over 50 large brands including Starwood, Weight Watchers, Disney and Carnival Cruise Lines. Given the complexity of managing at scale, Razorfish needed to standardize search advertising management onto a next-generation platform in order to drive greater efficiency and higher return on investment for their diverse client roster.

Solution and Benefits.     Razorfish undertook a comprehensive review of all Revenue Acquisition Management solutions on the market and chose us for our ability to accurately measure and improve search advertising return on investment, quickly onboard new clients, and streamline the process of bid and campaign optimization. According to Razorfish, it achieved significant improvement in business results for the period starting when it began working with us in April 2008 and through March 2010, including:

 

  Ÿ  

reduced time spent on daily bidding, reporting, and campaign management by up to 50%;

 

  Ÿ  

reduced time spent on-boarding new clients by two-thirds;

 

  Ÿ  

repurposed team resources to better serve clients and optimize campaigns for higher performance and return on investment;

 

  Ÿ  

more accurate budget forecasting;

 

  Ÿ  

more accurate daily, weekly, and monthly reporting; and

 

  Ÿ  

improved overall campaign performance and boosted return on investment for clients.

Red Bricks Media

Challenge.     Since 2010, digital marketing agency Red Bricks Media has managed Facebook marketing efforts for one of the largest art and design universities in the United States. As the client’s campaigns grew, the Red Bricks Media team found the process of manually managing campaigns to be increasingly time consuming and error prone. Additionally, the Red Bricks Media team struggled to measure downstream effectiveness for Facebook ads as prospective students progressed from leads generated online all the way through to enrollees captured in the university’s CRM system. As a result, analysts found themselves unable to effectively manage tests and respond to change.

Solution and benefits .    Red Bricks Media implemented our platform to improve the efficiency of Facebook marketing efforts for the university. As a result, the Red Bricks Media team is now able to spend less time managing campaigns and more time optimizing to granular target audiences. Through the ability to automatically rotate ads on Facebook multiple times a week, the Red Bricks Media team is able to reduce ad-fatigue and improve consumer response. Finally, the flexibility and openness of our platform allows Red Bricks Media to integrate the university’s CRM data with Facebook campaign results. Consequently, Red Bricks Media has gained better visibility into which campaigns and advertisements produce the most leads, allowing for improved testing and optimization. Leveraging the Facebook tools on our platform to promote the university, between September 2009 and November 2011 Red Bricks Media was able to deliver significant financial lift for its client, including a 30% increase in new leads and a 20% decrease in cost per acquisition.

Symantec

Challenge.     Symantec Corporation, or Symantec, relies heavily on search, display and remarketing to drive online revenue acquisition across a variety of publishers, including Bing, Criteo,

 

87


Table of Contents

Google Display, Google Search and Yahoo! Each publisher account represented its own silo of data for Symantec, which had to then be loaded into a spreadsheet for manual, time-consuming analysis. The Symantec marketing team also lacked the visibility necessary to calculate bids across hundreds of thousands of ad units. In order to bid effectively, Symantec needed a system that could optimize bidding to appropriately account for revenues at every step of Symantec’s conversion funnel, from trial download to purchase.

Solution and benefits .    Symantec used our solution to integrate the data from all utilized channels and publishers in one place, enabling the Symantec marketing team to quickly analyze and optimize revenue performance on a daily basis, identify the outliers and trends, and apply this information to inform strategy. Despite the complexity of multiple publishers, multiple conversion types and campaigns that span not only search but also display and retargeting, our automated bidding capability enables Symantec to optimize its campaigns for revenue maximization, the one financial metric that means the most to their business. Using our solution, between June 2010 and October 2012 Symantec achieved a 67% increase in its return on advertising spend. Symantec also reported that productivity has also improved dramatically since deploying our solution, reducing the time spent on reporting by more than 50%.

Vistaprint

Challenge .      Vistaprint N.V., or Vistaprint, operates over 25 localized websites and ships to more than 130 countries. It uses multiple channels, including search advertising, to market a broad selection of customized printed products to small businesses and consumers. Due to the large-scale nature of Vistaprint’s search advertising program, the Vistaprint marketing team found it challenging to add new keywords, test creatives, and analyze and roll up data across more than 100 products that Vistaprint offers. Furthermore, the Vistaprint marketing team found that with existing tools, it was difficult to allocate budgets and optimize bids to product line goals.

Solution and benefits.     Vistaprint deployed our platform to streamline workflows, improve visibility into product performance, and optimize bids more effectively. Using our keyword expansion tools, Vistaprint was able to save time by automating many of the steps associated with identifying and adding new terms. The use of alerts and filters, and the ability to roll up data by various product dimensions, provided Vistaprint with the insights needed to adjust their marketing strategies based on their business goals and optimize by product line. In addition, the use of bid automation and forecasting tools allowed the Vistaprint team to increase revenues and improve return on investment. According to Vistaprint, it also derived other benefits during the period between March 2012 and August 2012, including:

 

  Ÿ  

increased click volumes of 8% while maintaining margin targets by using automated bidding and forecasting;

 

  Ÿ  

decreased time spent on reporting and campaign management by 40%; and

 

  Ÿ  

increased time spent testing and optimizing new campaigns by 50% due to the time savings from using our platform.

Partners

As a core part of our growth strategy, we have developed an ecosystem of partners that includes the leading media and technology companies.

We work with leading media partners to access their publisher APIs that allow us to programmatically obtain media performance data and manage campaigns for our customers. Our

 

88


Table of Contents

relationships with these partners involve coordination on technical specifications and upgrades to newer APIs, compliance with API terms, and joint marketing through case studies and blogs.

We work with leading technology partners to access revenue and conversion data to help correlate ad spending with performance for our customers. Our relationships with these partners involve documentation and validation of technical integrations, creation of joint press releases and other collateral, and coordination of sales efforts.

We typically work with our partners to mutually coordinate changes in technology. When our partners update their technology, they may inform us in advance to allow us to make any necessary corresponding changes to our platform concurrently, such that our platform performs as expected when our partners’ technology update is released.

None of these partnership relationships involve any revenue commitments or obligations by us or the partner and they typically do not involve any definitive agreement that cannot be terminated on short notice.

Research and Development

Innovation is key to our success. Our research and development team is responsible for the design, development, maintenance and operation of our platform. Our research and development process emphasizes frequent, iterative and incremental development cycles, and we typically release new features every one to two months. Within the research and development team, we have several highly aligned, independent sub-teams comprised of six to 12 team members that focus on particular feature sets of our solutions. Each of these sub-teams includes engineers, quality assurance specialists and product developers responsible for the initial and ongoing development of each sub-team’s feature. In addition, the research and development team includes our production operations team, which is responsible for managing risk, protocol and platform uptime.

Research and development expenses were $3.4 million, $4.6 million, $7.1 million and $9.7 million for 2009, 2010, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our solutions directly to advertisers and to agencies in a wide range of industries through our global sales team. Our sales cycle can vary substantially by advertiser and agency, but typically is one to nine months. We have a number of account executive sales teams organized by geography and the following market segments:

 

  Ÿ  

Direct Advertisers and Independent Agencies .    Our account executives cover broad geographic territories, responding to sales leads generated by our marketing department.

 

  Ÿ  

Network Agencies .    Our agency account executives establish global agency relationships and work with agencies to increase adoption of our platform across their clients.

 

  Ÿ  

Strategic Accounts .    Our strategic account executives directly target large advertisers.

 

  Ÿ  

Telesales .    Our inside sales team targets organizations which purchase our solutions over the phone.

Each customer is assigned an account manager who is responsible for long-term customer satisfaction and retention, renewal, and driving the expansion of the use of our platform.

 

89


Table of Contents

Our marketing team is focused on driving awareness and demand generation across major markets. This team provides thought leadership in the form of white papers, benchmarking reports, bylines, presenting at industry conferences and speaking to the press. In addition, they are responsible for the creation of field enablement assets such as case studies, blog posts and corporate collateral. They also provide customer- and industry-based input on product roadmap and platform innovation to ensure our industry leadership.

Global Services

Our global services organization includes both professional services and support services.

Professional Services .     Our professional services team is responsible for customer onboarding, as well as publisher and revenue data integration. We have a team-based approach to project management with a focus on areas of specialization. Typical implementations take four to six weeks and follow our project management methodology. Our professional services team certifies third party platform providers for customer revenue data integration. The certification program benefits customers by minimizing data discrepancies, allowing for faster onboarding, and shortening time to improve business results. As of September 30, 2012, we had certified 12 third-party platforms.

Support Services and Customer Services .     Our support and customer services team is responsible for providing training and delivering day-to-day platform support. Our team is staffed by digital advertising personnel with deep experience in our platform. Our professionals focus on customer satisfaction and value realization and offer training and support in English, French, German, Mandarin and Japanese. In addition, we offer online ticketing capabilities to manage customer support requests, email and phone support via a tiered support structure, an eLearning Curriculum and Community Portal, and an adaptive training module.

Competition

The overall market for digital advertising management solutions is rapidly evolving, highly competitive, complex, fragmented, and subject to changing technology and shifting customer needs. We face significant competition in this market and we expect competition to intensify in the future. To maintain and improve our competitive position, we must keep pace with the evolving needs of our customers and continue to develop and introduce new modules, features and services in a timely and efficient manner.

We currently compete with large, well-established companies, such as Adobe Systems Incorporated and Google Inc. (through its wholly-owned subsidiary DoubleClick), and privately-held companies, such as Acquisio Inc., which focuses solely on agencies, and Kenshoo Ltd. We also compete with in-house proprietary tools and custom solutions, including spreadsheets.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

solution quality, breadth, flexibility and functionality;

 

  Ÿ  

tangible platform benefits;

 

  Ÿ  

level of customer satisfaction and our ability to respond to customer needs rapidly;

 

  Ÿ  

breadth and quality of advertiser and agency relationships;

 

  Ÿ  

ability to innovate and develop new or improved products and modules;

 

  Ÿ  

ability to respond to changes in publishers’ APIs;

 

90


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

brand awareness and reputation; and

 

  Ÿ  

size of customer base.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to the factors described above. Our ability to remain competitive will largely depend on our ongoing performance in the areas of our solution breadth and customer support.

Employees and Culture

Since our founding, we have regarded our team and culture as key differentiators and competitive strengths. Our culture guides how we treat our team members, customers and partners. Although we are a technology company, everything that we do begins with our team members as they are the ones who create our technology and deliver it to our customers.

We believe that by making Marin Software a company at which we all want to work, we can recruit team members and partners to enable us to best innovate and deliver results for our customers. We do this by providing competitive compensation and benefits as well as opportunities for professional growth, advancement and enjoyment in the workplace. We also actively solicit feedback from our team members.

Our culture is focused on customer success with a belief that each team member has a customer, either internal or external. We also seek to promote an environment of candor, mutual respect, teamwork, ownership, innovation, humility and giving back.

We also believe we have an obligation to help the communities in which we have employees, customers and partners. We do this principally by encouraging employee volunteerism, employee donation matching and other charitable activities.

As of September 30, 2012, we had a total of 386 regular full-time employees, including 98 employees located outside the United States. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property rights are a key component of our success. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright, unfair competition and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions, to establish, maintain and protect our proprietary rights. These laws, procedures and restrictions provide only limited protection and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated. Further, the laws of certain countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States and, therefore, in certain jurisdictions, we may be unable to protect our proprietary technology. We generally require employees, consultants, utility customers, suppliers and partners to execute confidentiality agreements with us that restrict the disclosure of our intellectual property. We also generally require our employees and consultants to execute invention assignment agreements with us that protect our intellectual property rights.

As of September 30, 2012, we had one issued patent and one patent application pending in the United States. Historically, despite substantial investment in research and development activities, we have not focused on patents and patent applications, although this may change in the future.

 

91


Table of Contents

We own and use trademarks on or in connection with our products and services, including one trademark registered with the European Union and unregistered common law marks and pending trademark applications in the United States, Australia, China, Japan and Singapore. We have also registered numerous Internet domain names.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in San Francisco, California, where we occupy facilities totaling approximately 43,000 square feet under a lease which expires in January 2015. We use these facilities for administration, sales and marketing, research and development, engineering, customer support and professional services. We also lease office space in Austin, Texas, Chicago, Illinois, Mountain View, California and New York, New York in the United States, and Australia, England, France, Germany, Japan and Singapore, which we use principally for sales and marketing, administration, customer support and to deliver professional services locally. We also lease office space in Portland, Oregon, which we use principally for engineering.

We intend to procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

 

92


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of December 31, 2012:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Christopher A. Lien

     46       Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Joseph Chang

     37       Co-Founder and Chief Technical Officer

Rashmi Garde

     47       General Counsel

John A. Kaelle

     43       EVP and Chief Financial Officer

Nancy A. Kato

     58       Chief People Officer

Wister Walcott

     46       Co-Founder and EVP, Products and Platform

Peter Wooster

     43       Chief Revenue Officer

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Paul R. Auvil III(1)

     49       Director

L. Gordon Crovitz(1)(3)

     54       Director

Bruce W. Dunlevie(1)(2)(3)

     56       Director

Donald P. Hutchison(2)

     56       Director

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3) Member of the Nominating and Governance Committee.

Executive Officers

Christopher A. Lien founded our company in 2006 and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a director since that time. Shortly after founding our company, he invited Wister Walcott and Joseph Chang to join him as co-founders. Prior to that, Mr. Lien served as Chief Operating Officer of Adteractive, Inc., an online performance marketing company, from 2004 to 2005. In 2001, Mr. Lien co-founded and served as Chairman and Chief Financial Officer of Sugar Media, a broadband services platform, until its acquisition in 2003 by 2Wire, Inc., a leading supplier of DSL equipment and services, which was subsequently acquired by Pace plc in 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Lien served in various capacities at BlueLight.com, Kmart’s e-commerce and Internet service provider subsidiary from 2000 to 2001, including as Chief Financial Officer and acting Chief Executive Officer. Prior to Bluelight.com, Mr. Lien spent 10 years at various investment banks, including Morgan Stanley and Evercore Partners, with his last role as Managing Director. Mr. Lien holds an A.B. from Dartmouth College, where he was elected as a member of Phi Beta Kappa, and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. As our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Lien is the general manager of our entire business, directing our management team to achieve our strategic, financial and operating goals. His presence as a member of our board of directors brings his thorough knowledge of our company into our board of directors’ strategic and policy-making discussions. He brings his extensive experience in finance, digital marketing and executive roles in the information technology industry into deliberations regarding our strategy and operations.

Joseph Chang co-founded our company in 2006 and has served as our Chief Technical Officer since that time. Mr. Chang served as Vice President of Information Systems at W.P. Carey, a publicly-traded real estate investment firm, from April 2004 to June 2006. From November 2001 to April 2004, Mr. Chang served as technical architect at Mercer Consulting, a consulting firm. Prior to working at Mercer Consulting, Mr. Chang held a number of positions at Bluelight.com, jcrew.com and Trilogy Software. Mr. Chang holds a B.S. in Industrial Engineering with a minor in Computer Science from Stanford University.

 

93


Table of Contents

Rashmi Garde has served as our General Counsel since July 2011. Prior to joining us, Ms. Garde worked as an independent legal consultant from September 2010 until June 2011. From October 2009 until August 2010, Ms. Garde was not employed. Prior to that, Ms. Garde worked at VMware, Inc., an enterprise software company, since 2001, most recently serving as Vice President and General Counsel of VMware, Inc. from September 2005 to September 2009. Prior to joining VMware, Ms. Garde was a senior attorney at Electronics for Imaging (EFI), a printing technology company, and was a corporate associate at Graham and James and at Fenwick & West. Ms. Garde holds a B.A. in Computer Science from University of California, Berkeley, and a J.D. from University of California, Berkeley, School of Law.

John A. Kaelle has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since March 2011. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Kaelle spent six years as Vice President of Finance and Investor Relations at Shutterfly, Inc., an Internet-based personal publishing service, from October 2004 to March 2011. From August 2000 to July 2004, Mr. Kaelle served as a Vice President in the mergers and acquisitions group at Thomas Weisel Partners, an investment bank. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. Kaelle served as an Assistant Vice President and Assistant Controller at TriNet Corporate Realty Trust, a publicly traded real estate investment trust, and prior to that, from 1992 until 1997, Mr. Kaelle served as a manager at Cooper and Lybrand’s audit and advisory practice. Mr. Kaelle holds a B.A. in Economics from the University of Michigan, a Master’s Degree in Taxation from Golden Gate University and an M.B.A. in Finance from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Kaelle is also a certified public accountant (inactive) in the state of California.

Nancy A. Kato has served as our Chief People Officer since September 2012. From April 2006 to September 2012, Ms. Kato served as Senior Vice President of Human Resources at TiVo, Inc., a provider of on-demand television services, and previously served as TiVo’s Vice President, Human Resources from January 2005 to April 2006. From January 2003 to January 2005, Ms. Kato was Vice President of Global Compensation at Hewlett-Packard Company, an IT equipment and services company. From December 2000 to October 2002, Ms. Kato was Senior Vice President of Human Resources for Ariba, Inc., a cloud-based provider of procurement software. She has also held senior roles at Compaq and Tandem. Ms. Kato holds a B.A. in Health Sciences and M.A. in Counselor Education and Counseling from California State University, San Jose.

Wister Walcott co-founded our company in 2006 and served as Vice President of Products and Platform until March 2012 when he was promoted to Executive Vice President of Products and Platform. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Walcott was the Vice President of Marketing at Composite Software, an enterprise data integration software provider. Prior to that, Mr. Walcott served as Senior Director of Product Management at Siebel Systems, a CRM software provider, from 1999 to 2004, when it was acquired by Oracle Corporation, an enterprise software company. Prior to Siebel, from 1996 to 1999, Mr. Walcott was the Vice President of Marketing at Pilot Network Services, Inc., an Internet security provider. From 1993 to 1995, and from 1988 to 1991, Mr. Walcott worked at Oracle Corporation, where he held a variety of technical and management positions. Mr. Walcott holds a B.S. in Computer Science (with honors) and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.

Peter Wooster has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since September 2012 after previously serving as our Vice President and Executive Vice President of Sales since March 2007. From October 2004 to December 2006, Mr. Wooster served as Vice President of Sales for Angel Points Inc., a workforce management application provider. Prior to that, Mr. Wooster served as a Strategic Account Executive at salesforce.com, a provider of cloud-based CRM solutions, from October 1999 to February 2004. Mr. Wooster served as an Account Executive for Major Markets at Paychex Corporation, an HR and payroll process software company, from January 1994 to September 1999. Mr. Wooster holds a B.A. in Specialized Studies from Ohio University.

 

94


Table of Contents

Non-Employee Directors

Paul R. Auvil III has served as a director since October 2009. Since March 2007, Mr. Auvil has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Proofpoint, Inc., a provider of security-as-a-service solutions. From September 2006 to March 2007, Mr. Auvil was with Benchmark Capital, a venture capital firm, as an entrepreneur-in-residence. Prior to that, from 2002 to July 2006, he served as the Chief Financial Officer at VMware, Inc., a virtualization company. Previously, he served as the Chief Financial Officer for Vitria Technology, Inc., an eBusiness platform company and held various executive positions at VLSI Technology, Inc., a semiconductor and circuit manufacturing company, including Vice President of the Internet and Secure Products Division. Since 2007, Mr. Auvil has served on the board of directors for Quantum Corporation. From 2009 to 2010, Mr. Auvil served on the board of directors of OpenTV Corp. Mr. Auvil holds an A.B. in Engineering Sciences and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Dartmouth College and a Master of Management degree in Finance and Marketing from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management, Northwestern University. Mr. Auvil is an experienced financial leader with the skills necessary to lead our audit committee. His current service as Chief Financial Officer at Proofpoint, a software as a service business, and service as a member of the audit committee of Quantum, as well as previously serving as Chief Financial Officer at VMware and chairman of the audit committee of OpenTV, have provided him with extensive financial and accounting experience, particularly in the areas of accounting principles, financial reporting rules and regulations, as well as in evaluating financial results and generally overseeing the financial reporting process at a public company.

L. Gordon Crovitz has served as a director since May 2012. Mr. Crovitz co-founded Journalism Online, LLC, a provider of e-commerce solutions for publishers, in April 2009. From 2008 until April 2009, Mr. Crovitz was an active angel investor in, and advisor to, privately-held media and technology companies. Prior to that, Mr. Crovitz worked at Dow Jones from 1980 until December 2007 in a variety of positions, most recently as a publisher of The Wall Street Journal and executive vice president. Mr. Crovitz is a member of the boards of directors of American Association of Rhodes Scholars, Blurb, Business Insider, Houghton Mifflin Harcourt, ProQuest and Star Tribune Media, each of which is a privately-held entity. Mr. Crovitz holds an A.B. in Politics, Economics, Rhetoric and Law from the University of Chicago, a B.A. in Jurisprudence from the University of Oxford and a J.D. from Yale Law School. Mr. Crovitz brings to our board of directors a diversity of distinguished experiences and seasoned business acumen, particularly extensive experience in the media and publishing industries. His service on a number of company boards provides an important perspective on corporate governance matters, including best practices established at other companies.

Bruce W. Dunlevie has served as a director since March 2008. Since May 1995, Mr. Dunlevie has been a General Partner of Benchmark Capital, a venture capital firm. He has served as a member of the board of directors of ServiceSource International, Inc., a service support provider, since December 2004. Mr. Dunlevie previously served as a member of the board of directors of Rambus Inc., a technology licensing company, from March 1990 to June 2011, and as a member of the board of directors of Palm, Inc., a provider of mobile products, from October 2003 to October 2007. Mr. Dunlevie holds a B.A. in History and English from Rice University and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Dunlevie is a longstanding member of our board of directors with a deep understanding of our business and our customer base, and he has extensive experience as an investor in technology companies on behalf of Benchmark Capital. Mr. Dunlevie brings the experience of having served on the board of several other technology companies.

Donald P. Hutchison has served as a director since April 2006. Since 2002, Mr. Hutchison’s principal employment has been as an angel investor in start-up technology companies. From June 2006 to July 2008, Mr. Hutchison was the Co-Founder and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Recurrent Energy, a solar energy provider. Prior to that, Mr. Hutchison served as the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of work.com, a joint venture established by Dow Jones and

 

95


Table of Contents

Excite@Home. Mr. Hutchison previously served in senior positions at Excite@Home and Netcom Communications. Mr. Hutchison previously served as a member of the board of directors of many privately-held companies, including, W&W Communications, Inc., a fabless semiconductor company, which was acquired by Cavium, Inc. Mr. Hutchison holds a B.A. in Economics from University of California, Santa Barbara, and an M.B.A. in Finance and Organizational Development from Loyola Marymount University. Mr. Hutchison brings to our board of directors significant experience analyzing and investing in other technology companies, as well as management and leadership experience as a former founder and executive of technology companies.

Election of Officers

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. Our board of directors currently consists of five members. Our current certificate of incorporation and voting agreement among certain investors provide for one director to be designated by holders of our common stock, one director to be designated by holders of our Series B preferred stock and three directors to be designated mutually by holders of our common stock and Series B preferred stock. Mr. Lien is the designee of our common stock, Mr. Dunlevie is the designee of our Series B preferred stock and Messrs. Auvil, Crovitz, and Hutchison are the mutual designees of our common stock and Series B preferred stock.

The voting agreement and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation by which Messrs. Lien, Auvil, Crovitz, Dunlevie and Hutchison were elected will terminate in connection with our initial public offering and there will be no contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Each of our current directors will continue to serve until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board of Directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Class I directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014, will consist of Messrs. Auvil and Crovitz;

 

  Ÿ  

Class II directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015, will consist of Messrs. Dunlevie and Hutchison; and

 

  Ÿ  

Class III directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016, will consist of Mr. Lien.

Directors in a particular class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their terms expire. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

96


Table of Contents

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering authorize only our board of directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors would be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class would consist of one-third of the authorized number of directors.

The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions.”

Director Independence

Our common stock will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The listing rules of this stock exchange generally require that a majority of the members of a listed company’s board of directors be independent within specified periods following the closing of an initial public offering. Our board of directors has determined that none of our non-employee directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 as of the closing of our initial public offering.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and governance committee. Each of these committees will have the composition and responsibilities described below as of the closing of our initial public offering. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Auvil, Crovitz and Dunlevie. Mr. Auvil is the chairman of our audit committee. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Auvil is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose on him any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Our audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

selecting a firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

  Ÿ  

monitoring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

  Ÿ  

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and that firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

97


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

establishing procedures for employees to submit anonymously concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

  Ÿ  

considering the adequacy of our internal controls;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing material related party transactions or those that require disclosure; and

 

  Ÿ  

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is comprised of Messrs. Dunlevie and Hutchison. Mr. Hutchison is the chairman of our compensation committee. Each member of this committee is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, as amended, or the Code. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the terms of any compensatory agreements with our executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Our nominating and governance committee is comprised of Messrs. Crovitz and Dunlevie. Mr. Crovitz is the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and recommending our corporate governance guidelines and policies;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing proposed waivers of the code of conduct for directors and executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing the process of evaluating the performance of our board of directors; and

 

  Ÿ  

assisting our board of directors on corporate governance matters.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board of directors or compensation committee during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Code of Conduct

Our board of directors has adopted a code of conduct that will apply to all of our employees, officers, and directors. The full text of our code of conduct will be posted on the Investor Relations section of our website. The reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or

 

98


Table of Contents

incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of conduct, or waivers of these provisions, on our website or in public filings.

Director Compensation

The following table presents the total compensation paid in 2012 for each member of our board of directors. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, in 2012 we did not pay any fees to, reimburse any expense of (other than customary expenses in connection with the attendance of meetings of our board of directors), make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the other non-employee members of our board of directors. Mr. Lien, who is our Chief Executive Officer, receives no compensation for his service as a director, and is not included in this table. The compensation received by Mr. Lien as an employee is presented in “Executive Compensation—2012 Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Director Name

   Option Awards
($)(1)(2)
     Total
($)
 

Paul Auvil

   $ 123,028       $ 123,028   

Gordon Crovitz

     201,389         201,389   

Bruce Dunlevie

     —           —     

Donald Hutchison

     123,028         123,028   

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the non-employee directors during 2012, computed in accordance with ASC 718. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock-based awards, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non-employee directors from the awards.
(2) The following table sets forth information on stock options granted to non-employee directors in 2012, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options held by our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2012 and the aggregate number of unvested shares of common stock held by our non-employees directors as of December 31, 2012:

 

Director

   Number of Shares
Underlying Stock
Options Granted
in 2012(a)
     Number of Shares
Underlying Stock
Options Held at
Fiscal Year-End
     Number of Shares
Underlying
Unvested Stock
Awards Held at
Fiscal Year-End
 

Paul Auvil

     20,000         20,000         9,183   

Gordon Crovitz

     53,007         —           70,398 (b) 

Bruce Dunlevie

     —           —           —     

Donald Hutchison

     20,000         20,000         —     

 

  (a)

As of the date of grant, these stock options were immediately exercisable in full. Any shares subject to an option that have been exercised but have not yet vested are subject to a right of repurchase in our favor at the option exercise price. These stock options vest over a four-year period at the rate of 1/48 th of the shares of common stock underlying this stock option each month following the vesting commencement date and expire 10 years after the date of grant. These stock options also provide that, in the event of a “change of control,” all of the shares of our common stock subject to such option will immediately vest, and the right of repurchase with respect to any unvested shares shall lapse, in full as of the effectiveness of the change of control.

  (b)

Includes 45,279 shares of common stock acquired upon the exercise of a stock option that are subject to a right of repurchase in our favor at the option exercise price, expiring monthly over a 48-month period from the vesting commencement date. Also includes

 

99


Table of Contents
 

25,122 shares of unvested common stock acquired through the purchase of shares at the then-fair market value that are subject to a right of repurchase in our favor in the event that he resigns from the Board of Directors without good reason or he is asked to resign from our board of directors for cause at the original purchase price, expiring monthly over a 24-month period from the vesting commencement date.

For purposes of option grants and shares of unvested common stock granted to our directors as set forth above, a “change of control” means a:

 

  Ÿ  

consolidation, reorganization, or merger with or into any other entity or entities in which the holders of our outstanding shares immediately before such transaction do not, immediately after such transaction, retain stock or other ownership interests representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity or entities; or

 

  Ÿ  

a sale or all or substantially all of our assets that is followed by a distribution of the proceeds to our stockholders.

 

100


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Overview

The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure set forth information about the compensation provided to certain of our senior executive officers during 2012. These executive officers, who include our principal executive officer and the two most highly-compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer) who were serving as executive officers at the end of 2012, were:

 

  Ÿ  

Christopher Lien, our founder and Chief Executive Officer;

 

  Ÿ  

Joseph Chang, our co-founder and Chief Technical Officer; and

 

  Ÿ  

Wister Walcott, our co-founder and Executive Vice President, Products and Platform.

We refer to these individuals as our “Named Executive Officers.”

2012 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was awarded to, earned by, and paid to our Chief Executive Officer and the two most highly-compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2012, the end of the last completed fiscal year.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Bonus
($)
   Option
Awards
($)(1)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
     All Other
Compensation

($)(2)
     Total
($)
 

Christopher Lien,

     2012       $ 275,000          $ 978,020       $                    $ 1,757,688       $                

Chief Executive Officer

                    

Joseph Chang,

     2012         275,000            244,504            144,280      

Chief Technical Officer

                    

Wister Walcott,

     2012         275,000            244,504            173,133      

Executive Vice President, Products and Platform

                    

 

(1) The amounts reported in the Option Awards column represent the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the Named Executive Officers during 2011 and 2012 as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in the Option Awards column are set forth in Note 9 to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Note that the amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the Named Executive Officers from the options.
(2)

In January 2012, we redeemed shares of common stock held by Messrs. Lien, Chang and Walcott at a price per share equal to the issuance price per share of the Series F preferred stock, a price greater than the estimated fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of the redemption. The difference in the price we paid in redeeming the shares of common stock from Messrs. Lien, Chang and Walcott and the then-fair market value of the common stock was deemed to be treated as taxable income for these individuals. As a result, Messrs. Lien, Chang and Walcott received compensation in the amounts of $1,731,312, $144,280 and $173,133,

 

101


Table of Contents
 

respectively, for 2012. In addition, with respect to Mr. Lien, the amount included in this column includes $26,376 in medical insurance coverage premiums that we pay for him.

The following is a description of the employment agreements with, and the equity awards granted to, the Named Executive Officers.

Employment Agreements

With the exception of Mr. Chang, we have not entered into employment offer letters with the Named Executive Officers in connection with their commencement of employment with us. Mr. Chang’s offer letter was negotiated on our behalf by our Chief Executive Officer, with the oversight and approval of our board of directors.

Mr. Chang’s Employment Offer Letter

On June 15, 2006, we extended an employment offer letter to Mr. Chang in connection with his appointment as our then-Vice President of Engineering. Mr. Chang accepted the terms and conditions of this employment offer on June 15, 2006. The terms and conditions of his employment agreement provided for an annual base salary of $150,000, subject to adjustment from time to time and participation in our regular bonus, health insurance, and other employee benefit plans as we established for our employees from time to time. In addition, he was granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Mr. Chang’s employment is “at-will,” meaning that his employment may be terminated for any reason at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. Further, the employment offer was subject to his execution of our standard Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement.

Post-Employment Compensation and Change in Control Payments and Benefits

The Named Executive Officers are not eligible to receive any severance payments or benefits in connection with a termination of employment, including following a change in control, except as follows.

The stock options granted to each of the Named Executive Officers provide that, in the event that, within 12 months following the closing of a “change of control,” his employment is “terminated without cause” or his employment is “constructively terminated,” 50% of the shares of our common stock subject to his options will immediately vest as of the effectiveness of such termination of employment.

For purposes of this provision, a “change of control” means a:

 

  Ÿ  

consolidation, reorganization, or merger with or into any other entity or entities in which the holders of our outstanding shares immediately before such transaction do not, immediately after such transaction, retain stock or other ownership interests representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity or entities; or

 

  Ÿ  

a sale or all or substantially all of our assets that is followed by a distribution of the proceeds to our stockholders.

For purposes of this provision, a Named Executive Officer’s employment will be deemed to have been “terminated without cause” in the event that his employment is terminated other than by him for any reason other than any one or more of the following reasons:

 

  Ÿ  

his continued refusal or material failure to perform his material duties reasonably expected of him in connection with his arrangement to provide services to us after he is given notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure;

 

102


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

unprofessional, unethical, or fraudulent conduct or conduct that materially discredits our company or is materially detrimental to the reputation, character, or standing of our company;

 

  Ÿ  

dishonest conduct with respect to a material matter, or a deliberate attempt to do an injury to our company;

 

  Ÿ  

his material breach of any material term of his stock option agreement or any other agreement with us;

 

  Ÿ  

a criminal act which would reflect badly on our company; or

 

  Ÿ  

his death or total disability.

For purposes of this provision, a Named Executive Officer’s employment will be deemed to have been “constructively terminated” in the event that his employment is terminated by him within 30 days and for any one or more of the following reasons:

 

  Ÿ  

a reduction of 30% or more in his minimum annual salary, unless he consents thereto in his discretion, or the minimum annual salaries of all of our executive officers are similarly reduced;

 

  Ÿ  

a material reduction in his responsibilities not agreed to by him;

 

  Ÿ  

the failure by us to comply in any material respect with any material term of his stock option agreement; or

 

  Ÿ  

a requirement that he relocate his primary workplace to an office more than 45 miles from our current headquarters.

In addition to the arrangements described above, upon a termination of employment each Named Executive Officer is eligible to receive any benefits accrued under our broad-based benefit plans, such as accrued vacation pay, in accordance with those plans and policies.

2012 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table presents, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information regarding outstanding stock options and other equity awards held as of December 31, 2012. The market value of the shares of our common stock reflected in the table is based upon the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Option Awards—Number
of Securities Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Exercisable(1)
    Option Awards—
Option Exercise
Price
($)
     Option Awards—
Option Expiration
Date
 

Christopher Lien, Chief Executive Officer

     257,421 (2)    $ 7.05         05/07/2022   

Joseph Chang, Chief Technical Officer

     100,000        0.14         07/08/2017   
     105,490 (3)      0.82         02/09/2020   
     68,500 (4)      2.39         01/27/2021   
     64,355 (5)      7.05         05/07/2022   

Wister Walcott, Executive Vice President, Products and Platform

     26,659 (6)      2.39         01/27/2021   

 

(1) These stock options are immediately exercisable in full as of the date of grant. Any shares subject to an option that have been exercised but have not yet vested are subject to a right of repurchase in our favor at the option exercise price. This vesting schedule with respect to each stock option is described in the notes below.

 

103


Table of Contents
(2)

This stock option vests over a four-year period at the rate of 1/48 th of the shares of common stock underlying this stock option each month following the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2012, 214,525 shares of common stock remained unvested.

(3)

These stock options vest over a four-year period at the rate of 1/48 th of the shares of common stock underlying these stock options each month following the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2012, 30,792 shares of common stock remained unvested.

(4)

These stock options vest over a four-year period at the rate of 1/48 th of the shares of common stock underlying these stock options each month following the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2012, 35,678 shares of common stock remained unvested.

(5)

These stock options vest over a four-year period at the rate of 1/48 th of the shares of common stock underlying these stock options each month following the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2012, 53,635 shares of common stock remained unvested.

(6)

These stock options vest over a four-year period at the rate of 1/48 th of the shares of common stock underlying these stock options each month following the vesting commencement date. As of December 31, 2012, 13,894 shares of common stock remained unvested.

Employee Benefit Plans

2006 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan in April 2006. Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan was also approved by our stockholders in April 2006. The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and nonstatutory stock options, as well as for the issuance of shares of restricted stock. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees. We may grant nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants. The exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan is 10 years, except that the maximum permitted term of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders is five years. In the event of our merger or consolidation, the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan provides that, unless the applicable option agreement provides otherwise, options held by current employees, directors and consultants will vest in full if they are not assumed or substituted and all unexercised options shall expire on the consummation of the merger or consolidation.

As of September 30, 2012, we had reserved 6,332,980 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. As of September 30, 2012, options to purchase 2,098,293 of these shares had been exercised (of which 42,023 shares have been repurchased and returned to the pool of shares reserved for issuance under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan), options to purchase 4,273,447 of these shares remained outstanding and 3,263 of these shares remained available for future grant. The options outstanding as of September 30, 2012 had a weighted-average exercise price of $3.72 per share. We will cease issuing awards under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan upon the implementation of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will be effective upon the date of this prospectus. As a result, we will not grant any additional options under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan following that date, and the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate at that time. However, any outstanding options granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and stock option agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Options granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan have terms similar to those described below with respect to options to be granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

104


Table of Contents

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

We have adopted a 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus and will serve as the successor to our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. We reserved              shares of our common stock to be issued under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will increase automatically on                  of each of                  through                  by the number of shares equal to     % of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31. However, our board of directors or compensation committee may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. In addition, the following shares will again be available for grant and issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan:

 

  Ÿ  

shares subject to options or stock appreciation rights granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that cease to be subject to the option or stock appreciation right for any reason other than exercise of the option or stock appreciation right;

 

  Ÿ  

shares subject to awards granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the original issue price;

 

  Ÿ  

shares subject to awards granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued;

 

  Ÿ  

shares surrendered, cancelled, or exchanged for cash or a different award (or combination thereof);

 

  Ÿ  

shares reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding grants under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan on the date of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

shares issuable upon the exercise of options or subject to other awards under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan prior to the date of this prospectus that cease to be subject to such options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise after the date of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

shares issued under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan that are forfeited or repurchased by us after the date of this prospectus; and

 

  Ÿ  

shares subject to awards under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award.

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the award of stock options, restricted stock awards (RSAs), stock appreciation rights (SARs), restricted stock units (RSUs), performance awards and stock bonuses. No person will be eligible to receive more than                  shares in any calendar year under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan other than a new employee of ours, who will be eligible to receive no more than                  shares under the plan in the calendar year in which the employee commences employment.

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, all of the members of which are outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax laws, or by our board of directors acting in place of our compensation committee. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of awards to our employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors, provided the consultants, independent contractors, directors and advisors render services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. The exercise price of stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

We anticipate that in general, options will vest over a four-year period. Options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. Our compensation committee may provide for

 

105


Table of Contents

options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. The maximum term of options granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan is ten years.

An RSA is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions, which may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The price (if any) of an RSA will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price up to a maximum amount of cash or number of shares. SARs may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.

Restricted stock units represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance conditions. If an RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the restricted stock unit whole shares of our common stock (which may be subject to additional restrictions), cash or a combination of our common stock and cash.

Performance shares are performance awards that cover a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions in cash or by issuance of the underlying shares. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement because of termination of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for service or performance, and therefore, not be issued in exchange for cash.

In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number of shares reserved under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, the maximum number of shares that can be granted in a calendar year, and the number of shares and exercise price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

Awards granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise permitted by our compensation committee, stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Options granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service to us, for a period of 12 months in the case of death or for a period of six months in the case of disability, or such longer period as our compensation committee may provide. Options generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.

If we are party to a merger or consolidation, outstanding awards, including any vesting provisions, may be assumed or substituted by the successor company. In the alternative, outstanding awards may be cancelled in connection with a cash payment. Outstanding awards that are not assumed, substituted or cashed out will accelerate in full and expire upon the merger or consolidation. In the event of specified change in control transactions, our compensation committee may accelerate the vesting of awards (a) immediately upon the occurrence of the transaction, whether or not the award is continued, assumed or substituted by a surviving corporation or its parent in the transaction, or (b) in connection with a termination of a participant’s service following such a transaction.

 

106


Table of Contents

Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate ten years from the date our board of directors approves the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors may amend or terminate our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law.

2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We have adopted a 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in order to enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount following the date of this offering. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. Our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. We initially reserved                  shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will increase automatically on the          day of          of each of the first calendar years following the first offering date by the number of shares equal to the greater of     % of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31st (rounded to the nearest whole share) or the actual number of shares purchased under the 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in the immediately preceding fiscal year. However, our board of directors or compensation committee may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. The aggregate number of shares issued over the term of our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will not exceed                  shares of our common stock.

Our compensation committee will administer our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our U.S.- and European-based employees generally are eligible to participate in our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan if they are employed by us for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in a calendar year. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, are ineligible to participate in our 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility. Under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees will be able to acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between     % and     % of their base cash compensation. We will also have the right to amend or terminate our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan at any time. Our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the last day of the first purchase period, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.

When an initial purchase period commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements for participation in that purchase period will automatically be granted a nontransferable option to purchase shares in that purchase period. For subsequent purchase periods, new participants will be required to enroll in a timely manner. Once an employee is enrolled, participation will be automatic in subsequent purchase periods. Each purchase period will run for no more than six months. An employee’s participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.

Except for the first purchase period, each purchase period will be for six months (commencing each                      and                     ). The first purchase period will begin upon the effective date of this offering and will end on                      2013.

No participant will have the right to purchase our shares in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar year(s), that has a fair market value of more than $            , determined as of the first day of the applicable purchase period, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. In addition, no participant will be permitted to purchase more than                  shares during any one purchase period or

 

107


Table of Contents

such lesser amount determined by our compensation committee. The purchase price for shares of our common stock purchased under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be     % of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on (i) the first trading day of the applicable offering period and (ii) the last trading day of each purchase period in the applicable offering period.

If we experience a change in control transaction, each outstanding right to purchase shares under our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan may be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute the outstanding purchase rights, any offering period that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction will be shortened and terminated on a new purchase date. The new purchase date will occur prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction and our 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will then terminate on the closing of the proposed change in control.

401(k) Plan

We sponsor a retirement plan intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code, containing a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code. U.S. employees who have attained at least 21 years of age are generally eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the calendar month following the employees’ date of hire, subject to certain eligibility requirements. Participants may make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Pre-tax contributions by participants and the income earned on those contributions are generally not taxable to participants until withdrawn. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan. An employee’s interest in his or her pre-tax deferrals is 100% vested when contributed. Although the plan provides for a discretionary employer matching contribution, to date we have not made such a contribution on behalf of employees. The Plan permits all eligible Plan participants to contribute between 1% and 100% of eligible compensation, on a pre-tax basis, into their accounts.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

 

108


Table of Contents

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and certain of our key employees, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors, officers and key employees for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, penalties fines and settlement amounts actually and reasonably incurred by such director, officer or key employee in any action or proceeding arising out of their service to us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. Subject to certain limitations, our indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors, officers and key employees for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

We believe that these charter provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons such as directors, officers and key employees. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

109


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the executive officer and director compensation arrangements discussed above under “Executive Compensation,” below we describe transactions since January 1, 2010 to which we have been a participant, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Series F-1 Preferred Stock Financing

In November 2012, we sold an aggregate of 1,478,064 shares of our Series F-1 preferred stock at a purchase price of $13.5312 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $20.0 million. Each share of our Series F-1 preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

The purchasers of our Series F-1 Preferred Stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The following table summarizes the Series F-1 preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of Series F-1
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase Price  

Entity affiliated with Temasek Capital (1)

     739,032       $ 9,999,990   

Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.(2)

     221,709         2,999,989   

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures(3)

     181,743         2,459,201   

Entities affiliated with Focus Ventures(4)

     72,723         984,029   

Entities affiliated with Crosslink Ventures(5)

     65,762         889,839   

 

(1) The shares were purchased by Sennett Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Temasek Capital (Private) Limited.
(2) Bruce Dunlevie, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner of Benchmark Capital Partners, which has voting and dispositive power with regard to shares held by Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. The terms of the purchase by Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. purchases were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
(3) Consists of shares purchased by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P. and DAG Ventures IV, L.P.
(4) Consists of shares purchased by Focus Ventures III, L.P. and FV Investors III, L.P.
(5) Consists of shares purchased by Crosslink Ventures VI, L.P., Crosslink Ventures VI-B, L.P., Offshore Crosslink Ventures VI Unit Trust, Crosslink Bayview VI, L.L.C., Crosslink Crossover Fund V, L.P. and Crosslink Crossover Fund VI, L.P.

Series F Preferred Stock Financing

In January 2012, we sold an aggregate of 2,804,788 shares of our Series F preferred stock at a purchase price of $12.2962 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $34.5 million. Each share of our Series F preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

The purchasers of our Series F Preferred Stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The following table summarizes the Series F preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

110


Table of Contents

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of Series F
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase Price  

Entity affiliated with Temasek Capital(1)

     1,789,173       $ 21,999,997   

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures(2)

     203,315         2,499,998   

Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.(3)

     121,989         1,499,999   

Entities affiliated with Crosslink Ventures(4)

     113,305         1,393,221   

 

(1) The shares were purchased by Sennett Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Temasek Capital (Private) Limited
(2) Consists of shares purchased by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P. and DAG Ventures IV, L.P.
(3) Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. is a holder of more than 5% of our voting securities. Bruce Dunlevie, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner of Benchmark Capital Partners, which has voting and dispositive power with regard to shares held by Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. The terms of the purchase by Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. purchases were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
(4) Consists of shares purchased by Crosslink Ventures VI, L.P., Crosslink Ventures VI-B, L.P., Offshore Crosslink Ventures VI Unit Trust, Crosslink Bayview VI, L.L.C., Crosslink Crossover Fund V, L.P. and Crosslink Crossover Fund VI, L.P.

Series F Preferred Stock Redemption Agreement

Concurrent with the Series F preferred stock financing, we redeemed shares of common stock held by several executives at a price per share equal to the issuance price per share of the Series F preferred stock, a price greater than the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of the redemption. The following table summarizes the shares of common stock redeemed under the agreement:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of Common
Stock Redeemed
     Total Redemption Price  

Christopher Lien

     243,978       $ 2,999,998   

Peter Wooster

     51,300         630,794   

Wister Walcott

     24,398         300,002   

Joseph Chang

     20,332         250,006   

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

In March 2011, we sold an aggregate of 1,743,940 shares of our Series E preferred stock at a purchase price of $9.1949 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $16.0 million. Each share of our Series E preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

The purchasers of our Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The following table summarizes the Series E preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of Series E
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase Price  

Entities affiliated with Crosslink Ventures(1)

     1,196,315       $ 10,999,997   

Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.(2)

     182,946         1,682,170   

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures(3)

     177,004         1,627,534   

Entities affiliated with Focus Ventures(4)

     75,042         690,003   

 

(1) Consists of shares purchased by Crosslink Ventures VI, L.P., Crosslink Ventures VI-B, L.P., Offshore Crosslink Ventures VI Unit Trust, Crosslink Bayview VI, L.L.C. and Crosslink Crossover Fund V, L.P.

 

111


Table of Contents
(2) Bruce Dunlevie, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner of Benchmark Capital Partners, which has voting and dispositive power with regard to shares held by Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. The terms of the purchase by Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. purchases were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
(3) Consists of shares purchased by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P. and DAG Ventures IV, L.P.
(4) Consists of shares purchased by Focus Ventures III, L.P. and FV Investors III, L.P.

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

In May 2010, we sold an aggregate of 2,022,239 shares of our Series D preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.5351 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $11.2 million. Each share of our Series D preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.

The purchasers of our Series D Preferred Stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The following table summarizes the Series D preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of Series D
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase Price  

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures(1)

     722,660       $ 3,999,995   

Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.(2)

     361,331         2,000,003   

Entities affiliated with Focus Ventures(3)

     294,762         1,631,537   

 

(1) Consists of shares purchased by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P. and DAG Ventures IV, L.P.
(2) Bruce Dunlevie, a member of our board of directors, is a General Partner of Benchmark Capital Partners, which has voting and dispositive power with regard to shares held by Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. The terms of the purchase by Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. purchases were the same as those made available to unaffiliated purchasers.
(3) Consists of shares purchased by Focus Ventures III, L.P. and FV Investors III, L.P.

Common Stock Purchase Agreement

We entered into a common stock purchase agreement with Gordon Crovitz, a member of our board of directors, in May 2012. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Crovitz purchased 35,461 shares of our common stock. The purchase price under the agreement was $250,000, equal to the cumulative estimated fair value of the common stock at the date of purchase. Under the terms of the agreement, the shares vest ratably over a twenty-four month period from the commencement date of Mr. Crovitz’s service on our board of directors, and we have the right to repurchase any unvested shares should Mr. Crovitz stop serving as a member of our board of directors before the completion of the vesting period.

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. These stockholders are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following our initial public offering under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

112


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements and our restated bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

Our policy and the charters of our audit committee and our nominating and governance committee to be effective upon the closing of this offering, require that any transaction with a related party that must be reported under applicable rules of the SEC (other than compensation-related matters) must be reviewed and approved or ratified by the audit committee, unless the related party is, or is associated with, a member of that committee, in which event the transaction must be reviewed and approved by the nominating and governance committee. These committees have not adopted policies or procedures for review of, or standards for approval of, related party transactions but intend to do so in the future.

 

113


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2012, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in our initial public offering, for:

 

  Ÿ  

each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

  Ÿ  

each selling stockholder.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own, subject to applicable community property laws.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 23,576,442 shares of common stock issued as of September 30, 2012, including 1,478,064 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding Series F-1 preferred stock issued in November 2012, and assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock, including the Series F-1 preferred stock, into an aggregate of 18,752,943 shares of our common stock. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that                  shares of common stock will be issued by us in our initial public offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2012. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Marin Software Incorporated, 123 Mission Street, 25 th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105.

 

     Shares Beneficially
Owned
Prior to Offering
    Shares
Offered
   Shares Beneficially
Owned
After Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Number      Percentage        Number    Percentage  

5% Stockholders

             

Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.(1)

     3,874,492        16.4 %        

Entities affiliated with DAG Ventures(2)

     3,801,169        16.1           

Entity affiliated with Temasek Capital(3)

     2,528,205        10.7           

Entities affiliated with Focus Ventures(4)

     1,521,004        6.5           

Entities affiliated with Crosslink Ventures(5)

     1,375,382        5.8           

Named Executive Officers and Directors

             

Christopher Lien(6)

     2,063,818        8.8           

Joseph Chang(7)

     651,346        2.8           

Wister Walcott(8)

     713,947        3.0              *   

Paul Auvil(9)

     85,703        *              *   

Gordon Crovitz(10)

     88,468        *              *   

Bruce Dunlevie(1)

     3,874,492        16.4              *   

Donald Hutchison(11)

     328,287        1.4           

All executive officers and directors as a group
(11 persons)(12)

     8,535,478         36.3           

 

(footnotes on next page)

 

114


Table of Contents

 

 * Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.
(1) Includes 221,709 shares of our Series F-1 preferred stock issued in November 2012. Benchmark Capital Management Co. VI, L.L.C. (“BCMC VI”) is the general partner of Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. (“BCP VI”). BCMC VI’s managing members of the general partner are Alexandre Balkanski, Bruce W. Dunlevie, J. William Gurley, Kevin R. Harvey, Robert C. Kagle, Steven M. Spurlock, Peter H. Fenton and Mitchell H. Lasky. These individuals may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power over the shares held by BCP VI. The address for BCP VI and BCMC VI is 2480 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, CA 94025.
(2) Consists of (a) 3,112,719 shares held by DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P. (“DAVG IV-QP”), (b) 328,958 shares held by DAG Ventures IV, L.P. (“DAG IV”) and (c) 359,492 shares held by DAG Ventures IV-A, LLC (“DAG IV-A”), which numbers include shares of our Series F-1 preferred stock issued in November 2012. DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC (“DAG IV LLC”) serves as the general partner of DAG IV-QP and DAG IV. As such, DAG IV LLC possesses power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by DAG IV-QP and DAG IV and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by DAG IV-QP and DAG IV. DAG IV LLC does not own any of our securities directly. R. Thomas Goodrich, John J. Cadeddu, Greg Williams, Young J. Chung and Nick Pianim are managing directors of DAG IV LLC and DAG IV-A and possess power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by DAG IV-QP, DAG IV and DAG IV-A and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by DAG IV-QP, DAG IV and DAG IV-A. The address for DAG IV-QP, DAG IV, DAG IV-A and DAG IV LLC is 251 Lytton Avenue, Suite 200, Palo Alto, CA 94301.
(3) Includes 739,032 shares of our Series F-1 preferred stock issued in November 2012. Sennett Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd (“Sennett”) is indirectly wholly-owned by Temasek Capital (Private) Limited (“Temasek Capital”), which is directly wholly-owned by Temasek Holdings (Private) Limited (“Temasek”). Sennett, Temasek Capital and Temasek are private limited companies organized under the laws of Singapore. Voting and investment decisions related to these securities are made by the board of directors of Sennett, which is currently comprised of Poy Weng Chuen, Chua Eu Jin, Ashraf Ramtoola and Rooksana Shahabally. Temasek, through its ultimate ownership of Sennett, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over these shares. The address for Sennett, Temasek Capital and Temasek is 60B Orchard Road, #06-18, Tower 2, The Atrium@Orchard, Singapore 238891.
(4) Consists of (a) 1,494,356 shares held by Focus Ventures III, L.P. (“FV III”) and (b) 26,648 shares held by FV Investors III, L.P. (“FVI III”), which numbers include shares of our Series F-1 preferred stock issued in November 2012. Focus Ventures Partners III, L.P. (“FVP III”) serves as the general partner of FV III and has sole voting and investment control over the shares owned by FV III, and may be deemed to own beneficially the shares held by FV III. Focus Management, Inc. (“FMI”) serves as the general partner of FVI III and has sole voting and investment control over the shares owned by FV III and may be deemed to own beneficially the shares held by FVI III. Steven P. Bird, Kevin J. McQuillan and James Boettcher are general partners of FVP III and directors of FMI and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by FV III and FVI III, and may be deemed to own beneficially the shares held by FV III and FVI III. The address for Focus Ventures is 525 University Ave., Suite 1400, Palo Alto, CA 94301.
(5) Consists of (a) 596,698 shares held by Crosslink Ventures VI, L.P. (“CV VI”), (b) 165,317 shares held by Crosslink Ventures VI-B, L.P. (“CV VI-B”), (c) 45,737 shares held by Offshore Crosslink Ventures VI Unit Trust (“Offshore CV VI Unit Trust”), (d) 17,477 shares held by Crosslink Bayview VI, L.L.C. (“Crosslink Bayview VI”), (e) 508,871 shares held by Crosslink Crossover Fund V, L.P. (“Crosslink CF V”) and (f) 41,282 shares held by Crosslink Crossover Fund VI, L.P. (“Crosslink CF VI”), which numbers include shares of our Series F-1 preferred stock issued in November 2012. Crosslink Capital, Inc. (“Crosslink Capital”) serves as the investment advisor of CV VI,

 

(footnotes continued on next page)

 

115


Table of Contents
 

CV VI-B, Offshore CV VI Unit Trust, Crosslink Bayview VI, Crosslink CF V and Crosslink CF VI and has shared voting and investment control over the shares owned by such entities and may be deemed to beneficially own the shares owned by CV VI, CV VI-B, Offshore CV VI Unit Trust and Crosslink Bayview VI. Crosslink Ventures VI Holdings, L.L.C. (“CV VI Holdings”) serves as the general partner of CV VI, CV VI-B, Offshore CV VI Unit Trust and Crosslink Bayview VI and has shared voting and investment control with Crosslink Capital over the shares owned by CV VI, CV VI-B, Offshore CV VI Unit Trust and Crosslink Bayview VI, and may be deemed to own beneficially the shares owned by CV VI, CV VI-B, Offshore CV VI Unit Trust and Crosslink Bayview VI. Crossover Fund V Management, L.L.C. (“CF V Management”) serves as the general partner of Crosslink CF V and Crosslink CF VI and has shared voting and investment control with Crosslink Capital over the shares owned by Crosslink CF V and Crosslink CF VI and may be deemed to own beneficially the shares owned by Crosslink CF V and Crosslink CF VI. Michael J. Stark is the managing member of CV VI Holdings and CF V Management and shares voting and dispositive power over the shares held by CV VI, CV VI-B, Offshore CV VI Unit Trust, Crosslink Bayview VI, Crosslink CF V and Crosslink CF VI, and may be deemed to own beneficially the shares held by CV VI, CV VI-B, Offshore CV VI Unit Trust, Crosslink Bayview VI, Crosslink CF V and Crosslink CF VI. The address for Crosslink Capital and its affiliated entities is Two Embarcadero Center, Suite 2200, San Francisco, CA 94111.

(6) Consists of (a) 1,806,397 shares held directly by the Lien Revocable Trust dated 7/8/2003, of which Mr. Lien is a co-trustee, and (b) 257,421 shares issuable to Mr. Lien upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2012.
(7) Consists of (a) 313,001 shares held by Joseph Chang and Rachel Chang, husband and wife, as community property, and (b) 338,345 shares issuable to Mr. Chang upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2012.
(8) Includes (a) 581,092 shares held directly by the Walcott Family Trust, (b) 41,841 shares held by the Walcott Family Trust dated September 12, 2007 and (c) 26,659 shares issuable to Mr. Walcott upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2012.
(9) Includes (a) 43,953 shares held by Paul Auvil and Sarah Auvil, husband and wife, as community property, of which 11,928 shares would be subject to forfeiture upon Mr. Auvil’s resignation from the Board prior to vesting, and (b) 20,000 shares issuable to Mr. Auvil upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2012.
(10) Consists of (a) 53,007 shares of our common stock held by Gordon Crovitz, of which 48,591 shares would be subject to forfeiture upon Mr. Crovitz’s resignation from the Board prior to vesting, and (b) 35,461 shares of our common stock held by Mr. Crovitz, of which 29,553 shares would be subject to forfeiture within 60 days of September 30, 2012 upon Mr. Crovitz’s resignation from the Board prior to vesting.
(11) Consists of (a) 100,181 shares of our common stock held directly by the Hutchison Family Trust, of which Mr. Hutchison is a co-trustee, (b) 158,906 shares of our preferred stock held directly by the Hutchison Family Trust, which will convert into common stock upon the closing of this offering, (c) 49,200 shares of our preferred stock held by Glasgow Investments, LLC and (d) 20,000 shares issuable to Mr. Hutchison upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2012. Mr. Hutchison is a managing member of Glasgow Investments, LLC and possesses the power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares held by Glasgow Investments, LLC and as such may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Glasgow Investments, LLC.
(12) Includes (a) 1,107,082 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2012 and (b) 181,433 shares subject to forfeiture upon cessation of service prior to vesting.

 

116


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of                  shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and                  shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation all of the outstanding preferred stock will automatically convert stock into common stock, effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering, as of September 30, 2012, there were 23,266,995 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by 176 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See “Dividend Policy” above.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated certificate of incorporation. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

117


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, all of our outstanding preferred stock will automatically convert all common stock, with such conversion to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. As a result, each currently outstanding share of preferred stock will be converted into common stock. All series of preferred stock will convert at a ratio of one share of common stock for each share of preferred stock.

Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of September 30, 2012, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate 4,273,447 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $3.72.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2012, we had outstanding one warrant to purchase 36,900 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $2.70 per share and one warrant to purchase 50,792 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock, which upon the closing of this offering will become exercisable for the same number of shares of our common stock, with an exercise price of $2.7563 per share. The exercise price of these warrants may be paid either in cash or by surrendering the right to receive shares of common stock having a value equal to the exercise price.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to the terms of our fourth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, immediately following this offering, the holders of approximately                  shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act, as described below.

Demand Registration Rights

The holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding shares having registration rights may make a written request to us for the registration of the offer and sale of all or part of the shares having registration rights or registrable securities at any time after six months after the effective date of our first registration statement, if the amount of registrable securities to be registered has an aggregate

 

118


Table of Contents

market value of at least $15.0 million. We are only required to file two registration statements that are declared effective upon exercise of these demand registration rights. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 120 days in a 12-month period if our board of directors determines that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we register any of our securities for public sale, holders of shares having registration rights will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to employee benefit plans or a registration relating to a corporate reorganization. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if they determine in good faith that marketing factors require limitation, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder, or in a manner mutually agreed upon by the holders. However, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 30% of the total shares covered by the registration statement.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

The holders of then-outstanding shares having registration rights can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $10.0 million. The stockholders may only require us to effect at most three registration statements on Form S-3 and may only require us to effect two registration statements on Form S-3 in a 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 no more than once during any 12-month period for a total cumulative period of not more than 120 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be detrimental to us and our stockholders.

Expenses of Registration Rights

We generally will pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $35,000, of one counsel for the selling stockholders, incurred in connection with the registrations described above.

Expiration of Registration Rights

The registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular holder of these rights, on the earlier of the fourth anniversary of the closing of this offering or when that holder can sell all of its registrable securities in a 3-month period without restriction under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation

 

119


Table of Contents

from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  Ÿ  

Prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

The interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (i) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

At or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66.67% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction or series of transactions together resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions

Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our company, including the following:

 

  Ÿ  

Board of Directors Vacancies .    Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

 

  Ÿ  

Classified Board .    Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will provide that our board is classified into three classes of directors, each with staggered three year terms. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See “Management—Board of Directors.”

 

  Ÿ  

Stockholder Action; Special Meetings of Stockholders .    Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws. Our restated bylaws further will provide that special meetings of our

 

120


Table of Contents
 

stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

  Ÿ  

Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations .    Our restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our restated bylaws also will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

  Ÿ  

No Cumulative Voting .    The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

  Ÿ  

Directors Removed Only for Cause .    Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

 

  Ÿ  

Amendment of Charter Provisions .    Any amendment of the above expected provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.

 

  Ÿ  

Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock .    Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to                  shares of                  undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

 

  Ÿ  

Choice of Forum .    Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MRIN.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                     . The transfer agent’s address is                     . Our shares of common stock will be issued in uncertificated form only, subject to limited circumstances.

 

121


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market following this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have a total of                  shares of our common stock outstanding, based on the 21,788,931 shares of our capital stock outstanding as of September 30, 2012. Of these outstanding shares, all of the                  shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, would only be able to be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, all of our security holders have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our investors’ rights agreement described above under “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of                 , shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Beginning on the date of this prospectus, all of the shares sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;

 

  Ÿ  

Beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,                 additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which                 shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below; and

 

  Ÿ  

The remainder of the shares will be eligible for sale in the public market from time to time thereafter, subject in some cases to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below.

Lock-Up/Market Standoff Agreements

All of our directors and officers and substantially all of our security holders are subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff provisions that, subject to exceptions described in the section entitled “Underwriting” below, prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock, options to acquire shares of our common stock or any security or instrument related to this common stock, option or warrant, or entering into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers to another any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. See “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates

 

122


Table of Contents

for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Stock Options

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options and the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our stock plans. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 or such other form as may be required under the Securities Act for the resale of shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options that were not granted under Rule 701. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements to which they are subject.

Registration Rights

We have granted demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our common stock. Registration of the sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

 

123


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by “non-U.S. holders” (as defined below) pursuant to this offering. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax considerations relating thereto. The information provided below is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings, and judicial decisions currently in effect. These authorities may change at any time, possibly retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), might interpret the existing authorities differently. In either case, the tax considerations of owning or disposing of our common stock could differ from those described below. As a result, we cannot assure you that the tax consequences described in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent provided below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

  Ÿ  

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

  Ÿ  

partnerships or entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal tax purposes (or investors in such entities);

 

  Ÿ  

corporations that accumulates earnings to avoid United States federal income tax;

 

  Ÿ  

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

  Ÿ  

tax-exempt organizations or tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

  Ÿ  

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

controlled foreign corporations or passive foreign investment companies;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who acquired our common stock as compensation for services;

 

  Ÿ  

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

  Ÿ  

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

  Ÿ  

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

  Ÿ  

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

  Ÿ  

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership

 

124


Table of Contents

or an owner of the entity will depend upon the status of the partner or other owner and the activities of the partnership or other entity. Accordingly, this summary does not address tax considerations applicable to partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FOREIGN, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS, AND TAX TREATIES.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” is any holder of our common stock, other than a partnership, that is not:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

 

  Ÿ  

a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one of more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

 

  Ÿ  

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. income tax regardless of source.

If you are a non-U.S. citizen that is an individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Dividends

We do not expect to declare or make any distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do pay dividends on shares of our common stock, however, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock. See “Sale of Common Stock.”

Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock that is not effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate. The withholding tax might not apply, however, or might apply at a reduced rate, under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. You should consult your tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Generally, in order for us or our paying

 

125


Table of Contents

agent to withhold tax at a lower treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must certify its entitlement to treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder generally can meet this certification requirement by providing a Form W-8BEN (or any successor form) or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a partnership or other pass-through entity, the certification requirements generally apply to the partners or other owners rather than to the partnership or other entity, and the partnership or other entity must provide the partners’ or other owners’ documentation to us or our paying agent. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS in a timely manner.

Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States, are not subject to United States withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us or our paying agent with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition to being taxed at graduated tax rates, dividends received by corporate non-U.S. holders that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the corporate non-U.S. holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

Sale of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, non-U.S. holders will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gains realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain (i) is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a U.S. trade or business and (ii) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individual holders, a fixed base) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (in which case the special rules described below apply);

 

  Ÿ  

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, and certain other requirements are met (in which case the gain would be subject to a flat 30% tax, or such reduced rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States); or

 

  Ÿ  

the rules of the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act (FIRPTA) treat the gain as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.

The FIRPTA rules may apply to a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock if we are, or were within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” or USRPHC. In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in U.S. real estate comprised at least half of the value of our business assets. We do not believe that we are a USRPHC and we do not anticipate becoming one in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established

 

126


Table of Contents

securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if beneficially owned by a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock at some time within the five-year period preceding the disposition.

If any gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, (i) is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder and (ii) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individuals, a fixed base) maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, then the gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, under certain circumstances, that portion of its earnings and profits that is effectively connected with its U.S. trade or business, subject to certain adjustments, generally would be subject also to a “branch profits tax.” The branch profits tax rate is 30%, although an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence might provide for a lower rate.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

The Code and the Treasury regulations require those who make specified payments to report the payments to the IRS. Among the specified payments are dividends and proceeds paid by brokers to their customers. The required information returns enable the IRS to determine whether the recipient properly included the payments in income. This reporting regime is reinforced by “backup withholding” rules. These rules require the payors to withhold tax from payments subject to information reporting if the recipient fails to cooperate with the reporting regime by failing to provide his taxpayer identification number to the payor, furnishing an incorrect identification number, or failing to report interest or dividends on his returns. The backup withholding tax rate is currently 28% for all payments made through December 31, 2012. The backup withholding rules do not apply to payments to corporations, whether domestic or foreign, provided they establish such exemption.

Payments to non-U.S. holders of dividends on common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, and payments of proceeds made to non-U.S. holders by a broker upon a sale of common stock will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, in each case so long as the non-U.S. holder certifies its nonresident status (and we or our paying agent do not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The certification procedures to claim treaty benefits described under “Dividends” will generally satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax. We must report annually to the IRS any dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to these dividends. Copies of these reports may be made available to tax authorities in the country where the non-U.S. holder resides.

Under the Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner certifies, under

 

127


Table of Contents

penalties of perjury, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder (and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below. Information reporting, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of proceeds, even if that payment is made outside of the United States, if you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is:

 

  Ÿ  

a U.S. person (including a foreign branch or office of such person);

 

  Ÿ  

a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

  Ÿ  

a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business; or

 

  Ÿ  

a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (a) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests of the partnership or (b) the foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business;

unless the broker has documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary).

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to a holder of common stock under the backup withholding rules can be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the holder and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain “withholdable payments” (including U.S. source dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of U.S. stock) to foreign financial institutions and other non-U.S. entities that fail to comply with certain certification and information reporting requirements. The obligation to withhold under FATCA is currently expected to apply to, among other items, (i) dividends on our common stock that are paid after December 31, 2013 and (ii) gross proceeds from the disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2016.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

128


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares from us and the selling stockholders to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares.

Paid by Us

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                        $                    

Total

   $         $     

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                        $                    

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this

 

129


Table of Contents

prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any grants under existing employee benefit plans and other customary exceptions. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MRIN.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on                     , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We and the selling stockholders estimate that our share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         million.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

130


Table of Contents

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, including securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future perform, various financial advisory or investment banking services for the issuer, for which they will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of the issuer.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  (a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

  (b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

  (c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

131


Table of Contents
  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Residents of Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Residents of Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (ii) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (iii) by operation of law.

Notice to Residents of Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

132


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California, which beneficially owns an aggregate of 30,511 shares of our preferred stock that will convert to common stock upon the closing of this offering, representing approximately 0.13% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of September 30, 2012. Certain legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, San Francisco, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Marin Software Incorporated as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 31, 2011 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

 

133


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Marin Software Incorporated

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Marin Software Incorporated and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, CA

June 27, 2012, except for Notes 12 and 13, as to which the date is December 13, 2012

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

    As of
December 31,
    As of
September 30,
2012
    Pro Forma
As of
September 30,

2012
 
     
     
  2010     2011      
                (Unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 1,172      $ 1,719      $ 16,990      $ 36,890   

Accounts receivable, net

    5,095        10,047        12,352        12,352   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,206        1,264        2,095        2,095   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    7,473        13,030        31,437        51,337   

Property and equipment, net

    3,113        4,909        8,479        8,479   

Other noncurrent assets

    67        358        384        384   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 10,653      $ 18,297      $ 40,300      $ 60,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

       

Current liabilities

       

Accounts payable

  $ 1,004      $ 1,251      $ 1,428      $ 1,428   

Accrued payroll and other expenses

    3,153        6,690        8,138        8,138   

Current portion of long-term debt

    1,207        4,997        8,545        8,545   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    5,364        12,938        18,111        18,111   

Long-term debt, less current portion

    1,988        1,632        1,483        1,483   

Other long-term liabilities

    299        621        1,658        1,334   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    7,651        15,191        21,252        20,928   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

       

Convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs $0.001 par value—14,557 and 17,457 shares authorized, 14,470 and 17,275 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited), respectively (liquidation preferences of $52,031 and $86,518 as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited), respectively); no shares issued and outstanding, September 30, 2012 pro forma (unaudited)

    35,580        51,514        85,808        —     

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity

       

Common stock, $0.001 par value—30,000 shares authorized, 4,730 and 4,823 shares issued, 4,439, and 4,514 outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited), respectively; 23,576 and 23,267 issued and outstanding September 30, 2012 pro forma (unaudited)

    4        5        5        24   

Additional paid-in capital

    862        2,454        3,328        109,341   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    —          —          —          —     

Accumulated deficit

    (33,444     (50,867     (70,093     (70,093
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (32,578     (48,408     (66,760     39,272   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 10,653      $ 18,297      $ 40,300      $ 60,200   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                      (Unaudited)  

Revenues

  $ 7,527      $ 19,005      $ 36,121      $ 24,711      $ 42,507   

Cost of revenues

    5,101        11,040        18,691        13,523        17,728   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    2,426        7,965        17,430        11,188        24,779   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

         

Sales and marketing

    6,146        8,884        20,357        14,474        23,615   

Research and development

    3,410        4,568        7,071        5,027        9,651   

General and administrative

    2,171        5,195        6,679        4,132        10,001   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    11,727        18,647        34,107        23,633        43,267   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (9,301     (10,682     (16,677     (12,445     (18,488

Interest expense, net

    (212     (230     (378     (276     (349

Other income (expenses), net

    (92     78        (229     (143     (222
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

    (9,605     (10,834     (17,284     (12,864     (19,059

Provision for income taxes

    (103     (23     (139     (96     (167
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (9,708   $ (10,857   $ (17,423   $ (12,960   $ (19,226

Redemption of preferred stock in connection with the Series D financing and deemed dividend

    —          (1,033     —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to common stockholders

  $ (9,708 )$     
(11,890

  $ (17,423   $ (12,960   $ (19,226
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (2.74   $ (3.27   $ (4.29   $ (3.26   $ (4.46
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    3,540        3,639        4,058        3,978        4,312   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (Note 12)

      $ (0.96     $ (0.84
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (Note 12)

        18,108         22,809   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $ (9,708   $ (10,857   $ (17,423   $ (12,960   $ (19,226
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation is allocated as follows (Note 10):

         

Cost of revenues

  $ 66      $ 90      $ 165      $ 119      $ 292   

Sales and marketing

    81        66        226        162        817   

Research and development

    26        58        163        120        648   

General and administrative

    19        1,172        143        82        2,490   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

    Convertible
Preferred Stock
          Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumu-
lated
Deficit
    Accumu-
lated
Other
Compre-

hensive
Loss
    Total
Stock-

holders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount          
    (in thousands)           (in thousands)  

Balances as of December 31, 2008

    6,358      $ 12,059            3,459      $ 4      $ 116      $ (11,251   $ —        $ (11,131

Issuance of Series C preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $85

    4,673        12,915            —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock

    —          —              82        —          42        —          —          42   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —              —          —          192        —          —          192   

Net loss and comprehensive loss

    —          —              —          —          —          (9,708     —          (9,708
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2009

    11,031        24,974            3,541        4        350        (20,959     —          (20,605

Issuance of Series D preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $155

    1,445        7,845            —          —          —          —          —          —     

Redemption of preferred stock in connection with Series D Financing and deemed dividend

    (327     (432         327        —          —          (1,033     —          (1,033

Issuance of Series D preferred stock in connection with redemption of preferred stock and dividend

    577        3,193            (577     (1     —          (595     —          (596

Issuance of common stock from exercise of vested stock options and vesting of early exercised options

    —          —              517        1        259        —          —          260   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —              —          —          253        —          —          253   

Net loss and comprehensive loss

    —          —              —          —          —          (10,857     —          (10,857
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2010

    12,726        35,580            3,808        4        862        (33,444     —          (32,578

Issuance of Series E preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $102

    1,744        15,934            —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock from exercise of vested stock options and vesting of early exercised stock options

    —          —              574        1        552        —          —          553   

Issuance of common stock from exercise of warrant

    —          —              57        —          155        —          —          155   

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —              —          —          697        —          —          697   

Compensation expense from issuance of warrants

    —          —              —          —          49        —          —          49   

Issuance of warrants in connection with debt agreement

    —          —              —          —          139        —          —          139   

Net loss and comprehensive loss

    —          —              —          —          —          (17,423     —          (17,423
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of December 31, 2011

    14,470        51,514            4,439        5        2,454        (50,867     —          (48,408

Issuance of Series F preferred stock for cash, net of issuance costs of $194 (unaudited)

    2,805        34,294            —          —          —          —          —          —     

Issuance of common stock from exercise of vested stock options and vesting of early exercised stock options (unaudited)

    —          —              356        —          555        —          —          555   

Issuance of common stock from stock purchase agreements(unaudited)

    —          —              84          500        —          —          500   

Redemption of common stock (unaudited)

    —          —              (365     —          (4,488     —          —          (4,488

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

    —          —              —          —          4,247        —          —          4,247   

Compensation expense from issuance of warrants (unaudited)

    —          —              —          —          60        —          —          60   

Net loss (unaudited)

    —          —              —          —          —          (19,226       —          (19,226
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances as of September 30, 2012 (unaudited)

    17,275      $ 85,808            4,514      $ 5      $ 3,328      $ (70,093   $ —        $ (66,760
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (Unaudited)  
     (in thousands)  

Operating activities

          

Net loss

   $ (9,708   $ (10,857   $ (17,423   $ (12,960   $ (19,226

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

          

Depreciation and amortization

     382        1,016        1,800        1,268        2,148   

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     13        24        65        —          —     

Noncash interest expense related to warrants issued in connection with debt

     27        227        56        23        96   

Noncash expense related to warrants issued in connection with service agreement

     —          —          49        —          60   

Stock-based compensation related to stock option grants

     192        253        697        483        1,657   

Stock-based compensation related to preferred stock financing

     —          1,133        —          —          2,590   

Change in the valuation of outstanding preferred stock warrants

     78        (102     73        47        178   

Provision for bad debt

     79        23        289        144        274   

Other noncash expenses

     —          93        211        24        315   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

          

Accounts receivable

     (1,241     (3,263     (5,452     (3,696     (2,894

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (303     (539     (58     (209     (831

Other assets

     —          58        (291     (261     (26

Accounts payable

     178        613        (54     18        430   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     681        1,546        3,548        1,791        1,451   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (9,622     (9,775     (16,490     (13,328     (13,778
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

          

Purchases of property and equipment

     (777     (2,447     (2,332     (1,306     (4,697

Capitalized internal-use software development costs

     (373     (435     (1,028     (714     (1,274
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,150     (2,882     (3,360     (2,020     (5,971
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

          

Proceeds from issuance of note payable

     —          1,500        5,662        3,725        7,314   

Repayment of note payable

     (634     (1,134     (2,012     (1,118     (4,011

Payment of debt issuance costs

     —          —          (133     —          —     

Redemption of common stock

     —          —          —          —          (4,488

Redemption of unvested shares subject to repurchase

     (3     —          —          —          (40

Proceeds from issuance of convertible, preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     12,915        7,845        15,934        15,934        34,294   

Proceeds from common stock purchase agreements

     —          —          —          —          500   

Proceeds from exercise of common stock warrants

     —          —          155        —          —     

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options

     42        486        791        512        1,451   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     12,320        8,697        20,397        19,053        35,020   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     1,548        (3,960     547        3,705        15,271   

Cash and cash equivalents

          

Beginning of period

     3,584        5,132        1,172        1,172        1,719   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 5,132      $ 1,172      $ 1,719      $ 4,877      $ 16,990   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of other cash flow information

          

Cash paid for interest

   $ 203      $ 204      $ 264      $ 202      $ 338   

Cash paid for income taxes

     103        95        8        9        10   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

          

Redemption of preferred stock in connection with Series D Financing

   $ —        $ 432      $ —        $ —        $ —     

Deemed dividend on redemption of preferred stock

     —          1,033        —          —          —     

Issuance of Series D preferred stock in connection with redemption of preferred stock and dividend

     —          3,193        —          —          —     

Accounts payable related purchases of property and equipment

     —          —          301        72        48   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

1. Background

Marin Software Incorporated (the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware in March 2006. The Company provides a leading cloud-based revenue acquisition management platform, offering integrated digital advertising management solutions for search, display, social media and mobile advertising. The Company’s platform helps advertisers and agencies improve financial performance, realize efficiencies and time savings, and make better business decisions. The Company’s corporate headquarters are located in San Francisco, California, and the Company has additional offices in the following locations: New York, Chicago, London, Hamburg, Paris, Tokyo, Singapore, Sydney, Austin, Texas, Portland, Oregon and Mountain View, California.

The Company has funded its operations through preferred stock financings with net proceeds totaling $51,514 and $85,808 (unaudited) through December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively. However, the Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception. As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $50,867 and $70,093 (unaudited), respectively. Management of the Company expects that operating losses and negative cash flows from operations will continue in the foreseeable future. While management believes that the Company’s current cash resources and cash proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock subsequent to December 31, 2011 are adequate to meet its needs through at least December 31, 2013, the Company may need to borrow funds or raise additional equity to achieve its longer-term business objectives.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company is subject to uncertainties such as the impact of future events, economic and political factors and changes in the Company’s business environment; therefore, actual results could differ from these estimates. Accordingly, the accounting estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements will change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the Company’s operating environment changes. Changes in estimates are made when circumstances warrant. Such changes in estimates and refinements in estimation methodologies are reflected in reported results of operations and if material, the effects of changes in estimates are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements. Significant estimates and assumptions by management affect the allowances for doubtful accounts and customer credits, the carrying value of long-lived assets, the useful lives of long-lived assets, the provision for income taxes and related deferred taxes, the sales tax accrual, stock-based compensation and the fair value of the Company’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock warrants.

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties

The Company operates in a rapidly changing environment that involves a number of risks, some of which are beyond the Company’s control that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

business, operating results, and financial condition. These risks include, among others, the Company’s: history of losses and ability to achieve profitability in the future; highly competitive environment; ability to maintain and increase usage rate of the Company’s platform; and ability to increase demand for its solutions.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are placed with high-credit-quality financial institutions and issuers, and at times exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any loss relating to cash and cash equivalents in these accounts. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

The Company limits its concentration of risk in cash equivalents and short-term investments by diversifying its investments among a variety of industries and issuers and by limiting the average maturity to one year or less.

As of December 31, 2010, two customers accounted for 12% and 11%, respectively, of net accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited), no single customer accounted for greater than 10% of net accounts receivable. One customer accounted for 12% of consolidated revenues during the year ended December 31, 2010. No single customer accounted for greater than 10% of consolidated revenues during the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 (unaudited).

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2012, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 are unaudited. All disclosures as of September 30, 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, presented in the notes to the consolidated financial statements are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the Company’s consolidated financial position as of September 30, 2012 and the results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ended December 31, 2012 or for other interim periods or for future years.

Unaudited Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity

Upon the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering, all of the outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of the Company’s common stock and the Company’s convertible preferred stock warrants will become warrants for common stock (see Note 7). The September 30, 2012 unaudited pro forma balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the issuance of 1,478 shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock and receipt of the related $19,900 net proceeds, the conversion of the convertible preferred stock outstanding, including the Series F-1 Preferred Stock issued in November 2012 (see Note 17), into 18,752 shares of common stock and the

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon conversion of the preferred stock warrant into a common stock warrant.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original or remaining maturity from the Company’s date of purchase of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Deposits held with financial institutions are likely to exceed the amount of insurance on these deposits. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds, which are readily convertible into cash and are stated at cost, which approximates fair market value. Cash equivalents were $357, $605 and $15,425 (unaudited) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are carried at cost, which approximates fair value because of the short-term nature of those instruments. The carrying value of the Preferred Stock warrant liability (Note 6) represents fair value. Based on borrowing rates available to the Company for loans with similar terms and maturities, the carrying value of borrowings approximates fair value (Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy).

The Company measures and reports certain financial assets at fair value on a recurring basis, including its investments in money market funds. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels:

 

Level 1

   Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2

   Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3

   Inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s assumptions.

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Revenue Credits

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the Company’s receivables portfolio determined on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for known troubled accounts and other currently available evidence. The Company has not experienced significant credit losses from its accounts receivable. The Company performs a regular review of its customers’ payment histories and associated credit risks and it does not require collateral from its customers. Certain contracts with advertising agencies contain sequential liability provisions, whereby, the agency does not have an obligation to pay until payment is received from the agency’s customers. In these circumstances, the Company evaluates the credit worthiness of the agency’s customers, in addition to the agency itself. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, the Company recorded an allowance for doubtful accounts in the amount of $0, $196 and $293

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

(unaudited), respectively. The following are changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts during 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011       2011         2012    
                       (Unaudited)  

Balances at beginning of period

   $ —        $ —       $ —        $ —        $ 140   

Additions

     79        23        289        144        274   

Write-offs

     (79     (23     (93     (4     (121
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at end of period

   $      $      $ 196      $ 140      $ 293   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

From time to time the Company provides credits to customers and an allowance is made based on historical credit activity. As of December 31, 2010, 2011 and September 30, 2012, the Company recorded an allowance for potential customer credits in the amount of $93, $211 and $403 (unaudited), respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.

The useful lives of the property and equipment are as follows:

 

Computer equipment

   3 to 5 years

Office equipment, furniture and fixtures

   3 to 5 years

Software

   2 to 3 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of useful life or lease term

Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Major additions and improvements are capitalized while repairs and maintenance that do not extend the life of the asset are charged to operations as incurred. Depreciation and amortization expense is allocated to both cost of revenues and operating expenses.

Internal Use Software

Costs incurred in the development phase are capitalized and amortized over the product’s estimated useful life, which is three years. The Company expenses all costs incurred that relate to planning and post implementation phases of development. Capitalized costs related to internal use software under development are treated as construction in progress until the program, feature or functionality is ready for its intended use, at which time amortization commences. For 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, the Company capitalized $373, $435, $1,028, $714 (unaudited) and $1,274 (unaudited) of software development costs related to software for internal use, respectively. Amortization of software developed for internal use was $185, $364, $456, $323 (unaudited) and $346 (unaudited) for 2009, 2010, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, unamortized internal use software development costs totaled $386, $958 and $1,887 (unaudited), respectively. Amortization of internal use software is reflected in cost of revenues. Costs associated with minor enhancement and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

As of January 1, 2012, the Company revised the estimated useful life of internal use software from two years to three years based on an evaluation of the use, maintenance and replacement practices of the Company’s internally developed software and the duration over which the software is expected to be utilized. As compared to amortization over a two year period, the revision resulted in a reduction of the amortization of internal use software recorded in cost of revenues of $225 (or $0.05 per share, basic and diluted) (unaudited) during the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates long-lived assets for potential impairment whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances or business climate indicate that expected undiscounted future cash flows related to such long-lived assets may not be sufficient to support the net book value of such assets. An impairment exists when the carrying value of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss is recognized only if the carrying value of a long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. There were no such impairment losses during 2009, 2010 and 2011 or the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited).

Operating Leases

The Company’s operating lease agreements include provisions for certain rent holidays and escalations in the base price of the rent payment. The Company records rent holidays and rent escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Deferred rent is included in accrued payroll and other expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Freestanding Preferred Stock Warrants

Freestanding warrants related to the Company’s Convertible Preferred Stock are classified as liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The warrants are subject to reassessment at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expenses), net. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until all Preferred Stock warrants are exercised, expired or converted into warrants to purchase stock. Upon the consummation of the initial public offering contemplated in this prospectus, the convertible Preferred Stock warrants will convert into warrants to purchase Common Stock. Upon conversion, the liability recorded for the Preferred Stock warrants will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenues principally from subscriptions to its platform either directly with advertisers or with advertising agencies. The Company’s subscription agreements are generally six months to one year in length for direct advertisers and up to two years in length for advertising agencies. The Company’s subscription fee under most contracts is variable based on the value of the advertising spend that the Company’s advertisers manage through the Company’s platform. Contracts with direct advertisers and certain contracts with advertising agencies also include a minimum monthly fee that is payable over the duration of the contract. The Company’s customers do not have the right to take possession of the software supporting the application service at any time, nor do the arrangements contain general rights of return. The Company commences revenue recognition for both direct advertisers and advertising agencies when all of the following conditions are met:

 

  Ÿ  

persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

  Ÿ  

the Company’s platform is made available to the customer;

 

  Ÿ  

the fee is fixed or determinable, and;

 

  Ÿ  

collection is reasonably assured.

The Company recognizes the total minimum fee for both direct advertisers and advertising agencies, where applicable, over the duration of the contract, commencing on the date that the Company’s platform is made available to the customer, provided revenues recognized do not exceed amounts that are invoiced and due. The variable fee, which is based on a percentage of the value of the advertising spend managed through the Company’s platform, is recognized once the amount is fixed or determinable, which is generally on a monthly basis concurrent with the issuance of the customer invoice. Signed contracts are used as evidence of an arrangement. The Company assesses collectability based on a number of factors such as past collection history with the customer and creditworthiness of the customer. Certain agreements with advertising agencies also contain sequential liability provisions, which provide that the agency has no obligation to pay the Company until the agency receives payment from its customers. In these circumstances, the Company evaluates the credit worthiness of the agency’s customers, in addition to the agency itself, to conclude whether or not collectability is reasonably assured. If the Company determines collectability is not reasonably assured, the Company defers the revenue recognition until collectability becomes reasonably assured.

In October 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ratified authoritative accounting guidance regarding revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables effective for fiscal periods beginning on or after June 15, 2010. The Company adopted the new guidance on a prospective basis for fiscal 2011. Professional services and training, when sold with the Company’s platform subscription services, are accounted for separately when those services have standalone value. In determining whether professional services and training services can be accounted for separately from subscription services, the Company considers the following factors: availability of the services from other vendors; the nature of the services; the dependence of the subscription services on the customer’s decision to buy the professional services; and whether the Company sells the Company’s subscription services without professional services. If the deliverables have stand-alone value, the Company accounts for each deliverable separately and revenues are recognized for the respective deliverables as they are delivered. If one or more of the deliverables do not have stand-alone value, the deliverables that do not have stand-alone value are combined with the final deliverables within the arrangement and treated as a single unit of accounting. Revenues for arrangements treated as a single unit of accounting are recognized over the period of the contract commencing upon delivery of the final deliverable. As of September 30, 2012, the Company did not have stand-alone value for the professional services and training services. This is because the Company includes professional services and training services with the Company’s subscription services and those services are not available from other vendors.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues primarily consists of costs related to hosting the Company’s cloud-based platform, providing implementation and ongoing customer support, data communications expenses, salaries and benefits of operations and support personnel, software license fees, costs associated with website development activities, allocated overhead, amortization expense associated with capitalized internal use software and intangible assets and property and equipment depreciation.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation is measured at grant date based on the fair value of the award and is expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Fair values of share-based payment awards are determined on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The Company has selected the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of its stock options awards to employees and non-employees. In applying the Black-Scholes option pricing model, the Company’s determination of the fair value of the share-based payment award on the date of grant is affected by the Company’s estimated fair value of Common Stock, as well as assumptions regarding a number of subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the stock options and the optionholders’ actual and projected stock option exercise and pre-vesting employment termination behaviors.

For awards with graded vesting, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense over the requisite service period using the straight-line method, based on awards ultimately expected to vest. The Company estimates future forfeitures at the date of grant and revises the estimates, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Stock options issued to non-employees such as consultants are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date. The measurement of stock-based compensation is subject to periodic adjustment as the underlying equity instruments vest. The fair value of options granted to consultants is expensed when vested. The non-employee stock-based compensation expense was not material for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited).

See Note 10 for further information.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, except for certain internal use software development costs, which may be capitalized as noted above. Research and development costs include salaries, stock-based compensation expense, benefits and other operating costs such as outside services, supplies and allocated overhead costs.

Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Advertising expense totaled $174, $195, $359, $267 (unaudited) and $453 (unaudited) for 2009, 2010, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Remeasurement

The U.S. Dollar is the functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries. Transactions in foreign currencies are remeasured into U.S. Dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. currencies are re-measured to U.S. dollars using current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities are re-measured to U.S. dollars using historical exchange rates. Other accounts are re-measured to U.S. dollars using average exchange rates in effect during each period. Transaction

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

gains and losses were not material for all periods presented and are included in other income (expenses), net, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

The Company accounts for unrecognized tax benefits using a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company establishes a liability for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. The Company records an income tax liability, if any, for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on the Company’s tax returns. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The liability is adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of a tax audit. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of liability provisions and changes to the liability that are considered appropriate. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited), the Company has not recorded any liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-05, Comprehensive Income . This guidance requires entities to have more detailed reporting of comprehensive income. The guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. The guidance should be applied retrospectively. The adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2012 did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement . This guidance requires entities to change certain measurements and disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company adopted this new guidance on January 1, 2012 and it did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

3. Revision of Previously Issued Financial Statements

During 2012, the Company determined that in 2009 it had recorded an elimination of intercompany balances in the incorrect functional expense category on its statement of comprehensive loss. In addition, in 2011, the Company improperly allocated overhead expenses to the functional expense categories on its consolidated statement of comprehensive loss. The Company assessed the materiality of these errors on the prior period financial statements in accordance with the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 99 (“SAB 99”) and concluded that the errors were not material to the previously issued financial statements taken as a whole. The Company has revised its prior year statements of comprehensive loss to correct the effects of those immaterial errors as follows:

 

     Fiscal Year Ended December 31  
     2009     2011  

Consolidated statements of comprehensive loss:

     As Reported        As Revised        As Reported        As Revised   

Cost of Revenue

   $ 5,101      $ 5,101      $ 17,574      $ 18,691   

Gross Profit

     2,426        2,426        18,547        17,430   

Sales and Marketing

     4,612        6,146        19,462        20,357   

Research and Development

     3,410        3,410        6,561        7,071   

General and Administrative

     3,705        2,171        9,174        6,679   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (9,708   $ (9,708   $ (17,423   $ (17,423
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

   $ 20,959      $ 20,959      $ 50,867      $ 50,867   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

4. Balance Sheet Components

The following table shows the components of property and equipment as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012:

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (Unaudited)  

Computer equipment

   $ 3,006      $ 5,073      $ 8,134   

Software

     1,093        2,131        3,663   

Office equipment

     34        36        290   

Furniture, fixtures and leasehold improvements

     473        703        1,574   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,606        7,943        13,661   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,493     (3,034     (5,182
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,113      $ 4,909      $ 8,479   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 was $382, $1,016, $1,800, $1,268 (unaudited) and $2,148 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The following table shows the components of accrued payroll and other expenses as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (Unaudited)  

Accrued salary and payroll related expenses

   $ 1,689       $ 3,699       $ 4,211   

Accrued accounts payable

     352         1,513         2,648   

Sales tax payable

     662         900         104   

Deferred revenue

     219         173         297   

Other

     231         405         878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,153       $ 6,690       $ 8,138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During 2009, 2010 and 2011 and nine months ended September 30, 2011 the Company neither charged nor remitted sales tax. The Company recorded expense of $259, $396, $151, $160 (unaudited) and $0 (unaudited), respectively, related to uncollected and unremitted sales tax including estimated interest during 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012. The expense related to sales tax and interest was recorded in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. The Company has executed Voluntary Disclosure Agreements with each of the relevant states, and, accordingly, began invoicing and remitting sales taxes to the applicable jurisdictions during the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited).

5. Fair Value Measurements

Account balances measured at fair value on a recurring basis include the following as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012:

 

    December 30,     September 30,  
    2010     2011     2012  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
                                        (Unaudited)  

Cash equivalents

                 

Money market funds

  $ 357      $ —        $ —        $ 605      $ —        $ —        $ 15,425      $ —        $ —     

Long-term liabilities

                 

Preferred stock warrant obligation

    —          —          72        —          —          145        —          —          323   

The following table presents the changes in the preferred stock warrant obligation measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
       2009          2010         2011          2011          2012    
                         (Unaudited)  

Balances at beginning of period

   $ 96       $ 174      $ 72       $ 72       $ 145   

Change in unrealized (gain) loss included in earnings

     78         (102     73         47         178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balances at end of period

   $ 174       $ 72      $ 145       $ 119       $ 323   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The Company’s cash equivalents as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited) consisted of money market funds with original maturity dates of three months from the date of their respective purchase. Cash equivalents are classified as Level 1.

The fair value of the Company’s money market funds approximated amortized cost and, as such, there were no unrealized gains or losses on money market funds as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited).

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, amounts of $815, $1,114 and $1,565 (unaudited), respectively, were held in bank deposits.

6. Debt

In October 2008, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank that made a “Growth Capital Advance” available to the Company in two tranches for an aggregate amount of $5,000, with the first tranche for a total amount of $3,500 expiring on July 1, 2012 and the second tranche for a total amount of $1,500 expiring on November 1, 2012. The aggregate amount available under both tranches is subject to an interest-only period of six months from the draw down date, and thereafter, 36 consecutive equal monthly installments of principal and interest. The annual interest rate on the Growth Capital Advance is the greater of (i) the Prime Rate (as defined in the loan and security agreement) plus 1.0% or (ii) 6%.

In connection with the Growth Capital Advance, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 51 shares of Series B Stock at $2.7563 per share. This warrant expires on the later date of October 30, 2018, or five years from the closing of the Company’s initial public offering. The fair value of the warrants was estimated at an aggregate of $72 using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions: expected volatility of 53%, risk free interest rate of 4.85%, expected life of 10 years and no dividends. The fair value of the warrants was recorded as a discount to the loan and was amortized to interest expense over the loan term.

In January 2010, the Company signed an amendment to the loan and security agreement, which provided for a revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The amount available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility was the lesser of $1,500 or 80% of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable, as defined in the amended loan and security agreement. Interest under the revolving credit facility would be due monthly at the greater of 1.5% above the Prime Rate or 5.5%. As of December 31, 2010, the applicable interest rate was 5.5% and the maturity date was January 2012. In connection with this amendment, the annual interest rate for the Growth Capital Advance was amended to be the greater of 1.0% above the Prime Rate or 6%. As of December 31, 2010, the applicable interest rate of the Growth Capital Advance was 6%. The amendment also introduced a restrictive financial covenant that required the Company to maintain a monthly minimum quick ratio. Additionally, the Company was required to establish a lockbox account with the lender for the deposit of certain accounts receivable collections which resulted in the outstanding balance to be classified in current liabilities in the December 31, 2011 consolidated balance sheet.

In January 2011, the Company entered into an amendment to the Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to which Silicon Valley Bank agreed to increase the revolving credit facility to the lesser of $4,000 or 80% of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable, as defined in the amended loan and security agreement, and also to extend an equipment advance facility of $2,000 (the “Equipment Advance Facility”). The Equipment Advance Facility may only be used to finance the purchase of

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

equipment. The Revolving Credit Facility would accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the greater of (a) one half percent over the Prime Rate; or (b) 3.75%, which shall be payable monthly and which will expire on January 10, 2013. The Equipment Advance Facility would accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate of 5.5% and will be repayable in 36 consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest and will expire on December 1, 2014.

In December 2011, the Company entered into another amendment to its existing Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to which Silicon Valley Bank agreed to increase the Revolving Credit Facility to the lesser of $10,000 or 80% of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable and to extend an additional equipment advance facility of $2,000 (the “Additional Equipment Advance Facility,” collectively with the Equipment Advance Facility, the “Equipment Advance Facilities”). With respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, the expiration date was extended to July 10, 2013 and the annual interest rate was amended to 0.75% over the Prime Rate payable on a monthly basis. The Additional Equipment Advance Facility may only be used to finance the purchase of equipment. The Additional Equipment Advance Facility accrues interest at a fixed per annum rate of 5.5% and will be repayable in 36 consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest. The additional equipment advance facility expires September 1, 2015. As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, $838 and $0, respectively, was available for withdrawal under the Equipment Advance Facilities. In connection with the amendment, the Company issued a warrant to Silicon Valley Bank to purchase 37 shares of common stock at $2.70 per share. This warrant expires on November 30, 2021. The fair value of the warrant was estimated at an aggregate of $139 using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions: expected volatility of 57%; risk-free interest rate of 2.1%; expected life of 10 years; and no dividends. The fair value of the warrants was recorded as a discount to the loan and was amortized to interest expense over the loan term. Together with the Series B convertible preferred stock warrants issued with the Growth Capital Advance, a total of $27, $227, $56, $23 (unaudited) and $96 (unaudited) was recognized as interest expense for 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, as a result of the amortization of the loan discounts.

The Growth Capital Advance, Revolving Credit Facility and Equipment Advance Facilities are all collateralized with all of the personal property of the Company, excluding shares of controlled foreign corporations, patents and copyrights.

The Revolving Credit Facility also contains various covenants, including covenants related to the delivery of financial and other information, the maintenance of monthly financial covenants, as well as limitations on dispositions, change in business or management, mergers or consolidations, dividends and other corporate activities. As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited), the Company was in compliance with all loan covenants.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The Company’s outstanding balances under the Growth Capital Advance, the Revolving Credit Facility and the Equipment Advance Facilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 are as follows:

 

     December 31,     September 30,
2012
 
     2010     2011    
                 (Unaudited)  

Growth Capital Advance

   $ 1,732      $ 525      $ —     

Revolving Credit Facility

     1,500        3,550        7,225   

Equipment Advance Facilities

     —          2,807        2,960   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     3,232        6,882        10,185   

Discount on long-term debt

     (37     (253     (157
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,195      $ 6,629      $ 10,028   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The maturities of debt as of December 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012 are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2011
    September 30,
2012
 
           (Unaudited)  

Years Ending

    

2012

   $ 4,997      $ 323   

2013

     1,070        8,563   

2014

     711        995   

2015

     104        304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     6,882        10,185   

Less:

    

Current portion

     (4,997     (8,545

Discount on long-term debt

     (253     (157
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent portion of debt

   $ 1,632      $ 1,483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding warrants to purchase the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock are classified as liabilities which must be adjusted to fair value at each reporting period until the earlier of their exercise or expiration on the later date of October 30, 2018 or five years from the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time the Preferred Stock warrant liability will automatically convert into a warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock and will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit). The Company recorded a loss of $78, $73, $47 (unaudited) and $178 (unaudited), respectively, for 2009 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, and a gain of $102 for 2010, within other income (expenses), net to adjust the warrant liability to fair value. The fair values were determined using Level 3 inputs under the GAAP fair value hierarchy.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

7. Convertible Preferred Stock

As of December 31, 2011, the holders of convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Stock”, “Series A-1 Stock”, “Series B Stock”, “Series C Stock”, “Series D Stock” and “Series E Stock”) have various rights and preferences as follows:

 

     Shares
Authorized
     Shares
Outstanding
     Liquidation
Amount
     Proceeds
Net of
Issuance
Cost
 

Series A

     2,009         2,009       $ 2,248       $ 2,208   

Series A-1

     1,400         1,400         2,329         2,273   

Series B

     2,672         2,622         7,227         7,146   

Series C

     4,673         4,673         12,999         12,915   

Series D

     2,022         2,022         11,192         11,038   

Series E

     1,780         1,744         16,036         15,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     14,556         14,470       $ 52,031       $ 51,514   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends

Holders of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series, Series D and Series E Stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.06714, $0.0998, $0.165378, $0.1669, $0.332106 and $0.551694, respectively, on each outstanding share of Series A Stock, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors.

Holders of all Preferred Stock will also be entitled to participate in dividends on Common Stock when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, based on the number of shares of Common Stock held on an as-if converted basis. From the inception of the Company through September 30, 2012 (unaudited), the Company’s Board of Directors had not declared any dividends.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock, the holders of each Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, on a pari passu basis, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such Preferred Stock out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution. If, upon any such liquidation, distribution or winding up, the assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be insufficient to make payment in full to the holders of each Preferred Stock then such assets shall be distributed among the holders of each Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be, respectively, entitled. These rights notwithstanding, in the event of liquidation, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock would be entitled to paid, prior and in preference to any payment to Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series, Series D Preferred Stockholders or Common Stockholders.

After the payment of the full liquidation preferences of the Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the then outstanding Common Stock according to the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock held by each such holder. The liquidation features cause the Preferred Stock to be classified as mezzanine equity rather than as a component of stockholders’ equity (deficit).

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Conversion

Each Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid shares of Common Stock, upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the closing of a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, in which the gross proceeds to the Company equals or exceeds $30 million; or (ii) upon the date specified in a written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock to the conversion of all then-outstanding Preferred Stock. Upon the occurrence of any conversion event, the outstanding warrant to purchase Series B convertible preferred stock (Note 6) shall convert into a warrant to purchase Common Stock.

In addition to the conversion features noted above, each share of preferred stock, at the option of the preferred stockholder, shall be converted into fully paid shares of common stock.

All of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock will convert into Common Stock at the then-applicable conversion rate, which is 1:1 for each series of Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011, the Company had 12,726 and 14,470, respectively, shares of Common Stock available for the conversion of convertible Preferred Stock.

Voting

Each holder of Preferred Stock shall have voting rights equal to an equivalent whole number of shares of Common Stock into which it is convertible.

Issuance of Preferred Stock

In May 2010, the Company issued 1,445 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, for net proceeds of $7,845. The holders of Series D Stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.332106, on each outstanding share of Series D Stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors. The holders of Series D Stock will also be entitled to participate in dividends along with Common Stockholders, voting rights, conversion rights and liquidation preferences similar to the holders of Series A, Series A-1, Series B and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock.

Concurrent with the issuance of the Series D stock, the Company also entered into an agreement with certain existing Series A, Series A-1, Series B and Common Stockholders (“Selling Stockholders”) and the purchasers of Series D Stock, whereby the Selling Stockholders, in conjunction with the primary issuance of Series D, would convert their Preferred Stock into Common Stock of the Company, where applicable, and transfer the Common Stock to the purchaser of Series D Stock for consideration to be paid by the purchaser of Series D Stock to the Selling Stockholders. The Company also agreed that such Common Shares will be exchanged for shares of Series D Stock. Under this agreement, certain existing shareholders sold 577 shares of Common Stock, which were concurrently exchanged with Series D Stock. The Company recorded compensation expense of $1,133, equal to the difference between the fair value of the exchanged Common Stock and Series A Stock sold by a participating employee and the issuance price of the related Series D Stock. The Company also recorded a deemed dividend of $145, equal to the difference between the original issuance price and the estimated fair value of the Series A Stock held by such employee at the date of the exchange. In connection with nonemployee preferred stockholders who participated in the exchange, the Company also recorded a deemed dividend of $888, equal to the difference between the original issuance prices of the exchanged Series A, Series A-1 and Series B Stock and the issuance price of the related Series D Stock.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

In March 2011, the Company issued 1,744 shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, for net proceeds of $15,934. The holders of Series E Stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.551694, on each outstanding share of Series E Stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, prior and in preference to the payment of any dividend on Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock (“Junior Preferred Stock”) and Common Stock in such calendar year. The holders of Series E Stock will also be entitled to participate in dividends along with Common Stockholders, voting rights, conversion rights similar to the holders of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C and Series D Convertible Preferred Stock. In the event of liquidation, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock would be entitled to be paid, prior and in preference to any payment to Junior Preferred Stockholders or Common Stockholders.

8. Common Stock

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited), the Company was authorized to issue 30,000 shares of $0.001 par value Common Stock. Reserved shares of Common Stock are as follows:

 

     December 31,      September 30,
2012
 
     2010      2011     
                   (Unaudited)  

Preferred Stock and Common Stock Warrants

     51         88         88   

Stock options

     3,744         5,439         6,333   

Convertible preferred stock

     13,006         14,557         17,457   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     16,801         20,084         23,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2012, warrants to purchase 51 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at $2.76 per share and warrants to purchase 37 shares of Common Stock at $2.70 per share were outstanding (unaudited). During the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the Company entered into common stock purchase agreements (“CSPAs”) with two members of the Board of Directors. In connection with the CSPAs, the Company sold 84 shares of common stock for a cumulative purchase price of $500 (unaudited). The underlying shares vest ratably on a monthly basis over 24 months. The CSPAs include a repurchase feature which provides the Company the option, but not the obligation, to repurchase any unvested shares upon termination at the original purchase price. As of September 30, 2012, 64 common shares issued under the CSPAs were unvested (unaudited).

9. Equity Award Plans

In April 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted and the stockholders approved the 2006 Stock Option Plan (“2006 Plan”). The 2006 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options under the federal tax laws and nonstatutory stock options. Only employees may receive incentive stock options, but nonstatutory stock options may be granted to employees, nonemployee directors and consultants. The exercise price of incentive stock options may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options may not be less than 85% of the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant. Shares subject to options under the 2006 Plan generally vest in a series of installments over an optionee’s period of service, generally four years.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The term of options granted under the 2006 Plan may not exceed ten years. Unless the terms of an optionee’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if an optionee’s service relationship with the Company, or any of its affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability or death, the optionee may exercise the vested portion of any options for three months after the date of such termination. If an optionee’s service relationship with the Company, or any of its affiliates, ceases due to disability or death (or an optionee dies within a certain period following cessation of service), the optionee or a beneficiary may exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months. In no event, however, may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, the Company had reserved 3,744, 5,439 and 6,333 (unaudited) shares of Common Stock, respectively, for issuance under the 2006 Plan.

Certain options are eligible for exercise prior to vesting. Exercised but unvested shares are subject to repurchase by the Company at the initial exercise price. The proceeds from the shares subject to repurchase are classified as a liability and reclassified to equity as the shares vest. Under the 2006 Plan’s early exercise feature, the Company could be required to repurchase 261, 291 and 309 (unaudited) shares as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively. The Company records cash received from early exercised shares as a long-term liability. As of December 31, 2010, 2011 and September 30, 2012, $227, $466 and $1,322 (unaudited), respectively, has been recorded as a long-term liability on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

A summary of activity under the 2006 Plan is as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balances as of December 31, 2008

     2,074      $ 0.63         9.57       $ 322   
          

 

 

 

Options granted

     621        0.81         9.53      

Options exercised

     (46     0.78         —        

Options forfeited and cancelled

     (354     0.78         —        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balances as of December 31, 2009

     2,295      $ 0.65         8.76         327   
          

 

 

 

Options granted

     1,060        1.89         9.57      

Options exercised

     (731     0.66         —        

Options forfeited and cancelled

     (138     1.15         —        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balances as of December 31, 2010

     2,486        1.14         8.46         3,174   
          

 

 

 

Options granted

     1,399        2.53         9.28      

Options exercised

     (607     1.31         —        

Options forfeited and cancelled

     (278     1.65         —        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balances as of December 31, 2011

     3,000        1.71         8.21         10,575   
          

 

 

 

Options granted (unaudited)

     1,835        6.94         9.62      

Options exercised (unaudited)

     (396     3.66         —        

Options forfeited and cancelled (unaudited)

     (165     3.15         —        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Balances as of September 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     4,274      $ 3.72         8.25       $ 27,691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2011

     3,000      $ 1.71         8.21       $ 10,575   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested as of December 31, 2011

     1,471      $ 1.17         7.50       $ 5,924   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2011

     2,844      $ 1.67         8.17       $ 10,031   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options exercisable as of September 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     4,274      $ 3.72         8.25       $ 27,691   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested as of September 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     1,774      $ 1.73         7.10       $ 15,028   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest of September 30, 2012 (unaudited)

     4,135      $ 3.64         8.15       $ 27,107   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The intrinsic value of options exercised during 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 was $0, $344, $545, $275 (unaudited) and $1,141 (unaudited), respectively. The total estimated fair value of share options vested during 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 was $114, $221, $559, $280 (unaudited) and $1,173 (unaudited), respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The following table summarizes information about shares subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2012 (unaudited):

 

Exercise Price

   Number of
Shares
Subject to
Outstanding
Options
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
 

$0.14

     253         4.67   

  0.78

     465         6.15   

  0.82

     391         7.18   

  2.39

     1,020         8.18   

  2.70

     530         8.57   

  5.20

     125         9.11   

  7.05

     1,176         9.60   

  7.55

     314         9.90   
  

 

 

    
     4,274      
  

 

 

    

10. Stock-Based Compensation

For stock options granted by the Company, stock-based compensation cost is measured at grant date based on the fair value of the award and is expensed over the requisite service period. The Company recorded stock-based compensation of $192, $1,386, $697, $483 (unaudited) and $4,247 (unaudited) for 2009, 2010 and 2011 and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of options. This model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected term of the option, expected stock price volatility and expected forfeitures. The Company used the following assumptions:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011       2011         2012    
                       (Unaudited)  

Dividend yield

     —          —          —          —          —     

Expected volatility

     52.0     49.0     56.7     56.7     57.0

Risk-free interest rate

     2.52     1.83     2.02     2.02     0.97

Expected life of options (in years)

     5.96        5.92        6.25        6.25        6.25   

Forfeiture rate

     8.3% - 14.0     8.3% - 14.0     3.0% - 8.0     3.0% - 8.0     3.2% - 7.0

Weighted-average grant-date fair value

   $ 0.42      $ 0.89      $ 1.61      $ 1.61      $ 4.12   

Weighted-average grant-date exercise price

   $ 0.81      $ 1.89      $ 2.53      $ 2.53      $ 6.94   

As the Company has limited historical option exercise data, the expected term of the stock options granted to employees under the 2006 Plan was calculated based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected term is equal to the average of an option’s weighted-average vesting period and its contractual term. Pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 110, the Company is permitted to continue using the simplified method

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

until sufficient information regarding exercise behavior, such as historical exercise data or exercise information from external sources, becomes available. The Company estimates the expected volatility of its Common Stock on the date of grant based on the historical stock volatilities of similar publicly-traded entities over a period equal to the expected terms of the options, as the Company does not have any trading history to use the volatility of its own common stock. The Company has no history or expectation of paying cash dividends on its Common Stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield for a term consistent with the expected life of the options in effect at the time of grant.

As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited), the Company has deferred the recognition of its excess tax benefit from stock options until it is actually realized.

Cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $42, $486, $791, $512 (unaudited) and $1,451 (unaudited) during 2009, 2010 and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the requisite service period. As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012, there was $2,622 and $8,137 (unaudited), respectively, of unrecognized compensation cost related to options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.72 and 2.96 years, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited), there were 757 and 3 shares, respectively, available for future stock option grants to employees and directors under the existing plan.

Given the lack of an active public market for the Company’s outstanding Common and Preferred Stock, the Company’s Board of Directors established an estimate of fair value for these securities as well as for options and warrants to purchase these securities. The fair value of the Company’s Common Stock as used in the determination of the exercise price of stock options was estimated by the Board of Directors based on factors such as the liquidation preference, dividends and other rights of the outstanding Preferred Stock; recent financial and operating performance; the status of the Company’s development and sales efforts, revenue growth and additional objectives; the likelihood and proximity of an initial public offering; and the valuation of comparable companies that are publicly traded.

11. Income Taxes

The components of the Company’s loss before provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (Unaudited)  

United States

   $ (9,970   $ (11,015   $ (17,791   $ (13,214   $ (19,713

Foreign

     365        181        507        350        654   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (9,605   $ (10,834   $ (17,284   $ (12,864   $ (19,059
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The components of the provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009      2010      2011        2011          2012    
                          (Unaudited)  

Current income tax provision

              

Federal

   $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —         $ —     

State

     1         —           8         8         4   

Foreign

     102         23         131         88         163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current income tax provision

   $ 103       $ 23       $ 139       $ 96       $ 167   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company has incurred operating losses and has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets for all periods to date and, accordingly, has not recorded a provision for income taxes for any of the periods presented other than provisions for foreign income taxes.

The differences in the total provision for income taxes that would result from applying the 34% federal statutory rate to loss before provision for income taxes and the reported provision for income taxes were as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (Unaudited)  

Tax benefit at U.S. statutory rate

   $ (3,229   $ (3,684   $ (5,877   $ (4,374   $ (6,435

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     1        —          8        8        4   

Foreign income and withholding taxes

     (21     (39     (41     (25     (57

Stock-based compensation

     86        472        171        128        305   

Change in valuation allowance

     3,200        3,251        5,839        4,325        6,206   

Other

     66        23        39        34        144   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 103      $ 23      $ 139      $ 96      $ 167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Major components of the Company’s deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2010     2011  

Accruals and reserves

   $ 605      $ 1,216   

Intangibles

     462        624   

Stock-based compensation

     —          41   

Net operating loss

     10,937        16,888   

Research and development credits

     101        101   

Other

     5        27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     12,110        18,897   

Property and equipment

     (92     (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (92     (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets

     12,018        18,858   

Valuation allowance

     (12,018     (18,858
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax asset, net of valuation allowance

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes restrictions on the utilization of net operating losses in the event of an “ownership change” of a corporation. Accordingly, a company’s ability to use net operating losses may be limited as prescribed under Internal Revenue Code Section 382 (“IRC Section 382”). Events which may cause limitations in the amount of the net operating losses that the Company may use in any one year include, but are not limited to, a cumulative ownership change of more than 50% over a three-year period.

Due to the effects of historical equity issuances, the Company has determined that the future utilization of a portion of its net operating losses is limited annually pursuant to IRC Section 382.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had federal and state net operating losses of approximately $42,450 and $38,100, respectively. The federal net operating loss carryforward will begin expiring in 2026 and the state net operating loss carryforward will begin expiring in 2016.

The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its otherwise recognizable deferred income tax assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited). The Company has determined, after evaluating all positive and negative historical and prospective evidence, that it is more likely than not that these assets will not be realized. The valuation allowance increased by $3,690, $3,814 and $6,840 during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

The Company files U.S. state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. These audits include questioning the timing and amount of deduction, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with state, local and foreign tax laws. The Company is not currently under any examination by the U.S. state or foreign tax authorities and the Company is not subject to examination by state and foreign tax authorities for tax years before 2006. As of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited), the Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would impact the annual effective tax rate.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

During 2009, 2010, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited), the Company did not recognize any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.

12. Net Loss Per Share and Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share Available to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share available to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Net (loss) income available to common stockholders is calculated using the two class method as net (loss) income less the preferred stock dividend for the period less the amount of net (loss) income, if any, allocated to the preferred stock based on weighted preferred stock outstanding during the period relative to total stock outstanding during the period. As the Company’s convertible preferred stockholders do not have the contractual obligations to share in the losses of the Company, no loss has been allocated to the convertible preferred stockholders in the determination of net loss available to common stockholders. The weighted-average number of shares of common stock used to calculate the Company’s basic net loss per share available to common stockholders excludes those shares subject to repurchase related to unvested common shares and stock options that were exercised prior to vesting as these shares are not deemed to be issued for accounting purposes until they vest. The diluted net loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing the net loss using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock, excluding common stock subject to repurchase, and, if dilutive, potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Potential shares of common stock consist of common stock subject to repurchase and stock options to purchase common stock and warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock (using the treasury stock method) and the conversion of the Company’s convertible preferred stock (using the “if converted” method).

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009     2010     2011     2011     2012  
                       (Unaudited)  

Numerator:

          

Net loss

   $ (9,708   $ (10,857   $ (17,423   $ (12,960   $ (19,226

Redemption of preferred stock in connection with Series D financing and deemed dividend

     —          (1,033     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss available to common shareholders

   $ (9,708   $ (11,890   $ (17,423   $ (12,960   $ (19,226

Denominator:

          

Weighted average number of shares, basic and diluted

     3,540        3,639        4,058        3,978        4,312   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share available to common stockholders

          

Basic and diluted net loss per common share available to common stockholders

   $ (2.74   $ (3.27   $ (4.29   $ (3.26   $ (4.46
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

The following table presents the potential common shares outstanding that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share available to common stockholders for the periods presented because including them would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
                          (Unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock

     11,031         12,726         14,470         14,470         17,275   

Options to purchase common stock

     2,295         2,486         3,000         3,106         4,274   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     38         261         291         319         309   

Convertible preferred stock warrants

     51         51         51         51         51   

Common stock warrants

     —           —           37         —           37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     13,415         15,524         17,849         17,946         21,946   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders information has been computed to give effect to the following:

 

  Ÿ  

the pro forma net loss applied in computing the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 is based upon the Company’s historical net loss as adjusted to reflect the elimination of the losses on the change in valuation of the outstanding Series B convertible preferred stock warrants; and

 

  Ÿ  

the pro forma shares used in computing basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share gives effect to the conversion of the convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method) into common stock as of the later the beginning of the period or the issuance date, including the conversion of 1,478 shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock issued in November 2012.

The basic and diluted pro forma per common share calculations are presented below.

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
    Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2012
 

Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per common share

    

Net loss available to common stockholders, as reported

   $ (17,423   $ (19,226 )

Adjustment to other income (expenses), net, related to the change in valuation of Preferred Stock warrants

     73        178   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss

   $ (17,350 )   $ (19,048
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     4,058        4,312   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect conversion of convertible preferred stock

     14,050        18,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     18,108        22,809   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share available to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (0.96 )   $ (0.84 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

13. Segment Reporting

The Company defines the term “chief operating decision maker” to be the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews the financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluation of financial performance. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates as a single operating segment.

Revenues by geographic area, based on the billing location of the customer, were as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2009      2010      2011      2011      2012  
                          (Unaudited)  

United States

   $ 6,966       $ 15,246       $ 26,673       $ 18,573       $ 31,360   

International

     561         3,759         9,448         6,138         11,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenues, net

   $ 7,527       $ 19,005       $ 36,121       $ 24,711       $ 42,507   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-lived assets by geographic area were as follows:

 

     As of
December 31,
     As of
September 30,
 
     2010      2011      2012  
                   (Unaudited)  

United States

   $ 2,939       $ 4,663       $ 8,212   

International

     174         246         267   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets, net

   $ 3,113       $ 4,909       $ 8,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

Rent expense for 2009, 2010, and 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2012 was $497, $920, $1,523, $958 (unaudited) and $2,203 (unaudited), respectively.

The Company has leased office space in San Francisco and London under noncancelable operating leases, which expire between December 2014 and January 2015. Additionally, in 2011 the Company entered into annual and month-to-month arrangements to lease office space in New York, Chicago, Hamburg, Stockholm, Paris, Singapore, Sydney and Mountain View, California.

Future minimum lease payments for significant operating leases as of December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

Years Ended

  

2012

   $ 1,645   

2013

     1,441   

2014

     438   
  

 

 

 
   $ 3,254   
  

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

After giving effect to the leases entered into subsequent to December 31, 2011 (see Note 16), future minimum lease payments for significant operating leases as of September 30, 2012 were as follows (unaudited):

 

Years Ended

  

2012

   $ 1,179   

2013

     4,696   

2014

     5,013   

2015

     1,822   

2016 and thereafter

     1,142   
  

 

 

 
   $ 13,852   
  

 

 

 

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company may be involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings, consisting of intellectual property, commercial, employment and other matters, which arise in the ordinary course of business. In accordance with GAAP, the Company records a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, ruling, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular case. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. If any unfavorable ruling were to occur in any specific period or if a loss becomes probable and estimable, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Indemnification

The Company enters into standard indemnification agreements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to the agreements, each party may indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless with respect to such claim, suit or proceeding brought against it by a third party alleging that the indemnifying party’s intellectual property infringes upon the intellectual property of the third party, or results from a breach of the indemnifying party’s representations and warranties or covenants, or that results from any acts of negligence or willful misconduct. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual any time after execution of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. Historically, the Company has not been obligated to make significant payments for these obligations and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited).

The Company also indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while the officer is or was serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited; however, the Company has a Directors and Officers insurance policy that limits its exposure and enables the Company to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. Historically, the Company has not been obligated to make any payments for these obligations and no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and September 30, 2012 (unaudited).

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

Other Contingencies

The Company is subject to claims and assessments from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The Company’s management does not believe that any such matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

15. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering all employees in the United States. The Board of Directors determines contributions made by the Company annually. The Company made no contributions under this plan for 2009, 2010, 2011 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 (unaudited).

16. Subsequent Events

Issuance of Preferred Stock

In January 2012, the Company issued 2,805 shares of Series F Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, for net proceeds of $34,294. The holders of Series F Stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.7378 on each outstanding share of Series F Stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, pari passu with shares of Series E Preferred Stock and prior and in preference to the payment of any dividend on Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock (“Junior Preferred Stock”) and Common Stock in such calendar year. The holders of Series F Stock will also be entitled to participate in dividends along with Common Stockholders, voting rights, preferred conversion rights similar to the holders of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C, Series D and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock. In the event of liquidation, the holders of Series F Preferred Stock would be entitled to paid, prior and in preference to any payment to Junior Preferred Stockholders or Common Stockholders.

Concurrent with primary issuance of Series F Stock, the Company also entered into an agreement with certain executives of the company to repurchase certain Common Stock held by them, whereby the Company repurchased 365 shares of their Common Stock in the Company at the Series F Preferred Stock issuance price of $12.30 per share for an aggregate price of $4,488. At the date of the repurchase, the aggregate estimated fair value of the repurchased Common Stock was $1,898. As a result of this arrangement, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $2,590 during the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Of this amount, $364, $317 and $1,909 were recorded as cost sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses, respectively, in the accompanying statement of comprehensive loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Option Grants

In February, March, May and June 2012, the Board of Directors granted stock options to purchase 1,521 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $6.81 per share. The stock options generally vest over four years.

Significant New Leases or Changes in Existing Leases

In January 2012, the Company entered into a new lease in Chicago. This lease arrangement is noncancelable and expires in October 2015. In February 2012, the Company entered into a lease for

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Marin Software Incorporated

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars and share numbers in thousands, except per share data)

 

an additional floor in the office building in San Francisco. In May 2012, the Company entered into a new lease in New York. Additionally, in 2012 the Company entered into annual and month-to-month arrangements to lease office space in Hamburg, Stockholm, Tokyo and Mountain View, California.

The Company has evaluated, for potential recognition and disclosure, events that occurred after the balance sheet date of December 31, 2011, through June 27, 2012, the date the annual audited consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

17. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

Issuance of Preferred Stock

In November 2012, the Company issued 1,478 shares of Series F-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, for net proceeds of $19,900. The holders of Series F-1 Stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends at the per annum rate of $0.8119, on each outstanding share of Series F-1 Stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, prior and in preference to the payment of any dividend on Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series C and Series D Preferred Stock (the “Junior Preferred Stock”) and the Common Stock, and pari passu with the Series E and Series F Preferred Stock (“Senior Preferred Stock”). The holders of Series F-1 Stock will also be entitled to participate in dividends along with holders of Common Stock. In the event of liquidation event, including acquisition or sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets, the holders of Series F-1 Preferred Stock would be entitled to paid, prior and in preference to any payment to holders of Junior Preferred Stock and Common Stock and pari passu with holders of Senior Preferred Stock. The Series F-1 Stock is pari passu with the Senior Preferred Stock with respect to voting rights, conversion rights and other rights and privileges of Senior Preferred Stock.

In December 2012, the Company entered into an amendment to its existing Revolving Credit Facility and Equipment Advance Facility pursuant to which Silicon Valley Bank agreed to increase the Revolving Credit Facility to the lesser of $15,000 or 80% of the Company’s eligible accounts receivable and to extend an additional equipment advance facility of $3,000 (the “Supplemental Equipment Advance”). With respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, the expiration date was extended to July 31, 2014. The Supplemental Equipment Advance may only be used to finance the purchase of equipment. The Supplemental Equipment Advance accrues interest at a fixed per annum rate of 3.0% and will be repayable in 33 consecutive monthly installments of principal and interest. The Supplemental Equipment Advance expires March 1, 2016. In connection with the amendment, the Company issued a warrant to Silicon Valley Bank to purchase 27 shares of common stock at $12.15 per share. This warrant expires in November 2022.

Options Grants

In September and December 2012, the Board of Directors granted stock options to purchase 525 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $9.40 per share. In January 2013, the Board of Directors granted stock options to purchase 963 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $12.15 per share. The stock options vest over four years.

The Company has evaluated, for potential recognition and disclosure, events that occurred between October 1, 2012 and December 13, 2012, the date the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

 

 

                     Shares

Common Stock

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Deutsche Bank Securities

 

    UBS Investment Bank   Stifel    
Wells Fargo Securities

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, paid or payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee:

 

     Amount
Paid or
to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 10,230   

FINRA filing fee

     13,438   

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

     *   

Blue sky qualification fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon the closing of this offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except liability for the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases); or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:

 

  Ÿ  

the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law;

 

  Ÿ  

the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions; and

 

  Ÿ  

the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

Prior to the closing of this offering, the Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the Registrant for which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to Section 9 of the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation, restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its directors and officers.

Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

 

Exhibit Document

   Number  

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

     1.1   

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

     3.2   

Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

     3.4   

Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated January 25, 2012 among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, as amended.

     4.2   

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

     10.1   

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since February 1, 2010 and through January 31, 2013, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:

1. Since February 1, 2010 and through January 31, 2013, the Registrant has granted to its directors, officers, employees and consultants options to purchase 5,363,393 shares of common stock under its 2006 Equity Incentive Plan with per share exercise prices ranging from $0.8246 to $12.15, and has issued 619,795 shares of common stock upon exercise of such options. These transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

2. In May 2010, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 2,022,239 shares of the Registrant’s Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $5.5351 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $11.2 million to 23 purchasers that represented to us that they were sophisticated

 

II-2


Table of Contents

accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. This transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

3. In March and April 2011, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 1,743,940 shares of the Registrant’s Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $9.1949 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $16.0 million to 29 purchasers that represented to us that they were sophisticated accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. This transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

4. In October 2011, the Registrant issued a warrant to purchase 57,378 shares of the Registrant’s common stock to a consultant that represented to us that it was an accredited investor with an exercise price of $2.70 per share. The consultant exercised this warrant in full for cash that same month. This transaction was exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

5. In December 2011, the Registrant issued a warrant to purchase 36,900 shares of the Registrant’s common stock to a lender of the Registrant with an exercise price of $2.70 per share. This transaction was exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

6. In January 2012, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 2,804,788 shares of the Registrant’s Series F convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $12.2962 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $34.5 million to 30 purchasers that represented to us that they were sophisticated accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. This transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

7. In November 2012, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 1,478,064 shares of the Registrant’s Series F-1 convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $13.5312 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $20.0 million to 33 purchasers that represented to us that they were sophisticated accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. This transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and the Registrant believes each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act as stated above. All recipients of the foregoing transactions either received adequate information about the Registrant or had access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to such information. Furthermore, the Registrant affixed appropriate legends to the share certificates and instruments issued in each foregoing transaction setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

  1.1†   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1   

Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

  3.2†   

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing of this offering.

  3.3   

Bylaws, as currently in effect.

  3.4†   

Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective upon closing of this offering.

  4.1†   

Form of Common Stock Certificate.

  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2012, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, as amended.
  5.1†   

Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.

10.1†   

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

10.2    2006 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement.
10.3†    2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option award agreement, stock option exercise agreement, restricted stock agreement, stock appreciation right award agreement, restricted stock unit award agreement, performance shares award agreement and stock bonus agreement.
10.4†    2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of subscription agreement.
10.5   

Offer Letter, dated as of June 15, 2006, by and between the Registrant and Joseph Chang.

10.6    Office Lease, dated as of January 7, 2011, by and between the Registrant and 123 Mission, LLC.
10.7    Master Services Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Switch Communications Group L.L.C.
10.8   

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Marin Software Limited and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended.

21.1   

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2†   

Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1   

Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statement Schedule.

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or notes.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on this 13th day of February, 2013.

 

M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

By:

 

/s/ Christopher A. Lien

   

Christopher A. Lien

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Christopher Lien and John A. Kaelle, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place or stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    Christopher A. Lien        

Christopher A. Lien

  

Founder, Chief Executive Officer and

Director

( Principal Executive Officer )

 

February 13, 2013

/s/    John A. Kaelle        

John A. Kaelle

  

Chief Financial Officer

( Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 13, 2013

/s/    Paul R. Auvil III        

Paul R. Auvil III

  

Director

 

February 13, 2013

/s/    L. Gordon Crovitz        

L. Gordon Crovitz

  

Director

 

February 13, 2013

/s/    Bruce W. Dunlevie        

Bruce W. Dunlevie

  

Director

 

February 13, 2013

/s/    Donald P. Hutchison        

Donald P. Hutchison

  

Director

 

February 13, 2013

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

  1.1†   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1   

Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

  3.2†   

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing of this offering.

  3.3   

Bylaws, as currently in effect.

  3.4†   

Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective upon closing of this offering.

  4.1†   

Form of Common Stock Certificate.

  4.2    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2012, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, as amended.
  5.1†   

Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.

10.1†   

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

10.2    2006 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option agreement and stock option exercise agreement.
10.3†    2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option award agreement, stock option exercise agreement, restricted stock agreement, stock appreciation right award agreement, restricted stock unit award agreement, performance shares award agreement and stock bonus agreement.
10.4†    2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and form of subscription agreement.
10.5    Offer Letter, dated as of June 15, 2006, by and between the Registrant and Joseph Chang.
10.6    Office Lease, dated as of January 7, 2011, by and between the Registrant and 123 Mission, LLC.
10.7    Master Services Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Switch Communications Group L.L.C.
10.8   

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Marin Software Limited and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended.

21.1   

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1   

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

23.2†   

Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1   

Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 3.1

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED

Marin Software Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies that:

1. The name of the corporation is Marin Software Incorporated. The date of filing its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was March 16, 2006.

2. This Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation attached hereto as Exhibit 1 , which is incorporated herein by this reference, and which restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation as previously amended or supplemented, has been duly adopted by the corporation’s Board of Directors and a majority of the stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, with the approval of the corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

 

Dated: November 21, 2012     Marin Software Incorporated
    By:   /s/ Christopher Lien
    Name:   Christopher Lien
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT 1

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Marin Software Incorporated.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South DuPont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, DE 19901. The name of its registered agent at that address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

1. Authorization of Shares . This corporation is authorized to issue two (2) classes of shares, designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is thirty-six million (36,000,000) shares, $0.001 par value per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued is eighteen million eight hundred three thousand seven hundred thirty-five (18,803,735) shares, $0.001 par value per share, two million nine thousand forty-three (2,009,043) of which are designated as “Series A Preferred Stock,” one million four hundred thousand two hundred nine (1,400,209) of which are designated as “Series A-1 Preferred Stock,” two million six hundred seventy-two thousand fifty-nine (2,672,059) of which are designated as “Series B Preferred Stock,” four million six hundred seventy-three thousand three hundred ninety-three (4,673,393) of which are designated as “Series C Preferred Stock,” two million twenty-two thousand two hundred thirty-nine (2,022,239) of which are designated as “Series D Preferred Stock,” one million seven hundred forty-three thousand nine hundred forty (1,743,940) of which are designated as “Series E Preferred Stock,” two million eight hundred four thousand seven hundred eighty-eight (2,804,788) of which are designated as “Series F Preferred Stock” and one million four hundred seventy-eight thousand sixty-four (1,478,064) of which are designated as “Series F-1 Preferred Stock.”

ARTICLE V

The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions . For purposes of this Article V, the following definitions apply:

 

  1.1 Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

  1.2 Corporation ” shall mean this corporation.

 

  1.3 Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock, $0.001 par value, of the Corporation.


1.4 “ Common Stock Dividend ” shall mean a stock dividend declared and paid on the Common Stock that is payable in shares of Common Stock.

1.5 “ Dividend Rate ” shall mean $0.06714 per share per annum for the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0998 per share per annum for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.165378 per share per annum for the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.1669 per share per annum for the Series C Preferred Stock, $0.332106 per share per annum for the Series D Preferred Stock, $0.551694 per share per annum for the Series E Preferred Stock, $0.7378 per share per annum for the Series F Preferred Stock and $0.8119 per share per annum for the Series F-1 Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits and combinations, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to each such series of Preferred Stock).

1.6 “ Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series F-1 Preferred Stock is issued by the Corporation.

1.7 “ Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.119 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $1.6634 per share for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $2.7563 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock, $2.7817 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock, $5.5351 per share for the Series D Preferred Stock, $9.1949 per share for the Series E Preferred Stock, $12.2962 per share for the Series F Preferred Stock and $13.5312 per share for the Series F-1 Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits and combinations, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like, with respect to each such series of Preferred Stock).

1.8 “ Permitted Repurchases ” shall mean the repurchase by the Corporation of shares of Common Stock held by employees, officers, directors, consultants, independent contractors, advisors, or other persons performing services for the Corporation or a subsidiary that are subject to restricted stock purchase agreements or stock option exercise agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares: (a) at cost, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment or services; or (b) at any price pursuant to the Corporation’s exercise of a right of first refusal to repurchase such shares, provided that such price does not exceed cost unless such exercise is approved by the Board.

1.9 “ Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock and the Series F-1 Preferred Stock, collectively.

1.10 “ Series A Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.11 “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.12 “ Series B Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series B Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.13 “ Series C Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series C Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.14 “ Series D Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series D Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

 

2


1.15 “ Series E Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series E Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.16 “ Series F Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series F Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.17 “ Series F-1 Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series F-1 Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Corporation.

1.18 “ Junior Preferred Stock ” shall mean collectively the Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock.

1.19 “ Senior Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series E Preferred Stock, the Series F Preferred Stock and the Series F-1 Preferred Stock.

1.20 “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation of which at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock is at the time owned directly or indirectly by the Corporation or by one or more of such subsidiary corporations.

 

  2. Dividend Rights .

 

  2.1 Dividend Preference .

(a) Senior Preferred Stock Dividend Preference . In each calendar year, the holders of the then outstanding Senior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any funds and assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, noncumulative dividends at the annual Dividend Rate for each such series of Senior Preferred Stock, prior and in preference to the payment of any dividends on the Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock in such calendar year (other than a Common Stock Dividend). No dividends (other than a Common Stock Dividend) shall be paid, and no distribution (other than a Common Stock Dividend) shall be made, with respect to the Junior Preferred Stock or the Common Stock during any calendar year unless dividends in the total amount of the annual Dividend Rate for each such series of Senior Preferred Stock (including all declared but unpaid dividends from previous years, if any) shall have first been paid or declared and set apart for payment to the holders of each such series Senior Preferred Stock, respectively, during that calendar year; provided , however , that the restrictions in this sentence and the preceding sentence shall not apply to Permitted Repurchases. Payments of any dividends to the holders of each such series of Senior Preferred Stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis according to their respective dividend preferences as set forth herein and among a particular series of Senior Preferred Stock on a pro rata basis according to the number of outstanding shares of such series (other than with respect to the Stock Redemption). Dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock shall not be mandatory or cumulative, and no rights or interest shall accrue to the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that the Corporation shall fail to declare or pay dividends on the Senior Preferred Stock in the amount of the respective annual Dividend Rate for each such series of Senior Preferred Stock or in any other amount in any calendar year or any fiscal year of the Corporation, whether or not the earnings of the Corporation in any calendar year or fiscal year were sufficient to pay such dividends in whole or in part.

(b) Junior Preferred Stock Preference . Subject to the payment in full of the dividend preference of the Senior Preferred Stock required to be paid in Section 2.1(a), the holders of the then-outstanding Junior Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any funds and assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, noncumulative dividends

 

3


at the annual Dividend Rate for each such series of Junior Preferred Stock, prior and in preference to the payment of any dividends on the Common Stock in such calendar year (other than a Common Stock Dividend). No dividends (other than a Common Stock Dividend) shall be paid with respect to the Common Stock during any calendar year unless dividends in the total amount of the annual applicable Dividend Rate for each such series of Junior Preferred Stock (including all declared but unpaid dividends from previous years, if any) shall have first been paid or declared and set apart for payment to the holders of each such series of Junior Preferred Stock, respectively, during that calendar year; provided , however , that the restrictions in this sentence and the preceding sentence shall not apply to Permitted Repurchases. Payments of any dividends to the holders of each such series of Junior Preferred Stock shall be paid pro rata, on an equal priority, pari passu basis according to their respective dividend preferences as set forth herein. Dividends on the Junior Preferred Stock shall not be mandatory or cumulative, and no rights or interest shall accrue to the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that the Corporation shall fail to declare or pay dividends on the Junior Preferred Stock in the amount of the respective annual Dividend Rate for each such series or in any other amount in any calendar year or any fiscal year of the Corporation, whether or not the earnings of the Corporation in any calendar year or fiscal year were sufficient to pay such dividends in whole or in part.

2.2 Participation Rights . If, after dividends in the full preferential amounts specified in this Section 2 for the Preferred Stock have been paid or declared and set apart in any calendar year of the Corporation, the Board shall declare additional dividends out of funds legally available therefor in that calendar year, then such additional dividends shall be declared pro rata on the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holders, where each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is to be treated for this purpose as holding the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder; provided , however , that the restrictions in this sentence and the preceding sentence shall not apply to Permitted Repurchases.

2.3 Non-Cash Dividends . Whenever a dividend provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such dividend shall be determined as set forth in Section 3.4 below.

3. Liquidation Rights . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and assets that may be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders (the “ Available Funds and Assets ”) shall be distributed to stockholders in the following manner:

 

  3.1 Liquidation Preference .

(a) Senior Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference . The holders of each share of Senior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, on a pari passu basis, out of the Available Funds and Assets and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on shares of any Junior Preferred Stock or Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price of each such series of Senior Preferred Stock, plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such Senior Preferred Stock. If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Available Funds and Assets to be distributed to the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of their full preferential amount described in this Section 3.1(a), then all of the Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Senior Preferred Stock pro rata, in proportion to the full amounts such holders would otherwise have been entitled to pursuant to this Section 3.1(a).

 

4


(b) Junior Preferred Stock Liquidation Preference . Subject to payment in full of the liquidation preference of the Senior Preferred Stock set forth in Section 3.1(a), the holders of each share of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid, on a pari passu basis, out of the Available Funds and Assets, and prior and in preference to any payment or distribution (or any setting apart of any payment or distribution) of any Available Funds and Assets on any shares of Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price of each such series of Junior Preferred Stock plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such Junior Preferred Stock. If upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the Available Funds and Assets shall be insufficient to permit the payment to holders of the Junior Preferred Stock of their full preferential amounts described in this Section 3.1(b), then the entire remaining Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed among the holders of the then-outstanding Junior Preferred Stock pro rata, in proportion to the full amounts such holders would otherwise have been entitled to pursuant to this Section 3.1(b).

 

  3.2 No Participation Rights .

(a) If there are any Available Funds and Assets remaining after the payment or distribution (or the setting aside for payment or distribution) to the holders of the Preferred Stock of their full preferential amounts described above in this Section 3, then all such remaining Available Funds and Assets shall be distributed solely among the holders of the then-outstanding Common Stock pro rata according to the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock then held by each such holder.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 3.1 and 3.2(a), solely for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation Event (as defined below), at the closing of any Liquidation Event with respect to which amounts are to be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders and at each date after such closing on which additional amounts (such as earn-out payments, escrow amounts or other contingent payments) are to be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders as a result of such Liquidation Event (each, a “ Payment Date ”), each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid, out of the Available Funds and Assets, on such Payment Date an amount for each share of Preferred Stock held upon the closing of such Liquidation Event equal to: (A) the greater of the amount of cash, securities and other property to which such holder would have been entitled (after treating the distributions to the Corporation’s stockholders made upon such Payment Date and all prior Payment Dates as having been made simultaneously upon the closing of the Liquidation Event) either (x) pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2(a) above, or (y) if all shares of Preferred Stock had converted to Common Stock pursuant to Section 5 as of immediately prior to the closing of such Liquidation Event; reduced by (B) the amount per share paid in the aggregate to such holder with respect to such holder’s Preferred Stock on all prior Payment Dates; provided , however , that the fair market value of any non-cash consideration that may be distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders on each Payment Date shall be determined at the date of the closing of the Liquidation Event in accordance with Section 3.4, unless otherwise specified in the definitive agreement for the Liquidation Event.

3.3 Merger or Sale of Assets . Unless waived in writing by the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting as a single class on an as converted basis (which approval shall be binding on all holders of the then outstanding Preferred Stock), for purposes of this Section 3 each of the following transactions shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation as those terms are used in this Section 3 (each, a “ Liquidation Event ”): (a) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or similar transaction or series of related transactions (each, a “ combination transaction ”) in which the Corporation is a constituent corporation or is a party if, as a result of such combination transaction, the voting securities of the Corporation that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such combination transaction ( other than any such securities that are held by an “Acquiring Stockholder”, as defined below) do not represent, or are not converted into, securities of the surviving corporation of such combination

 

5


transaction (or such surviving corporation’s parent corporation if the surviving corporation is owned by the parent corporation) that, immediately after the consummation of such combination transaction, together possess at least a majority of the total voting power of all securities of such surviving corporation (or its parent corporation, if applicable) that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of such combination transaction, including securities of such surviving corporation (or its parent corporation, if applicable) that are held by the Acquiring Stockholder; (b) the closing of the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise), other than pursuant to a bona-fide equity financing or a reincorporation into another domicile, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter of the Corporation’s securities), of the Corporation’s securities if, after such closing, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold 50% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, on an as converted basis (or the surviving or acquiring entity); (c) a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or (d) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 3.3, an “ Acquiring Stockholder ” means a stockholder or stockholders of the corporation that (i) merges or combines with the Corporation in such combination transaction or (ii) owns or controls a majority of another corporation that merges or combines with the Corporation in such combination transaction.

3.4 Non-Cash Consideration . If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any Liquidation Event are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined by the Board in good faith, except that any securities to be distributed to stockholders in a Liquidation Event shall be valued as follows:

(a) The method of valuation of securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability shall be as follows:

(i) unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for a Liquidation Event, if the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or similar national quotation system, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution;

(ii) if (i) above does not apply but the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then, unless otherwise specified in a definitive agreement for a Liquidation Event, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) calendar day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the distribution; and

(iii) if there is no active public market as described in clauses (i) or (ii) above, then the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

(b) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in subparagraphs (a)(i),(ii) or (iii) of this subsection to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

3.5 Notice of Liquidation Transaction . The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of any impending Liquidation Event not later than 10 days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such Liquidation Event, or 10 days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Event, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such Liquidation Event. The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending Liquidation Event and the provisions of this Section 3, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes. Unless such notice requirements are waived, the Liquidation Event shall not take place sooner than 10 days after the

 

6


Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, all notice periods or requirements in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be shortened or waived, either before or after the action for which notice is required, upon the vote or written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights and the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

3.6 Effect of Noncompliance . In the event the requirements of Section 3.5 are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either cause the closing of the Liquidation Event to be postponed until the requirements of this Section 3 have been complied with, or cancel such Liquidation Event, in which event the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the holders of Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 3.5.

 

  4. Voting Rights .

4.1 Common Stock . Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share thereof held.

4.2 Preferred Stock . Each holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted pursuant to the provisions of Section 5 below at the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters or, if no such record date is established, the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited.

4.3 General . Subject to the other provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each holder of Preferred Stock shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect at the time in question) (the “ Bylaws ”) and applicable law, and shall be entitled to vote, together with the holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote, except as may be otherwise provided by applicable law. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together on an as-converted basis and not as separate classes.

4.4 Board of Directors . The holders of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation. For so long as 500,000 shares (as adjusted for stock dividends, stock splits, combinations, reorganizations and like transactions affecting such series of Preferred Stock) of Series B Preferred Stock are outstanding, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate series, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “ Preferred Director ”). The holders of the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect any and all remaining director(s) of the Corporation.

5. Conversion Rights . The outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into Common Stock as follows:

 

  5.1 Optional Conversion .

(a) At the option of the holder thereof, each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as provided herein.

 

7


(b) Each holder of Preferred Stock who elects to convert the same into shares of Common Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or Common Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same and shall state therein the number of shares of Preferred Stock being converted. Thereupon the Corporation shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled upon such conversion. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date. If a conversion election under this subsection 5.1 is made in connection with an underwritten offering of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Securities Act ”) (which underwritten offering does not cause an automatic conversion pursuant to subsection 5.2 to take place), the conversion may, at the option of the holder tendering shares of Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of the Corporation’s securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the holders making such elections who are entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of their Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such shares of Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of the Corporation’s securities in the offering.

 

  5.2 Automatic Conversion .

(a) Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock, as provided in Section 5 herein upon the earlier of (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation in which the gross proceeds to the Corporation (without reduction for underwriter’s discounts and commissions or expenses of the sale), equals or exceeds $30,000,000 (a “ Qualified IPO ”); or (ii) upon the date specified in a written consent of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis) to the conversion of all then-outstanding Preferred Stock under this Section 5; provided , however , that the conversion of outstanding shares of a series of Senior Preferred Stock in an automatic conversion effected pursuant to Section 5.2(a)(ii) in connection with a Liquidation Event in which the holders of such series of Senior Preferred Stock (and the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion) would receive less than the Original Issue Price per share of such series of Senior Preferred Stock shall require, in addition to the vote of the Preferred Stock described above, the separate vote of holders of a majority of such series of Senior Preferred Stock.

(b) Upon the occurrence of any event specified in subparagraph 5.2(a) (i) or (ii) above, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted into Common Stock automatically without the need for any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock, the holders of Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or Common Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred.

 

8


5.3 Conversion Price . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible in accordance with subsection 5.1 or subsection 5.2 above into the number of shares of Common Stock which results from dividing the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock by the conversion price for such series of Preferred Stock that is in effect at the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Price ”). The initial Conversion Price for each such series of Preferred Stock shall be the applicable Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock. The Conversion Price of each series of the Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided below. Following each adjustment of the Conversion Price, such adjusted Conversion Price shall remain in effect until a further adjustment of such Conversion Price hereunder.

5.4 Adjustment Upon Common Stock Event . Upon the happening of a Common Stock Event (as hereinafter defined) at any time after the Effective Date, the Conversion Price of each such series of Preferred Stock shall, simultaneously with the happening of such Common Stock Event, be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such Common Stock Event by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to such Common Stock Event, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately after such Common Stock Event, and the product so obtained shall thereafter be the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock. The Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted in the same manner upon the happening of each subsequent Common Stock Event. As used herein, the term the “ Common Stock Event ” shall mean at any time or from time to time after the Effective Date, the issue by the Corporation of additional shares of Common Stock as a dividend or other distribution on outstanding Common Stock.

5.5 Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions; Combinations; Subdivisions .

(a) If at any time or from time to time after the Effective Date the Corporation (i) pays a dividend or makes another distribution to the holders of the Common Stock payable in securities of the Corporation, other than an event constituting a Common Stock Event or (ii) effects a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock (without a corresponding subdivision of the Preferred Stock), then in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of each series of Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable upon conversion thereof, the amount of securities or other distribution of the Corporation which they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on, but prior to, the date of such event (or such record date, as applicable) and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event (or such record date, as applicable) to and including the conversion date, retained such securities or other distribution receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock or with respect to such other securities or other distribution by their terms.

(b) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Effective Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (without a corresponding combination of the Preferred Stock), then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for the Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares

 

9


5.6 Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution . If at any time or from time to time after the Effective Date the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of a series of Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise ( other than by a Common Stock Event or a stock dividend, reorganization, merger, or consolidation provided for elsewhere in this Section 5 or Section 3), then in any such event each holder of such series of Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 5 or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof.

5.7 Reorganizations, Mergers and Consolidations . If at any time or from time to time after the Effective Date there is a reorganization of the Corporation (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification or exchange of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 5) or a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation (except an event which is governed under Section 3 above), then, as a part of such reorganization, merger or consolidation, provision shall be made so that the holders of each series of Preferred Stock thereafter shall be entitled to receive, upon conversion of such Preferred Stock, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation, or of such successor corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such reorganization, merger or consolidation. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock after the reorganization, merger or consolidation to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent to the provisions hereof as may be practicable. This subsection 5.7 shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, mergers and consolidations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5, if any reorganization, merger or consolidation (other than as set forth in Section 3) is approved by the vote of stockholders required by Section 6 hereof, then such transaction and the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pursuant to such reorganization, merger or consolidation will be governed by the documents entered into in connection with such transaction and not by the provisions of this subsection 5.7.

5.8 Sale of Shares Below Conversion Price .

(a) Adjustment Formula . If at any time or from time to time after the Effective Date the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed by the provisions of this subsection 5.8 to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined), otherwise than in connection with a Common Stock Event as provided in subsection 5.4, a dividend or distribution as provided in subsection 5.5 or a recapitalization, reclassification or other change as provided in subsection 5.6, or a reorganization, merger or consolidation as provided in subsection 5.7, for an Effective Price (as hereinafter defined) that is less than the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale) (a “ Qualifying Dilutive Issuance ”), then, and in each such case, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, as of the close of business on the date of such issue or sale, to the price obtained by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction:

(i) The numerator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such issue or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock plus (B) the quotient obtained by dividing the Aggregate Consideration Received (as hereinafter defined) by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold (or deemed so issued and sold) by the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale; and

 

10


(ii) The denominator of which shall be the sum of (A) the number of Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale plus (B) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued or sold.

In the event that the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “ First Dilutive Issuance ”), then in the event that the Corporation issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “ Subsequent Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced to the Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(b) Certain Definitions . For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this subsection 5.8:

(i) The “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation, or deemed issued as provided in Section 5.8(c) below, whether or not subsequently reacquired or retired by the Corporation, other than:

(A) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, or as a dividend or distribution on the shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock as of the Effective Date;

(B) shares of Common Stock (or options, warrants or rights therefor) granted or issued hereafter to employees, officers, directors, contractors, consultants or advisers to, the Corporation or any Subsidiary pursuant to incentive agreements, stock purchase or stock option plans, stock bonuses or awards, warrants, contracts or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;

(C) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (and/or options or warrants therefore) issued to parties that are providing the Corporation with equipment leases, real property leases, loans, credit lines, guaranties of indebtedness, cash price reductions or similar transactions and that are approved by the Board, that are entered into for primarily for non-equity financing purposes;

(D) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued in connection with corporate partnering or like strategic business transactions (other than primarily for capital raising purposes) that, in each case, are approved by the Board, including the Preferred Director (if any), which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld;

(E) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (and/or options or warrants therefore) issued in connection with the acquisition of another corporation or entity pursuant to a consolidation, merger, purchase of all or substantially all the assets of such entity, or other reorganization in which the Corporation acquires, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of such entity or fifty percent (50%) or more of the equity ownership in such entity that, in each case, are approved by the Board;

 

11


(F) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of any options, warrants, notes or rights to purchase any securities of the Corporation outstanding as of the Effective Date and any securities issuable upon the conversion thereof;

(G) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in Sections 5.4 or 5.5 hereof;

(H) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in a Qualified IPO or an initial public offering in which all Preferred Stock is converted to Common Stock;

(I) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (and/or options or warrants therefore) issued or issuable in connection with a Liquidation Event that is approved by the Board and, with respect to each series of Senior Preferred Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of each such affected series of Senior Preferred Stock;

(J) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the rights granted under Section 3A of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated January 24, 2012, as amended from time to time; or

(K) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or options, or warrants or rights to acquire same), issued or issuable hereafter that are (i) approved by the Board, and (ii) approved by the vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis as being excluded from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock” under this subsection 5.8(b); provided , however that, except for the exclusions set forth in (A) through (J) above, the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of each such series of Senior Preferred Stock shall be required for any exclusion from the definition of “Additional Shares of Common Stock” that would otherwise result in an anti-dilution adjustment to the Conversion Price of such series of Senior Preferred Stock under this Section 5.8.

(ii) The “ Aggregate Consideration Received ” by the Corporation for any issue or sale (or deemed issue or sale) of securities shall (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed as the gross amount of cash received by the Corporation before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Corporation; (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board; and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Rights or Options (each as defined herein) to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board, to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Rights or Options.

(iii) The “ Common Stock Equivalents Outstanding ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that is equal to the sum of (A) all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation that are outstanding at the time in question, plus (B) all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock or other Convertible Securities that are outstanding at the time in question, plus (C) without duplication, all shares of Common Stock of the Corporation that are issuable upon the exercise of Rights or Options that are outstanding at the time in question assuming the full conversion or exchange into Common Stock of all such Rights or Options that are Rights or Options to purchase or acquire Convertible Securities.

 

12


(iv) The “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock.

(v) The “ Effective Price ” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold, by the Corporation under this subsection 5.8, into the Aggregate Consideration Received, or deemed to have been received, by the Corporation under this subsection 5.8, for the issue of such Additional Shares of Common Stock; and

(vi) The “ Rights or Options ” shall mean warrants, options or other rights to purchase or acquire shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(c) Deemed Issuances . For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock required under this subsection 5.8, if the Corporation issues or sells any Rights or Options or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Rights or Options and/or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (computed without reference to any additional or similar protective or antidilution clauses) is less than the Conversion Price then in effect for a series of Preferred Stock, then the Corporation shall be deemed to have issued (each a “ Deemed Issuance ”), at the time of the issuance of such Rights, Options or Convertible Securities, that number of Additional Shares of Common Stock that is equal to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of such Rights, Options or Convertible Securities upon their issuance and to have received, as the Aggregate Consideration Received for the issuance of such shares, an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for the issuance of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities, plus, in the case of such Rights or Options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation upon the exercise in full of such Rights or Options, plus, in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) upon the conversion or exchange thereof; provided that :

(i) if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained in such Deemed Issuance, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, then the Corporation shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses;

(ii) if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities is reduced over time or upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution or similar protective adjustments, then the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; and

(iii) if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, then the Effective Price shall again be recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

No further adjustment of the Conversion Price, adjusted upon the issuance of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of shares of Common Stock on the exercise of any such Rights or Options or the conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Securities. If any such Rights or Options or the conversion rights represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been fully exercised, then the Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance

 

13


of such Rights or Options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only shares of Common Stock so issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, that were actually issued or sold on the exercise of such Rights or Options or rights of conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and such shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation for the granting of all such Rights or Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling all such Convertible Securities actually converted or exchanged, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Preferred Stock.

5.9 Certificate of Adjustment . In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for a series of Preferred Stock, the Corporation, at its expense, shall cause its Chief Financial Officer to compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of the Preferred Stock at the holder’s address as shown in the Corporation’s books. Upon the written request of any holder of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of Preferred Stock.

5.10 Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon any conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional share to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay the holder cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the Common Stock’s fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board as of the date of conversion.

5.11 Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

5.12 Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

5.13 Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be given to the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed given upon the earlier of actual receipt or deposit in the United States mail, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or delivery by a recognized express courier, fees prepaid, addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

14


  6. Restrictions and Limitations .

6.1 Class Protective Provisions . So long as at least two million (2,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock combinations, recapitalizations and the like affecting such Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class on an as converted to Common Stock basis:

(a) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock in a manner that adversely affects such shares;

(b) increase or decrease (other than by repurchase, redemption or conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(c) authorize, issue, or obligate itself to authorize or issue, any security (including any security convertible into any such security) having rights, preferences or privileges that are pari passu with or senior to the Preferred Stock;

(d) effect any Liquidation Event;

(e) voluntarily liquidate or dissolve;

(f) amend, alter, waive or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws if such action would adversely and materially alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Preferred Stock;

(g) declare or pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in shares of its own Common Stock) on or declare or make any other distribution, repurchase, redemption or acquisition (other than Permitted Repurchases), directly or indirectly, on account of any shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock now or hereafter outstanding; or

(h) increase or decrease the size of the Board.

6.2 Series E Protective Provisions . So long as at least five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Series E Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock combinations, recapitalizations and the like affecting such Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of a majority of the Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single series, take any action that (a) alters or changes the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series E Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares of such series of Preferred Stock without so affecting the entire class of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the authorization or issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock by the Corporation shall not, on its own, be deemed to be an adverse alteration or change in or waiver of the rights preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series E Preferred Stock or (b) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

6.3 Series F Protective Provisions . So long as at least five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Series F Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock combinations, recapitalizations and the like affecting such Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of a majority of the Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single series, take any action that (a) alters or changes the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of

 

15


the Series F Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares of such series of Preferred Stock without so affecting the entire class of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the authorization or issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock by the Corporation shall not, on its own, be deemed to be an adverse alteration or change in or waiver of the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series F Preferred Stock or (b) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series F Preferred Stock.

6.4 Series F-1 Protective Provisions . So long as at least three hundred thousand (300,000) shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as adjusted for stock splits, stock combinations, recapitalizations and the like affecting such Preferred Stock), the Corporation shall not (whether by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise), without the approval, by vote or written consent, of the holders of a majority of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single series, take any action that (a) alters or changes the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of the Series F-1 Preferred Stock so as to affect adversely the shares of such series of Preferred Stock without so affecting the entire class of Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the authorization or issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock by the Corporation shall not, on its own, be deemed to be an adverse alteration or change in or waiver of the rights, preferences, privileges or restrictions of such Senior Preferred Stock or (b) increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock.

7. No Redemption . Neither the Preferred Stock nor Common Stock of the Corporation is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof.

8. Miscellaneous .

8.1 No Reissuance of Preferred Stock . No share or shares of Preferred Stock acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued, and all such shares shall be cancelled, retired and eliminated from the shares that the Corporation shall be authorized to issue.

8.2 Preemptive Rights . No stockholder of the Corporation shall have a right to purchase shares of capital stock of the Corporation sold or issued by the Corporation except to the extent that such a right may from time to time be set forth in a written agreement between the Corporation and a stockholder.

8.3 Changes to Authorized Common Stock . Subject to any vote or consent required pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock of the Corporation (voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) entitled to vote thereon without a vote of the holders of the Common Stock voting as a separate class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

8.4 Ability to Make Distributions . Subject to any vote or consent required pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation may make a distribution to holders of any Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock without regard to “preferential rights amounts” pursuant to Section 500 of the California Corporations Code.

ARTICLE VI

Subject to the provisions herein, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

16


ARTICLE VII

Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, if the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, this corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) agents of this corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits this corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable General Corporation Law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to this corporation, its stockholders, and others.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VIII, shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of such an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE IX

In the event that a director of the Corporation who is also a partner, member or employee of an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities (each, a “ Fund ”), acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter in such person’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund and that may be a corporate opportunity for both the Corporation and such Fund, such director shall to the fullest extent permitted by law have fully satisfied and fulfilled such director’s fiduciary duty to the Corporation and its stockholders with respect to such corporate opportunity, and the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law waives any claim that such business opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to the Corporation or any of its affiliates, if such director acts in good faith in a manner consistent with the following policy: a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director of the Corporation, and who is also a partner, member or employee of a Fund shall belong to such Fund, unless such opportunity was expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

 

 

17

Exhibit 3.3

B YLAWS

OF

M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A Delaware Corporation

As Adopted April 2, 2006

ARTICLE I: STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1 : Annual Meetings . Unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting, as permitted by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix. The meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may determine. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

Section 1.2 : Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the holders of shares of the Corporation that are entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders at such meeting, or by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors. Special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons. The special meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may determine.

Section 1.3 : Notice of Meetings . Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall be given in writing or by electronic transmission in the manner provided by law (including, without limitation, as set forth in Section 7.1.1 of these Bylaws) stating the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, such notice shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 1.4 : Adjournments . The chair of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order. The chair shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another time, date and place (if any). Any meeting of stockholders may adjourn from time to time, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, date and place (if any) thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided , however , that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, then a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

1


Section 1.5 : Quorum . At each meeting of stockholders the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except if otherwise required by applicable law. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting may adjourn the meeting. Shares of the Corporation’s stock belonging to the Corporation (or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation are held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation), shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any other corporation to vote any shares of the Corporation’s stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity and to count such shares for purposes of determining a quorum.

Section 1.6 : Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by such person as the Board of Directors may designate, or, in the absence of such a person, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such person, the President of the Corporation, or, in the absence of such person, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting. Such person shall be chairperson of the meeting and, subject to Section 1.11 hereof, shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 1.7 : Voting; Proxies . Unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the provisions of Section 1.8 of these Bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to take corporate action by written consent without a meeting, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such a proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by applicable law. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot unless such is demanded at the meeting before voting begins by a stockholder or stockholders holding shares representing at least one percent (1%) of the votes entitled to vote at such meeting, or by such stockholder’s or stockholders’ proxy; provided , however , that an election of directors shall be by written ballot if demand is so made by any stockholder at the meeting before voting begins. If a vote is to be taken by written ballot, then each such ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as the chairperson of the meeting deems appropriate and, if authorized by the Board of Directors, the ballot may be submitted by electronic transmission in the manner provided by law. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, every matter other than the election of directors shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote thereon that are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and are voted for or against the matter.

Section 1.8 : Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or to take corporate action by written consent without a

 

2


meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, then the record date shall be as provided by applicable law. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

Section 1.9 : List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either on a reasonably accessible electronic network as permitted by law (provided that the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting) or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present at the meeting. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access the list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Section 1.10 : Action by Written Consent of Stockholders .

1.10.1 Procedure . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed in the manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the Corporation as provided in Section 1.10.2 below. No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided above, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the Corporation in the manner provided above.

1.10.2 A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (a) that the

 

3


telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (b) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

1.10.3 Notice of Consent . Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action by stockholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent of the stockholders shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented thereto in writing and, who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting, if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as required by law. In the case of a Certificate of Action (as defined below), if the Delaware General Corporation Law so requires, such notice shall be given prior to filing of the certificate in question. If the action which is consented to requires the filing of a certificate under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ Certificate of Action ”), then if the Delaware General Corporation Law so requires, the certificate so filed shall state that written stockholder consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and that written notice of the taking of corporate action by stockholders without a meeting as described herein has been given as provided in such section.

Section 1.11 : Inspectors of Elections .

1.11.1 Applicability . Unless otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the following provisions of this Section 1.11 shall apply only if and when the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (a) listed on a national securities exchange; (b) authorized for quotation on an automated interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association; or (c) held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) stockholders. In all other cases, observance of the provisions of this Section 1.11 shall be optional, and at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

1.11.2 Appointment . The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.

 

4


1.11.3 Inspector’s Oath . Each inspector of election, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.

1.11.4 Duties of Inspectors . At a meeting of stockholders, the inspectors of election shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share, (b) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.

1.11.5 Opening and Closing of Polls . The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced by the inspectors at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.

1.11.6 Determinations . In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in connection with proxies in accordance with Section 212(c)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification of their determinations pursuant to this Section 1.11 shall specify the precise information considered by them, including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.

Section 1.12: Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations .

1.12.1 Annual Meeting of Stockholders .

(a) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1.12, who is entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.12.

(b) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 1.12.1(a), the stockholder must have

 

5


given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the seventy fifth (75th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and fifth (105th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (except in the case of the 2006 annual meeting, for which such notice shall be timely if delivered in the same time period as if such meeting were a special meeting governed by Section 1.12.2); provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and fifth (105th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the seventy fifth (75th) day prior to such annual meeting or the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (ii) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, and (B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are owned beneficially and held of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 1.12.1(b) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least seventy five (75) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (or, if the annual meeting is held more than thirty (30) days before or sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, at least seventy five (75) days prior to such annual meeting), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.12 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

1.12.2 Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of such meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of

 

6


Directors or (b) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice of the special meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.12. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 1.12.1(b) shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the one hundred fifth (105th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the seventy fifth (75th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.

1.12.3 General .

(a) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.12 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance herewith, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

(b) For purposes of this Section 1.12, the term “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. Nothing in this Section 1.12 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

ARTICLE II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.1 : Number; Qualifications . The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members. The initial number of directors shall be one (1), and thereafter shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or the stockholders. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

Section 2.2 : Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . The Board of Directors shall initially consist of the person or persons elected by the incorporator or named in the Corpo-

 

7


ration’s initial Certificate of Incorporation. Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding: (a) any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors and (b) any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any cause, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors to be elected by all stockholders having the right to vote as a single class, may be filled by the stockholders, by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

Section 2.3 : Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Notice of regular meetings need not be given if the date, times and places thereof are fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.4 : Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the President or a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the person or persons calling the meeting shall fix. Notice of the time, date and place of such meeting shall be given, orally, in writing or by electronic transmission (including electronic mail), by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four (4) days before the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, telegram, telex, mailgram, facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 2.5 : Remote Meetings Permitted . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.6 : Quorum; Vote Required for Action . At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, or required by law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.7 : Organization . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or in such person’s absence by the President, or in such person’s absence by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

8


Section 2.8 : Written Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee, respectively. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 2.9: Powers . The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

Section 2.10 : Compensation of Directors . Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE III: COMMITTEES

Section 3.1 : Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who are not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving, adopting, or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter expressly required by the Delaware General Corporation Law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.

Section 3.2 : Committee Rules . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS

Section 4.1 : Generally . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer and/or a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers, including a Chairperson of the Board of Directors and/or Chief Financial Officer, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. All officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may empower the Chief

 

9


Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint officers other than the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer. Each officer shall hold office until such person’s successor is elected and qualified or until such person’s earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.2 : Chief Executive Officer . Subject to the control of the Board of Directors and such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors, the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:

(a) To act as the general manager and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation;

(b) To preside at all meetings of the stockholders;

(c) To call meetings of the stockholders to be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such places as he or she shall deem proper; and

(d) To affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, guarantees, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the Board of Directors or which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation; to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation; and, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, to have general charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors shall designate another officer to be the Chief Executive Officer. If there is no President, and the Board of Directors has not designated any other officer to be the Chief Executive Officer, then the Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 4.3 : Chairperson of the Board . The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall have the power to preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.4 : President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors shall have designated another officer as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, and subject to the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President), and subject to such supervisory powers and authority as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, and/or to any other officer, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management the control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the general

 

10


supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President) and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of President or that are delegated to the President by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.5 : Vice President . Each Vice President shall have all such powers and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President, or that are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. A Vice President may be designated by the Board of Directors to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability.

Section 4.6 : Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors shall have designated another officer as the Treasurer of the Corporation. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer.

Section 4.7 : Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of all moneys and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Treasurer, or as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.8 : Secretary . The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all authorized notices for, and shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall have charge of the corporate minute books and similar records and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

Section 4.9 : Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 4.10 : Removal . Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.

ARTICLE V: STOCK

Section 5.1 : Certificates . Every holder of stock shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

 

11


Section 5.2 : Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation and/or to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 5.3 : Other Regulations . The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of stock certificates shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE VI: INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6.1 : Indemnification of Officers and Directors . Each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (the “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person (or a person of whom such person is the legal representative), is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor (as defined below) or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor (as defined below) as a director or officer of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. As used herein, the term the “ Reincorporated Predecessor ” means a corporation that is merged with and into the Corporation in a statutory merger where (a) the Corporation is the surviving corporation of such merger; (b) the primary purpose of such merger is to change the corporate domicile of the Reincorporated Predecessor to Delaware.

Section 6.2 : Advance of Expenses . The Corporation shall pay all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such a director or officer in defending any such Proceeding as they are incurred in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that (a) if the Delaware General Corporation Law then so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by such a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all

 

12


amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise; and (b) the Corporation shall not be required to advance any expenses to a person against whom the Corporation directly brings a claim, in a Proceeding, alleging that such person has breached such person’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation, committed an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or derived an improper personal benefit from a transaction.

Section 6.3: Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its discretion, to indemnify or advance expenses to persons whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to this Article VI.

Section 6.4 : Indemnification Contracts . The Board of Directors is authorized to cause the Corporation to enter into indemnification contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification rights to such person. Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.

Section 6.5 : Effect of Amendment . Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a person pursuant to this Article VI and existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VII: NOTICES

Section 7.1 : Notice .

7.1.1 Form and Delivery . Except as otherwise specifically provided in these Bylaws (including, without limitation, Section 7.1.2 below) or required by law, all notices required to be given pursuant to these Bylaws shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery (including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram, telex, overnight express courier, mailgram or facsimile. Any such notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall be deemed given (a) in the case of hand delivery, when received by the person to whom notice is to be given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, (b) in the case of delivery by mail, upon deposit in the mail, (c) in the case of delivery by overnight express courier, when dispatched, and (d) in the case of delivery via telegram, telex, mailgram, or facsimile, when dispatched.

7.1.2 Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation

 

13


under any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given pursuant to this Section 7.1.2 shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

7.1.3 Affidavit of Giving Notice . An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

Section 7.2 : Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of these Bylaws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any waiver of notice.

ARTICLE VIII: INTERESTED DIRECTORS

Section 8.1 : Interested Directors; Quorum . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the con-

 

14


tract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IX: MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1 : Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 9.2 : Seal . The Board of Directors may provide for a corporate seal, which shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 9.3 : Form of Records . Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of, diskettes, or any other information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 9.4 : Reliance Upon Books and Records . A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 9.5 : Certificate of Incorporation Governs . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.

Section 9.6 : Severability . If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of these Bylaws (including without limitation, all portions of any section of these Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain in full force and effect.

 

15


ARTICLE X: AMENDMENT

Section 10.1 : Amendments . Stockholders of the Corporation holding a majority of the Corporation’s outstanding voting stock shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws. To the extent provided in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation, except insofar as Bylaws adopted by the stockholders shall otherwise provide.

 

 

 

16


CERTIFICATION OF BYLAWS

OF

Marin Software Incorporated

A Delaware Corporation

I, Christopher Lien, certify that I am Secretary of Marin Software Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), that I am duly authorized to make and deliver this certification, that the attached Bylaws are a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of the Corporation in effect as of the date of this certificate.

Dated: April 2, 2006

 

/s/ Christopher Lien
Christopher Lien
Secretary

EXHIBIT 4.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of January 25, 2012 by and among Marin Software Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Investors ”) and the persons listed on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Stockholders ”).

WHEREAS, immediately following the Purchase and the Redemption (as such terms are defined below) the Stockholder will own that number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) as shown beside the Stockholder’s name on Exhibit B attached hereto.

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “ Series A Investors ”) are holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Stock ”) issued by the Company to the Series A Investors pursuant to a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and the Series A Investors dated November 8, 2006, as amended from time to time (the “ Series A Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Series A-1 Investors”) are holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “ Series A-1 Stock ”) issued by the Company to the Series A-1 Investors pursuant to a Series A-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and the Series A-1 Investors dated September 14, 2007, as amended from time to time (the “ Series A-1 Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “ Series B Investors ”) are holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ”) issued by the Company to such Series B Investors pursuant to a Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and the Series B Investors dated March 12, 2008 (the “ Series B Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “ Series C Investors ”) are holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Stock ”) issued by the Company to such Series C Investors pursuant to a Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and the Series C Investors dated April 14, 2009 (the “ Series C Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Series D Investors”) are holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Stock ”) issued by the Company to such Series D Investors pursuant to a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and the Series D Investors dated May 11, 2010 (the “ Series D Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “ Series E Investors ” and collectively with the Series A Investors, the Series A-1 Investors, the Series B Investors, the Series C Investors and the Series D Investors, the “ Prior Investors ”) are holders of outstanding shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Stock ”) issued by the Company to such Series E Investors pursuant to a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and the Series E Investors dated March 29, 2011 (the “ Series E Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, the Prior Investors have also been granted certain information and registration rights and rights of first refusal under an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement by and among the Company, the Prior Investors and the Stockholders, dated March 29, 2011 (the “ Prior Rights Agreement ”).

 

1


WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “ Series F Investors ”) have agreed to purchase (the “ Purchase ”) shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Stock ” and, together with the Series A Stock, Series A-1 Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock and Series E Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”) pursuant to a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and the Series F Investors, dated of even date herewith, as amended from time to time (the “ Series F Agreement ”).

WHEREAS, immediately following the Purchase, the Company and certain of the Company’s current stockholders (the “ Selling Stockholders ”) are entering into that certain Stock Redemption Agreement by and among the Company and the Selling Stockholders pursuant to which the Company will purchase shares of Common Stock from such Selling Stockholders as described therein (the “ Redemption ”).

WHEREAS, the Series F Agreement provide that, as a condition to the Series F Investors’ purchase of Series F Stock thereunder, the Company will enter into this Agreement and the Series F Investors will be granted the rights set forth herein with respect to the Series F Stock held by them.

WHEREAS, the Company, the Stockholders, the Prior Investors and the Series F Investors desire to enter into this Agreement in order to amend, restate, and replace the rights and obligations of the parties under the Prior Rights Agreement and to grant the Stockholders, the Prior Investors and the Series F Investors the rights and obligations set forth in this Agreement. Section 4.2 of the Prior Rights Agreement provides that the Prior Rights Agreement may be amended by the written consent of (1) the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Registrable Securities (as defined in Section 2.1 of the Prior Rights Agreement) held by Investors and (2) the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Founder (as defined in Section 2.1 of the Prior Rights Agreement) with respect to such rights relating to the Founder, and (3) the Company, and the undersigned parties to this Agreement hold at least a two-thirds (2/3) of the Registrable Securities held by the Investors and at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Founder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. INFORMATION RIGHTS .

1.1 Basic Financial Information . The Company covenants and agrees that, commencing on the date of this Agreement, for so long as any Investor (a “ Qualified Investor ”) holds at least 50,000 shares of Preferred Stock issued under the Series A Agreement, Series A-1 Agreement, Series B Agreement, Series C Agreement, Series D Agreement, Series E Agreement and/or Series F Agreement and/or the equivalent number (on an as-converted basis) of shares of Common Stock of the Company issued upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock (any such shares, “ Conversion Stock ”), it will:

(a) Annual Reports . Furnish to each Qualified Investor, as soon as practicable and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an audited consolidated Balance Sheet as of the end of such fiscal year, an audited consolidated Statement of Operations and an audited consolidated Statement of Cash Flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices and audited by nationally recognized independent certified public accountants (unless the Board of Directors of the Company, including the director appointed by the holders of Series B Stock, determines that it is in the best interests to use independent certified public accountants without national recognition and/or to not obtain audited financial statements).

 

2


(b) Quarterly Reports . Furnish to each Qualified Investor, as soon as practicable and in any case within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company (except the last quarter of the Company’s fiscal year), quarterly unaudited financial statements, including an unaudited Balance Sheet, an unaudited Statement of Operations and an unaudited Statement of Cash Flows.

(c) Monthly Reports . Furnish to each Qualified Investor who requests such information, as soon as practicable, and in any case within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month (except the last month of the Company’s fiscal year), monthly unaudited financial statements, including an unaudited Balance Sheet, an unaudited Statement of Operations and an unaudited Statement of Cash Flows.

(d) Annual Budget . Furnish to each Qualified Investor as soon as practicable and in any event no later than sixty (60) days prior to the close of each fiscal year of the Company, an annual operating plan and budget, prepared on a monthly basis, for the next immediate fiscal year. The Company shall also furnish to such Qualified Investor, within a reasonable time of its preparation, amendments to the annual budget, if any.

1.2 Inspection Rights . The Company shall permit each Qualified Investor, at such Qualified Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested in advance by such Qualified Investor.

1.3 Confidentiality . Each Qualified Investor agrees to hold all information received pursuant to this Section 1 in confidence, and not to use or disclose any of such information to any third party, except to the extent such information may be made publicly available by the Company; provided , however , that such Qualified Investor may disclose such information (i) as may be required by law, (ii) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their bona fide services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company and (iii) to any partner, member or affiliate of such Qualified Investor so long as such partner, member or affiliate is advised of the confidentiality provisions of this Section 1.3 and is bound by confidentiality obligations at least as restrictive as this Section 1.3. Provided further, solely as to Benchmark Capital, DAG Ventures, Crosslink Capital, SAP Ventures Fund I, L.P., and Sennett Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd, and each of their respective affiliates, the confidentiality obligations of this Section 1 shall be limited to a standard of care consistent with the manner in which Benchmark, DAG Ventures Crosslink Capital, SAP Ventures Fund I, L.P. or Sennett Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd, as applicable, treats similar information of its other portfolio companies, but not less than a reasonable standard of care.

1.4 Termination of Certain Rights . The Company’s obligations under Sections 1.1 and 1.2 above will terminate immediately prior to the earlier of (a) upon the closing of the first sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the general public pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”); (b) immediately prior to the closing of a Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time) pursuant to which the Investors receive cash, marketable securities, and/or securities that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or (c) upon the Company becoming subject to the reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”).

2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS .

2.1 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 2:

 

3


(a) Registration . The terms “ register ,” “ registration ” and “ registered ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement.

(b) Registrable Securities . The term “ Registrable Securities ” means:

(i) all the shares of Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of Series A Stock issued under the Series A Agreement, any shares of Series A-1 Stock issued under the Series A-1 Agreement, any shares of Series B Stock issued under the Series B Agreement, any shares of Series C Stock issued under the Series C Agreement, any shares of Series D Stock issued under the Series D Agreement and/or under the Secondary Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2010, by and between the Company and certain Purchasers (as defined therein), any shares of Series E Stock issued under the Series E Agreement and/or any shares of Series F Stock issued under the Series F Agreement, as such agreements may hereafter be amended from time to time;

(ii) for purposes of Section 2.3 only, shares of Common Stock held by Christopher Lien (the “ Founder ”) (or his successors) set forth in Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Founder’s Shares ”);

(iii) for purposes of Sections 2.3 and 2.4 only, all shares of Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable upon the conversion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the exercise or conversion of that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued on or about October 31, 2008 to Silicon Valley Bank and all shares of Common Stock of the Company issued pursuant to exercise of that certain Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued on or about December 9, 2011 to Silicon Valley Bank (such shares, collectively, the “ SVB Warrant Shares ” and such warrants, collectively, the “ SVB Warrants ”);

(iv) any shares of Common Stock of the Company issued (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued) as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, all such shares of Common Stock described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this subsection (b); provided, however, that any such shares issued on the shares of Common Stock described in (ii) above shall be similarly limited in their treatment as Registrable Securities and shall be treated as Registrable Securities for purposes of Section 2.3 only; provided, further, that any shares issued on the shares of Common Stock described in (iii) above shall be similarly limited in their treatment as Registrable Securities and shall be treated as Registrable Securities for purposes of Sections 2.3 and 2.4 only;

excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which rights under this Section 2 are not assigned in accordance with this Agreement or any Registrable Securities with respect to which, pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof, the holders are no longer entitled to registration rights pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 hereof; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Founder’s Shares and any shares of Common Stock described in this clause of this Section 2(b) that are issued in respect of any Founder’s Shares, shall not be Registrable Securities for purposes of Sections 2.2, 2.4 or 3 of this Agreement; provided , further , that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the SVB Warrant Shares and any shares of Common Stock described in this clause of this Section 2(b) that are issued in respect of any SVB Warrant Shares, shall not be Registrable Securities for purposes of Sections 2.2 or 3 of this Agreement.

(c) Registrable Securities Then Outstanding . The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock which are

 

4


Registrable Securities that are then (1) issued and outstanding or (2) issuable pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of then-outstanding and then-exercisable and qualifying options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities.

(d) Holder . The term “ Holder ” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities to whom rights set forth herein have been duly assigned in accordance with this Agreement; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, a record holder of shares of Preferred Stock convertible into such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be the Holder of such Registrable Securities; and provided , further , that the Company shall in no event be obligated to register shares of Preferred Stock, and that Holders of Registrable Securities will not be required to convert their shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock in order to exercise the registration rights granted hereunder, until immediately before the closing of the offering to which the registration relates. For the avoidance of doubt, no reference in Section 2.2, 2.4 or 3 of this Agreement to a “Holder” or “Holders” shall include any Stockholder.

(e) Form S-3 . The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(f) SEC . The term “ SEC ” or “ Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.2 Demand Registration .

(a) Request by Holders . If the Company shall receive, at any time after the earlier of (i) the five-year anniversary of the Closing (as defined in the Series F Agreement) or (ii) six months after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its securities pursuant to a registration filed under the Securities Act, a written request from the Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by Investors that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.2, then the Company shall, within twenty (20) days after the receipt of such written request, give written notice of such request (the “ Request Notice ”) to all Holders, and effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which Holders request to be registered and included in such registration by written notice given by such Holders to the Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Request Notice, subject only to the limitations of this Section 2; provided , however , that the Registrable Securities requested by all Holders to be registered pursuant to such request must have an anticipated aggregate public offering price (before any underwriting discounts and commissions) of not less than fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000).

(b) Underwriting . If the Holders initiating the registration request under this Section 2.2 (the “ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, then they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 2.2(a). In such event, the right of any Holder to include his, her, or its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company, provided such managing underwriter or

 

5


underwriters are reasonably acceptable to the Initiating Holders. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriter(s) advise(s) the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as required by the underwriter(s) and allocated among the Holders of Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis according to the number of Registrable Securities then outstanding held by each Holder requesting registration (including the Initiating Holders); provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded and withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) Maximum Number of Demand Registrations . The Company is obligated to effect only two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2.

(d) Deferral . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting the filing of a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders, provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period).

(e) Expenses . All expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2, including without limitation all registration and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed thirty-five thousand dollars ($35,000), of one (1) counsel for the selling Holders (but excluding underwriters’ discounts and commissions), shall be borne by the Company. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the number of shares sold by such Holder over the total number of shares included in such registration at the time it is declared effective) of all discounts, commissions or other amounts payable to underwriters or brokers in connection with such offering and any fees and disbursements above thirty-five thousand dollars ($35,000) of any counsel for the participating Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 2.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered, unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding agree to forfeit their right to one (1) demand registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 (in which case such right shall be forfeited by all Holders of Registrable Securities); provided , further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company not known to the Holders at the time of their request for such registration and have withdrawn their request for registration with reasonable promptness after learning of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their demand registration rights pursuant to this Section 2.2.

(f) No Right to Registration . The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

 

6


(i) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Company’s initial public offering or any registration under the Securities Act in which Registrable Securities were registered; or

(ii) if within 30 days of receipt of a written request from the Initiating Holders pursuant to this Section 2.2, the Company gives notice to the Initiating Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement pertaining to such initial public offering within 90 days, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations . The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to filing any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of effecting a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to any registration under Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 of this Agreement (provided that the Company shall comply with the notice requirements therein), or to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization or other transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, or a registration on any registration form which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities then held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Securities such Holder wishes to include in such registration statement. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting . If a registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder’s Registrable Securities to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company and second to Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by each such Holder. Provided , however , that the right of the underwriters to exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and underwriting as described above shall be restricted so that the number of Registrable Securities included in any such registration is not reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the shares included in the registration, except for a registration relating to the Company’s initial public offering, from which all Registrable Securities may be excluded. Provided further , that in no event

 

7


shall any Registrable Securities be excluded from such offering unless all other stockholders’ securities have been first excluded and that no securities held by the Founder shall be included in such offering if any Registrable Securities held by any Holder (and that such Holder has requested to be registered) are excluded from such offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice, given in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof, to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least twenty (20) days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, venture capital fund or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members or retired members, affiliated venture capital fund and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ Holder ,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “ Holder ,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Expenses . All expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3, including without limitation all registration and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed thirty-five thousand dollars ($35,000), of one (1) counsel for the selling Holders, which may be counsel for the Company (but excluding underwriters’ discounts and commissions), shall be borne by the Company. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the number of shares sold by such Holder over the total number of shares included in such registration at the time it goes effective) of all discounts, commissions or other amounts payable to underwriters or brokers in connection with such offering and any fees and disbursements above thirty-five thousand dollars ($35,000) of any counsel for the participating Holders.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, then the Company will do the following:

(a) Notice . Promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Holder’s or Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities.

(b) Registration . As soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within twenty (20) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than ten million dollars ($10,000,000);

 

8


(iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 Registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement no more than once during any twelve (12) month period for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4 and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities of participants in a Company stock plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities, or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered);

(iv) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4;

(v) if the Company has already effected a total of three (3) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4; or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Expenses . Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered pursuant to this Section 2.4 as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders for such registration. The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with each registration requested pursuant to this Section 2.4, (excluding underwriters’ or brokers’ discounts and commissions), including without limitation all filing, registration and qualification, printers’ and accounting fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed thirty-five thousand dollars ($35,000), of one (1) counsel for the selling Holder or Holders and counsel for the Company. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the number of shares sold by such Holder over the total number of shares included in such registration at the time it goes effective) of all discounts, commissions or other amounts payable to underwriters or brokers in connection with such offering and any fees and disbursements above thirty-five thousand dollars ($35,000) of any counsel for the participating Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 2.4 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered, unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding agree to forfeit their right to one (1) Form S-3 registration pursuant to this Section 2.4 (in which case such right shall be forfeited by all Holders of Registrable Securities); provided , further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company not known to the Holders at the time of their request for such registration and have withdrawn their request for registration with reasonable promptness after learning of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their demand registration rights pursuant to this Section 2.4.

 

9


(d) Not Demand Registration . Form S-3 registrations shall not be deemed to be demand registrations as described in Section 2.2 above.

2.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under this Agreement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to ninety (90) days.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration.

(d) Use reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting hereby agrees to also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

2.6 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to timely effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

 

10


2.7 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) By the Company . To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “ Exchange Act ”), against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively, the “ Violations ” and, individually, a “ Violation ”):

(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; or

(ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or

(iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any federal or state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement.

The Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer or director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, as incurred after a request for reimbursement has been received by the Company, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.7(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, officer, member, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) By Selling Holders . To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, members, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, partner, member or director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based

 

11


upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration. Each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, partner, member, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; within three months after a request for reimbursement has been received by the indemnifying Holder, provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 2.7(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further, that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Section 2.7(b) in respect of any Violation shall not exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises.

(c) Notice . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.7 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.7, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties (including the indemnified party); provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflict of interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.7 to the extent of such prejudice, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.7.

(d) Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party with respect to such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in the proportion that is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. In any such case, no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount, when taken together with amounts paid in indemnification pursuant to Section 2.8(b), in excess of the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering.

(e) Conflict with Underwriting Agreement . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement will control; provided , however , that to the extent such underwriting agreement does not address a matter addressed by this Agreement, that failure to address such matter shall not be deemed a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement

 

12


and the underwriting agreement; provided , further , however , that in no event shall any indemnification or contribution by a Holder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(f) Survival . The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, and otherwise.

2.9 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder and Founder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities or other shares of stock of the Company then owned by such Holder (other than to donees or partners of the Holder who agree to be similarly bound) for up to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the Company’s first registration statement filed under the Securities Act that covers securities to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering ( but not to Registrable Securities sold pursuant to such registration statement); provided however that, if during the last 17 days of the restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs, or prior to the expiration of the restricted period the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the restricted period, and if the Company’s securities are listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market and Rule 2711 of thereof applies, then the restrictions imposed by this Section 2.9 shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. In no event will the restricted period extend beyond 215 days after the effective date of the registration statement; provided , further , that:

(a) such agreement shall be applicable only to the first such registration statement of the Company which covers securities to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering but not to Registrable Securities sold pursuant to such registration statement; and

(b) (i) all officers and directors of the Company then holding Common Stock of the Company and (ii) all employee stockholders holding in the aggregate at least one percent (1%) of the total then-outstanding equity of the Company, enter into agreements that require them to be bound for at least one hundred eighty (180) days.

For purposes of this Section 2.9, the term “ Company ” shall include any wholly owned subsidiary of the Company into which the Company merges or consolidates. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other shares of stock of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s initial public offering are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.9 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing within any reasonable timeframe so requested. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements; provided , however that the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that any “directed shares” as described in Section 3A below shall not be deemed a waiver or termination of the restrictions hereunder.

2.10 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable

 

13


Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock of the Company, the Company agrees to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) Use reasonable, diligent efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, to furnish to the Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing a Holder to sell any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act).

2.11 Termination of the Company’s Obligations . The Company shall have no obligations pursuant to Sections 2.2 through 2.4 with respect to: (a) any request or requests for registration made by any Holder on a date more than four (4) years after the closing date of the Company’s first Qualified IPO (as such term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time); or (b) any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 if all such Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by such Holder may be sold in a three (3) month period without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

2.12 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (excluding the SVB Warrant Shares), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 2.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included, or (b) to make a senior or pari passu demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 2.2(a), or within one hundred twenty (120) days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

3. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

3.1 General . Each Qualified Investor and any party to whom such Qualified Investor’s rights under this Section 3 have been duly assigned in accordance with Section 4.1(a) (each such Qualified Investor or assignee being hereinafter referred to as a “ Rights Holder ”) has the right of first refusal to purchase such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share (as defined below), of all (or any part) of any “New Securities” (as defined in Section 3.1) that the Company may from time to time issue after the

 

14


date of this Agreement, provided , however , such Rights Holder shall have no right to purchase any such New Securities if such Rights Holder cannot demonstrate to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction that such Rights Holder is at the time of the proposed issuance of such New Securities (i) an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act and (ii) holds at least 50,000 shares of Registrable Securities. A Rights Holder’s “ Pro Rata Share ” for purposes of this right of first refusal is the ratio of (a) the number of Registrable Securities as to which such Rights Holder is the Holder (and/or is deemed to be the Holder under Section 2.1(c)), to (b) a number of shares of Common Stock of the Company equal to the sum of (1) the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding, (2) the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company into which all then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are then convertible, (3) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company reserved for issuance under any stock purchase or stock option plans of the Company and any outstanding warrants and (4) the number of shares of capital stock of the Company reserved for issuance under any then-outstanding agreements, commitments or other rights to acquire capital stock of the Company (not covered by the (3) above, but excluding the rights of first refusal under this Section 3 and other similar rights).

3.2 New Securities . New Securities ” shall mean any Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company, whether now authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase such Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into such Common Stock or Preferred Stock; provided , however , that the term “New Securities” does not include:

(a) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, or as a dividend or distribution on the shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

(b) shares of Common Stock (or options, warrants or rights therefor) granted or issued hereafter to employees, officers, directors, contractors, consultants or advisers to, the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to incentive agreements, stock purchase or stock option plans, stock bonuses or awards, warrants, contracts or other arrangements that are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors;

(c) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (and/or options or warrants therefore) issued to parties that are providing the Company with equipment leases, real property leases, loans, credit lines, guaranties of indebtedness, cash price reductions or similar transactions that are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors (other than primarily for financing purposes);

(d) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued in connection with corporate partnering or like strategic business transactions (other than primarily for capital raising purposes) that, in each case, are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors including the director (if any) elected by the holders of Series B Stock, which approval shall not be withheld unreasonably;

(e) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or options or warrants therefore) issued in connection with the acquisition of another corporation or entity pursuant to a consolidation, merger, purchase of all or substantially all the assets of such entity, or other reorganization in which the Company acquires, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of such entity or fifty percent (50%) or more of the equity ownership in such entity that, in each case, are approved by the Company’s Board of Directors;

 

15


(f) shares of Series F Stock (and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) issued under the Series F Agreement, as such agreement may be amended and the grant of the rights set forth in Section 3A of this Agreement;

(g) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of any options, warrants, notes or rights to purchase any securities of the Company outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and any securities issuable upon the conversion thereof;

(h) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued pursuant to (i) the issuance by the Company of a dividend or other distribution on Common Stock, (ii) a stock split, or (iii) a reverse stock split;

(i) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable in any public offering pursuant to a registration statement declared effective by the SEC;

(j) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (and/or options or warrants therefore) issued or issuable in connection with a Liquidation Event (as defined below); provided , however , that (i) this exclusion shall not apply to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock, unless consented to by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, and (ii) this exclusion shall not apply to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, unless consented to by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock;

(k) shares of Series F Preferred Stock (and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) issued in exchange for Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange; and

(l) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or options, or warrants or rights to acquire same), issued or issuable hereafter that are (i) approved by the Board, and (ii) approved by the vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then-outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, as being excluded from the definition of “New Securities” under this Agreement; provided , however , that, except as set forth in subsections 3.2(a) through 3.2(k), the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock shall be required for any exclusion from the definition of “New Securities” as related to the rights of the holders of Series E Preferred Stock under this Section 3 and the consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F Preferred Stock shall be required for any exclusion from the definition of “New Securities” as related to the rights of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock under this Section 3.

3.3 Procedures . In the event that the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give to each Rights Holder a written notice of its intention to issue New Securities (the “ Notice ”), describing the type of New Securities and the price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue such New Securities given in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof. Each Rights Holder shall have ten (10) days from the date such Notice is effective, as determined pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof based upon the manner or method of notice, to agree in writing to purchase such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such New Securities for the price and upon the general terms specified in the Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased (not to exceed such Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share). If any Rights Holder fails to so agree in writing within such ten (10) day period to purchase such Rights Holder’s full Pro Rata Share of an offering of New Securities (a “ Nonpurchasing Holder ”), then such Nonpurchasing Holder shall forfeit the right hereunder to purchase that part of his Pro Rata Share of such New Securities that he, she or it did not so agree to purchase and the Company shall promptly give each Rights Holder who has timely agreed to purchase his full Pro Rata Share of such offering of New Securities (a “ Purchasing Holder ”) written notice of the failure of any Nonpurchasing Holder to purchase such Nonpurchasing Rights Holder’s full

 

16


Pro Rata Share of such offering of New Securities (the “ Overallotment Notice ”). Each Purchasing Holder shall have a right of overallotment such that such Purchasing Holder may agree to purchase a portion of the Nonpurchasing Holders’ unpurchased Pro Rata Share of such offering on a pro rata basis according to the relative Pro Rata Shares of the Purchasing Rights Holders, at any time within five (5) days after receiving the Overallotment Notice. The rights provided in this Section 3 may be assigned or transferred by any Holder that is an investment fund to any of its partners, members or any affiliated fund or entity of the Holder (including, without limitation, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company (such a fund or entity, an “ Affiliated Fund ”).

3.4 Failure to Exercise . In the event that the Rights Holders fail to exercise in full the right of first refusal within such ten (10) day period, then the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell the New Securities with respect to which the Rights Holders’ rights of first refusal hereunder were not exercised, at a price and upon general terms not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s Notice to the Rights Holders. In the event that the Company has not issued and sold the New Securities within such ninety (90) day period, then the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without again first offering such New Securities to the Rights Holders pursuant to this Section 3.

3.5 Termination; Waiver . The Company’s obligations under this Section 3 will terminate (a) upon the closing of a Qualified IPO (as such term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time); (b) upon (1) the acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company or (2) the closing of a Liquidation Event (as such term is defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it may be amended from time to time) pursuant to which the Investors receive cash, marketable securities, and/or securities that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; provided , however , in the event that such Liquidation Event is a sale of all or substantially all of the assets, this Agreement shall not terminate until the proceeds of such sale have been distributed to the stockholders in accordance with their liquidation preferences; or (c) with respect to any Rights Holder, on the date such Rights Holder no longer holds at least 50,000 shares of Preferred Stock, and/or Conversion Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits and combinations, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like). For purposes of determining the number of shares held by a Rights Holder, the holdings of partners, members, stockholders or affiliates of such Rights Holder shall be aggregated together. Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.2 to the contrary, any provision of this Section 3 may be waived, either in whole or in part, and either prospectively or retrospectively, by Investors holding at least two thirds (2/3) of the Registrable Securities then held by all Investors (voting as a single class on an as-converted basis); provided , however , that the written consent of the holders of (i) a majority of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock, and (ii) a majority of the then outstanding Series F Preferred Stock, shall be required to the extent so required by Sections 3.2(j) and/or (l) above.

3.6 Waiver of Right of First Refusal . The undersigned Prior Investors hereby waive all rights of first refusal under Section 3 of the Prior Rights Agreement with respect to the sale and issuance by the Company of the Series F Stock (and any Common Stock issuable upon the conversion thereof) in the Purchase. The Prior Investors also hereby waive any notice period required under Section 3 of the Prior Rights Agreement with respect to sale and issuance by the Company of the Series F Stock (and any Common Stock issuable upon the conversion thereof) in the Purchase.

3A. Directed IPO Shares . In the event of an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock (an “ IPO ”), subject to the underwriter’s cutback set forth below, the Company will use its reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter(s) of the IPO to designate a number of shares equal to twenty percent (20%) of the Common Stock to be offered in the IPO for sale under a “directed shares

 

17


program” and shall instruct such underwriter(s) to allocate up to 10% of such directed shares program to be sold to CrossLink Capital or to affiliates designated by Crosslink Capital, and up to 10% of such directed shares program to be sold to Sennett Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd (“ Temasek ”) or to affiliates designated by Temasek. The shares designated by the underwriter(s) for sale under a directed shares program are referred to herein as “directed shares.” CrossLink Capital and Temasek acknowledge that the underwriter(s) may determine in their sole discretion that it is not advisable to designate any or all of such shares as directed shares in the IPO, in which case the number of directed shares may be reduced or no directed shares may be designated, as applicable. CrossLink Capital and Temasek also acknowledge that notwithstanding the terms of this Agreement, the sale of any directed shares to Crosslink Capital pursuant to this Agreement will only be made in compliance with Rules 2010 and 5130 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Rules and federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations, and only if the IPO is consummated after one (1) year from the date hereof.

4. ASSIGNMENT AND AMENDMENT .

4.1 Assignment . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary:

(a) Information Rights; Refusal Rights . The rights of a Qualified Investor under Section 1.1, Section 1.2 and Section 3 hereof may be assigned only to a party who, following the acquisition of Registrable Securities from a Qualified Investor, holds enough Registrable Securities to be a Qualified Investor. Subject to the minimum stockholding requirement therein, the information rights of a Holder under Section 1 hereof may be assigned to (i) a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member, Affiliated Fund or stockholder of a Holder or (ii) a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder.

(b) Registration Rights . The registration rights of a Holder under Section 2 hereof may be assigned only to a party who acquires at least 25,000 shares of Registrable Securities;

(c) Limitations on Assignments . No party may be assigned any of the foregoing rights in accordance with this Section 4.1 unless the Company is given written notice by the assigning party at the time of such assignment stating the name and address of the assignee and identifying the securities of the Company as to which the rights in question are being assigned; provided further, that any such assignee of such rights is not deemed by the Board of Directors of the Company, in its good faith judgment, to be a competitor of the Company (except that in the case of a venture capital fund, an assignment to a partner, member or an Affiliated Fund shall not be deemed to be an assignment to a competitor); and provided further that any such assignee shall receive such assigned rights subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of this Section 4.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the provisions of Section 4.1(a), (b) or (c), assignments may be made without the Company’s consent or obtaining the minimum number of shares of Registrable Securities noted above or satisfying the definition of a “Qualified Investor” if the assignment is to (i) any subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or Affiliated Fund or (ii) any family member or trust for the benefit of an Investor or such Investor’s family member; provided that the Company is given written notice thereof.

4.2 Amendment and Waiver of Rights . Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and Investors (and/or any of their permitted successors or assigns) holding at least two thirds (2/3) of the Registrable Securities then held by the Investors (excluding the SVB Warrant Shares) and, solely for amendments and waivers

 

18


affecting the specific rights of the Founder herein in a manner adverse to and different from the Registrable Securities, at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Founder, and provided, however, that the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock shall be required for any amendment or waiver of Sections 3.2(j) and/or (l) as related to the rights of the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F Preferred Stock shall be required for any amendment or waiver of Sections 3.2(j) and/or (l) and 5.4 as related to the rights of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Required Consent ”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4.2 shall be binding upon each Investor, each Holder, each Founder, each permitted successor or assignee of such Investor or Holder and the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any amendment to this Agreement is to be made solely for the purpose of adding additional parties as “Investors” hereunder, then such amendment shall not require the consent, approval or signature of any Founder or Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 3 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction; provided, however, if other Investors are so allowed to purchase securities in such transaction, a waiver of the rights under Section 3 with respect to holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock and a waiver of the rights of Section 3 with respect to holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series F Preferred Stock); provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock and the written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F Preferred Stock shall each be required to the extent so required by Sections 3.2(j) and/or (l).

5. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

5.1 Stock Vesting . From and after the date of this Agreement, all stock and stock equivalents issued by the Company to its employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to a vesting schedule that provides for vesting no more quickly than the following: four-year monthly vesting or repurchase restrictions with a one-year cliff, unless otherwise approved by the consent of the Board of Directors. Other than with the consent of the Board of Directors, including the consent of the director appointed by the holders of Preferred Stock, no such vesting terms shall include any acceleration of vesting upon the occurrence of any event. Any options providing for early exercise or any shares of restricted stock shall provide for a repurchase option so that upon termination of the services of the stockholder, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee (to the extent permissible under applicable securities law qualification) retains the option to repurchase at cost.

5.2 Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement . The Company and each person now or hereafter employed, whether as an officer, employee, consultant or contractor, shall enter into the Company’s standard form of Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement, in the form attached to the Series F Agreement, or an employment or consulting agreement, in the forms provided to Investors’ counsel, containing substantially similar terms.

5.3 Common Stock Restrictions . From and after the date of this Agreement, all stock and stock equivalents issued by the Company to its employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall: (i) not allow any transfer prior to vesting except for certain estate planning transactions; (ii) be subject to a Company right of first refusal until an initial public offering; and (iii) not

 

19


allow or permit any transfer or sales during a lock-up period of at least 180 days, as required by the underwriters, in conjunction with any pubic offering pursuant to a registration statement.

5.4 Restrictions on Reincorporation . The Company agrees that it will not engage in any transaction that will cause its stockholders to become subject to tax on a pass through basis.

5.5 Restrictions on Acquisition of US Real Property .  The Company agrees that it is not and will not become a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

6. GENERAL PROVISIONS .

6.1 Notices . Unless otherwise provided herein, any notice required or permitted under this Agreement shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of (a) actual receipt or (b) (i) one (1) business day after delivery by confirmed facsimile transmission, (ii) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service for next day delivery, freight prepaid, or (iii) three (3) business days after deposit with the United States Post Office for delivery by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. Any such notice shall be addressed to the party to be notified at the address as follows, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties:

(a) In the case of the Company, to:

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

Marin Software Incorporated

123 Mission Street, 25 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Samuel B. Angus

Fenwick & West LLP

555 California Street, 12th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

(b) In the case of an Investor, at such Investor’s respective address as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

(c) In the case of a Stockholder, at such Stockholder’s respective address as set forth on Exhibit B hereto.

6.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the documents referred to herein, together with all the exhibits hereto and thereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede the Prior Rights Agreement and any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

6.3 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the corporate laws of the State of Delaware and, as to matters other than corporate law, the laws of the State of California as such laws apply to contracts entered into and wholly to be performed therein by residents of such state.

 

20


6.4 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto. If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

6.5 Third Parties . Except as specifically provided herein, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

6.6 Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Section 4.1, this Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

6.7 Titles and Headings . The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “Sections” and “Exhibits” will mean sections of this Agreement and exhibits hereto.

6.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

6.9 Costs and Attorneys’ Fees . Subject to the provisions of Section 6.14 below, in the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

6.10 Adjustments for Stock Splits, Etc . Wherever in this Agreement there is a reference to a specific number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company of any class or series, then, upon the occurrence of any subdivision, combination or stock dividend of such class or series of stock, the specific number of shares so referenced in this Agreement shall automatically be proportionally adjusted to reflect the affect on the outstanding shares of such class or series of stock by such subdivision, combination or stock dividend.

6.11 Further Assurances . The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

6.12 Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

6.13 Prior Rights Agreement Superseded . Pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Prior Rights Agreement, the undersigned parties who are parties to such Prior Rights Agreement hereby amend and restate the Prior Rights Agreement to read in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement, all with the

 

21


intent and effect that the Prior Rights Agreement shall hereby be terminated and entirely replaced and superseded by this Agreement and shall be of no further force or effect.

6.14 Arbitration . The parties agree first to negotiate in good faith to resolve any disputes arising out of or relating to or affecting the subject matter of this Agreement. Any dispute arising out of or relating to or affecting the subject matter of this Agreement not resolved by negotiation shall be settled by binding arbitration in San Francisco County, California before the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) under the JAMS Rules of Practice and Procedure. The arbitrator shall be a former judge of a court of California. Discovery and other procedural matters shall be governed as though the proceeding were an arbitration. Any judgment upon the award may be confirmed and entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be required to, in all determinations, apply California law without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the arbitrator shall apply the substantive law of the state of incorporation of the Company, where applicable. The arbitrator is afforded the jurisdiction to order any provisional remedies, including, without limitation, injunctive relief. The arbitrator may award the prevailing party the costs of arbitration, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses. The arbitrator’s award shall be in writing and shall state the reasons for the award. The parties stipulate that a JAMS employee may be appointed as a judge pro tempore of the Superior Court of San Francisco County if required to carry out the terms of this provision. Arbitration shall be the sole and exclusive means to resolve any dispute.

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]

 

22


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE COMPANY:
Marin Software Incorporated:
/s/ Christopher Lien
Christopher Lien, Chief Executive Officer

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE STOCKHOLDERS:
Christopher A. Lien and Rebecca S. Lien, Co-Trustees of the Lien Revocable Trust dated 7/8/2003
/s/ Christopher A. Lien
Christopher A. Lien, Co-Trustee
/s/ Rebecca S. Lien
Rebecca S. Lien, Co-Trustee

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
SENNETT INVESTMENTS (MAURITIUS) PTE LTD
By:   /s/ Ang Peng Huat
Name:   Ang Peng Huat
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
SAP VENTURES FUND I, L.P.
By:   SAP Ventures (GPE) I, LLC,
its general partner
By:   /s/ Nino Marakovic
Name:   Nino Marakovic
Title:   Managing Director
By:   SAP Ventures (GPE) I, LLC,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ R. Douglas Higgins
Name:   R. Douglas Higgins
Title:   Managing Director

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
CROSSLINK VENTURES VI, L.P.
By:   Crosslink Ventures VI Holdings, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Mihaly Szigeti
  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory
CROSSLINK VENTURES VI-B, L.P.
By:   Crosslink Ventures VI Holdings, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Mihaly Szigeti
  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory
OFFSHORE CROSSLINK VENTURES VI UNIT TRUST
By:   Crosslink Ventures VI Holdings, L.L.C.,
Its:   Investment Manager
By:   /s/ Mihaly Szigeti
  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory
CROSSLINK BAYVIEW VI, L.L.C.
By:   /s/ Mihaly Szigeti
  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory

 

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
CROSSLINK CROSSOVER FUND V, L.P.
By:   Crossover Fund V Management, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Mihaly Szigeti

  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory
CROSSLINK CROSSOVER FUND VI, L.P.
By:   Crossover Fund VI Management, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Mihaly Szigeti

  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.
By:   DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC,
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Greg Williams

  Greg Williams, Managing Director
DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.
By:   DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC,
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Greg Williams

  Greg Williams, Managing Director
DAG VENTURES IV-A, LLC
By:   DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC,
Its:   Manager
By:  

/s/ Greg Williams

  Greg Williams, Managing Director

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS VI, L.P.
  as nominee for
  Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.,
  Benchmark Founders’ Fund VI, L.P.,
  Benchmark Founders’ Fund VI-B, L.P.
  and related individuals
By:   Benchmark Capital Management Co. VI, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Steven Spurlock

  Steven Spurlock, Managing Member

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
TRIANGLE PEAK PARTNERS PRIVATE
EQUITY, LP
By:   Triangle Peak Partners Private Equity GP, LLC,
  General Partner of Triangle Peak Partners Private Equity, LP
By:  

/s/ David Pesikoff

Name: David Pesikoff
Title: Managing Member

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

1998 Taweel Family Trust

/s/ Kevin Taweel

Signature

Kevin Taweel

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ A.J. Agarwal

Signature

A.J. Agarwal

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Eric Aroesty

Signature

Eric Aroesty

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Daphne Bransten, Trustee, Separate Property
UTA dated 9/24/87

By:

  /s/ Daphne Bransten
Name:   Daphne Bransten
Title:   Trustee

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Robert Bransten, Trustee, Separate Property
UTA dated 9/24/87

By:

  /s/ Robert Bransten

Name:

  Robert Bransten

Title:

  Trustee

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
IRA Resources Inc. FBO Martin Brass 35-21813

/s/ Martin Brass

Signature

Martin Brass

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Tim Brien

Signature

Tim Brien

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Diego Canoso

Signature

Diego Canoso

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Russell James Ellis

Signature

Russell James Ellis

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Hutchison Family Trust
/s/ Don Hutchison
Signature
Don Hutchison
Printed Name
Trustee
Title

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Lewis Katz Irrevocable Indenture of Trust for Benefit of Grandchildren dated June 12, 2003
/s/ Martin S. Ettin
Signature
Martin S. Ettin
Printed Name
Trustee
Title

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Andrew C. Lien Living Trust dated May 23, 2011
/s/ Andrew C. Lien
Signature
Andrew C. Lien
Printed Name
Trustee
Title

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
/s/ Clinton Toms Newby III
Signature
Clinton Toms Newby III
Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Risk Family Trust
/s/ Jenny Risk
Signature
Jenny Risk
Printed Name
Trustee
Title
/s/ Gerald Risk
Signature
Gerald Risk
Printed Name
Trustee
Title

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
/s/ Scott A. Schefrin
Signature
Scott A. Schefrin
Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Scott M. Schnuck

Signature

Scott M. Schnuck

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
TGK Ventures, LLC

/s/ John Hurley

Signature

John Hurley

Printed Name

Managing Partner

Title

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ James T. Wooster

Signature

James T. Wooster

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


EXHIBIT A

List of Investors

Sennett Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd

SAP Ventures Fund I, L.P.

Crosslink Ventures VI, L.P.

Crosslink Ventures VI-B, L.P.

Offshore Crosslink Ventures VI Unit Trust

Crosslink Bayview VI, L.L.C.

Crosslink Crossover Fund V, L.P.

Crosslink Crossover Fund VI, L.P.

Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.

DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P.

DAG Ventures IV-A, LLC

DAG Ventures IV, L.P.

Focus Ventures III, L.P.

FV Investors III, L.P.

Triangle Peak Partners Private Equity, LP

1998 Taweel Family Trust

A.J. Agarwal

Amicus Capital, L.P.

Bryan W. Andrzejewski

Arba, LLC

Eric Aroesty

Jill Beck and Marc Beck, as Community Property

Dr. Julius R. Berger

Daphne Bransten, Trustee Separate Property UTA dated 9/24/87

Robert Bransten, Trustee Separate Property UTA dated 9/24/87

Martin M. Brass

IRA Resources Inc. FBO Martin Brass 35-21813

Tim Brien

Mark Britto

Eric Bunting

Diego Canoso

Arthur Cinader, Jr.

Jevin Eagle

Russell James Ellis

F&W Investments LLC – Series 2007

F&W Investments II LLC – Series 2009

Fletcher Family Living Trust

Glenna D. Forristall

Frank, Rimerman Investments XLII

Glasgow Investments, LLC

The Goeglein Living Trust

Alan Grimaldi and Inez Grimaldi, Joint Tenants with Right of Survivorship

Richard H. Gross, Jr.

The Huret Family Trust

Hutchison Family Trust

Lewis Katz Irrevocable Indenture of Trust for Benefit of Grandchildren dated June 12, 2003

Tom Kelly

Andrew C. Lien Living Trust dated May 23, 2011


John R. Litschke

Jon R. Love

Alastair Mactaggart

Alexander Lee Muromcew and Joohee Lee Muromcew, as Tenants in Common

Heather Natsch and Richard Natsch, as Community Property

Clinton Toms Newby III

Orrick Investments 2007 LLC

Konstantin Othmer

Paul Paradis

Thomas B. Peters

Josh Peterson

Risk Family Trust

Rothenberg Family Partners, LP

Sandwith Ventures, LLC

Scott A. Schefrin

Scott M. Schnuck

John Somorjai

Brian Sugar

TGK Ventures, LLC

Robbie Vann-Adibé and Linda Vann-Adibé, as Joint Tenants with Right of Survivorship

Arnold Benton Wolfe, M.D. and Claire LeVine Wolfe, Trustees of the Wolfe Family Trust dated June 11, 2009, and any amendments thereto

James T. Wooster

The Wooster Family Trust

Mitchell Zuklie


EXHIBIT B

List of Stockholders

Christopher A. Lien and Rebecca S. Lien, Co-Trustees of the Lien Revocable Trust dated 7/8/2003


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

November 27, 2012

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THAT CERTAIN AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is made and entered into as of November 27, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among Marin Software Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the undersigned investors in the Company (the “ Investors ”) and the undersigned stockholder in the Company (the “ Stockholder ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of January 25, 2012 by and among the Company, the Investors and the Stockholders (each as named therein) (such agreement, as amended from time to time, the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , to permit the sale of share of Series F-1 Preferred Stock to the Investors under that certain Series F-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of even date herewith (the “ Series F-1 Agreement ”), and to allow the Investors to become parties to the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Company, the undersigned Investors and the undersigned Stockholder desire to amend certain provisions of the Investors’ Rights Agreement as set forth herein.

WHEREAS , Section 4.2 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement provides that the Investors’ Rights Agreement may be amended by the written consent of (1) the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Registrable Securities (as defined in Section 2.1 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement) held by Investors, (2) the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Founder (as defined in Section 2.1 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement) if the amendment affects the rights of the Founder (as defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement) in a manner adverse to and different from the Registrable Securities, and (3) the Company.

WHEREAS , the undersigned Investors hold at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Registrable Securities held by the Investors and the undersigned Stockholder holds at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Founder, which is sufficient to amend the Investors’ Rights Agreement in accordance with its terms.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Amendments .

(a) The first paragraph of Section 1.1 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

1.1 Basic Financial Information . The Company covenants and agrees that, commencing on the date of this Agreement, for so long as any Investor (a “ Qualified

 

1


Investor ”) holds at least 50,000 shares of Preferred Stock issued under the Series A Agreement, Series A-1 Agreement, Series B Agreement, Series C Agreement, Series D Agreement, Series E Agreement, Series F Agreement and/or that certain Series F-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Series F-1 Agreement ”) by and among the Company and the Investors purchasing shares of Series F-1 Preferred Stock (the “ Series F-1 Stock ”) thereunder and/or the equivalent number (on an as-converted basis) of shares of Common Stock of the Company issued upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock (any such shares, “ Conversion Stock ”), it will:”

(b) Section 2.1(b)(i) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(i) all the shares of Common Stock of the Company issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of Series A Stock issued under the Series A Agreement, any shares of Series A-1 Stock issued under the Series A-1 Agreement, any shares of Series B Stock issued under the Series B Agreement, any shares of Series C Stock issued under the Series C Agreement, any shares of Series D Stock issued under the Series D Agreement and/or under the Secondary Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2010, by and between the Company and certain Purchasers (as defined therein), any shares of Series E Stock issued under the Series E Agreement, any shares of Series F Stock issued under the Series F Agreement and/or any shares of Series F-1 Stock issued under the Series F-1 Agreement, as such agreements may hereafter be amended from time to time;”

(c) Section 2.2(a) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(a) Request by Holders . If the Company shall receive, at any time after the earlier of (i) the five-year anniversary of the First Closing (as defined in the Series F-1 Agreement) or (ii) six months after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of its securities pursuant to a registration filed under the Securities Act, a written request from the Holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by Investors that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2.2, then the Company shall, within twenty (20) days after the receipt of such written request, give written notice of such request (the “ Request Notice ”) to all Holders, and effect, as soon as practicable, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities which Holders request to be registered and included in such registration by written notice given by such Holders to the Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of the Request Notice, subject only to the limitations of this Section 2; provided, however, that the Registrable Securities requested by all Holders to be registered pursuant to such request must have an anticipated aggregate public offering price (before any underwriting discounts and commissions) of not less than fifteen million dollars ($15,000,000).”

(d) Section 3.2(f) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(f) shares of Series F-1 Stock (and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) issued under the Series F-1 Agreement, as such agreement may be amended and the grant of the rights set forth in Section 3A of this Agreement;”

 

2


(e) Section 3.2(j) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(j) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (and/or options or warrants therefore) issued or issuable in connection with a Liquidation Event (as defined below); provided, however, that (i) this exclusion shall not apply to the holders of Series E Stock, unless consented to by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Stock, (ii) this exclusion shall not apply to the holders of Series F Stock, unless consented to by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Stock and (iii) this exclusion shall not apply to the holders of Series F-1 Stock, unless consented to by the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F-1 Stock; and”

(f) Section 3.2(k) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(k) [reserved];

1.7 Section 3.2(l) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(l) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or options, or warrants or rights to acquire same), issued or issuable hereafter that are (i) approved by the Board, and (ii) approved by the vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the then-outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, as being excluded from the definition of “New Securities” under this Agreement; provided, however, that, except as set forth in subsections 3.2(a) through 3.2(j), the consent of each of (A) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series E Stock shall be required for any exclusion from the definition of “New Securities” as related to the rights of the holders of Series E Stock under this Section 3, (B) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F Stock shall be required for any exclusion from the definition of “New Securities” as related to the rights of the holders of Series F Stock under this Section 3 and (C) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F-1 Stock shall be required for any exclusion from the definition of “New Securities” as related to the rights of the holders of Series F-1 Stock under this Section 3.”

(g) The last proviso of Section 3.5 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

provided , however , that the written consent of the holders of each of (i) a majority of the then outstanding Series E Stock, (ii) a majority of the then outstanding Series F Stock, and (iii) a majority of the then outstanding Series F-1 Stock shall be required to the extent so required by Sections 3.2(j) and/or k) above.”

(h) Section 3.6 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

3.6 Waiver of Right of First Refusal. The undersigned Prior Investors, which holders satisfy the requirements of Section 3.5 hereof, hereby waive all rights of first refusal under Section 3 of the Prior Rights Agreement with respect to the sale and

 

3


issuance by the Company of the Series F-1 Stock (and any Common Stock issuable upon the conversion thereof). The Prior Investors also hereby waive any notice period required under Section 3 of the Prior Rights Agreement with respect to sale and issuance by the Company of the Series F-1 Stock (and any Common Stock issuable upon the conversion thereof).”

(i) Section 4.2 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

4.2 Amendment and Waiver of Rights . Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and Investors (and/or any of their permitted successors or assigns) holding at least two thirds (2/3) of the Registrable Securities then held by the Investors (excluding the SVB Warrant Shares) and, solely for amendments and waivers affecting the specific rights of the Founder herein in a manner adverse to and different from the Registrable Securities, at least a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Founder, and provided, however, that the written consent of each of (a) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series E Preferred Stock shall be required for any amendment or waiver of Sections 3.2(j) and/or (l) as related to the rights of the holders of Series E Stock, (b) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F Stock shall be required for any amendment or waiver of Sections 3.2(j) and/or (l) and 5.4 as related to the rights of the holders of Series F Stock, (c) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F-1 Stock, shall be required for any amendment or waiver of Sections 3.2(j) and/or (l) as related to the rights of the holders of Series F-1 Stock and (d) CrossLink Capital and Temasek shall be required for any amendment or waiver of Section 3A as related to the rights of CrossLink Capital or Temasek, as the case may be (the “ Required Consent ”). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4.2 shall be binding upon each Investor, each Holder, the Founder, each permitted successor or assignee of such Investor or Holder and the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any amendment to this Agreement is to be made solely for the purpose of adding additional parties as “Investors” hereunder, then such amendment shall not require the consent, approval or signature of any Founder or Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 3 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction; provided, however, if other Investors are so allowed to purchase securities in such transaction, a waiver of the rights under Section 3 with respect to holders of Series E Stock shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E Stock, a waiver of the rights of Section 3 with respect to holders of Series F Stock shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series F Stock and a waiver of the rights of Section 3 with respect to holders of Series F-1 Stock shall require the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series F-1 Stock); provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the written consent of each of (i) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series E Stock, (ii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series F Stock and (iii) the holders of a majority of the then

 

4


outstanding Series F-1 Stock, shall each be required to the extent so required by Sections 3.2(j) and/or (l).”

(k) Section 5 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 5.6 to read in its entirety as follows:

5.6 Termination of Certain Rights . The Company’s obligations under this Section 5 will terminate upon the earliest to occur of (a) the closing of an IPO or (b) upon the closing of a Liquidation Event.”

(l) Section 6 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 6.15 to read in its entirety as follows:

6.15 Additional Investors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Series F-1 Stock after the date of this Agreement pursuant to the Series F-1 Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Series F-1 Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.”

(m) Section 6 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 6.16 to read in its entirety as follows:

“6.16 Termination . This Agreement shall terminate upon there ceasing to be any obligations pursuant to Sections 1, 2, 3, 3A and 5 of this Agreement.”

(n) Exhibit A and Exhibit B attached to the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall be amended and restated in their entirety to read as set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B , respectively, attached hereto.

2. Authorization . The parties hereto represent that that each such party is fully authorized and empowered to enter into this Amendment and that this Amendment constitutes each such party’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3. Miscellaneous .

(a) Full Force and Effect . Except as specifically amended hereby, the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as originally, unmodified in any way. This Amendment shall be deemed to form an integral part of the Investors’ Rights Agreement and shall be effective as of date of the Investors’ Rights Agreement as if the provisions hereof had been incorporated into the Investors’ Rights Agreement as originally executed. In the event of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of the Investors’ Rights Agreement and this Amendment, the provisions of this Amendment will prevail and govern. All references to the “Agreement” in the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall hereinafter refer to the Investors’ Rights Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

 

5


(b) Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(c) Facsimile Signatures . This Amendment may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

(d) Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the corporate laws of the State of Delaware and, as to matters other than corporate law, the laws of the State of California as such laws apply to contracts entered into and wholly to be performed therein by residents of such state.

(e) Entire Agreement . This Amendment, together with the Investors’ Rights Agreement, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment and the Investors’ Rights Agreement, and supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

[Remainder of Page Left Blank Intentionally.]

 

6


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED
A Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Christopher Lien
  Christopher Lien
  Chief Executive Officer

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

STOCKHOLDER:

Christopher A. Lien and Rebecca S. Lien,

Co-Trustees of the Lien Revocable Trust

dated 7/8/2003

/s/ Christopher A. Lien

Christopher A. Lien, Co-Trustee

/s/ Rebecca S. Lien

Rebecca S. Lien, Co-Trustee

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
SENNETT INVESTMENTS (MAURITIUS) PTE LTD
By:   /s/ Ang Peng Huat
Name:   Ang Peng Huat
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS VI, L.P.
  as nominee for
  Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.,
  Benchmark Founders’ Fund VI, L.P.,
  Benchmark Founders’ Fund VI-A, L.P., and
  Benchmark Founders’ Fund VI-B, L.P.
  and related individuals
By:  

Benchmark Capital Management Co.

VI, L.L.C., general partner

By:   /s/ Steven Spurlock
  Steven Spurlock, Managing Member

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
FOCUS VENTURES III, L.P.
By:   Focus Ventures Partners III, LLC,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Kevin J. McQuillan
  Kevin J. McQuillan, Managing Partner
FV INVESTORS III, L.P.
By:   Focus Ventures Partners III, LLC,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Kevin J. McQuillan
  Kevin J. McQuillan, Managing Partner

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CROSSLINK VENTURES VI, L.P.
By:   Crosslink Ventures VI Holdings, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Mihaly Szigeti
  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory
CROSSLINK VENTURES VI-B, L.P.
By:   Crosslink Ventures VI Holdings, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Mihaly Szigeti
  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory
OFFSHORE CROSSLINK VENTURES VI UNIT TRUST
By:   Crosslink Ventures VI Holdings, L.L.C.,
Its:   Investment Manager
By:   /s/ Mihaly Szigeti
  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory
CROSSLINK BAYVIEW VI, L.L.C.
By:   /s/ Mihaly Szigeti
  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory
CROSSLINK CROSSOVER FUND V, L.P.
By:   Crosslink Ventures V Management, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Mihaly Szigeti
  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
DAG VENTURES IV-QP, L.P.
By:   DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Greg Williams
  Greg Williams, Managing Director
DAG VENTURES IV, L.P.
By:   DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Greg Williams
  Greg Williams, Managing Director
DAG VENTURES IV-A, LLC
By:   DAG Ventures Management IV, LLC,
Its:   Manager
By:   /s/ Greg Williams
  Greg Williams, Managing Director

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
CROSSLINK CROSSOVER FUND V, L.P.
By:   Crossover Fund V Management, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Mihaly Szigeti
  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory
CROSSLINK CROSSOVER FUND VI, L.P.
By:   Crossover Fund VI Management, L.L.C.,
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Mihaly Szigeti
  Mihaly Szigeti, Authorized Signatory

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
SAP VENTURES FUND I, L.P.
By:   SAP Ventures (GPE) I, LLC,
its general partner

By:

  /s/ Nino Marakovic
 

 

Name:

  Nino Marakovic

Title:

  Managing Director
By:   SAP Ventures (GPE) I, LLC,

Its:

  General Partner

By:

  /s/ R. Douglas Higgins
 

 

Name:

  R. Douglas Higgins

Title:

  Managing Director

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Andrew C. Lien Living Trust dated May 23, 2011

/s/ Andrew C. Lien

Signature

Andrew C. Lien

Printed Name

Trustee

Title

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ A.J. Agarwal

Signature

A.J. Agarwal

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Arba, LLC

/s/ Dave Pell

Signature

Dave Pell

Printed Name

Managing Member

Title

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Eric Aroesty

Signature

Eric Aroesty

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Martin M. Brass

Signature

Martin M. Brass

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
IRA Resources Inc. FBO Martin Brass 35-21813

/s/ Martin Brass

Signature

Martin Brass

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Daphne Bransten, Trustee, Separate Property UTA dated 9/24/87
By:   /s/ Daphne Bransten
 

 

Name:

  Daphne Bransten

Title:

  Trustee

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Robert Bransten, Trustee, Separate Property UTA dated 9/24/87
By:   /s/ Robert Bransten
 

 

Name:   Robert Bransten
Title:   Trustee

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Diego Canoso

Signature

Diego Canoso

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Russell James Ellis

Signature

Russell James Ellis

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
Lewis Katz Irrevocable Indenture of Trust for Benefit of Grandchildren dated June 12, 2003

/s/ Martin S. Ettin

Signature

Martin S. Ettin

Printed Name

Trustee

Title

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Clinton Toms Newby III

Signature

Clinton Toms Newby III

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Thomas B. Peters

Signature

Thomas B. Peters

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Scott M. Schnuck

Signature

Scott M. Schnuck

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
TGK Ventures, LLC

/s/ John Hurley

Signature

John Hurley

Printed Name

Managing Partner

Title

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
TTCER Partners, LLC

/s/ William N. Thorndike, Jr.

Signature

William N. Thorndike, Jr.

Printed Name

Manager

Title

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:
The Wooster Family Trust

/s/ James F. Wooster

Signature

James F. Wooster

Printed Name

Trustee

Title

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ James T. Wooster

Signature

James T. Wooster

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 To Amended And Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

THE INVESTORS:

/s/ Scott A. Schefrin

Signature

Scott A. Schefrin

Printed Name

 

[S IGNATURE PAGE TO THE A MENDMENT N O . 1 TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTORS ’ R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


EXHIBIT A

List of Investors

Sennett Investments (Mauritius) Pte Ltd

SAP Ventures Fund I, L.P.

Crosslink Ventures VI, L.P.

Crosslink Ventures VI-B, L.P.

Offshore Crosslink Ventures VI Unit Trust

Crosslink Bayview VI, L.L.C.

Crosslink Crossover Fund V, L.P.

Crosslink Crossover Fund VI, L.P.

Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.

DAG Ventures IV-QP, L.P.

DAG Ventures IV-A, LLC

DAG Ventures IV, L.P.

Focus Ventures III, L.P.

FV Investors III, L.P.

Triangle Peak Partners Private Equity, LP

1998 Taweel Family Trust

A.J. Agarwal

Amicus Capital, L.P.

Bryan W. Andrzejewski

Arba, LLC

Eric Aroesty

Jill Beck and Marc Beck, as Community Property

Dr. Julius R. Berger

Daphne Bransten, Trustee Separate Property UTA dated 9/24/87

Robert Bransten, Trustee Separate Property UTA dated 9/24/87

Martin M. Brass

IRA Resources Inc. FBO Martin Brass 35-21813

Tim Brien

Mark Britto

Eric Bunting

Diego Canoso

Arthur Cinader, Jr.

Jevin Eagle

Russell James Ellis

F&W Investments LLC – Series 2007

F&W Investments II LLC – Series 2009

Fletcher Family Living Trust

Glenna D. Forristall

Frank, Rimerman Investments XLII

Glasgow Investments, LLC

The Goeglein Living Trust

Alan Grimaldi and Inez Grimaldi, Joint Tenants with Right of Survivorship

Richard H. Gross, Jr.

The Huret Family Trust

Hutchison Family Trust

Lewis Katz Irrevocable Indenture of Trust for Benefit of Grandchildren dated June 12, 2003

Tom Kelly


Andrew C. Lien Living Trust dated May 23, 2011

John R. Litschke

Jon R. Love

Alastair Mactaggart

Alexander Lee Muromcew and Joohee Lee Muromcew, as Tenants in Common

Heather Natsch and Richard Natsch, as Community Property

Clinton Toms Newby III

Orrick Investments 2007 LLC

Konstantin Othmer

Paul Paradis

Thomas B. Peters

Josh Peterson

Risk Family Trust

Rothenberg Family Partners, LP

Sandwith Ventures, LLC

Scott A. Schefrin

Scott M. Schnuck

John Somorjai

Brian Sugar

TGK Ventures, LLC

TTCER Partners, LLC

Robbie Vann-Adibé and Linda Vann-Adibé, as Joint Tenants with Right of Survivorship

Arnold Benton Wolfe, M.D. and Claire LeVine Wolfe, Trustees of the Wolfe Family Trust dated June 11, 2009, and any amendments thereto

James T. Wooster

The Wooster Family Trust

Mitchell Zuklie


EXHIBIT B

List of Stockholders

Christopher A. Lien and Rebecca S. Lien, Co-Trustees of the Lien Revocable Trust dated 7/8/2003

Exhibit 10.2

M ARIN S OFTWARE I NCORPORATED

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

As Adopted on April 2, 2006

As Amended on November 8, 2006

As Further Amended on September 9, 2007

As Further Amended on December 18, 2008

As Further Amended on April 10, 2009

As Further Amended on December 2, 2009

As Further Amended on April 29, 2010

As Further Amended on January 28, 2011

As Further Amended on March 28, 2011

As Further Amended on January 23, 2012

As Further Amended on March 28, 2012

As Further Amended on November 10, 2012

As Further Amended on November 21, 2012

As Further Amended on January 24, 2013 1

1. PURPOSE . The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through awards of Options and Restricted Stock. Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 22 hereof. Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, grants may be

 

1  

On April 2, 2006, 588,235 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance upon adoption of the Plan.

On November 8, 2006, the Plan was amended to increase the number of shares available for grant by 547,304 shares, for a total of 1,135,539 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder.

On September 9, 2007, the Plan was amended to reserve an additional 569,283 shares, for an aggregate total of 1,704,822 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder.

On December 18, 2008, the Plan was amended to reserve an additional 1,253,042 shares, for an aggregate total of 2,957,864 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder.

On April 10, 2009, the Plan was amended to reserve an additional 300,388 shares, for an aggregate total of 3,258,252 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder.

On December 2, 2009, the Plan was amended to include Addendum A (Applicable to Certain Options Granted Participants in the United Kingdom).

On April 29, 2010, the Plan was amended to reserve an additional 485,435 shares, for an aggregate total of 3,743,687 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder. In addition, Section 5.4 of the Plan was amended and restated in its entirety to allow the Committee to grant to certain service providers of the Company who are non-US taxpayers and who reside in the United Kingdom, options to purchase the Company’s Common Stock with an exercise price that is less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the then current fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock.

On January 28, 2011, the Plan was amended to reserve an additional 1,024,377 shares, for an aggregate total of 4,768,064 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder.

On March 28, 2011, the Plan was amended to reserve an additional 671,095 shares, for an aggregate total of 5,439,159 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder.

On January 23, 2012, the Plan was amended to reserve an additional 132,285 shares, for an aggregate total of 5,571,444 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder.

On March 28, 2012, the Plan was amended to reserve an additional 761,536 shares, for an aggregate total of 6,332,980 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder.

On November 10, 2012, the Plan was amended to reserve an additional 872,000 shares, for an aggregate total of 7,204,980 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder.

On November 21, 2012, the Plan was amended to reserve an additional 7,967 shares, for an aggregate total of 7,212,947 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder.

On January 24, 2013, the Plan was amended to reserve an additional 500,000 shares for an aggregate total of 7,712,947 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance thereunder.


made pursuant to this plan which do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. Any requirement of this Plan which is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply if the Committee so provides.

2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .

2.1 Number of Shares Available . Subject to Sections 2.2 and 17 hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be Seven Million Seven Hundred Twelve Thousand Nine Hundred Forty-Seven 7,712,947 Shares or such lesser number of Shares as permitted under Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations or under the laws of any other state in which a Participants resides.

Subject to Sections 2.2, 5.10 and 17 hereof, Shares subject to Awards previously granted will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with future Awards under this Plan to the extent such Shares: (i) cease to be subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option, other than due to exercise of such Option; (ii) are subject to an Award granted hereunder but the Shares subject to such Award are forfeited or repurchased by the Company at the original issue price; or (iii) are subject to an Award that otherwise terminates without Shares being issued. At all times the Company will reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as will be required to satisfy the requirements of all Awards granted and outstanding under this Plan.

2.2 Adjustment of Shares . In the event that the number of outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (i) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, (ii) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and (iii) the Purchase Prices of and number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws; provided, however, that fractions of a Share will not be issued but will either be paid in cash at the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share or will be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, as determined by the Committee; and provided, further, that the Exercise Price of any Option may not be decreased to below the par value of the Shares.

3. ELIGIBILITY . ISOs (as defined in Section 5 hereof) may be granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. NQSOs (as defined in Section 5 hereof) and Restricted Stock Awards may be granted to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; provided such consultants render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. A person may be granted more than one Award under this Plan.

4. ADMINISTRATION .

4.1 Committee Authority . This Plan will be administered by the Committee or the Board if no Committee is created by the Board. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan. Without limitation, the Committee will have the authority to:

(a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;

 

2


(b) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan;

(c) approve persons to receive Awards;

(d) determine the form and terms of Awards;

(e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards;

(f) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or awards under any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

(g) grant waivers of any conditions of this Plan or any Award;

(h) determine the terms of vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards;

(i) correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award, any Award Agreement, any Exercise Agreement or any Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement;

(j) determine whether an Award has been earned;

(k) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan; and

(l) extend the vesting period beyond a Participant’s Termination Date.

4.2 Committee Discretion . Unless in contravention of any express terms of this Plan or Award, any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award will be made in its sole discretion either (i) at the time of grant of the Award, or (ii) subject to Section 5.9 hereof, at any later time. Any such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Award under this Plan. The Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under this Plan, provided such officer or officers are members of the Board.

5. OPTIONS . The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons described in Section 3 hereof and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ ISOs ”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“ NQSOs ”), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following:

5.1 Form of Option Grant . Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement which will expressly identify the Option as an ISO or an NQSO (“ Stock Option Agreement ”), and will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

5.2 Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless a later date is otherwise specified by

 

3


the Committee. The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

5.3 Exercise Period . Options may be exercisable immediately but subject to repurchase pursuant to Section 11 hereof or may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement governing such Option; provided, however, that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and provided further that no ISO granted to a person who directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company (“ Ten Percent Shareholder ”) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as provided herein, to the extent section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code is intended to apply, each Participant who is not an officer, director or consultant of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company shall have the right to exercise an Option granted hereunder at the rate of no less than twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date such Option is granted.

5.4 Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and may not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant; provided that (i) the Exercise Price of an ISO will not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant, (ii) the Exercise Price of any Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder will not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant and (iii) the Committee may grant an Option with an Exercise Price that is less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant if such Option is granted to a Participant who is a non-US taxpayer. Payment for the Shares purchased must be made in accordance with Section 7 hereof.

5.5 Method of Exercise . Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant). The Exercise Agreement will state (i) the number of Shares being purchased, (ii) the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and (iii) such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. Participant shall execute and deliver to the Company the Exercise Agreement together with payment in full of the Exercise Price, and any applicable taxes, for the number of Shares being purchased.

5.6 Termination . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 17 and 18 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following:

(a) If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such Options must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the

 

4


Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the Termination Date deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.

(b) If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such options must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond (i) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participant’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (ii) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for Participant’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

(c) If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

5.7 Limitations on Exercise . The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

5.8 Limitations on ISOs . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) will not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000). If the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the Options for the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) worth of Shares to become exercisable in such calendar year will be ISOs and the Options for the amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) that become exercisable in that calendar year will be NQSOs. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 18 hereof) to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

5.9 Modification, Extension or Renewal . The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. Subject to Section 5.10 hereof, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants by a written notice to them; provided, however, that the Exercise

 

5


Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 5.4 hereof for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price; provided, further, that the Exercise Price will not be reduced below the par value of the Shares, if any.

5.10 No Disqualification . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant, to disqualify any Participant’s ISO under Section 422 of the Code. In no event shall the total number of Shares issued (counting each reissuance of a Share that was previously issued and then forfeited or repurchased by the Company as a separate issuance) under the Plan upon exercise of ISOs exceed ten million (10,000,000) Shares (adjusted in proportion to any adjustments under Section 2.2 hereof) over the term of the Plan.

5.11 Information to Optionees . If the Company is relying on the exemption from registration under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act, then the Company shall provide the Required Information (as defined below) in the manner required by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) to all optionees every six months until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or is no longer relying on the exemption pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1); provided , that , prior to receiving access to the Required Information the optionee must agree to keep the Required Information confidential pursuant to a written agreement in the form provided by the Company. For purposes of this Section 5.11, “ Required Information ” means the information described in Rules 701(e)(3), (4) and (5) under the Securities Act.

6. RESTRICTED STOCK . A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible person Shares that are subject to certain specified restrictions. The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the person may purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions to which the Shares will be subject, and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the following:

6.1 Form of Restricted Stock Award . All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement (“ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ”) that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Restricted Stock Award will be accepted by the Participant’s execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days from the date the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is delivered to the person. If such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within such thirty (30) days, then the offer will terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

6.2 Purchase Price . The Purchase Price of Shares sold pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee and will be at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted or at the time the purchase is consummated, except in the case of a sale to a Ten Percent Stockholder, in which case the Purchase Price will be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted or at the time the purchase is consummated. Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 7 hereof.

 

6


6.3 Restrictions . Restricted Stock Awards may be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 11 hereof or such other restrictions not inconsistent with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

7. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES .

7.1 Payment . Payment for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to the Participant;

(b) by surrender of shares that: (i) either (A) have been owned by Participant for more than six (6) months and have been paid for within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (B) were obtained by Participant in the public market and (ii) are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests;

(c) by tender of a full recourse promissory note having such terms as may be approved by the Committee and bearing interest at a rate sufficient to avoid (i) imputation of income under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code and (ii) variable accounting treatment under Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 44 to APB No. 25; provided, however, that Participants who are not employees or directors of the Company will not be entitled to purchase Shares with a promissory note unless the note is adequately secured by collateral other than the Shares; provided, further, that the portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price, as the case may be, equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law;

(d) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant from the Company for services rendered;

(e) with respect only to purchases upon exercise of an Option, and provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists:

(i) through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(ii) through a “margin” commitment from the Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

(f) by any combination of the foregoing.

 

7


7.2 Loan Guarantees . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to assist the Participant in paying for Shares purchased under this Plan by authorizing a guarantee by the Company of a third-party loan to the Participant.

8. WITHHOLDING TAXES .

8.1 Withholding Generally . Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares. Whenever, under this Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash by the Company, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements.

8.2 Stock Withholding . When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may in its sole discretion allow the Participant to satisfy the minimum withholding tax obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued that minimum number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined; but in no event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company. All elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose will be made in accordance with the requirements established by the Committee for such elections and be in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee.

9. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP .

9.1 Voting and Dividends . No Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided, that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock. The Participant will have no right to retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Unvested Shares that are repurchased pursuant to Section 11 hereof. To the extent required, the Company will comply with Section 260.140.1 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations with respect to the voting rights of Common Stock.

9.2 Financial Statements . The Company will provide financial statements to each Participant annually during the period such Participant has Awards outstanding, or as otherwise required under Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be required to provide such financial statements to Participants when issuance of Awards is limited to key employees whose services in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

10. TRANSFERABILITY . Except as permitted by the Committee, Awards granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the

 

8


death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process. During the lifetime of the Participant an Award will be exercisable only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative and any elections with respect to an Award may be made only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative. For the avoidance of doubt, the prohibition against assignment and transfer applies to an Option and the shares to be issued on exercise of an Option, and shall be understood to include, without limitation, a prohibition against any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (in each case, as defined in Rule 16a-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act). During the lifetime of the Participant an Award will be exercisable only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative and any elections with respect to an Award may be made only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative. The terms of an Option shall be binding upon the executor, administrator, successors and assigns of the Participant who is a party thereto.

11. RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES .

11.1 Right of First Refusal . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement a right of first refusal to purchase all Shares that a Participant (or a subsequent transferee) may propose to transfer to a third party, unless otherwise not permitted by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code, provided that such right of first refusal terminates upon the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

11.2 Right of Repurchase . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement a right to repurchase Unvested Shares held by a Participant for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness owed to the Company by the Participant following such Participant’s Termination at any time within the later of ninety (90) days after the Participant’s Termination Date and the date the Participant purchases Shares under the Plan at the Participant’s Exercise Price or Purchase Price, as the case may be, provided that to the extent Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code is intended to apply, unless the Participant is an officer, director or consultant of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, such right of repurchase lapses at the rate of no less than twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from: (a) the date of grant of the Option or (b) in the case of Restricted Stock, the date the Participant purchases the Shares.

11.3 Market Stand-Off . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may require as a condition of an Award or exercise of an Option that the Participant agree, as required by the Company, not to sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Shares held by the Participant for a period up to 180 days following a public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC.

12. CERTIFICATES . All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

13. ESCROW; PLEDGE OF SHARES . To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares set forth in Section 11 hereof, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the

 

9


Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated. The Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of Participant’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided, however, that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant’s Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

14. EXCHANGE AND BUYOUT OF AWARDS . The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards. The Committee may at any time buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, shares of Common Stock of the Company (including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.

15. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE . Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, grants may be made pursuant to this plan which do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code. Any requirement of this Plan which is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply if the Committee so provides. An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to (i) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable, and/or (ii) compliance with any exemption, completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the exemption, registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.

16. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY . Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

17. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS .

17.1 Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor or Acquiring Company . In the event of (i) a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or similar transaction or series of related transactions (each, a “ combination transaction ”)) in which the Company is a constituent corporation or is a party if, as a result of such

 

10


combination transaction, the voting securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such combination transaction ( other than any such securities that are held by an “Acquiring Stockholder”, as defined below) do not represent, or are not converted into, securities of the surviving corporation of such combination transaction (or such surviving corporation’s parent corporation if the surviving corporation is owned by the parent corporation) that, immediately after the consummation of such combination transaction, together possess at least a majority of the total voting power of all securities of such surviving corporation (or its parent corporation, if applicable) that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of such combination transaction, including securities of such surviving corporation (or its parent corporation, if applicable) that are held by the Acquiring Stockholder; or (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, that is followed by the distribution of the proceeds to the Company’s stockholders, any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor or acquiring corporation (if any), which assumption, conversion or replacement will be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor or acquiring corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to stockholders of the Company (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor or acquiring corporation may also substitute by issuing, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions and other provisions no less favorable to the Participant than those which applied to such outstanding Shares immediately prior to such transaction described in this Section 17.1. For purposes of this Section 17.1, an “ Acquiring Stockholder ” means a stockholder or stockholders of the Company that (i) merges or combines with the Company in such combination transaction or (ii) owns or controls a majority of another corporation that merges or combines with the Corporation in such combination transaction. In the event such successor or acquiring corporation (if any) does not assume, convert, replace or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a transaction described in this Section 17.1, then notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, the vesting of such Awards will accelerate and the Options will become exercisable in full prior to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the Committee determines, and if such Options are not exercised prior to the consummation of the corporate transaction, they shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.

17.2 Other Treatment of Awards . Subject to any greater rights granted to Participants under the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, in the event of the occurrence of any transaction described in Section 17.1 hereof, any outstanding Awards will be treated as provided in the applicable agreement or plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation or sale of assets.

17.3 Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either (i) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other company’s award or (ii) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

 

11


18. ADOPTION AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL . This Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board (the “ Effective Date ”). This Plan will be approved by the stockholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, the Board may grant Awards pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that: (i) no Option may be exercised prior to initial stockholder approval of this Plan; (ii) no Option granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the stockholders of the Company; (iii) in the event that initial stockholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards granted hereunder shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any Award shall be canceled and any purchase of Shares issued hereunder shall be rescinded; and (iv) Awards granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board which increase is not timely approved by stockholders shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Awards shall be canceled, and any purchase of Shares subject to any such Award shall be rescinded.

19. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW . Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date or, if earlier, the date of stockholder approval. This Plan and all agreements hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

20. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN . Subject to Section 5.9 hereof, the Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan; provided, however, that the Board will not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such stockholder approval pursuant to Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code or the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder as such provisions apply to ISO plans.

21. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and other equity awards otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

22. DEFINITIONS . As used in this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

Award ” means any award under this Plan, including any Option or Restricted Stock Award.

Award Agreement ” means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award, including the Stock Option Agreement and Restricted Stock Agreement.

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause ” means Termination because of (i) any willful, material violation by the Participant of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the Participant’s conviction for, or guilty plea to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, or any willful perpetration by the Participant of a common law fraud,

 

12


(ii) the Participant’s commission of an act of personal dishonesty which involves personal profit in connection with the Company or any other entity having a business relationship with the Company, (iii) any material breach by the Participant of any provision of any agreement or understanding between the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Participant regarding the terms of the Participant’s service as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, including without limitation, the willful and continued failure or refusal of the Participant to perform the material duties required of such Participant as an employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, other than as a result of having a Disability, or a breach of any applicable invention assignment and confidentiality agreement or similar agreement between the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Participant, (iv) Participant’s disregard of the policies of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company so as to cause loss, damage or injury to the property, reputation or employees of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (v) any other misconduct by the Participant which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee ” means the committee created and appointed by the Board to administer this Plan, or if no committee is created and appointed, the Board.

Company ” means Marin Software Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation.

Disability ” means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, as determined by the Committee.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exercise Price ” means the price at which a holder of an Option may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) if such Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, its closing price on the Nasdaq National Market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal ;

(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal ;

(c) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported by The Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by any newspaper or other source as the Board may determine); or

(d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Committee in good faith.

 

13


Option ” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5 hereof.

Parent ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

Participant ” means a person who receives an Award under this Plan.

Plan ” means this 2006 Marin Software Incorporated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

Purchase Price ” means the price at which a Participant may purchase Restricted Stock.

Restricted Stock ” means Shares purchased pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award.

Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shares ” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock $0.001 par value, reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 17 hereof, and any successor security.

Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

Termination ” or “ Terminated ” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Participant will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of (i) sick leave, (ii) military leave, or (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Committee, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days (a) unless reinstatement (or, in the case of an employee with an ISO, reemployment) upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or (b) unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company’s Board and issued and promulgated in writing. In the case of any Participant on (i) sick leave, (ii) military leave or (iii) an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the Stock Option Agreement. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “ Termination Date ”).

Unvested Shares ” means “ Unvested Shares ” as defined in the Award Agreement.

Vested Shares ” means “ Vested Shares ” as defined in the Award Agreement.

 

14


ADDENDUM A

APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN OPTIONS GRANTED PARTICIPANTS IN THE UNITED KINGDOM

1. PURPOSE AND INTERPRETATION

(a) Purpose.  The purpose of this Addendum to the Plan (the “ UK Addendum ”) is to enable Options to be granted to UK Participants tax efficiently.

(b) Interpretation.  All definitions and rules in the Plan apply to the UK Addendum unless modified by it but the additional definitions and rules in the UK Addendum apply only to Options specifically designated by the Committee as being granted under the UK Addendum. Options granted under the specific provisions of the UK Addendum are NQSOs for purposes of the Plan unless expressly determined otherwise by the Committee in writing.

2. ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

Approved Company Share Option ” means an option granted by any Group member to acquire shares pursuant to a plan approved under Schedule 4 to ITEPA;

Eligible Employee ” has meaning set out in Part 4 of Schedule 5;

Group has the meaning in paragraph 58 of Schedule 5 and “ Group Company ” means any such company;

ITEPA ” means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003;

Option Shares ” means, in relation to any Option, the shares of Common Stock which are subject to it;

Rules ” means the Rules of the Plan as set out in the main body of the Plan and this UK Addendum or as may be validly amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, excluding additional addenda to the Plan that may be adopted for Awards granted to Participants outside of the United Kingdom;

Schedule 5 ” means Schedule 5 to ITEPA;

Tax Charge ” means all forms of taxation, including employee’s and employer’s national insurance contributions, income tax and any other imposts of whatever nature, whenever created or arising and whether of the United Kingdom or any other jurisdiction together with any other amount whatsoever, without limitation, payable by any Group Company or in respect of which any Group Company has a duty to account as a result of any laws of any jurisdiction relating to taxation.

UK Addendum ” means this UK Addendum to the Plan as constituted by the Rules or as from time to time amended;

UK Qualifying Option ” means an Option which satisfies the requirements of paragraph 1 of Schedule 5 which is granted as a qualifying option on the Award Date pursuant to this UK Addendum;

 

15


Withholding Liability ” means the liability of the Company, its Parent or any Subsidiary or any other Group Company to account for any Tax Charge in relation to an Option.

3. GRANT OF UK QUALIFYING OPTIONS

The Committee may grant Options as UK Qualifying Options pursuant to the UK Addendum if the following additional conditions are satisfied namely:

(a) a UK Qualifying Option shall only be granted to an individual who is an Eligible Employee;

(b) a UK Qualifying Option shall only be granted for commercial reasons in order to recruit or retain an Eligible Employee and not as part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose or one of the main purposes of which is the avoidance of tax;

(c) a UK Qualifying Option must be capable of being exercised within 10 years of grant;

(d) a UK Qualifying Option shall be designated as such on the grant date and granted in the form of a Grant Agreement between the Company and the Participant which satisfies the requirements of paragraph 37 of Schedule 5.

4. LIMITS – UK QUALIFYING OPTIONS

(a) No UK Qualifying Option shall be granted if following such grant the total value of Common Stock subject to unexercised UK Qualifying Options exceeds £3 million or such other limit as may be specified in Schedule 5.

(b) No UK Qualifying Option shall be granted to a person if, following such grant, the total market value of shares (of Common Stock or otherwise) which a Participant may acquire pursuant to all unexercised UK Qualifying Options and Approved Company Share Options (in each case granted to him by reason of his employment with the Company or any subsidiary) would exceed £119,999.

(c) For the purposes of Rule 4 of the UK Addendum total value and market value will be determined in accordance with paragraphs 5(6) to 5(8) and 7(6) of Schedule 5.

(d) If an Option is granted as a UK Qualifying Option and part of the Option Shares exceed the limit in Rule 4(b) of the UK Addendum, it shall be treated as two Options, one shall be treated as a UK Qualifying Option in respect of such number of Option Shares as is within the limit and the other as an Option which is not a UK Qualifying Option in respect of the balance of the Option Shares.

(e) Where options are granted simultaneously in breach of the limit in Rule 4(a) of the UK Addendum, paragraph 7(5) of Schedule 5 will apply to determine the extent to which the Options are UK Qualifying Options.

5. CEASING TO BE A UK QUALIFYING OPTION

If an Option ceases to be a UK Qualifying Option it will continue as if it had been granted as an Option which is not a UK Qualifying Option.

6. ADDITIONAL TERMS

 

16


(a) Death . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or Grant Agreement, if a Participant dies, his UK Qualifying Options will lapse 12 months following the date of death to the extent that they have not already lapsed.

(b) Notices . The Participant shall do all such things as may be reasonably required by the Company for the purposes of ensuring that the Option remains a UK Qualifying Option and to join with the Company in giving notice of the grant of the UK Qualifying Option to HM Revenue & Customs as required in accordance with Part 7 of Schedule 5.

(c) Consideration . The purchase price of Option Shares shall be settled in cash (by cheque) at the time of exercise and Rules 4.3 (a) to (f) of Part 1 shall not apply.

(d) Non-Transferability . A UK Qualifying Option may not, nor may any rights in respect of it, be transferred, assigned, charged or otherwise disposed for any reason except on the death of the Participant when it may be transmitted to the Participant’s personal representatives. A UK Qualifying Option shall lapse immediately if the Participant purports to breach this Rule 6(d) of the UK Addendum.

(e) Vesting . The extent to which a UK Qualifying Option may vest shall be specified in the Stock Option Agreement on the grant date.

(f) Income tax elections . The Committee may require the Participant to enter into an election to pay income tax on the unrestricted market value of the Option Shares pursuant to section 431(1) ITEPA as a condition of exercising a UK Qualifying Option.

(g) National Insurance elections. The Committee may, as a condition of exercising a UK Qualifying Option, require the Participant to enter into an election to transfer the liability for the secondary contributor’s National Insurance contributions that may arise on the exercise of the Option from the employer to the Participant. Such election must be in a form approved by HM Revenue & Customs.

(h) Withholding . No UK Qualifying Option shall be exercisable unless and until the Committee is satisfied in its absolute discretion that either:

(i) such Participant has made payment, or has made arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for the payment to it and/or to any subsidiary, of such sum as is sufficient to settle any Withholding Liability in any jurisdiction which is or would be recoverable from such person as a result of such exercise and in respect of which the Company and/or any Subsidiary and/or other Group Company is liable to account (in any jurisdiction); or

(ii) such person has entered into an agreement with it and/or any such subsidiary (in a form satisfactory to the Committee) to ensure that such a payment is made by the Participant.

Personal Data . All Participants and Eligible Employees agree as a condition of their participation in the Plan that any personal data in relation to them may be held by any Group Company and/or passed to any third party where necessary for the administration of the Plan.

 

17


No. «OptionNo»

MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

This Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant set forth below (the “ Date of Grant ”) by and between Marin Software Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the participant named below (the “ Participant ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

 

Participant:

   «Optionee»

Social Security Number:

  

 

Address:

  

 

  

 

Total Option Shares:

   «NoOptions»

Exercise Price per Share:

   «ExercisePrice»

Date of Grant:

   «GrantDate»

First Vesting Date:

   «FirstVestingDate»

Expiration Date:

   «ExpirationDate»
   (unless earlier terminated under Section 5.6 of the Plan)

Classification of Optionee

   [    ] Exempt Employee
   [    ] Nonexempt Employee

Type of Stock Option

  

(Check one):

   [ «ISO» ] Incentive Stock Option
   [ «NSO» ] Nonqualified Stock Option

1. GRANT OF OPTION . The Company hereby grants to Participant an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock $0.001 par value, of the Company set forth above as Total Option Shares (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan. If designated as an Incentive Stock Option above, the Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” (the “ ISO ”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

2. EXERCISE PERIOD .

2.1 Exercise Period of Option . This Option is immediately exercisable although the Shares issued upon exercise of the Option will be subject to the restrictions on transfer and Repurchase Option and Right of First Refusal set forth in Sections 7, 8 and 9 below. Provided Participant continues to provide services to the Company or to any Parent or Subsidiary of the


Company, the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Option will become vested with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares on the First Vesting Date set forth on the first page of this Agreement (the “First Vesting Date” ) and thereafter at the end of each full succeeding month after the First Vesting Date an additional 2.08333% of the Shares will become vested until the Shares are vested with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the Shares. If application of the vesting percentage causes a fractional share, such share shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share for each month except for the last month in such vesting period, at the end of which last month this Option shall become vested for the full remainder of the Shares.

2.2 Vesting of Options . Shares that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 are “Vested Shares.” Shares that are not vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 are “Unvested Shares.”

2.3 Expiration . The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth above or earlier as provided in Section 3 below or pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Plan.

3. TERMINATION .

3.1 Termination for Any Reason Except Death, Disability or Cause . If Participant is Terminated for any reason, except death, Disability or for Cause, the Option, to the extent (and only to the extent) that it would have been exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant no later than three (3) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date.

3.2 Termination Because of Death or Disability . If Participant is Terminated because of death or Disability of Participant (or Participant dies within three (3) months of Termination when Termination is for any reason other than Participant’s Disability or for Cause), the Option, to the extent that it is exercisable by Participant on the Termination Date, may be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative) no later than twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, but in any event no later than the Expiration Date. Any exercise beyond (i) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participant’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; or (ii) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the termination is for Participant’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, is deemed to be an NQSO.

3.3 Termination for Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

3.4 No Obligation to Employ . Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer on Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

 

2


4. MANNER OF EXERCISE .

4.1 Stock Option Exercise Agreement . To exercise this Option, Participant (or in the case of exercise after Participant’s death or incapacity, Participant’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed stock option exercise agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A , or in such other form as may be approved by the Committee from time to time (the “ Exercise Agreement ”), which shall set forth, inter alia , (i) Participant’s election to exercise the Option, (ii) the number of Shares being purchased, (iii) any restrictions imposed on the Shares and (iv) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws. If someone other than Participant exercises the Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise the Option and such person shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained herein as if such person were the Participant.

4.2 Limitations on Exercise . The Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise. The Option may not be exercised as to fewer than one hundred (100) Shares unless it is exercised as to all Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

4.3 Payment . The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the shares being purchased in cash (by check), or where permitted by law:

(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;

(b) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to Participant for services rendered;

(c) provided that a public market for the Company’s stock exists: (i) through a “same day sale” commitment from Participant and a broker-dealer that is a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers (an “ NASD Dealer ”) whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay for the total Exercise Price and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company, or (ii) through a “margin” commitment from Participant and an NASD Dealer whereby Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Option and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the NASD Dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the NASD Dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price, and whereby the NASD Dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company;

(d) any other form of consideration approved by the Committee; or

(e) by any combination of the foregoing.

4.4 Tax Withholding . Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Participant must pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company. If the Committee permits, Participant may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the minimum number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of taxes required to be withheld; but in no event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in

 

3


adverse accounting consequences to the Company. In such case, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to the Participant by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise.

4.5 Issuance of Shares . Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, the Company shall issue the Shares registered in the name of Participant, Participant’s authorized assignee, or Participant’s legal representative, and shall deliver certificates representing the Shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

5. NOTICE OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION OF ISO SHARES . If the Option is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, and (ii) the date one (1) year after transfer of such Shares to Participant upon exercise of the Option, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant from the early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current wages or other compensation payable to Participant.

6. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS . The Plan and this Agreement are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code and any regulations relating thereto. Any provision of this Agreement which is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) or any regulations relating thereto shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o) and any regulations relating thereto. The exercise of the Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Participant with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer. Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the SEC, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

7. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION . The Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant or in the event of Participant’s incapacity, by Participant’s legal representative. The terms of the Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Participant.

8. COMPANY’S REPURCHASE OPTION FOR UNVESTED SHARES . The Company, or its assignee, shall have the option to repurchase Participant’s Unvested Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in the Exercise Agreement (the “ Repurchase Option ”) if Participant is Terminated (as defined in the Plan) for any reason, or no reason, including without limitation Participant’s death, Disability (as defined in the Plan), voluntary resignation or termination by the Company with or without Cause.

9. COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Before any Vested Shares held by Participant or any transferee of such Vested Shares may be sold or otherwise transferred (including

 

4


without limitation a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) shall have an assignable right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred on the terms and conditions set forth in the Exercise Agreement (the “ Right of First Refusal ”). The Company’s Right of First Refusal will terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded.

10. TAX CONSEQUENCES . Set forth below is a brief summary as of the Effective Date of the Plan of some of the federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PARTICIPANT SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

10.1 Exercise of ISO . If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject the Participant to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

10.2 Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option . If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular federal and California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Participant will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Participant is a current or former employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Participant’s compensation or collect from Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

10.3 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Incentive Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes. If Vested Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

(b) Nonqualified Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

(c) Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from the Participant’s compensation or collect from the Participant and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.

11. SECTION 409A . Unless expressly determined otherwise by the Committee, an Award granted hereunder is intended to be compliant with Section 409A of the Code, including, without limitation, in the case of an Option, such Option being granted at not less than 100% of the

 

5


Fair Market Value per Share underlying such Option. In the event it is subsequently determined by the Committee or pursuant to Applicable Laws that an Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Participant expressly agrees, by accepting this Award, to hold the Committee and the Company harmless from any such determination, including the imposition of any tax, interest or other penalty that may arise from such a determination.

12. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP . Participant shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to Participant.

13. INTERPRETATION . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Participant or the Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and Participant.

14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof.

15. NOTICES . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Participant shall be in writing and addressed to Participant at the address indicated above or to such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon: (i) personal delivery; (ii) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested); (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid); or (iv) one (1) business day after transmission by facsimile, rapifax or telecopier.

16. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement, including its rights to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and Participant’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

17. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

18. ACCEPTANCE . Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof, and accepts the Option subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Participant should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in duplicate by its duly authorized representative and Participant has executed this Agreement in duplicate, effective as of the Date of Grant.

 

Marin Software Incorporated      Participant
By:  

 

    

 

       Signature

Christopher Lien

    

«Optionee»

(Please print name)      (Please print name)

President and Chief Executive Officer

      
(Please print title)       
Address: 123 Mission Street, 25 th Floor      Address:  

 

                San Francisco, CA 94105     

 

Phone No.: [personally identifiable information withheld]      Phone No.:  

 

Fax No.: [personally identifiable information withheld]      Fax No.:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

 

7


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)


No. «OptionNo»

MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

This Stock Option Exercise Agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                     (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Marin Software Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the purchaser named below (the “ Purchaser ”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

 

Purchaser:

   «Optionee»

Social Security Number:

  

 

Address:

  

 

  

 

Total Number of Shares:

  

 

Exercise Price per Share:

   «ExercisePrice»

Date of Grant:

   «GrantDate»

First Vesting Date:

   «FirstVestingDate»

Expiration Date:

   «ExpirationDate»
   (Unless earlier terminated under Section 5.6 of the Plan)

Type of Stock Option

  

(Check one):

   [«ISO»] Incentive Stock Option
   [«NSO»] Nonqualified Stock Option

1. EXERCISE OF OPTION .

1.1 Exercise . Pursuant to exercise of that certain option (the “ Option ”) granted to Purchaser under the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, the Total Number of Shares set forth above (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock $0.001 par value per share, at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth above (the “ Exercise Price ”). As used in this Exercise Agreement, the term “ Shares ” refers to the Shares purchased under this Exercise Agreement and includes all securities received (i) in replacement of the Shares, (ii) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (iii) all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.


1.2 Title to Shares . The exact spelling of the name(s) under which Purchaser will take title to the Shares is:

 

 

 

 

Purchaser desires to take title to the Shares as follows:

¨ Individual, as separate property

¨ Husband and wife, as community property

¨ Joint Tenants

¨ Other; please specify:

To assign the Shares to a trust, a stock transfer agreement in the form provided by the Company (the “ Stock Transfer Agreement ”) must be completed and executed.

1.3 Payment . Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Exercise Price in the manner permitted in the Stock Option Agreement as follows (check and complete as appropriate):

¨ in cash (by check) in the amount of $            , receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company;

¨ by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to Purchaser in the amount of $            ;

¨ by the waiver hereby of compensation due or accrued for services rendered in the amount of $            .

2. DELIVERY .

2.1 Deliveries by Purchaser . Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company (i) this Exercise Agreement, (ii) two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the “ Stock Powers ”), both executed by Purchaser (and Purchaser’s spouse, if any), (iii) if Purchaser is married, a Consent of Spouse in the form of Exhibit 2 attached hereto (the “ Spouse Consent ”) executed by Purchaser’s spouse, and (iv) the Exercise Price and payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations in the form of a check or other proofs of payment, as the case may be, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 3 .

2.2 Deliveries by the Company . Upon its receipt of the Exercise Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company under Section 2.1, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 11.

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER . Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

2


3.1 Agrees to Terms of the Plan . Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, has read and understands the terms of the Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions. Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

3.2 Purchase for Own Account for Investment . Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act. Purchaser has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the Shares and no one other than Purchaser has any beneficial ownership of any of the Shares.

3.3 Access to Information . Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

3.4 Understanding of Risks . Purchaser is fully aware of: (i) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (ii) the financial hazards involved; (iii) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares (e.g., that Purchaser may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); (iv) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (v) the tax consequences of investment in the Shares. Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, has the ability to protect Purchaser’s own interests in this transaction and is financially capable of bearing a total loss of this investment.

3.5 No General Solicitation . At no time was Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

4. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS .

4.1 Compliance with U.S. Federal Securities Laws . Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act and that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Stock Option Agreement to the contrary, the exercise of any rights to purchase any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws. Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

4.2 Compliance with California Securities Laws . THE PLAN, THE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, AND THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE INTENDED TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 25102(o) OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE AND ANY RULES (INCLUDING COMMISSIONER RULES, IF APPLICABLE) OR REGULATIONS PROMULGATED THEREUNDER BY THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF CORPORATIONS (THE REGULATIONS ”). ANY PROVISION OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH SECTION 25102(o) SHALL, WITHOUT FURTHER ACT OR AMENDMENT BY THE COMPANY OR THE BOARD, BE REFORMED TO COMPLY WITH THE

 

3


REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 25102(o). THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT, IF NOT YET QUALIFIED WITH THE CALIFORNIA COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS AND NOT EXEMPT FROM SUCH QUALIFICATION, IS SUBJECT TO SUCH QUALIFICATION, AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES, AND THE RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE IS EXEMPT. THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES TO THIS EXERCISE AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED OR AN EXEMPTION BEING AVAILABLE.

5. RESTRICTED SECURITIES .

5.1 No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt . Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available. Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares. Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.

5.2 SEC Rule 144 . In addition, Purchaser has been advised that SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months and, in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144). Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.

5.3 SEC Rule 701 . The Shares are issued pursuant to SEC Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act and may become freely tradable by non-affiliates (under limited conditions regarding the method of sale) ninety (90) days after the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC, subject to the lengthier market standoff agreement contained in Section 11 of this Exercise Agreement or any other agreement entered into by Purchaser. Affiliates must comply with the provisions (other than the holding period requirements) of Rule 144.

6. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS .

6.1 Disposition of Shares . Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Exercise Agreement) unless and until:

(a) Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

(b) Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Exercise Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

 

4


(c) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) have been taken; and

(d) Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the Regulations referred to in Section 4.2 hereof.

6.2 Restriction on Transfer . Purchaser shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Exercise Agreement.

6.3 Transferee Obligations . Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Exercise Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Exercise Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (i) both the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder and (ii) the market stand-off provisions of Section 11 hereof, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.

7. MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT . Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the underwriters may specify. Purchaser further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing.

8. COMPANY’S REPURCHASE OPTION FOR UNVESTED SHARES . The Company, or its assignee, shall have the option to repurchase Purchaser’s Unvested Shares (as defined in Section 2.3 of the Stock Option Agreement) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 8 (the “ Repurchase Option ”) if Purchaser is Terminated (as defined in the Plan) for any reason, or no reason, including without limitation Purchaser’s death, Disability (as defined in the Plan), voluntary resignation or termination by the Company with or without cause.

8.1 Termination and Termination Date . In case of any dispute as to whether Purchaser is Terminated, the Committee shall have discretion to determine whether Purchaser has been Terminated and the effective date of such Termination (the “ Termination Date ”).

8.2 Exercise of Repurchase Option . At any time within ninety (90) days after the Purchaser’s Termination Date (or, in the case of securities issued upon exercise after the Purchaser’s Termination Date, within ninety (90) days after the date of such exercise), the Company, or its assignee, may elect to repurchase the Purchaser’s Unvested Shares by giving Purchaser written notice of exercise of the Repurchase Option.

 

5


8.3 Calculation of Repurchase Price for Unvested Shares . The Company or its assignee shall have the option to repurchase from Purchaser (or from Purchaser’s personal representative as the case may be) the Unvested Shares at the Purchaser’s Exercise Price, proportionately adjusted for any stock split or similar change in the capital structure of the Company as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Plan.

8.4 Payment of Repurchase Price . The repurchase price shall be payable, at the option of the Company or its assignee, by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of Purchaser to the Company or such assignee, or by any combination thereof. The repurchase price shall be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after exercise of the Repurchase Option.

8.5 Right of Termination Unaffected . Nothing in this Exercise Agreement shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) to terminate Purchaser’s employment or other relationship with Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without cause.

9. COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL . Before any Vested Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 9 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

9.1 Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price ”); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Exercise Agreement.

9.2 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

9.3 Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section 9 will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

 

6


9.4 Payment . Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof. The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

9.5 Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 9, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

9.6 Exempt Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer or conversion of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations (except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless (i) the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; or (ii) the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides); or (iii) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company. As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family ” will mean Purchaser’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above.

9.7 Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan).

9.8 Encumbrances on Vested Shares . Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Vested Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made,

 

7


agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that: (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party. Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.

10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Right of First Refusal. Upon an exercise of the Right of First Refusal, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Exercise Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

11. ESCROW . As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Exercise Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with the Stock Powers executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the date and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Exercise Agreement. Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Exercise Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Exercise Agreement. Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Exercise Agreement. The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of and the Right of First Refusal.

12. RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS .

12.1 Legends . Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. Federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO

 

8


BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF REPURCHASE AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTIONS HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION EXERCISE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF REPURCHASE AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A 180-DAY MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF ANY PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

12.2 Stop-Transfer Instructions . Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Exercise Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

12.3 Refusal to Transfer . The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

13. TAX CONSEQUENCES . PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES. PURCHASER REPRESENTS: (i) THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER THAT PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (ii) THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE. Set forth below is a brief summary as of the date the Plan was adopted by the Board of some of the U.S. Federal and California tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE

 

9


SUBJECT TO CHANGE. PURCHASER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER OWN TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES .

13.1 Exercise of Incentive Stock Option . If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular U.S. Federal income tax liability or California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for U.S. Federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject Purchaser to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

13.2 Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option . If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular U.S. Federal income tax liability and a California income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Purchaser will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price. If Purchaser is or was an employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Purchaser’s compensation or collect from Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

13.3 Disposition of Shares . The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

(a) Incentive Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for federal and California income tax purposes. If Vested Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

(b) Nonqualified Stock Options . If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

(c) Withholding . The Company may be required to withhold from the Purchaser’s compensation or collect from the Purchaser and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income.

13.4 Section 83(b) Election for Unvested Shares . With respect to Unvested Shares, which are subject to the Repurchase Option, unless an election is filed by the Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service (and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities), within 30 days of the purchase of the Unvested Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code (and similar state tax provisions, if applicable) to be taxed currently on any difference between the Exercise Price of the Unvested Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase, there may be a recognition of taxable income (including, where applicable, alternative minimum taxable income) to the Purchaser, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Unvested Shares at the time they cease to be Unvested Shares, over the Exercise Price of the Unvested Shares.

 

10


14. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS . The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Purchaser with all applicable state and U.S. Federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

15. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Agreement, including its rights to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal. This Exercise Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

16. GOVERNING LAW; SEVERABILITY . This Exercise Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California. If any provision of this Exercise Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

17. NOTICES . Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company shall be in writing and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at its principal corporate offices. Any notice required to be given or delivered to Purchaser shall be in writing and addressed to Purchaser at the address indicated above or to such other address as Purchaser may designate in writing from time to time to the Company. All notices shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, (i) three (3) days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), (ii) one (1) business day after its deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid), or (iii) one (1) business day after transmission by rapifax or telecopier.

18. FURTHER INSTRUMENTS . The parties agree to execute such further instruments and to take such further action as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Exercise Agreement.

19. HEADINGS . The captions and headings of this Exercise Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Exercise Agreement. All references herein to Sections will refer to Sections of this Exercise Agreement.

20. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . The Plan, the Stock Option Agreement and this Exercise Agreement, together with all Exhibits thereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Exercise Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Exercise Agreement to be executed in duplicate by its duly authorized representative and Purchaser has executed this Exercise Agreement in duplicate as of the Effective Date, indicated above.

 

Marin Software Incorporated

     Purchaser

By:

 

 

    

 

       (Signature)

 

    

«Optionee»

(Please print name)      (Please print name)

 

    

(Please print title)

    

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED STOCK OPTION

EXERCISE AGREEMENT (IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)]

 

12


LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1: Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate

 

Exhibit 2: Spouse Consent

 

Exhibit 3: Copy of Purchaser’s Check

 

Exhibit 4: Section 83(b) Election


EXHIBIT 1

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE


Stock Power and Assignment

Separate From Stock Certificate

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Stock Option Exercise Agreement No. «OptionNo» dated as of             ,             , (the “ Agreement ”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto             ,             shares of the Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of Marin Software Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).             delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO .

 

Dated:  

 

 

 

PURCHASER

 

(Signature)

 

(Please Print Name)

 

(Spouse’s Signature, if any)

 

(Please Print Spouse’s Name)

Instructions to Purchaser : Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line. The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company to acquire the shares pursuant to “Right of First Refusal” set forth in the Exercise Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser or Purchaser’s Spouse.


EXHIBIT 2

SPOUSE CONSENT


Spouse Consent

The undersigned spouse of «Optionee» (the “ Purchaser ”) has read, understands, and hereby approves the Stock Option Exercise Agreement between Purchaser and the Company (the “ Agreement ”). In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agrees that any community property interest I may have in the Shares shall similarly be bound by the Agreement. The undersigned hereby appoints Purchaser as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

   

 

 
    Print Name of Purchaser’s Spouse  
   

 

 
    Signature of Purchaser’s Spouse  
  Address:  

 

 
   

 

 
   

 

 


EXHIBIT 3

COPY OF PURCHASER’S CHECK


EXHIBIT 4

SECTION 83(b) ELECTION


ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE

INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

The undersigned Taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the property described below at the time of transfer over the amount paid for such property, as compensation for services in the calculation of: (1) regular gross income; (2) alternative minimum taxable income or (3) disqualifying disposition gross income, as the case may be.

 

1.

   TAXPAYER’S NAME:   

«Optionee»

   TAXPAYER’S ADDRESS:   

 

     

 

   SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:   

 

 

2. The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:             shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value, which were transferred upon exercise of an option of Marin Software Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), which is Taxpayer’s employer or the corporation for whom the Taxpayer performs services.

 

3. The date on which the shares were transferred pursuant to the exercise of the option was             , 201            and this election is made for calendar year 201    .

 

4. The shares received upon exercise of the option are subject to the following restrictions: The Company may repurchase all or a portion of the shares at the Taxpayer’s original purchase price under certain conditions at the time of Taxpayer’s termination of employment or services.

 

5. The fair market value of the shares (without regard to restrictions other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse) was $            per share at the time of exercise of the option.

 

6. The amount paid for such shares upon exercise of the option was «ExercisePrice» per share.

 

7. The Taxpayer has submitted a copy of this statement to the Company.

THIS ELECTION MUST BE FILED WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (“ IRS ”), AT THE OFFICE WHERE THE TAXPAYER FILES ANNUAL INCOME TAX RETURNS, WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF TRANSFER OF THE SHARES, AND MUST ALSO BE FILED WITH THE TAXPAYER’S INCOME TAX RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR. THE ELECTION CANNOT BE REVOKED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE IRS.

 

Dated:  

 

     

 

        Taxpayer’s Signature

Exhibit 10.5

June 15, 2006

Mr. Joseph Chang

[personally identifiable information withheld]

Offer of Employment by Marin Software Incorporated

Dear Joe:

I am very pleased to confirm our offer to you of employment with Marin Software Incorporated (the “ Company ) in the position of Vice President of Engineering. In this position you will report to Christopher Lien, Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Your start date shall be June 15, 2006. The terms of our offer and the benefits currently provided by the Company are as follows:

1. Starting Salary . Your starting salary will be $150,000 per year (less normal payroll deductions and withholdings), and will be subject to review on an annual basis.

2. Benefits . In addition, you will be eligible to participate in regular health insurance, bonus and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees from time to time. Except as expressly provided herein, the Company reserves the right to change or otherwise modify, in its sole discretion, the preceding terms of employment, as well as any of the terms set forth herein at any time in the future. In addition, if so requested, the Company will reimburse you for your monthly COBRA costs prior to the establishment by the Company of regular health insurance benefits. As discussed with you, the Company plans to offer to its employees health, dental and vision benefits. In addition, the Company agrees to provide you with 15 days per year of paid vacation in addition to regular Company holidays.

3. Confidentiality . As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company. To protect the interests of the Company, you will need to sign the Company’s standard “Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement” as a condition of your employment. We wish to impress upon you that we do not want you to, and we hereby direct you not to, bring with you any confidential or proprietary material of any former employer or to violate any other obligations you may have to any former employer. During the period that you render services to the Company, you agree to not engage in any employment, business or activity that is in any way competitive with the business or proposed business of the Company. You will disclose to the Company in writing any other gainful employment, business or activity that you are currently associated with or participate in that competes with the Company. You will not assist any other person or organization in competing with the Company or in preparing to engage in competition with the business or proposed business of the Company. You represent that your signing of this offer letter and the Company’s Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement and your commencement of employment with the Company will not violate any agreement currently in place between yourself and current or past employers. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, you may engage in charitable activities and community affairs, and with the prior approval of the Board of Directors you may serve as a director of any corporation which does not compete in any way with Company business or proposed business; provided that such activities are not inconsistent with your obligations to the Company.


Joseph Chang

June 15, 2006

Page 2 of 3

4. Options .

(a) We will recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company that you be granted, under the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan” ), an option to purchase 10.0% fully diluted of the Company’s Common Stock, with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors on the date of grant. The shares of Common Stock subject to the option will, for so long as you remain continuously employed by the Company become vested according to the following four-year schedule (subject to adjustment as described below): (i) 2.0833% of the shares will be vested as of the first month from your employment start date (the “First Vesting Date” ); and (ii) thereafter at the end of each full succeeding calendar month, 2.0833% of the total shares will become vested.

(b) Stock Option Agreements . Following approval by the Board of Directors, the Company will provide you with a stock option agreement, which will govern the terms of the option.

(c) Board Approval Required. The grant by the Company of the stock option specified above is subject to the Board of Directors’ approval, and the references to the recommendation for such approval is not a promise of compensation and, prior to such approval, is not intended to create an obligation on the part of the Company.

5. At Will Employment . While we look forward to a profitable relationship, should you decide to accept our offer, you will be an at-will employee of the Company, which means the employment or other relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause. You should regard any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter) as ineffective. Further, your participation in any stock option or benefit program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment or service for any particular period of time. Any modification or change in your at-will employment status may only occur by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and an authorized officer of the Company (other than you), and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

6. Authorization to Work. Please note that because of employer regulations adopted in the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, within three (3) business days of starting your new position you will need to present documentation demonstrating that you have authorization to work in the United States.

7. Arbitration. You and the Company shall submit to mandatory and exclusive binding arbitration of any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or any breach hereof, provided , however , that the parties retain their right to, and shall not be prohibited, limited or in any other way restricted from, seeking or obtaining equitable relief from a court having jurisdiction over the parties. Such arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and conducted through the American Arbitration Association in the State of California, San Francisco County, before a single neutral arbitrator, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in effect at that time. The parties may conduct only essential discovery prior to the hearing, as defined by the AAA arbitrator. The arbitrator shall issue a written decision that contains the essential findings and conclusions on which the decision is based. You shall bear only those costs of arbitration you would otherwise bear had you brought a claim covered by this Agreement in court. Judgment upon the determination or award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In addition to any other award, the arbitrator shall award the prevailing party attorneys’ fees, costs and arbitration costs, incurred by the prevailing party as a result of the arbitration.


8. Successors, Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall not automatically be terminated by the voluntary or involuntary dissolution of the Company or by any merger or consolidation, whether or not the Company is the surviving or resulting corporation, or upon any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. In the event of any such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets, the provisions of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the surviving or resulting corporation, or the corporation to which such assets shall have been transferred, as the case may be; provided, however, that the Company will require any successor to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to you, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

9. Miscellaneous . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to California’s choice of law rules. No waiver of any term of this Agreement constitutes a waiver of any other term of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended only in writing by an agreement specifically referencing this Agreement which is signed by both you and the Company. In the event that a court or other trier of fact invalidates one or more terms of this Agreement, all the other terms of this Agreement shall remain valid and enforceable. You shall have no duty to mitigate any damages caused by the breach of the Company of this Agreement.

10. Acceptance . If you decide to accept our offer, and I hope you will, please sign the enclosed copy of this letter in the space indicated and return it to me. Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this offer letter and the attached documents, if any. Should you have anything else that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to call me.

We look forward to the opportunity to welcome you to the Company.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Christopher Lien

Christopher Lien, Founder and CEO

I have read and understood this offer letter and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of my employment offer except as specifically set forth herein.

 

/s/ Joseph Chang

      Date signed:  

6/15/06

Joseph Chang    

Exhibit 10.6

123 MISSION STREET

OFFICE LEASE

123 MISSION, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

Landlord

and

MARIN SOFTWARE,

a Delaware corporation,

Tenant

DATED AS OF: January 7, 2011


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Paragraph

   Page  

1. Premises

     4   

2. Certain Basic Lease Terms

     4   

3. Term; Delivery of Possession of Premises

     5   

4. Premises “As Is”

     6   

5. Monthly Rent

     6   

6. Security Deposit

     7   

7. Additional Rent: Increases in Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses

     7   

8. Use of Premises; Compliance with Law

     11   

9. Alterations and Restoration

     13   

10. Repair

     15   

11. Abandonment

     15   

12. Liens

     15   

13. Assignment and Subletting

     16   

14. Indemnification of Landlord

     21   

15. Insurance

     22   

16. Mutual Waiver of Subrogation Rights

     24   

17. Utilities

     24   

18. Personal Property and Other Taxes

     26   

19. Rules and Regulations

     27   

20. Surrender; Holding Over

     27   

21. Subordination and Attornment

     28   

22. Financing Condition

     28   

23. Entry by Landlord

     29   

24. Insolvency or Bankruptcy

     29   

25. Default and Remedies

     30   

26. Damage or Destruction

     33   

27. Eminent Domain

     33   

28. Landlord’s Liability; Sale of Building

     34   

29. Estoppel Certificates

     35   

30. Right of Landlord to Perform

     35   

31. Late Charge

     35   

32. Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial

     36   

33. Waive

     36   

34. Notices

     37   

35. Notice of Surrender

     37   

36. Defined Terms and Marginal Headings

     37   

37. Time and Applicable Law

     37   

38. Successors

     37   

39. Entire Agreement; Modifications

     38   

40. Light and Air

     38   

41. Name of Building

     38   

42. Severability

     38   

43. Authority

     38   

44. No Offer

     38   

45. Real Estate Brokers

     38   

46. Consents and Approvals

     38   

47. Reserved Rights

     39   

 

2


48. Financial Statements

     39   

49. Deleted

     40   

50. Nondisclosure of Lease Terms

     40   

51. Hazardous Substance Disclosure

     40   

52. Signage

     40   

53. Quiet Enjoyment

     42   

54. Telecommunications Equipment

     42   

55. Parking

     44   

EXHIBITS:

A – Outline of Premises

B – Rules and Regulations

C – Form of Commencement Date Letter

D – Additional Restoration Obligations

 

3


LEASE

THIS LEASE is made as of the 7th day of January, 2011, between 123 MISSION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and MARIN SOFTWARE, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

1. Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the space outlined on the attached Exhibit A (the “Premises”). The Premises are located on the floor(s) specified in Paragraph 2 below of the building (the “Building”) located at 123 Mission Street, at the intersection of Main and Mission Streets, San Francisco, California. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Land” shall mean, collectively, the parcels of land currently designated as Assessor’s Parcel Nos. 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 of Block 3717, City and County of San Francisco, California, together with all appurtenant rights and easements. The Building, its garage, the Land and the other improvements on the Land are referred to herein as the “Real Property.”

Tenant’s lease of the Premises shall include the right to use, in common with others and subject to the other provisions of this Lease, the public lobbies, entrances, stairs, elevators and other public portions of the Building. All of the windows and outside walls of the Premises and any space in the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, ducts, electrical equipment or other utilities or Building facilities are reserved solely to Landlord and Landlord shall have rights of access through the Premises for the purpose of operating, maintaining and repairing the same.

2. Certain Basic Lease Terms . As used herein, the following terms shall have the meaning specified below:

a. Floor(s) on which the Premises are located: All of the rentable area on the 25th and 27th floors of the Building, being designated as Suites 2500 (the “25th Floor Premises”) and 2700 (the “27th Floor Premises”), respectively. Landlord and Tenant agree that for all purposes of this Lease, the Premises shall be deemed to contain an aggregate of 28,711 rentable square feet of space, being comprised of 14,331 rentable square feet of space in the 25th Floor Premises, and 14,380 rentable square feet of space in the 27th Floor Premises.

b. Lease term: Three (3) years, commencing on February 1, 2011 (the “Commencement Date”), and ending January 31, 2014 (the “Expiration Date”).

c. Monthly Rent: The respective sums set forth as follows:

25th Floor Premises :

 

Period

   Monthly Rent      Rate Per sq. Ft.
(Per Annum)
 

2/1/11 – 1/31/13

   $ 38,419.02       $ 32.17   

2/1/13 – 1/31/14

   $ 50,158.50       $ 42.00   

27th Floor Premises :

 

Period

   Monthly Rent      Rate Per sq. Ft.
(Per Annum)
 

7/1/12 – 1/31/14

   $ 42,133.40       $ 35.16   

 

4


d. Security Deposit: $96,915.33, provided, however, that until the term of this Lease shall commence as respects the 27th Floor Premises, the Security Deposit shall be $47,770.00.

e. Tenant’s Share: 8.27%; provided, however, that until the term of this Lease shall have commenced as respects the 27th Floor Premises, Tenant’s Share shall be 4.13%.

f. Base Year:

25th Floor Premises : The calendar year 2011.

27th Floor Premises : The calendar year 2013.

g. Base Tax Year:

25th Floor Premises : The fiscal tax year ending June 30, 2012.

27th Floor Premises : The fiscal tax year ending June 30, 2013

h. Business of Tenant: Software.

i. Real estate broker(s): Cornish & Carey Commercial (“Landlord’s Broker”) and GVA Kidder Mathews (“Tenant’s Broker”).

3. Term; Delivery of Possession of Premises .

a. Term . The term of this Lease shall commence as respects the 25th Floor Premises on the Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph 2.b.), and the term of this Lease shall commence as respects the 27th Floor Premises on July 1, 2012, and, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof or at law, shall expire on the Expiration Date (as defined in Paragraph 2.b.). Upon either party’s request after the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a letter in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto confirming the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date.

b. Delivery of Possession . If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of either floor of the Premises to Tenant on or before the scheduled commencement date with respect thereto, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, but the applicable commencement date shall be delayed until the date Landlord delivers possession of the floor of the Premises to Tenant in the condition required by this Lease. No delay in delivery of possession of either floor of the Premises shall operate to extend the term of this Lease beyond the fixed Expiration Date set forth in Paragraph 2.b., or amend Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

c. Current Occupancy. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant currently subleases both floors of the Premises from the current tenant thereof, and that the term of such sublease expires, as to each floor of the Premises, the day immediately preceding the respective commencement date hereunder applicable to such floor.

 

5


4. Premises “As Is” . Tenant shall accept each floor of the Premises in its “as is” state and condition as of the respective commencement date hereunder applicable thereto, and, except as set forth below in this Paragraph 4, Landlord shall have no obligation to make or pay for any improvements or renovations in or to the Premises or to otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the Commencement Date, and at such as Landlord and Tenant shall agree, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall upgrade the core area restrooms on the 25th Floor Premises to current Building standards, which in no event shall be less than the standards of the core areas restrooms in the 27th Floor Premises as they exist on the date of this Lease.

5. Monthly Rent.

a. Commencing as of the Commencement Date, and continuing thereafter on or before the first day of each calendar month during the term hereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as monthly rent for the Premises, the Monthly Rent specified in Paragraph 2 above. If Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent hereunder commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or if the term of this Lease terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Monthly Rent payable for such partial month shall be appropriately prorated on the basis of a thirty (30)-day month. Monthly Rent and the Additional Rent specified in Paragraph 7 shall he paid by Tenant to Landlord, in advance, without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, in immediately available funds of lawful money of the United States of America, or by good check as described below, to the lockbox location designated by Landlord, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments made by check must be drawn either on a California financial institution or on a financial institution that is a member of the federal reserve system. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall pay to Landlord together with Tenant’s execution of this Lease an amount equal to the Monthly Rent payable for the first full calendar month of the Lease term after Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent shall have commenced hereunder, which amount shall be applied to the Monthly Rent first due and payable hereunder.

b. All amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, or otherwise payable in connection with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, in addition to the Monthly Rent hereunder and Additional Rent under Paragraph 7, shall constitute rent owed by Tenant to Landlord hereunder.

c. Any rent not paid by Tenant to Landlord when due shall bear interest from the date due to the date of payment by Tenant at an annual rate of interest (the “Interest Rate”) equal to the lesser of (i) twelve percent (12%) per annum or (ii) the maximum annual interest rate allowed by law on such due date for business loans (not primarily for personal, family or household purposes) not exempt from the usury law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of non-payment of rent when due and five (5) days after delivery of such notice to cure such non-payment once in each calendar year before assessing interest in such calendar year pursuant to this Paragraph 5.c. Failure by Tenant to pay rent when due, including any interest accrued under this subparagraph, shall constitute an Event of Default (as defined in Paragraph 25 below) giving rise to all the remedies afforded Landlord under this Lease and at law for nonpayment of rent.

d. No security or guaranty which may now or hereafter be furnished to Landlord for the payment of rent due hereunder or for the performance by Tenant of the other terms of this Lease shall in any way be a bar or defense to any of Landlord’s remedies under this Lease or at law.

 

6


e. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease: (i) in no event may any rent under this Lease be based in whole or in part on the income or profits derived from the Premises, except for percentage rent based on gross (not net) receipts or sales; (ii) if the holder of a Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21 below) succeeds to Landlord’s interest in the Lease (“Successor Landlord”) and the Successor Landlord is advised by its counsel that all or any portion of the rent payable under this Lease is or may be deemed to be “unrelated business income” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code or regulations issued thereunder, such Successor Landlord may, at its option, unilaterally amend the calculation of rent so that none of the rent payable to Landlord under the Lease will constitute “unrelated business income,” but the amendment will not increase Tenant’s payment obligations or other liability under this Lease or reduce the Landlord’s obligations under this Lease and (iii) upon the Successor Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute any document such holder deems necessary to effect the foregoing amendment to this Lease.

6. Security Deposit . Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Security Deposit specified in Paragraph 2.d. above as security for Tenant’s performance of all of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that the Security Deposit is not an advance rent deposit or an advance payment of any other kind, nor a measure of Landlord’s damages upon Tenant’s default. Landlord shall not be required to segregate the Security Deposit from its other funds and no interest shall accrue or be payable to Tenant with respect thereto. Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use the Security Deposit or any portion thereof to cure any Event of Default or to compensate Landlord for any damage Landlord incurs as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform any of its covenants or obligations hereunder, it being understood that any use of the Security Deposit shall not constitute a bar or defense to any of Landlord’s remedies under this Lease or at law. In such event and upon written notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying the amount of the Security Deposit so utilized by Landlord and the particular purpose for which such amount was applied, Tenant shall immediately deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to return the Security Deposit to the amount specified in Paragraph 2.d. Tenant’s failure to make such payment to Landlord within five (5) days of Landlord’s notice shall constitute an Event of Default. Within thirty (30) days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit or the balance thereof then held by Landlord after application of the Security Deposit as permitted hereunder; provided, however, that in no event shall any such return be construed as an admission by Landlord that Tenant has performed all of its covenants and obligations hereunder. No holder of a Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21 below), nor any purchaser at any judicial or private foreclosure sale of the Real Property or any portion thereof, shall be responsible to Tenant for the Security Deposit unless and only to the extent such holder or purchaser shall have actually received the same. Tenant hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the benefits and protections of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, and, without limitation of the scope of such waiver, acknowledges that Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to compensate Landlord for damages resulting from termination of this Lease and the tenancy created hereunder (including, without limitation, damages recoverable under California Civil Code Section 1951.2).

7. Additional Rent: Increases in Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses.

a. Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at the times hereinafter set forth, Tenant’s Share, as specified in Paragraph 2.e. above, of any increase in the Operating Expenses (as defined below) incurred by Landlord in each calendar year subsequent to the Base Year specified in Paragraph 2.f. above, over the Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord during the Base Year. The amounts payable under this Paragraph 7.a. and Paragraph 7.b. below are termed “Additional Rent” herein.

 

7


The term “Operating Expenses” shall mean the total costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, operation, maintenance, repair and ownership of the Real Property, including, without limitation, the following costs: (1) salaries, wages, bonuses and other compensation (including hospitalization, medical, surgical, retirement plan, pension plan, union dues, life insurance, including group life insurance, welfare and other fringe benefits, and vacation, holidays and other paid absence benefits) relating to employees of Landlord or its agents engaged in the operation, repair, or maintenance of the Real Property; (2) payroll, social security, workers’ compensation, unemployment and similar taxes with respect to such employees of Landlord or its agents, and the cost of providing disability or other benefits imposed by law or otherwise, with respect to such employees; (3) the cost of uniforms (including the cleaning, replacement and pressing thereof) provided to such employees; (4) premiums and other charges incurred by Landlord with respect to fire, other casualty, rent and liability insurance, any other insurance as is deemed necessary or advisable in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, or any insurance required by the holder of any Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21 below), and, after the Base Year, costs of repairing an insured casualty to the extent of the deductible amount under the applicable insurance policy (provided, however, that if the cost of any such insurance for the Base Year is greater than the cost of such insurance in subsequent year(s) of the Lease term due to unusual increases or fluctuations in the rate or scope of such insurance in the Base Year and such unusual increases or fluctuations are not present in the applicable subsequent year(s), Operating Expenses for the Base Year may be adjusted, for purposes of determining the Operating Expenses payable by Tenant in the applicable subsequent year(s), to reflect what the cost of such insurance would have been in the Base Year had the normal rates and scope of service applied); (5) water charges and sewer rents or fees; (6) license, permit and inspection fees; (7) sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Real Property and Building systems and equipment; (8) telephone, telegraph, postage, stationery supplies and other expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance, or repair of the Real Property; (9) reasonable management fees and expenses; (10) costs of repairs to and maintenance of the Real Property, including building systems and appurtenances thereto and normal repair and replacement of worn-out equipment, facilities and installations, but excluding the replacement of major building systems (except to the extent provided in (16) and (17) below), (11) fees and expenses for janitorial, window cleaning, guard, extermination, water treatment, rubbish removal, plumbing and other services and inspection or service contracts for elevator, electrical, mechanical, HVAC and other building equipment and systems or as may otherwise be necessary or proper for the operation, repair or maintenance of the Real Property (provided, however, that if the cost of any such service for the Base Year is greater than the cost of such service in subsequent year(s) of the Lease term due to unusual increases or fluctuations in the rate or scope of such service in the Base Year and such unusual increases or fluctuations are not present in the applicable subsequent year(s), Operating Expenses for the Base Year may be adjusted, for purposes of determining the Operating Expenses payable by Tenant in the applicable subsequent year(s), to reflect what the cost of such service would have been in the Base Year had the normal rates and scope of service applied); (12) costs of supplies, tools, materials, and equipment used in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Real Property; (13) accounting, legal and other professional fees and expenses; (14) fees and expenses for painting the exterior or the public or common area of the Building and the cost of maintaining the sidewalks, landscaping and other common areas of the Real Property; (15) costs and expenses for electricity, chilled water, air conditioning, water for heating, gas, fuel, steam, heat, lights, power and other energy related utilities required in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Real Property (provided, however, that if the cost of any energy related utility for the Base Year is greater than the cost of such utility in subsequent year(s) of the Lease term due to unusual increases or fluctuations in the rate for such utility in the Base Year and such unusual increases or fluctuations are not present in the applicable subsequent year(s), Operating Expenses for the Base Year may be adjusted, for purposes of determining the Operating Expenses payable by

 

8


Tenant in the applicable subsequent year(s), to reflect what the cost of such utility would have been in the Base Year had normal rates applied); (16) the cost of any capital improvements made by Landlord to the Real Property or capital assets acquired by Landlord after the Base Year in order to comply with any local, state or federal law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code or order of any governmental entity or insurance requirement (collectively, “Legal Requirement”) with which the Real Property was not required to comply during the Base Year, or to comply with any amendment or other change to the enactment or interpretation of any Legal Requirement from its enactment or interpretation during the Base Year; (17) the cost of any capital improvements made by Landlord to the Building or capital assets acquired by Landlord after the Base Year for the protection of the health and safety of the occupants of the Real Property or that are designed to reduce other Operating Expenses; (18) the cost of furniture, draperies, carpeting, landscaping and other customary and ordinary items of personal property (excluding paintings, sculptures and other works of art) provided by Landlord for use in common areas of the Building or the Real Property or in the Building office (to the extent that such Building office is dedicated to the operation and management of the Real Property); provided, however, that leasing or rental costs of a rotating or other art program for the common areas of the Building or the Real Property shall be included in Operating Expenses; (19) any expenses and costs resulting from substitution of work, labor, material or services in lieu of any of the above itemizations, or for any additional work, labor, services or material resulting from compliance with any Legal Requirement applicable to the Real Property or any parts thereof; and (20) Building office rent or rental value. If the Real Property is or becomes subject to any covenants, conditions or restrictions, reciprocal easement agreement, common area declaration or similar agreement, then Operating Expenses shall include all fees, costs and other expenses allocated to the Real Property under such agreement. With respect to the costs of items included in Operating Expenses under (16) and (17), such costs shall be amortized over a reasonable period, as reasonably determined by Landlord, together with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate per annum equal to three (3) percentage points over the six-month United States Treasury bill rate in effect at the time such item is constructed or acquired, or at such higher rate as may have been paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of constructing or acquiring such item, but in either case not more than the maximum rate permitted by law at the time such item is constructed or acquired.

Operating Expenses shall not include the following: (i) depreciation on the Building or equipment or systems therein; (ii) debt service; (iii) rental under any ground or underlying lease; (iv) interest (except as expressly provided in this Paragraph 7.a.); (v) Tax Expenses (as defined in Paragraph 7.b. below); (vi) attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with lease negotiations with prospective Building tenants; (vii) the cost (including any amortization thereof) of any improvements or alterations which would be properly classified as capital expenditures according to generally accepted property management practices (except to the extent expressly included in Operating Expenses pursuant to this Paragraph 7.a.); (viii) the cost of decorating, improving for tenant occupancy, painting or redecorating portions of the Building to be demised to tenants; (ix) executive salaries; (x) advertising; (xi) real estate broker’s or other leasing commissions; (xii) bad debt reserves, rent reserves, capital replacement reserves or reserves for further Operating Expenses; (xiii) penalties or other costs incurred due to a violation by Landlord, as determined by written admission, stipulation, final judgment or arbitration award, of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease or any other lease relating to the Building, or of any Legal Requirement, except to the extent such costs reflect costs that would have been incurred by Landlord absent such violation; or (xiv) the cost of any abatement of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Paragraph 8.c. below), provided, however, Operating Expenses may include the costs attributable to those actions taken by Landlord in connection with the ordinary operation and maintenance of the Building, including costs incurred in removing limited amounts of Hazardous Materials from the Building or the Real Property when such removal is directly related to such ordinary maintenance and operation.

 

9


b. Tax Expenses . Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent under this Lease, at the times hereinafter set forth, Tenant’s Share, as specified in Paragraph 2.e. above, of any increase in Tax Expenses (as defined below) incurred by Landlord in each calendar year subsequent to the Base Tax Year specified in Paragraph 2.f. above, over Tax Expenses incurred by Landlord during the Base Tax Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any reassessment, reduction or recalculation of any item included in Tax Expenses during the term results in a reduction of Tax Expenses, then for purposes of calculating Tenant’s Share of increases in Tax Expenses from and after the calendar year in which such adjustment occurs, Tax Expenses for the Base Tax Year shall be adjusted to reflect such reduction.

The term “Tax Expenses” shall mean all taxes, assessments (whether general or special), excises, transit charges, housing fund assessments or other housing charges, improvement districts, levies or fees, ordinary or extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind, which are assessed, levied, charged, confirmed or imposed on the Real Property, on Landlord with respect to the Real Property, on the act of entering into leases of space in the Real Property, on the use or occupancy of the Real Property or any part thereof, with respect to services or utilities consumed in the use, occupancy or operation of the Real Property, on any improvements, fixtures and equipment and other personal property of Landlord located in the Real Property and used in connection with the operation of the Real Property, or on or measured by the rent payable under this Lease or in connection with the business of renting space in the Real Property, including, without limitation, any gross income tax or excise tax levied with respect to the receipt of such rent, by the United States of America, the State of California, the City and County of San Francisco, any political subdivision, public corporation, district or other political or public entity or public authority, and shall also include any other tax, fee or other excise, however described, which may be levied or assessed in lieu of, as a substitute (in whole or in part) for, or as an addition to, any other Tax Expense. Tax Expenses shall include reasonable attorneys’ and professional fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Tax Expenses. If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any increase in Tax Expenses as defined herein, the Monthly Rent payable to Landlord prior to the imposition of such increases in Tax Expenses shall be increased to net Landlord the same net Monthly Rent after imposition of such increases in Tax Expenses as would have been received by Landlord prior to the imposition of such increases in Tax Expenses.

Tax Expenses shall not include income, franchise, transfer, inheritance or capital stock taxes, unless, due to a change in the method of taxation, any of such taxes is levied or assessed against Landlord in lieu of, as a substitute (in whole or in part) for, or as an addition to, any other charge which would otherwise constitute a Tax Expense. If any Tax Expenses are payable in installments, then for the purpose hereof (regardless of whether Landlord elects to pay same in installments) Tax Expenses for any calendar year occurring during the term shall include only those installments, together with interest, that would have become due if Landlord opted to pay same in the maximum number of installments permitted.

c. Adjustment for Occupancy Factor . Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, in the event the Building is not fully occupied during the Base Year or any calendar year during the term after the Base Year, an adjustment shall be made by Landlord in computing Operating Expenses for such year so that the Operating Expenses shall be computed for such year as though the Building had been fully occupied during such year. In addition, if any particular work or service includable in Operating Expenses is not furnished to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service itself, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would have been incurred if Landlord had furnished such work or service to such tenant. The

 

10


parties agree that statements in this Lease to the effect that Landlord is to perform certain of its obligations hereunder at its own or sole cost and expense shall not be interpreted as excluding any cost from Operating Expenses or Tax Expenses if such cost is an Operating Expense or Tax Expense pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

d. Intention Regarding Expense Pass-Through. It is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that the Monthly Rent paid to Landlord throughout the term of this Lease shall be absolutely net of all increases, respectively, in Tax Expenses and Operating Expenses over, respectively, Tax Expenses for the Base Tax Year and Operating Expenses for the Base Year, and the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 7 are intended to so provide.

e. Notice and Payment . On or before the first day of each calendar year during the term hereof subsequent to the Base Year, or as soon as practicable thereafter, Landlord shall give to Tenant notice of Landlord’s estimate of the Additional Rent, if any, payable by Tenant pursuant to Paragraphs 7.a. and 7.b. for such calendar year subsequent to the Base Year. On or before the first day of each month during each such subsequent calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated Additional Rent; provided, however, that if Landlord’s notice is not given prior to the first day of any calendar year Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent on the basis of the prior year’s estimate until the month after Landlord’s notice is given. If at any time it appears to Landlord that the Additional Rent payable under Paragraphs 7.a. and/or 7.b. will vary from Landlord’s estimate by more than five percent (5%), Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such year shall be based upon the revised estimate. On the first monthly payment date after any new estimate is delivered to Tenant, Tenant shall also pay any accrued cost increases, based on such new estimate.

f. Annual Accounting . Within one hundred fifty (150) days after the close of each calendar year subsequent to the Base Year, or as soon after such one hundred fifty (150) day period as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of the Additional Rent payable under Paragraphs 7.a. and 7.b. for such year and such statement shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant (except that the Tax Expenses included in such statement may be modified by any subsequent adjustment or retroactive application of Tax Expenses affecting the calculation of such Tax Expenses). If the annual statement shows that Tenant’s payments of Additional Rent for such calendar year pursuant to Paragraph 7.e. above exceeded Tenant’s obligations for the calendar year, Landlord shall credit the excess to the next succeeding installments of estimated Additional Rent or, if none shall be due or if this Lease shall have expired, Landlord shall refund the excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of such statement, provided that the excess shall have been determined within one (1) year of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and that Tenant shall have furnished Landlord with an address to which such refund may be sent. If the annual statement shows that Tenant’s payments of Additional Rent for such calendar year pursuant to Paragraph 7.e. above were less than Tenant’s obligation for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within ten (10) days after delivery of such statement.

g. Proration for Partial Lease Year . If this Lease terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar year, the Additional Rent payable by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 7 applicable to the calendar year in which this Lease terminates shall be prorated on the basis that the number of days from the commencement of such calendar year to and including such termination date bears to three hundred sixty (360).

8. Use of Premises; Compliance with Law .

 

11


a. Use of Premises . The Premises shall be used solely for general office purposes for the business of Tenant as described in Paragraph 2.g. above, or for any other general office use consistent with the operation of the Building as a first class high-rise office building in the San Francisco financial district, and for no other use or purpose.

Tenant shall not do or suffer or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Real Property, nor bring or keep anything therein, which would in any way subject Landlord, Landlord’s agents or the holder of any Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21) to any liability, increase the premium rate of or affect any fire, casualty, liability, rent or other insurance relating to the Real Property or any of the contents of the Building, or cause a cancellation of, or give rise to any defense by the insurer to any claim under, or conflict with, any policies for such insurance. If any act or omission of Tenant results in any such increase in premium rates, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the amount of such increase. Tenant shall not do or suffer or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Real Property which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure them, or use or suffer or permit the Premises to be used for any immoral or unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain, suffer or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises or the Real Property. Without limiting the foregoing, no loudspeakers or other similar device which can be heard outside the Premises shall, without the prior written approval of Landlord, be used in or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in, to or about the Premises. Landlord may from time to time conduct fire and life safety training for tenants of the Building, including evacuation drills and similar procedures. Tenant agrees to participate in such activities as reasonably requested by Landlord.

Tenant agrees not to employ any person, entity or contractor for any work in the Premises (including moving Tenant’s equipment and furnishings in, out or around the Premises) whose presence may give rise to a labor or other disturbance in the Building and, if necessary to prevent such a disturbance in a particular situation, Landlord may require Tenant to employ union labor for the work.

b. Compliance with Law . Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any Legal Requirement (as defined in Paragraph 7.a.(l6) above) now in force or which may hereafter be enacted. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all such present and future Legal Requirements relating to the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises, and shall perform all work to the Premises or other portions of the Real Property required to effect such compliance (or, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s cost). Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant shall not be required to perform any structural changes to the Premises or other portions of the Real Property unless such changes are required by reason of or triggered by (i) Tenant’s Alterations (as defined in Paragraph 9 below) (ii) Tenant’s particular use of the Premises (as opposed to Tenant’s use of the Premises for general office purposes in a normal and customary manner), (iii) Tenant’s particular employees or employment practices, or (iv) the construction of initial improvements to the Premises, if any. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in an action against Tenant, whether or not Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any Legal Requirement shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall immediately furnish Landlord with any notices received from any insurance company or governmental agency or inspection bureau regarding any unsafe or unlawful conditions within the Premises or the violation of any Legal Requirement.

c. Hazardous Materials . Tenant shall not cause or permit the storage, use, generation, release (negligent release if the Hazardous Materials were not brought onto the Premises or the Real Property by a Tenant Party (as defined below)), handling or disposal

 

12


(collectively, “Handling”) of any Hazardous Materials (as defined below), in, on, or about the Premises or the Real Property by Tenant or any agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants, customers, guests or invitees of Tenant (collectively with Tenant, “Tenant Parties”), except that Tenant shall be permitted to use normal quantities of office supplies or products (such as copier fluids or cleaning supplies) customarily used in the conduct of general business office activities (“Common Office Chemicals”), provided that the Handling of such Common Office Chemicals shall comply at all times with all Legal Requirements, including Hazardous Materials Laws (as defined below). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, however, in no event shall Tenant permit any usage of Common Office Chemicals in a manner that may cause the Premises or the Real Property to be contaminated by any Hazardous Materials or in violation of any Hazardous Materials Laws. Tenant shall immediately advise Landlord in writing of (a) any and all enforcement, cleanup, remedial, removal, or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed, or threatened pursuant to any Hazardous Materials Laws relating to any Hazardous Materials affecting the Premises; and (b) all claims made or threatened by any third party against Tenant, Landlord, the Premises or the Real Property relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss, or injury resulting from any Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall not take any remedial action or enter into any agreements or settlements in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, or about the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and all other Indemnitees (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below), harmless from and against all Claims (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below), arising out of or in connection with, or otherwise relating to (i) any Handling of Hazardous Materials by any Tenant Party or Tenant’s breach of its obligations hereunder, or (ii) any removal, cleanup, or restoration work and materials necessary to cause the Real Property or any other property of whatever nature located on the Real Property to be in compliance with applicable Hazardous Materials Laws to the extent the failure to be in compliance is the result of the Handling of Hazardous Materials by any Tenant Party, including such restoration work as shall be reasonably required to return the Real Property or such other property to their prior condition, to the extent reasonably feasible (but in any event as required to comply with applicable Hazardous Materials Laws). Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. For purposes of this Lease, “Hazardous Materials” means any explosive, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes, or hazardous substances, including without limitation asbestos containing materials, PCB’s, CFC’s, or substances defined as “hazardous substances” in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601-9657; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1975, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801-1812; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901-6987; or any other Legal Requirement regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any such materials or substances now or at any time hereafter in effect (collectively, “Hazardous Materials Laws”).

d. Applicability of Paragraph . The provisions of this Paragraph 8 are for the benefit of Landlord, the holder of any Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21 below), and the other Indemnitees only and are not nor shall they be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Building.

9. Alterations and Restoration .

a. Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any alterations, modifications, additions, decorations or improvements to the Premises, or any other work whatsoever that would directly or indirectly involve the penetration or removal (whether permanent or temporary) of, or

 

13


require access through, in, under, or above any floor, wall or ceiling, or surface or covering thereof in the Premises (collectively, “Alterations”), except as expressly provided in this Paragraph 9. If Tenant desires any Alteration, Tenant must obtain Landlord’s prior written approval of such Alteration.

All Alterations shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (including the expense of complying with all present and future Legal Requirements, including those regarding asbestos, if applicable, and any other work required to be performed in other areas within or outside the Premises by reason of the Alterations). Tenant shall either (i) arrange for Landlord to perform the work on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, each in its sole discretion or (ii) bid the project out to contractors approved by Landlord in writing in advance (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Tenant shall provide Landlord with a copy of the information submitted to bidders at such time as the bidders receive their copy. Regardless of the contractors who perform the work pursuant to the above, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand prior to or during the course of such construction an amount (the “Alteration Operations Fee”) equal to five percent (5%) of the total cost of the Alteration (and for purposes of calculating the Alteration Operations Fee, such cost shall include architectural and engineering fees, but shall not include permit fees) as compensation to Landlord for Landlord’s internal review of Tenant’s Plans and general oversight of the construction (which oversight shall be solely for the benefit of Landlord and shall in no event be a substitute for Tenant’s obligation to retain such project management or other services as shall be necessary to ensure that the work is performed properly and in accordance with the requirements of this Lease). Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s expenses such as for electrical energy consumed in connection with the work, freight elevator operation, additional cleaning expenses, additional security services, fees and charges paid to third party architects, engineers and other consultants for review of the work and the plans and specifications with respect thereto and to monitor contractor compliance with Building construction requirements, and for other miscellaneous costs incurred by Landlord as result of the work.

All such work shall be performed diligently and in a first-class workmanlike manner and in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord, and shall comply with all Legal Requirements and Landlord’s construction standards, procedures, conditions and requirements for the Building as in effect from time to time (including Landlord’s requirements relating to insurance and contractor qualifications). In no event shall Tenant employ any person, entity or contractor to perform work in the Premises whose presence may give rise to a labor or other disturbance in the Building. Default by Tenant in the payment of any sums agreed to be paid by Tenant for or in connection with an Alteration (regardless of whether such agreement is pursuant to this Paragraph 9 or separate instrument) shall entitle Landlord to all the same remedies as for non-payment of rent hereunder. Any Alterations, including without limitation, moveable partitions that are affixed to the Premises (but excluding moveable, free standing partitions) and all carpeting, shall at once become part of the Building and the property of Landlord. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than five (5) days prior written notice of the date the construction of the Alteration is to commence. Landlord may post and record an appropriate notice of nonresponsibility with respect to any Alteration and Tenant shall maintain any such notices posted by Landlord in or on the Premises.

b. At Landlord’s sole election any or all Alterations made for or by Tenant shall be removed by Tenant from the Premises at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and the Premises shall be restored by Tenant to their condition prior to the making of the Alterations, ordinary wear and tear excepted. The removal of the Alterations and the restoration of the Premises shall be performed by a general contractor selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, in which event Tenant shall pay the general contractor’s fees and costs in connection with such work. Any separate work letter or other agreement which is hereafter entered into

 

14


between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to Alterations shall be deemed to automatically incorporate the terms of this Lease without the necessity for further reference thereto. Tenant’s preceding removal and restoration obligations shall also apply to the items set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto, notwithstanding that the same were installed or performed by the prior tenant of the Premises prior to the commencement of the term of this Lease. Except as set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto, Tenant shall have no obligation to remove any alterations, additions or improvements existing in any portion of the Premises as of the commencement of the term of this Lease with respect thereto.

10. Repair . By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees that the Premises are in good condition and repair. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall keep the Premises and every part thereof (including the interior walls and ceilings of the Premises, those portions of the Building systems located within and exclusively serving the Premises, and improvements and Alterations) in good condition and repair. Tenant waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord as provided by any Legal Requirement now or hereafter in effect. It is specifically understood and agreed that, except as specifically set forth in this Lease, Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof, and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 and of any similar Legal Requirement now or hereafter in effect.

11. Abandonment . Tenant shall not abandon the Premises at any time during the term hereof. Tenant understands that if Tenant abandons the Premises, the risk of fire, other casualty and vandalism to the Premises and the Building will be increased. Accordingly, such action by Tenant shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder. Tenant’s mere vacating of the Premises during the term hereof shall not constitute an Event of Default under this Lease (including Paragraph 25.a.2. below) so long as Tenant continues to pay Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums due Landlord under this Lease, maintains the insurance coverage required pursuant to Paragraph 15 of this Lease and Tenant otherwise continues to perform its obligations under this Lease, and so long as Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of an alternate address for notices to Tenant under this Lease (other than the Premises) if such vacancy exceeds thirty (30) consecutive days. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or if Tenant abandons the Premises or surrenders all or any part of the Premises or is dispossessed of the Premises by process of law, or otherwise, any movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, or other personal property belonging to Tenant and left on the Premises shall at the option of Landlord be deemed to be abandoned and, whether or not the property is deemed abandoned, Landlord shall have the right to remove such property from the Premises and charge Tenant for the removal and any restoration of the Premises as provided in Paragraph 9. Landlord may charge Tenant for the storage of Tenant’s property left on the Premises at such rates as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine, or, Landlord may, at its option, store Tenant’s property in a public warehouse at Tenant’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the provisions of this Paragraph 11 nor any other provision of this Lease shall impose upon Landlord any obligation to care for or preserve any of Tenant’s property left upon the Premises, and Tenant hereby waives and releases Landlord from any claim or liability in connection with the removal of such property from the Premises and the storage thereof and specifically waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542 with respect to such release. Landlord’s action or inaction with regard to the provisions of this Paragraph 11 shall not be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to require Tenant to remove its property, restore any damage to the Premises and the Building caused by such removal, and make any restoration required pursuant to Paragraph 9 above.

12. Liens . Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s, materialman’s or other liens arising out of work performed at the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant to be filed against the fee of the Real

 

15


Property nor against Tenant’s interest in the Premises. Landlord shall have the right to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. If any such liens are filed, and not removed of record (by payment, bond or otherwise) within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice thereof, Landlord may, without further notice to Tenant, without waiving its rights based on such breach by Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder, pay and satisfy the same and in such event the sums so paid by Landlord shall be due and payable by Tenant immediately without notice or demand, with interest from the date paid by Landlord through the date Tenant pays Landlord, at the Interest Rate. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the other Indemnitees (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below) harmless from and against any Claims (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below) for mechanics’, materialmen’s or other liens in connection with any Alterations, repairs or any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant.

13. Assignment and Subletting .

a. Landlord’s Consent . Landlord’s and Tenant’s agreement with regard to Tenant’s right to transfer all or part of its interest in the Premises is as expressly set forth in this Paragraph 13. Tenant agrees that, except upon Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not (subject to Landlord’s rights under Paragraph 13.d. below) be unreasonably withheld and which consent shall be granted or denied within the period set forth in Section 13.d. below, neither this Lease nor all or any parts of the leasehold interest created hereby shall, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, be assigned, mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise transferred by Tenant or Tenant’s legal representatives or successors in interest (collectively, an “assignment”) and neither the Premises nor any part thereof shall be sublet or be used or occupied for any purpose by anyone other than Tenant (collectively, a “sublease”). Any assignment or subletting without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and shall constitute an Event of Default entitling Landlord to terminate this Lease and to exercise all other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease and at law.

The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that, among other circumstances for which Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent where: (i) the assignment or subletting would materially increase the operating costs for the Building or the burden on the Building services, or generate material additional foot traffic, elevator usage or security concerns in the Building, or create a materially increased probability of the comfort and/or safety of Landlord and other tenants in the Building being compromised or reduced,. (ii) the space will be used for a school or training facility, an entertainment, sports or recreation facility, retail sales to the public (unless Tenant’s permitted use is retail sales), a personnel or employment agency, an office or facility of any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or authority, a place of public assembly (including without limitation a meeting center, theater or public forum), any use by or affiliation with a foreign government (including without limitation an embassy or consulate or similar office), or a facility for the provision of social, welfare or clinical health services or sleeping accommodations (whether temporary, daytime or overnight); (iii) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a prospective tenant of the Building with whom Landlord has entered into a letter of intent or exchanged an offer and counteroffer or similar correspondence (including a draft lease) within the preceding one hundred eighty (180) day period, or is a current tenant of the Building, and in each such case Landlord has or will have reasonably equivalent space available in the Building to meet such proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s requirements as set forth in the Sublease Notice; (iv) Landlord disapproves of the proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s reputation or creditworthiness; (v) Landlord determines that the character of the business that would be conducted by the proposed assignee or subtenant at the Premises, or the manner of conducting such business, would be inconsistent with the character of the Building as a first-

 

16


class office building; (vi) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an entity or related to an entity with whom Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord has had adverse dealings; (vii) the assignment or subletting may conflict with any exclusive uses granted to other tenants of the Real Property, or with the terms of any easement, covenant, condition or restriction, or other agreement affecting the Real Property; (viii) the assignment or subletting would involve a change in use from that expressly permitted under this Lease; (ix) Landlord reasonably determines that the proposed assignee may be unable to perform all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or the proposed subtenant may be unable to perform all of its obligations under the proposed sublease; or (x) as of the date Tenant requests Landlord’s consent or as of the date Landlord responds thereto, a breach or default by Tenant under this Lease shall have occurred and be continuing. Landlord’s foregoing rights and options shall continue throughout the entire term of this Lease.

For purposes of this Paragraph 13, the following events shall be deemed an assignment or sublease, as appropriate: (i) the issuance of equity interests (whether stock, partnership interests or otherwise) in Tenant or any subtenant or assignee, or any entity controlling any of them, to any person or group of related persons, in a single transaction or a series of related or unrelated transactions, such that, following such issuance, such person or group shall have Control (as defined below) of Tenant or any subtenant or assignee; provided, however, that original issuances of equity interests by the Tenant originally named in this Lease to financing parties (e.g., venture capitalists) shall be disregarded; (ii) a transfer of Control of Tenant or any subtenant or assignee, or any entity controlling any of them, in a single transaction or a series of related or unrelated transactions (including, without limitation, by consolidation, merger, acquisition or reorganization), except that the transfer of outstanding capital stock or other listed equity interests by persons or parties other than “insiders” within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, through the “over-the-counter” market or any recognized national or international securities exchange, shall not be included in determining whether Control has been transferred; (iii) a reduction of Tenant’s assets to the point that this Lease is substantially Tenant’s only asset; (iv) a change or conversion in the form of entity of Tenant, any subtenant or assignee, or any entity controlling any of them, which has the effect of limiting the liability of any of the partners, members or other owners of such entity, beyond the limitations on liability, if any, which existed prior to such change or conversion; or (v) the agreement by a third party to assume, take over, or reimburse Tenant for, any or all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, in order to induce Tenant to lease space with such third party. “Control” shall mean direct or indirect ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of all of the voting stock of a corporation or fifty percent (50%) or more of the legal or equitable interest in any other business entity, or the power to direct the operations of any entity (by equity ownership, contract or otherwise).

If this Lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of the terms of this Lease, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee. If the Premises or any part thereof is sublet, Landlord may, upon an Event of Default by Tenant hereunder, collect rent from the subtenant. In either event, Landlord shall apply the amount collected from the assignee or subtenant to Tenant’s monetary obligations hereunder.

The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting hereunder shall not relieve Tenant or any assignee or subtenant from the requirement of obtaining Landlord’s express prior written consent to any other or further assignment or subletting. In no event shall any subtenant be permitted to assign its sublease or to further sublet all or any portion of its subleased premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Landlord it its sole and absolute discretion. Neither an assignment or subletting nor the collection of rent by Landlord from any person other than Tenant, nor the application of any such rent as provided in this Paragraph 13.a. shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Paragraph 13.a. or release Tenant from its obligation to comply with the provisions of this Lease and Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. I f Landlord approves of an assignment or subletting hereunder and this Lease contains

 

17


any renewal options, expansion options, rights of first refusal, rights of first negotiation or any other rights or options pertaining to additional space in the Building, such rights and/or options shall not run to the subtenant or assignee, it being agreed by the parties hereto that any such rights and options are personal to the Tenant originally named herein and may not be transferred.

b. Processing Expenses . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Landlord’s cost of processing each proposed assignment or subletting, an amount equal to the sum of (i) Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees, plus (ii) the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($l,000.00) for the cost of Landlord’s administrative, accounting and clerical time, (collectively, “Processing Costs”), and the amount of all direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred by Landlord arising from the assignee or sublessee taking occupancy of the subject space (including, without limitation, costs of freight elevator operation for moving of furnishings and trade fixtures, security service, janitorial and cleaning service, and rubbish removal service). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall not be required to process any request for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting until Tenant has paid to Landlord the amount of Landlord’s estimate of the Processing Costs and all other direct and indirect costs and expenses of Landlord and its agents arising from the assignee or subtenant taking occupancy.

c. Consideration to Landlord . In the event of any assignment or sublease, other than pursuant to Paragraph 13.h. below, Landlord shall be entitled to receive, as additional rent hereunder, fifty percent (50%) of any consideration (including, without limitation, payment for leasehold improvements) paid by the assignee or subtenant for the assignment or sublease and, in the case of a sublease, fifty percent (50%) of the excess of the amount of rent paid for the sublet space by the subtenant over the amount of Monthly Rent under Paragraph 5 above and Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 above attributable to the sublet space for the corresponding month; except that Tenant may recapture, on a straight line amortized basis (without interest) over the term of the sublease or assignment, any brokerage commissions paid by Tenant in connection with the subletting or assignment (not to exceed commissions typically paid in the market at the time of such subletting or assignment), reasonable attorneys fees in connection with the subletting or assignment, any improvement allowance paid by Tenant to the subtenant or assignee and any improvement costs incurred by Tenant specifically to prepare the space for such assignment or subletting (which costs shall exclude, without limitation, all costs of the Initial Alterations constructed pursuant to Paragraph 4 above, whether paid by Landlord or Tenant) (collectively the “Assignment or Subletting Costs”), provided that, as a condition to Tenant recapturing the Assignment or Subletting Costs, Tenant shall provide to Landlord, within ninety (90) days of Landlord’s execution of Landlord’s consent to the assignment or subletting, a detailed accounting of the Assignment or Subletting Costs and supporting documents, such as receipts and construction invoices. To effect the foregoing, Tenant shall deduct from the monthly amounts, received by Tenant from the subtenant or assignee as rent or consideration (i) the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord for the subject space for the corresponding month, and (ii) the incremental amount, on an amortized basis, of the Assignment or Subletting Costs, and fifty percent (50%) of the then remaining sum shall be paid promptly to Landlord. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall assign to Landlord all amounts to be paid to Tenant by any such subtenant or assignee and that belong to Landlord and shall direct such subtenant or assignee to pay the same directly to Landlord. If there is more than one sublease under this Lease, the amounts (if any) to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 13.c., shall be separately calculated for each sublease and amounts due Landlord with regard to any one sublease may not be offset against rental and other consideration pertaining to or due under any other sublease. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed written statement of all sums payable by the assignee or

 

18


subtenant to Tenant so that Landlord can determine the total sums, if any, due from Tenant to Landlord under this Paragraph 13.c.

d. Procedures . If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or any interest therein or sublet all or part of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice thereof and the terms proposed (the “Sublease Notice”), which Sublease Notice shall be accompanied by Tenant’s proposed assignment or sublease agreement (in which the proposed assignee or subtenant shall be named, shall be executed by Tenant and the proposed assignee or subtenant, and which agreement shall otherwise meet the requirements of Paragraph 13.e. below), together with a current financial statement of such proposed assignee or subtenant and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord shall have the prior right and option (to be exercised by written notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Sublease Notice) (i) in the case of any proposed sublet, to sublet from Tenant any portion of the Premises proposed by Tenant to be sublet, for the term for which such portion is proposed to be sublet, but at the lesser of the proposed sublease rent or the same rent (including Additional Rent as provided for in Paragraph 7 above) as Tenant is required to pay to Landlord under this Lease for the same space, computed on a pro rata square footage basis; provided, however, that if the portion of the Premises proposed by Tenant to be sublet consists of space on more than one floor of the Building, Landlord may exercise (or not exercise) its sublet option under this clause (i) separately as to the proposed sublet space on each such floor, (ii) to terminate this Lease in its entirety (in the case of any proposed assignment) or, subject to the last sentence of this paragraph, as it pertains to the portion of the Premises so proposed by Tenant to be sublet (in the case of any proposed sublet); provided, however, that if the portion of the Premises proposed by Tenant to be sublet consists of space on more than one floor of the Building, Landlord may exercise (or not exercise) its termination option under this clause (ii) separately as to the proposed sublet space on each such floor, or (iii) to approve or reasonably disapprove the proposed assignment or sublease. If Landlord exercises its option in (i) above, then Landlord may, at Landlord’s sole cost, construct improvements in the subject space and, so long as the improvements are suitable for general office purposes, Landlord shall have no obligation to restore the subject space to its original condition following the termination of the sublease (and in no event shall Tenant have any removal or restoration obligation with respect to any improvements constructed in the subject space by Landlord). If Landlord fails to exercise any such option to sublet or to terminate, this shall not be construed as or constitute a waiver of any of the provisions of Paragraphs 13.a., b., c. or d. herein. If Landlord exercises any option to sublet or to terminate, any costs of demising the portion of the Premises affected by such subleasing or termination shall be borne by Tenant; provided , however, that if the Sublease Notice shall expressly impose such cost on the subtenant or assignee, as applicable, then Landlord (and any other subtenant or assignee proposed by Tenant for the applicable space if Landlord elects not to exercise its option in (i) or (ii) above), shall be required to pay such cost. In addition, Landlord shall have no liability for any real estate brokerage commission(s) or with respect to any of the costs and expenses that Tenant may have incurred in connection with its proposed assignment or subletting, and Tenant agrees to indemnity, defend and hold Landlord and all other Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below), including, without limitation, claims for commissions, arising from such proposed assignment or subletting. Landlord’s foregoing rights and options shall continue throughout the entire term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a proposed sublet only, if Landlord exercises its option in clause (i) or (ii) above to sublet or terminate, respectively, by notice to Landlord within five (5) Business Days thereafter Tenant may rescind the Sublease Notice, and thereupon the Sublease Notice shall be deemed to have never been given and Landlord shall have no right to sublet or terminate the applicable space by reason thereof.

 

19


e. Documentation . No permitted assignment or subletting by Tenant shall be effective until there has been delivered to Landlord a fully executed counterpart of the assignment or sublease which expressly provides that (i) the assignee or subtenant may not further assign this Lease or the sublease, as applicable, or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which, in the case of a further assignment proposed by an assignee of this Lease, shall not be unreasonably withheld, subject to Landlord’s rights under the provisions of this Paragraph 13, and in the case of a subtenant’s assignment of its sublease or further subletting of its subleased premises or any portion thereof, may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion), (ii) the assignee will comply with all of the provisions of this Lease, and Landlord may enforce the Lease provisions directly against such assignee, and subtenant shall not act or fail to act in a manner that would cause Tenant to be in default under this Lease, (iii) in the case of an assignment, the assignee assumes all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease arising on or after the date of the assignment, and (iv) in the case of a sublease, the subtenant agrees to be and remain jointly and severally liable with Tenant for the payment of rent pertaining to the sublet space in the amount set forth in the sublease, and for the performance of all of the terms and provisions of this Lease applicable to the sublet space to the extent imposed upon the subtenant pursuant to the terms of the sublease. Further, each sublease shall contain the rent prohibition language set forth in Paragraph 13.f. below. In addition to the foregoing, no assignment or sublease by Tenant shall be effective until there has been delivered to Landlord a fully executed counterpart of Landlord’s consent to assignment or consent to sublease form. The failure or refusal of a subtenant or assignee to execute any such instrument shall not release or discharge the subtenant or assignee from its liability as set forth above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no subtenant or assignee shall be permitted to occupy the Premises or any portion thereof unless and until such subtenant or assignee provides Landlord with certificates evidencing that such subtenant or assignee is carrying all insurance coverage required of such subtenant or assignee under this Lease.

f. Required Rent Prohibition Language. It shall be a condition to the approval of a sublease hereunder that the sublease include the following language: “Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Sublease: (i) in no event may any rent under this Sublease be based in whole or in part on the income or profits derived from the subleased premises, except for percentage rent based on gross (not net) receipts or sales; (ii) if the holder of a Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21 of the Master Lease) succeeds to Landlord’s interest in the Master Lease (“Successor Landlord”) and the Successor Landlord is advised by its counsel that all or any portion of the rent payable under this Sublease is or may be deemed to be “unrelated business income” within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code or regulations issued thereunder, such Successor Landlord may, at its option, unilaterally amend the calculation of rent under the Sublease so that none of the rent payable under the Sublease will constitute “unrelated business income,” but the amendment will not increase Subtenant’s payment obligations or other liability under the Sublease or reduce the Sublessor’s obligations under the Sublease and (iii) upon the Successor Landlord’s request, Tenant and Subtenant shall execute any document such holder deems necessary to effect the foregoing amendment to the Sublease.”

g. No Merger . Without limiting any of the provisions of this Paragraph 13, if Tenant has entered into any subleases of any portion of the Premises, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies or, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases or subtenancies. If Landlord does elect that such surrender or cancellation operate as an assignment of such subleases or subtenancies, Landlord shall in no way be liable

 

20


for any previous act or omission by Tenant under the subleases or for the return of any deposit(s) under the subleases that have not been actually delivered to Landlord, nor shall Landlord be bound by any sublease modification(s) executed without Landlord’s consent or for any advance rental payment by the subtenant in excess of one month’s rent.

h. Affiliates . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraphs 13.a., 13.c. and 13.d., but subject to Paragraphs 13.b., 13.e. and 13.f., Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, without Landlord’s consent, to any partnership, corporation or other entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant or Tenant’s parent (control being defined for such purposes as ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the equity interests in, and the power to direct the management of, the relevant entity) or to any partnership, corporation or other entity resulting from a merger or consolidation with Tenant or Tenant’s parent, or to any person or entity that acquires substantially all the assets (including by means of a purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s stock) of Tenant as a going concern (collectively, an “Affiliate”), provided that (i) Landlord receives at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of an assignment or subletting, together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the requirements of this Paragraph 13.g. have been met, (ii) the Affiliate’s net worth is not less than Tenant’s net worth immediately prior to the assignment or sublet (or series of transactions of which the same is a part) or as of the date of this Lease, whichever is greater, (iii) except in the case of an assignment where the assignor is dissolved as a matter of law following the series of transactions of which the assignment is a part and where such assignor makes sufficient reserves for contingent liabilities (including its obligations under this Lease) as required by applicable law, the Affiliate remains an Affiliate for the duration of the subletting or the balance of the term in the event of an assignment, (iv) the Affiliate assumes (in the event of an assignment) in writing all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, (v) Landlord receives a fully executed copy of an assignment or sublease agreement between Tenant and the Affiliate at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of such assignment or sublease or, in the case of an assignment by merger or stock purchase, such later date (but no later than the effective date of the assignment) on which the assignment agreement (which assignment document may be the merger agreement or the stock purchase agreement if the assignment is effected by means thereof) is executed by the parties thereto, and (vi) the transaction is for legitimate business purposes unrelated to this Lease and the transaction is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease or the restrictions on assignment and subletting contained herein.

14. Indemnification of Landlord.

a. Landlord and the holders of any Superior Interests (as defined in Paragraph 21 below) shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for any loss, injury or other damage to person or property in or about the Premises or the Real Property from any cause whatsoever, including without limitation, water leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement, fire sprinklers, appliances, air conditioning, plumbing or other portion of the Premises or the Real Property, or gas, fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, electricity, or any malfunction within the Premises or the Real Property, or acts of other tenants of the Building; provided, however , that, subject to Paragraph 16 below and to the provisions of Paragraph 28 below regarding exculpation of Landlord from Special Claims, the foregoing waiver shall be inapplicable to any loss, injury or damage to the extent resulting from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant acknowledges that from time to time throughout the term of this Lease, construction work may be performed in and about the Building and the Real Property by Landlord, contractors of Landlord, or other tenants or their contractors, and that such construction work may result in noise and disruption to

 

21


Tenant’s business. In addition to and without limiting the foregoing waiver or any other provision of this Lease, Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant expressly waives and releases Landlord and the other Indemnitees (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below) from any Claims (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below), including without limitation, any and all consequential damages or interruption or loss of business, income or profits, or claims of actual or constructive eviction or for abatement of rental, arising or alleged to be arising as a result of any such construction activity. Landlord shall use its good faith efforts to minimize any such noise and disruption to Tenant’s business, and, in connection with any scheduled work undertaken by Landlord, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant prior notice of any such work that Landlord anticipates will materially disrupt Tenant’s business.

b. Subject to Paragraph 16 below, Tenant shall hold Landlord and the holders of any Superior Interest, and the constituent shareholders, partners or other owners thereof, and all of their agents, contractors, servants, officers, directors, employees and licensees (collectively with Landlord, the “Indemnitees”) harmless from and indemnify the Indenmitees against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same (collectively, “Claims”), to the extent arising from (a) the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties (as defined in Paragraph 8.c. above) in, on or about the Real Property, or (b) any construction or other work undertaken by or on behalf of Tenant in, on or about the Premises, whether prior to or during the term of this Lease, or (c) any breach or Event of Default under this Lease by Tenant, or (d) any accident, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring in the Premises; except to the extent such Claims are caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its authorized representatives. In case any action or proceeding be brought against any of the Indenmitees by reason of any such Claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, covenants to resist and defend at Tenant’s sole expense such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The provisions of this Paragraph 14.b. shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with respect to any injury, illness, death or damage occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

c. Subject to Paragraph 16 below and to the provisions of Paragraph 28 below regarding exculpation of Landlord from Special Claims, Landlord shall hold Tenant, and the constituent shareholders, partners or other owners thereof, and its agents, officers, directors, and employees (collectively with Tenant, the “Tenant Indemnitees”) harmless from and indemnify the Tenant Indemnitees against any and all Claims, to the extent arising from any injury or death of any person occurring in the common areas of the Building caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents or employees, except to the extent such Claims arise from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Party. In case any action or proceeding be brought against any of the Tenant Indemnitees by reason of any such Claim, Landlord, upon notice from Tenant, covenants to resist and defend at Landlord’s sole expense such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant. The provisions of this Paragraph 14.d. shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with respect to any injury or death occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

15. Insurance .

a. Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain during the term of this Lease (and, if Tenant occupies or conducts activities in or about the Premises prior to or after the term hereof, then also during such pre-term or post-term period): (i) commercial general liability insurance including contractual liability coverage, with minimum coverages of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence combined single limit for bodily

 

22


injury and property damage, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) for products-completed operations coverage, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) fire legal liability, Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) for personal and advertising injury, with a Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00) general aggregate limit, for injuries to, or illness or death of, persons and damage to property occurring in or about the Premises or otherwise resulting from Tenant’s operations in the Building, provided that the foregoing coverage amounts may be provided through any combination of primary and umbrella/excess coverage policies, (ii) property insurance protecting Tenant against loss or damage by fire and such other risks as are insurable under then-available standard forms of “special form” (previously known as “all risk”) insurance policies (excluding earthquake and flood but including water damage and earthquake sprinkler leakage), covering Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures in or about the Premises or the Real Property, and any above Building standard Alterations installed in the Premises by or at the request of Tenant (including those installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request, whether prior or subsequent to the commencement of the Lease term), for the full replacement value thereof without deduction for depreciation; (iii) workers’ compensation insurance in statutory limits; (iv) at least three months’ coverage for loss of business income and continuing expenses, providing protection against any peril included within the classification “special form” insurance, excluding earthquake and flood but including water damage and earthquake sprinkler leakage; and (v) if Tenant operates owned, leased or non-owned vehicles on the Real Property, comprehensive automobile liability insurance with a minimum coverage of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence, combined single limit; provided that the foregoing coverage amount may be provided through any combination of primary and umbrella/excess coverage policies. In no event shall any insurance maintained by Tenant hereunder or required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder be deemed to limit or satisfy Tenant’s indemnification or other obligations or liability under this Lease. Landlord reserves the right to increase the foregoing amount of liability coverage from time to time as Landlord reasonably determines is required to adequately protect Landlord and the other parties designated by Landlord from the matters insured thereby (provided, however, that Landlord makes no representation that the limits of liability required hereunder from time to time shall be adequate to protect Tenant), and to require that Tenant cause any of its contractors, vendors, movers or other parties conducting activities in or about or occupying the Premises to obtain and maintain insurance as reasonably determined by Landlord and as to which Landlord and such other parties designated by Landlord shall be additional insureds.

b. Policy Form . Each insurance policy required pursuant to Paragraph 15.a. above shall be issued by an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of California and with a general policyholders’ rating of “A-” or better and a financial size ranking of “Class VIII” or higher in the most recent edition of Best’s Insurance Guide. Each insurance policy shall provide that it may not be materially changed, cancelled or allowed to lapse unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and any other insureds designated by Landlord is first given. If any of the above policies are subject to deductibles, the deductible amounts shall not exceed amounts approved in advance in writing by Landlord. The liability policies (including any umbrella/excess coverage policies) carried by Tenant pursuant to clauses (i) and (v) of Paragraph shall 15.a. above shall (i) name Landlord and all the other Indemnitees and any other parties designated by Landlord as additional insureds, (ii) provide that no act or omission of Tenant shall affect or limit the obligations of the insurer with respect to any other insured, and (iii) provide that the policy and the coverage provided shall be primary, that Landlord, although an additional insured, shall nevertheless be entitled to recovery under such policy for any damage to Landlord or the other Indemnitees by reason of acts or omissions of Tenant, and that any coverage carried by Landlord shall be noncontributory with respect to policies carried by Tenant. The property

 

23


insurance policy carried by Tenant pursuant to clause (ii) of Paragraph 15.a. above shall include all waiver of subrogation rights endorsements necessary to effect the provisions of Paragraph 16 below. Each insurance policy required of Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 15, or a certificate thereof, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant on or before the effective date of such policy and thereafter Tenant shall deliver to Landlord renewal policies or certificates at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration dates of expiring policies. If Tenant fails to procure such insurance or to deliver such policies or certificates, Landlord may, at its option, procure the same for Tenant’s account, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant upon demand. Landlord may at any time, and from time to time, inspect and/or copy any and all insurance policies required by this Lease.

c. No Implication. Nothing in this Paragraph 15 shall be construed as creating or implying the existence of (i) any ownership by Tenant of any fixtures, additions, Alterations, or improvements in or to the Premises or (ii) any right on Tenant’s part to make any addition, Alteration or improvement in or to the Premises.

16. Mutual Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Each party hereto hereby releases the other respective party and, in the case of Tenant as the releasing party, the other Indemnitees, and the respective partners, shareholders, agents, employees, officers, directors and authorized representatives of such released party, from any claims such releasing party may have for damage to the Building, the Premises or any of such releasing party’s fixtures, personal property, improvements and alterations in or about the Premises, the Building or the Real Property that is caused by or results from risks insured against under any “special form” insurance policies actually carried by such releasing party or deemed to be carried by such releasing party; provided, however, that such waiver shall be limited to the extent of the net insurance proceeds payable by the relevant insurance company with respect to such loss or damage (or in the case of deemed coverage, the net proceeds that would have been payable). For purposes of this Paragraph 16, Tenant shall be deemed to be carrying any of the insurance policies required pursuant to Paragraph 15 but not actually carried by Tenant, and Landlord shall be deemed to carry standard fire and extended coverage policies on the Real Property. Each party hereto shall cause each such fire and extended coverage insurance policy obtained by it to provide that the insurance company waives all rights of recovery by way of subrogation against the other respective party and the other released parties in connection with any matter covered by such policy.

17. Utilities .

a. Basic Services . Landlord shall furnish the following utilities and services (“Basic Services”) for the Premises: (i) during the hours of 8 A.M. to 6 P.M. (“Business Hours”) Monday through Friday (except public holidays) (“Business Days”), electricity for Building standard lighting and power suitable for the use of the Premises for ordinary general office purposes, (ii) during Business Hours on Business Days, heat and air conditioning required in Landlord’s reasonable judgment for the comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises for ordinary general office purposes, (iii) unheated water for the restroom(s) in the public areas serving the Premises, (iv) elevator service to the floor(s) of the Premises by nonattended automatic elevators for general office pedestrian usage, and (v) on Business Days, janitorial services limited to emptying and removal of general office refuse, light vacuuming as needed and window washing as determined by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant may use water, heat, air conditioning, electric current, elevator and janitorial service in excess of that provided in Basic Services (“Excess Services,” which shall include without limitation any power usage other than through existing standard 110-volt AC outlets; electricity in excess of the lesser of that described in clause (i) above or clause

 

24


(ii) of Paragraph 17.c. below; electricity and/or water consumed by Tenant in connection with any dedicated or supplemental heating, ventilating and/or air conditioning, computer power, telecommunications and/or other special units or systems of Tenant; chilled, heated or condenser water; or water used for any purpose other than ordinary drinking and lavatory purposes), provided that the Excess Services desired by Tenant are reasonably available to Landlord and to the Premises (it being understood that in no event shall Landlord be obligated to make available to the Premises more than the pro rata share of the capacity of any Excess Service available to the Building or the applicable floor of the Building, as the case may be), and provided further that Tenant complies with the procedures established by Landlord from time to time for requesting and paying for such Excess Services and with all other provisions of this Paragraph 17. Landlord reserves the right to install in the Premises or the Real Property electric current and/or water meters (including, without limitation, any additional wiring, conduit or panel required therefor) to measure the electric current or water consumed by Tenant or to cause the usage to be measured by other reasonable methods (e.g., by temporary “check” meters or by survey).

b. Payment for Utilities and Services . The cost of Basic Services shall be included in Operating Expenses. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand (i) the cost, at Landlord’s prevailing rate, of any Excess Services used by Tenant, (ii) the cost of installing, operating, maintaining or repairing any meter or other device used to measure Tenant’s consumption of utilities, (iii) the cost of installing, operating, maintaining or repairing any Temperature Balance Equipment (as defined in Paragraph 17.d. below) for the Premises and/or any equipment required in connection with any Excess Services requested by Tenant, and (iv) any cost otherwise incurred by Landlord in keeping account of or determining any Excess Services used by Tenant. Landlord’s failure to bill Tenant for any of the foregoing shall not waive Landlord’s right to bill Tenant for the same at a later time.

c. Utility Connections . Tenant shall not connect or use any apparatus or device in the Premises (i) using current in excess of 110 volts, or (ii) which would cause Tenant’s electrical demand load to exceed 1.0 watts per rentable square foot for overhead lighting or 2.0 watts per rentable square foot for convenience outlets, or (iii) which would exceed the capacity of the existing panel or transformer serving the Premises. Tenant shall not connect with electric current (except through existing outlets in the Premises or such additional outlets as may be installed in the Premises as part of initial improvements or Alterations approved by Landlord), or water pipes, any apparatus or device for the purpose of using electrical current or water.

Landlord will not permit additional coring or channeling of the floor of the Premises in order to install new electric outlets in the Premises unless Landlord is satisfied, on the basis of such information to be supplied by Tenant at Tenant’s expense, that coring and/or channeling of the floor in order to install such additional outlets will not weaken the structure of the floor.

d. Temperature Balance . If the temperature otherwise maintained in any portion of the Premises by the heating, air conditioning or ventilation system is affected as a result of (i) the type or quantity of any lights, machines or equipment (including without limitation typical office equipment) used by Tenant in the Premises, (ii) the occupancy of such portion of the Premises by more than one person per two hundred (200) square feet of rentable area therein, (iii) an electrical load for lighting or power in excess of the limits specified in Paragraph 17.c. above, or (iv) any rearrangement of partitioning or other improvements, then at Tenant’s sole cost, Landlord may install any equipment, or modify any existing equipment (including the standard air conditioning equipment) Landlord deems necessary to restore the

 

25


temperature balance (such new equipment or modifications to existing equipment termed herein “Temperature Balance Equipment”). Tenant agrees to keep closed, when necessary, draperies and/or window treatments which, because of the sun’s position, must be closed to provide for the efficient operation of the air conditioning system, and Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and to abide by the regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system. Landlord makes no representation to Tenant regarding the adequacy or fitness of the heating, air conditioning or ventilation equipment in the Building to maintain temperatures that may be required for, or because of, any computer or communications rooms, machine rooms, conference rooms or other areas of high concentration of personnel or electrical usage, or any other uses other than or in excess of the fractional horsepower normally required for office equipment, and Landlord shall have no liability for loss or damage suffered by Tenant or others in connection therewith.

e. Interruption of Services . Landlord’s obligation to provide utilities and services for the Premises are subject to the Rules and Regulations of the Building, applicable Legal Requirements (including the rules or actions of the public utility company furnishing the utility or service), and shutdowns for maintenance and repairs, for security purposes, or due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, fire or other casualty, acts of God, or other causes beyond the control of Landlord. In the event of an interruption in, or failure or inability to provide any service or utility for the Premises for any reason other than Landlord’s failure to comply with its financial obligations with respect thereto (e.g., Landlord’s failure to pay the provider of utility services to the Building), such interruption, failure or inability shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including, but not limited to, liability for consequential damages or loss of business by Tenant, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or offset of Monthly Rent, Additional Rent or any other amounts due from Tenant under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1) or any other applicable existing or future Legal Requirement permitting the termination of this Lease due to such interruption, failure or inability.

f. Governmental Controls . In the event any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Real Property or the Building promulgates or revises any Legal Requirement or building, fire or other code or imposes mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines on Landlord or the Real Property or the Building relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities or the reduction of automobile or other emissions (collectively, “Controls”) or in the event Landlord is required or elects to make alterations to the Real Property or the Building in order to comply with such mandatory or voluntary Controls, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, comply with such Controls or make such alterations to the Real Property or the Building related thereto. Such compliance and the making of such alterations shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including, but not limited to, liability for consequential damages or loss of business by Tenant. In exercising its rights under this Section 13.f., Landlord shall use its good faith efforts to minimize any disruption to Tenant’s business, and, in connection with any scheduled work undertaken by Landlord, Landlord shall endeavor to give Tenant prior notice of any such work that Landlord anticipates will materially disrupt Tenant’s business.

18. Personal Property and Other Taxes . Tenant shall pay, at least ten (10) days before delinquency, any and all taxes, fees, charges or other governmental impositions levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant (a) upon Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, improvements and other personal property (including carpeting installed by Tenant) located in the Premises, (b) by virtue of any

 

26


Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises, and (c) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises. If any such fee, charge or other governmental imposition is paid by Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s payment upon demand.

19. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, as such rules and regulations may be modified or amended by Landlord from time to time (the “Rules and Regulations”). Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance or noncompliance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of or with any of the Rules and Regulations, but Landlord shall not enforce the Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the balance of this Lease, the balance of this Lease shall control.

20. Surrender; Holding Over .

a. Surrender . Upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord vacant and broom-clean, with all improvements and Alterations (except as provided below) in their original condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, damage from casualty or condemnation and any changes resulting from approved Alterations; provided, however, that prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease Tenant shall remove from the Premises any Alterations that Tenant is required by Landlord to remove under the provisions of this Lease, and all of Tenant’s personal property (including, without limitation, all voice and data cabling) and trade fixtures, and, at Landlord’s sole election, any other improvements, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant, that are of a type or quantity that would not be installed by or for a typical tenant using space for general office purposes, or are otherwise nonstandard. If such removal is not completed at the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Landlord may remove the same at Tenant’s expense. Any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal shall be repaired promptly by Tenant (including the patching or repairing of ceilings and walls) or, if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. The removal of Alterations from the Premises shall be governed by Paragraph 9 above. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possession, Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises or any other part of the Building and shall make known to Landlord the combination of locks on all safes, cabinets and vaults that may be located in the Premises.

b. Holding Over . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with the express written consent of Landlord, Tenant’s occupancy shall be a month-to-month tenancy at a rent agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, but in no event less than the greater of (i) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease during the last full month prior to the date of the expiration of this Lease or (ii) the then fair market rental (as reasonably determined by Landlord) for the Premises. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, the month-to-month tenancy shall be on the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that any renewal options, expansion options, rights of first refusal, rights of first negotiation or any other rights or options pertaining to additional space in the Building contained in this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated and shall be inapplicable thereto. Landlord’s acceptance of rent after such holding over with Landlord’s written consent shall not result in any other tenancy or in a renewal of the original term of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease without Landlord’s consent, Tenant’s continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy at sufferance and Tenant shall

 

27


pay as Monthly Rent during the holdover period an amount equal to the greater of (i) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the fair market rental (as reasonably determined by Landlord) for the Premises or (ii) two hundred percent (200%) of the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent payable under this Lease for the last full month prior to the date of such expiration or termination.

c. Indemnification . Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all Claims incurred by or asserted against Landlord and arising directly or indirectly from Tenant’s failure to timely surrender the Premises, including but not limited to (i) any rent payable by or any loss, cost, or damages, including lost profits, claimed by any prospective tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof, and (ii) Landlord’s damages as a result of such prospective tenant rescinding or refusing to enter into the prospective lease of the Premises or any portion thereof by reason of such failure to timely surrender the Premises.

21. Subordination and Attornment . This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance affecting any part of the Real Property or any interest of Landlord therein which is now existing or hereafter executed or recorded, any present or future modification, amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, and to any advances made thereunder (any of the foregoing being a “Superior Interest”) without the necessity of any further documentation evidencing such subordination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, execute and deliver to Landlord a document evidencing the subordination of this Lease to a particular Superior Interest. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver any such instrument in the name of Tenant if Tenant fails to do so within such time. If the interest of Landlord in the Real Property or the Building is transferred to any person (“Purchaser”) pursuant to or in lieu of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any Superior Interest, Tenant shall immediately attorn to the Purchaser, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Purchaser and Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth herein, provided that Purchaser acquires and accepts the Real Property or the Building subject to this Lease. Upon Purchaser’s request, including any such request made by reason of the termination of this Lease as a result of such foreclosure or other proceedings, Tenant shall enter in to a new lease with Purchaser on the terms and conditions of this Lease applicable to the remainder of the term hereof. Notwithstanding the subordination of this Lease to Superior Interests as set forth above, the holder of any Superior Interest may at any time (including as part of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of such Superior Interest), upon written notice to Tenant, elect to have this Lease be prior and superior to such Superior Interest.

22. Financing Condition . If any lender or ground lessor that intends to acquire an interest in, or holds a mortgage, ground lease or deed of trust encumbering any portion of the Real Property should require either the execution by Tenant of an agreement requiring Tenant to send such lender written notice of any default by Landlord under this Lease, giving such lender the right to cure such default until such lender has completed foreclosure, and preventing Tenant from terminating this Lease (to the extent such termination right would otherwise be available) unless such default remains uncured after foreclosure has been completed, and/or any modification of the agreements, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, then Tenant agrees that it shall, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, execute and deliver such agreement and modify this Lease as required by such lender or ground lessor; provided, however, that no such modification shall affect the length of the term or increase the rent payable by Tenant under Paragraphs 5 and 7 or otherwise materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights or materially increase Tenant’s obligations (other than notice requirements and other similar ministerial obligations). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its failure to timely execute any such agreement or modification required by such lender or ground lessor may cause Landlord serious financial damage by causing the failure of a financing transaction and giving Landlord all of its

 

28


rights and remedies under Paragraph 25 below, including its right to damages caused by the loss of such financing.

23. Entry by Landlord . Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times and upon reasonable advance written notice (provided that no advance notice need be given if an emergency (as determined by Landlord in its good faith judgment) necessitates an immediate entry or prior to entry to provide routine janitorial services), enter the Premises to (a) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (b) supply janitorial and any other service Landlord is required to provide hereunder, (c) show the Premises to prospective lenders, purchasers or tenants, (d) post notices of nonresponsibility, and (e) alter, improve or repair the Premises or any other portion of the Real Property. In connection with any such alteration, improvement or repair, Landlord may erect in the Premises or elsewhere in the Real Property scaffolding and other structures reasonably required for the work to be performed. In no event shall such entry or work entitle Tenant to an abatement of rent, constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including but not limited to liability for consequential damages or loss of business or profits by Tenant, Landlord shall use good faith efforts to cause all such work to be done in such a manner as to cause as little interference to Tenant as reasonably possible without incurring substantial additional expense. Landlord shall at all times retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises, except Tenant’s vaults and safes. If an emergency necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises and any such entry to the Premises shall not constitute a forcible or unlawful entry into the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises, or any portion thereof.

24. Insolvency or Bankruptcy. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under Paragraph 25 below:

a. Tenant ceases doing business as a going concern, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, is adjudicated an insolvent, files a petition (or files an answer admitting the material allegations of such petition) seeking for Tenant any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar arrangement under any state or federal bankruptcy or other law, or Tenant consents to or acquiesces in the appointment, pursuant to any state or federal bankruptcy or other law, of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for the Premises, for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets; or

b. Tenant fails within sixty (60) days after the commencement of any proceedings against Tenant seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other Legal Requirement, to have such proceedings dismissed, or Tenant fails, within sixty (60) days after an appointment pursuant to any state or federal bankruptcy or other Legal Requirement without Tenant’s consent or acquiescence, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator for the Premises, for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets, to have such appointment vacated; or

c. Tenant is unable, or admits in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they mature; or

d. Tenant gives notice to any governmental body of its insolvency or pending insolvency, or of its suspension or pending suspension of operations.

In no event shall this Lease be assigned or assignable by reason of any voluntary or

 

29


involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings, nor shall any rights or privileges hereunder be an asset of Tenant, the trustee, debtor-in-possession, or the debtor’s estate in any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings.

25. Default and Remedies.

a. Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Tenant:

1. Tenant fails to pay when due Monthly Rent, Additional Rent or any other rent due hereunder and such failure continues for three (3) Business Days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, except that Landlord shall only be required to give one (1) such notice in any calendar year, and after such notice is given any failure by Tenant in such calendar year to pay Monthly Rent, Additional Rent or any other rent due hereunder when due shall itself constitute an Event of Default, without the requirement of notice from Landlord of such failure; or

2. Tenant abandons the Premises within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1951.3; or

3. Tenant fails to deliver any estoppel certificate pursuant to Paragraph 29 below, subordination agreement pursuant to Paragraph 21 above, or document required pursuant to Paragraph 22 above, within the applicable period set forth therein; or

4. Tenant violates the bankruptcy and insolvency provisions of Paragraph 24 above; or

5. Tenant makes or has made or furnishes or has furnished any warranty, representation or statement to Landlord in connection with this Lease, or any other agreement made by Tenant for the benefit of Landlord, which is or was false or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished; or

6. Tenant assigns this Lease or subleases any portion of the Premises in violation of Paragraph 13 above; or

7. The default by any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease of any provision of such guarantor’s guaranty, or the attempted repudiation or revocation of any such guaranty or any provision thereof by such guarantor, or the application of items 4 or 5 above of this Paragraph 25.a. with the reference to “Tenant” therein being deemed to refer instead to such guarantor; or

8. A default by Tenant occurs under any other lease between Tenant and Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord, and Tenant fails to cure such default within the applicable period set forth therein; or

9. Tenant fails to comply with any other provision of this Lease in the manner and within the time required.

b. Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default Landlord shall have the following remedies, which shall not be exclusive but shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedies now or hereafter allowed by law:

 

30


1. Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by written notice to Tenant. Tenant expressly acknowledges that in the absence of such written notice from Landlord, no other act of Landlord, including, but not limited to, its re-entry into the Premises, its efforts to relet the Premises, its reletting of the Premises for Tenant’s account, its storage of Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures, its acceptance of keys to the Premises from Tenant, its appointment of a receiver, or its exercise of any other rights and remedies under this Paragraph 25 or otherwise at law, shall constitute an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises or constitute a termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises.

Upon such termination in writing of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, this Lease shall terminate and Landlord shall be entitled to recover damages from Tenant as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 or any other applicable existing or future Legal Requirement providing for recovery of damages for such breach, including but not limited to the following:

(i) The reasonable cost of recovering the Premises; plus

(ii) The reasonable cost of removing Tenant’s Alterations, trade fixtures and improvements; plus

(iii) All unpaid rent due or earned hereunder prior to the date of termination, less the proceeds of any reletting or any rental received from subtenants prior to the date of termination applied as provided in Paragraph 25.b.2. below, together with interest at the Interest Rate, on such sums from the date such rent is due and payable until the date of the award of damages; plus

(iv) The amount by which the rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder, including Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 above, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, from the date of termination until the date of the award of damages, exceeds the amount of such rental loss as Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, together with interest at the Interest Rate on such sums from the date such rent is due and payable until the date of the award of damages; plus

(v) The amount by which the rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder, including Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 above, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, for the remainder of the then term, after the date of the award of damages exceeds the amount such rental loss as Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, discounted at the discount rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco for member banks at the time of the award plus one percent (1%); plus

(vi) Such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law, including without limitation any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom.

2. Landlord has the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (a landlord may continue the lease in effect after the tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if the tenant has the right to sublet and assign subject only to reasonable limitations), and may continue this Lease in full force and effect and may enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including, but not limited to, the right to recover rent as it becomes due. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may enter the Premises without terminating

 

31


this Lease and sublet all or any part of the Premises for Tenant’s account to any person, for such term (which may be a period beyond the remaining term of this Lease), at such rents and on such other terms and conditions as Landlord deems advisable. In the event of any such subletting, rents received by Landlord from such subletting shall be applied (i) first, to the payment of the costs of maintaining, preserving, altering and preparing the Premises for subletting, the other costs of subletting, including but not limited to brokers’ commissions, attorneys’ fees and expenses of removal of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures and Alterations; (ii) second, to the payment of rent then due and payable hereunder; (iii) third, to the payment of future rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder; (iv) fourth, the balance, if any, shall be paid to Tenant upon (but not before) expiration of the term of this Lease. If the rents received by Landlord from such subletting, after application as provided above, are insufficient in any month to pay the rent due and payable hereunder for such month, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord monthly upon demand. Notwithstanding any such subletting for Tenant’s account without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter, by written notice to Tenant, elect to terminate this Lease by virtue of a previous Event of Default.

During the continuance of an Event of Default, for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and subject to Paragraph 13, entitled Assignment and Subletting, and the options granted to Landlord thereunder, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease of Tenant’s interest in the Premises or in this Lease.

3. During the continuance of an Event of Default, Landlord may enter the Premises without terminating this Lease and remove all Tenant’s personal property, Alterations and trade fixtures from the Premises and store them at Tenant’s risk and expense. If Landlord removes such property from the Premises and stores it at Tenant’s risk and expense, and if Tenant fails to pay the cost of such removal and storage after written demand therefor and/or to pay any rent then due, then after the property has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more Landlord may sell such property at public or private sale, in the manner and at such times and places as Landlord deems commercially reasonable following reasonable notice to Tenant of the time and place of such sale. The proceeds of any such sale shall be applied first to the payment of the expenses for removal and storage of the property, the preparation for and the conducting of such sale, and for attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, and the balance shall be applied as provided in Paragraph 25.b.2. above.

Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord’s reentering and taking possession of the Premises or removing and storing Tenant’s personal property pursuant to this Paragraph 25, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims resulting from any such act. No reentry by Landlord shall constitute or be construed as a forcible entry by Landlord.

4. Landlord may require Tenant to remove any and all Alterations from the Premises or, if Tenant fails to do so within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense.

5. Landlord may cure the Event of Default at Tenant’s expense, it being understood that such performance shall not waive or cure the subject Event of Default. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the Event of Default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant. Any amount due Landlord under this subsection shall constitute additional rent hereunder.

 

32


c. Waiver of Redemption . Tenant hereby waives, for itself and all persons claiming by and under Tenant, all rights and privileges which it might have under any present or future Legal Requirement to redeem the Premises or to continue this Lease after being dispossessed or ejected from the Premises.

26. Damage or Destruction . If all or any part of the Premises or any material portion of the balance of the Real Property is damaged by fire or other casualty, and the damage can, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, be repaired within sixty (60) days of the damage, then Landlord shall repair the damage and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If the repairs cannot, in Landlord’s opinion, be made within the sixty (60)-day period, Landlord at its option exercised by written notice to Tenant within the sixty (60)-day period, shall either (a) repair the damage, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (b) terminate this Lease as of the date specified by Landlord in the notice, which date shall be not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given, and this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of Tenant’s movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, and other personal property, nor any above Building standard Alterations installed in the Premises by or at the request of Tenant (including those installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request, whether prior or subsequent to the commencement of the Lease term), and no damage to any of the foregoing shall entitle Tenant to any abatement, and Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, repair and replace such items. All such repair and replacement of above Building standard Alterations by Tenant shall be constructed in accordance with Paragraph 9 above regarding Alterations.

If the fire or other casualty damages the Premises or the common areas of the Real Property necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, Tenant ceases to use any portion of the Premises as a result of such damage, and the damage does not result from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties, then during the period the Premises or portion thereof are rendered unusable by such damage and repair, Tenant’s Monthly Rent and Additional Rent under Paragraphs 5 and 7 above shall be proportionately reduced based upon the extent to which the damage and repair prevents Tenant from conducting, and Tenant does not conduct, its business at the Premises.

A total destruction of the Building shall automatically terminate this Lease. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises or for any inconvenience occasioned by any such destruction, rebuilding or restoration of the Premises, the Building or access thereto, except for the rent abatement expressly provided above. Tenant hereby waives California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), providing for termination of hiring upon destruction of the thing hired and Sections 1941 and 1942, providing for repairs to and of premises.

27. Eminent Domain .

a. If all or any part of the Premises is taken by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or any agreement in lieu thereof (a “taking”), this Lease shall terminate as to the portion of the Premises taken effective as of the date of taking. If only a portion of the Premises is taken, Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease as to the remainder of the Premises upon written notice to the other party within ninety (90) days after the taking; provided, however, that Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease is conditioned upon the remaining portion of the Premises being of such size or configuration that such remaining portion of the Premises is unusable or uneconomical for Tenant’s business. Landlord shall be entitled to all compensation, damages, income, rent awards and interest thereon whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with any taking and Tenant shall

 

33


have no claim against Landlord or any governmental authority for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease or of any of the improvements or Alterations in the Premises; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit Tenant from prosecuting a separate claim against the taking authority for an amount separately designated for Tenant’s relocation expenses or the interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business or as compensation for Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, Alterations or other improvements paid for by Tenant so long as any award to Tenant will not reduce the award to Landlord.

In the event of a partial taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent under Paragraphs 5 and 7 hereunder shall be equitably reduced. If all or any material part of the Real Property other than the Premises is taken, Landlord may terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the date of taking.

b. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the Premises is taken for a period of time of one (1) year or less ending prior to the end of the term of this Lease, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Tenant shall continue to pay all rent and to perform all of its obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to all compensation, damages, income, rent awards and interest thereon that is paid or made in connection with such temporary taking of the Premises (or portion thereof), except that any such compensation in excess of the rent or other amounts payable to Landlord hereunder shall be promptly paid over to Landlord as received. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and any other applicable existing or future Legal Requirement providing for, or allowing either party to petition the courts of the state in which the Real Property is located for, a termination of this Lease upon a partial taking of the Premises and/or the Building.

28. Landlord’s Liability; Sale of Building . The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Real Property at the time in question. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Real Property as the same may from time to time be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against the constituent shareholders, partners, members, or other owners of Landlord, or the directors, officers, employees and agents of Landlord or such constituent shareholder, partner, member or other owner, on account of any of Landlord’s obligations or actions under this Lease. In addition, in the event of any conveyance of title to the Real Property, then the grantor or transferor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease after the date of such conveyance. In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform its obligations under this Lease, Tenant delivers to Landlord written notice specifying the nature of Landlord’s alleged default, and Landlord fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice (or, if the default cannot reasonably be cured within such period, to commence action within such thirty (30)-day period and proceed diligently thereafter to cure such default). Upon any conveyance of title to the Real Property, the grantee or transferee shall be deemed to have assumed Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease from and after the date of such conveyance, subject to the limitations on liability set forth above in this Paragraph 28. If Tenant provides Landlord with any security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall transfer such security to the grantee or transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property, and upon such transfer Landlord shall be released from any further responsibility or liability for such security, and such grantee or transferee shall be deemed, by its acquisition of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property and without the necessity of any further act or instrument, to have assumed Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease from and after the date of such conveyance with respect to such security. Any claim,

 

34


defense or other right of Tenant arising in connection with this Lease shall be barred unless Tenant files an action or interposes a defense based thereon within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date Tenant becomes aware of the alleged event on which Tenant is basing its claim, defense or right. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, but not in limitation of the provisions of Paragraph 14.a. above, Landlord shall not be liable for any consequential damages or interruption or loss of business, income or profits, or claims of constructive eviction, nor shall Landlord be liable for loss of or damage to artwork, currency, jewelry, bullion, unique or valuable documents, securities or other valuables, or for other property not in the nature of ordinary fixtures, furnishings and equipment used in general administrative and executive office activities and functions (all of the foregoing, collectively, “Special Claims”). Wherever in this Lease Tenant (a) releases Landlord from any claim or liability, (b) waives or limits any right of Tenant to assert any claim against Landlord or to seek recourse against any property of Landlord or (c) agrees to indemnify Landlord against any matters, the relevant release, waiver, limitation or indemnity shall run in favor of and apply to Landlord, the constituent shareholders, partners, members, or other owners of Landlord, and the directors, officers, employees and agents of Landlord and each such constituent shareholder, partner, member or other owner.

29. Estoppel Certificates . At any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice from Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement certifying the commencement date of this Lease, stating that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and the date and nature of each such modification), that to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is not in default under this Lease (or, if Landlord is in default, specifying the nature of such default), that Tenant is not in default under this Lease (or, if Tenant is in default, specifying the nature of such default), the current amounts of and the dates to which the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent has been paid, and setting forth such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by a prospective purchaser of the Real Property or by a lender obtaining a lien on the Real Property as security. If Tenant fails to deliver such statement within the time required hereunder, such failure shall be conclusive upon Tenant that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance of its obligations hereunder, (iii) not more than one month’s installment of Monthly Rent has been paid in advance, and (iv) any other statements of fact included by Landlord in such statement are correct. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its failure to execute such certificate may cause Landlord serious financial damage by causing the failure of a sale or financing transaction and giving Landlord all of its rights and remedies under Paragraph 25 above, including its right to damages caused by the loss of such sale or financing.

30. Right of Landlord to Perform . If Tenant fails to make any payment required hereunder (other than Monthly Rent and Additional Rent) or fails to perform any other of its obligations hereunder, Landlord may, but shall not be obliged to, and without waiving any default of Tenant or releasing Tenant from any obligations to Landlord hereunder, make any such payment or perform any other such obligation on Tenant’s behalf. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs in connection with the performance by Landlord of an obligation of Tenant (together with interest thereon from the date of such payment by Landlord until paid at the Interest Rate) shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand, and Tenant’s failure to make such payment upon demand shall entitle Landlord to the same rights and remedies provided Landlord in the event of non-payment of rent.

31. Late Charge . Tenant acknowledges that late payment of any installment of Monthly Rent or Additional Rent or any other amount required under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease and that the exact amount of such costs would be extremely difficult and impracticable to fix. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges, late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance or note secured

 

35


by the Real Property and the loss of the use of the delinquent funds. Therefore, if any installment of Monthly Rent or Additional Rent or any other amount due from Tenant is not received when due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand, on account of the delinquent payment, an additional sum equal to the greater of (i) five percent (5%) of the overdue amount, or (ii) One Hundred Dollars ($100.00), which additional sum represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising its right to collect interest as provided above, rent, or any other damages, or from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord.

32. Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial . In the event of any action or proceeding between Landlord and Tenant (including an action or proceeding between Landlord and the trustee or debtor in possession while Tenant is a debtor in a proceeding under any bankruptcy law) to enforce any provision of this Lease, the losing party shall pay to the prevailing party ail costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred in such action and in any appeal in connection therewith by such prevailing party. The “prevailing party” will be determined by the court before whom the action was brought based upon an assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the suit or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues in the court’s decision. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Landlord shall be deemed the prevailing party in any unlawful detainer or other action or proceeding instituted by Landlord based upon any default or alleged default of Tenant hereunder if (i) judgment is entered in favor of Landlord, or (ii) prior to trial or judgment Tenant pays all or any portion of the rent claimed by Landlord, vacates the Premises, or otherwise cures the default claimed by Landlord.

If Landlord becomes involved in any litigation or dispute, threatened or actual, by or against anyone not a party to this Lease, but arising by reason of or related to any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in connection with the litigation or dispute, regardless of whether a lawsuit is actually filed.

IF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO ENFORCE THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE (INCLUDING AN ACTION OR PROCEEDING BETWEEN LANDLORD AND THE TRUSTEE OR DEBTOR IN POSSESSION WHILE TENANT IS A DEBTOR IN A PROCEEDING UNDER ANY BANKRUPTCY LAW) PROCEEDS TO TRIAL, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY IN SUCH TRIAL. Landlord and Tenant agree that this paragraph constitutes a written consent to waiver of trial by jury within the meaning of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 631(d)(2), and each party does hereby authorize and empower the other party to file this paragraph and/or this Lease, as required, with the clerk or judge of any court of competent jurisdiction as a written consent to waiver of jury trial.

33. Waiver . No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord unless such waiver is in a writing signed by Landlord. The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any provision of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Landlord’s acceptance of any payments of rent due under this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any default by Tenant under this Lease (including Tenant’s recurrent failure to timely pay rent) other than Tenant’s nonpayment of the accepted sums, and no endorsement or statement on any check or accompanying any check or payment shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by

 

36


Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.

34. Notices . All notices and demands which may or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing. All notices and demands by Landlord to Tenant shall be delivered personally or sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, or by any reputable overnight or same-day courier, addressed to Tenant at the Premises, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate by notice to Landlord hereunder. All notices and demands by Tenant to Landlord shall be sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, or by any reputable overnight or same-day courier, addressed to Landlord in care of Sumitomo Corporation Of America, 600 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10016, Attention: General Manager, Real Estate Unit, with a copy to the management office of the Building, or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate by notice to Tenant hereunder. Notices delivered personally or sent same-day courier will be effective immediately upon delivery to the addressee at the designated address; notices sent by overnight courier will be effective one (1) Business Day after acceptance by the service for delivery; notices sent by mail will be effective two (2) Business Days after mailing. In the event Tenant requests multiple notices hereunder, Tenant will be bound by such notice from the earlier of the effective times of the multiple notices.

35. Notice of Surrender . At least ninety (90) days before the last day of the term hereof, Tenant shall give to Landlord a written notice of intention to surrender the Premises on that date, but neither this paragraph nor any failure by Landlord to protest the lack of such notice by Tenant shall be construed as an extension of the term or as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant.

36. Defined Terms and Marginal Headings . When required by the context of this Lease, the singular includes the plural. If more than one person or entity signs this Lease as Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several, and the act of, written notice to or from, refund to, or signature of, any Tenant signatory to this Lease (including, without limitation, modifications of this Lease made by fewer than all such Tenant signatories) shall bind every other Tenant signatory as though every other Tenant signatory had so acted, or received or given the written notice or refund, or signed. The headings and titles to the paragraphs of this Lease are for convenience only and are not to be used to interpret or construe this Lease. Wherever the term “including” or “includes” is used in this Lease it shall be construed as if followed by the phrase “without limitation.” Whenever in this Lease a right, option or privilege of Tenant is conditioned upon Tenant (or any affiliate thereof or successor thereto) being in “occupancy” of a specified portion or percentage of the Premises, for such purposes “occupancy” shall mean Tenant’s (or such affiliate’s or successor’s) physical occupancy of the space for the conduct of such party’s business, and shall not include any space that is subject to a sublease or that has been vacated by such party, other than a vacation of the space as reasonably necessary in connection with the performance of approved Alterations or by reason of a fire or other casualty or a taking. The language in all parts of this Lease shall in all cases be construed as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and not construed for or against any party simply because one party was the drafter thereof.

37. Time and Applicable Law . Time is of the essence of this Lease and of each and all of its provisions, except as to the conditions relating to the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and the venue of any action or proceeding under this Lease shall be the City and County of San Francisco, California.

38. Successors . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 13 and 28 above, the covenants and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, executors, administrators and assigns.

 

37


39. Entire Agreement; Modifications . This Lease (including any exhibit, rider or attachment hereto) constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to Tenant’s lease of the Premises. No provision of this Lease may be amended or otherwise modified except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Real Property or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, including without limitation any representations or warranties as to the suitability or fitness of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business or for any other purpose, nor has Landlord or its agents agreed to undertake any alterations or construct any improvements to the Premises except those, if any, expressly provided in this Lease, and no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein. Neither this Lease nor any memorandum hereof shall be recorded by Tenant.

40. Light and Air . Tenant agrees that no diminution of light, air or view by any structure which may hereafter be erected (whether or not by Landlord) shall entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder, result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant, or in any other way affect this Lease.

41. Name of Building . Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for any purpose other than as the address of the business conducted by Tenant in the Premises without the written consent of Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building at any time in its sole discretion by written notice to Tenant and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss, cost or expense on account of any such change of name.

42. Severability . If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

43. Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Tenant and each person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant, hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Real Property is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

44. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant does not constitute an offer to lease or a reservation of or option for lease, and is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

45. Real Estate Brokers . Tenant represents and warrants that it has negotiated this Lease directly with the real estate broker(s) identified in Paragraph 2 and has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesman to act for Tenant in connection with this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims by any real estate broker or salesman other than the real estate broker(s) identified in Paragraph 2 for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of Tenant’s entering into this Lease.

46. Consents and Approvals. Wherever the consent, approval, judgment or determination of Landlord is required or permitted under this Lease, Landlord may exercise its sole discretion in

 

38


granting or withholding such consent or approval or in making such judgment or determination without reference to any extrinsic standard of reasonableness, unless the provision providing for such consent, approval, judgment or determination specifies that Landlord’s consent or approval is not to be unreasonably withheld, or that the standard for such consent, approval, judgment or determination is to be reasonable, or otherwise specifies the standards under which Landlord may withhold its consent. Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action or give any consent or approval, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s reasonable costs incurred in reviewing the proposed action or consent (whether or not Landlord consents to any such proposed action), including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ or consultants’ fees and expenses, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs. If it is determined that Landlord failed to give its consent or approval where it was required to do so under this Lease, Tenant’s sole remedy will be an order of specific performance or mandatory injunction of the Landlord’s agreement to give its consent or approval. The review and/or approval by Landlord of any item shall not impose upon Landlord any liability for accuracy or sufficiency of any such item or the quality or suitability of such item for its intended use. Any such review or approval is for the sole purpose of protecting Landlord’s interest in the Real Property, and neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party nor any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant, nor any other third party shall have any rights hereunder by virtue of such review and/or approval by Landlord.

47. Reserved Rights . Landlord retains and shall have the rights set forth below, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business and without effecting an eviction, constructive or actual, or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or giving rise to any claim for rent abatement:

a. To grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in or to the Building and its tenants, provided that such exclusive right shall not operate to require Tenant to use or patronize such business or service or to exclude Tenant from its use of the Premises expressly permitted herein.

b. To perform, or cause or permit to be performed, at any time and from time to time, including during Business Hours, construction in the common areas and facilities or other leased areas in the Real Property.

c. To reduce, increase, enclose or otherwise change at any time and from time to time the size, number, location, lay-out and nature of the common areas and facilities and other tenancies and premises in the Real Property and to create additional rentable areas through use or enclosure of common areas.

48. Financial Statements . Upon submission of this Lease to Landlord and at any time thereafter within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request therefor, but not more often than one (1) time during any given calendar year unless required by Landlord in connection with a proposed sale or financing of the Real Property or any direct or indirect interest therein or in Landlord, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord copies of true and accurate financial statements reflecting Tenant’s then current financial situation (including without limitation balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, and changes in financial condition), Tenant’s most recent audited or certified annual financial statements, and Tenant’s federal income tax returns pertaining to Tenant’s business, and in addition shall cause to be furnished to Landlord similar financial statements and tax returns for any guarantor(s) of this Lease. Tenant agrees to deliver to any lender, prospective lender, purchaser or prospective purchaser designated by Landlord such financial statements of Tenant as may be reasonably requested by such lender or purchaser. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to keep such information received from Tenant confidential, except that Landlord may disclose such financial information received from Tenant to

 

39


any lender or prospective lender for, or purchaser or prospective purchaser of, the Real Property or any direct or indirect interest therein or in Landlord (provided in each such case that Landlord shall inform such party of the confidential nature of such information and obtain reasonable assurances from such party that it will keep such information confidential), as reasonably necessary in the course of any dispute or litigation arising out of or concerning this Lease, or as required by applicable law, and provided however that the foregoing confidentiality requirement shall be inapplicable in the event the subject financial information is publicly available.

49. Deleted .

50. Nondisclosure of Lease Terms . Tenant agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord, and that disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate with other tenants. Tenant hereby agrees that Tenant and its partners, officers, directors, employees, agents, real estate brokers and sales persons and attorneys shall not disclose the terms of this Lease to any other person without Landlord’s prior written consent, except to any accountants of Tenant in connection with the preparation of Tenant’s financial statements or tax returns, to an assignee of this Lease or sublessee of the Premises, or to an entity or person to whom disclosure is required by applicable law or in connection with any action brought to enforce this Lease.

51. Hazardous Substance Disclosure . California law requires landlords to disclose to tenants the existence of certain hazardous substances. Accordingly, the existence of gasoline and other automotive fluids, maintenance fluids, copying fluids and other office supplies and equipment, certain construction and finish materials, tobacco smoke, and cosmetics and other personal items, and asbestos-containing materials (“ACM”) must be disclosed. Gasoline and other automotive fluids are found in the garage area of the Building. Cleaning, lubricating and hydraulic fluids used in the operation and maintenance of the Building are found in the utility areas of the Building not generally accessible to Building occupants or the public. Many Building occupants use copy machines and printers with associated fluids and toners, and pens, markers, inks, and office equipment that may contain hazardous substances. Certain adhesives, paints and other construction materials and finishes used in portions of the Building may contain hazardous substances. Although smoking is prohibited in the public areas of the Building, these areas may, from time to time, be exposed to tobacco smoke. Building occupants and other persons entering the Building from time-to-time may use or carry prescription and non-prescription drugs, perfumes, cosmetics and other toiletries, and foods and beverages, some of which may contain hazardous substances. Landlord has made no special investigation of the Premises with respect to any hazardous substances.

52. Signage .

a. Standard Signage . Tenant may, at Tenant’s expense, install a sign identifying Tenant’s business at the entrance to the Premises, provided that the design, size, color and location of the sign shall be subject to Landlord’s prior reasonable approval and consistent with the Building’s standard signage criteria, if any. Tenant shall be entitled, at no cost to Tenant, to have the name of Tenant’s company listed on the Tenant directory in the lobby of each multi-tenant floor (if any) on which any portion of the Premises is located. If, subsequent to the time Tenant’s name is initially listed on the directory, Tenant requests a change in Tenant’s name as printed thereon, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s standard charge as in effect from time to time for any such change.

b. Building Lobby Signage . So long as (i) Tenant hereunder shall be the Tenant originally named in this Lease or an Affiliate thereof (collectively, “Original Tenant”), (ii) no

 

40


Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under this Lease, and (iii) Original Tenant shall be in occupancy of all of the Premises then demised under this Lease, then Tenant shall have the right to display Original Tenant’s Name (as defined in Paragraph 52.h. below) on one (1) sign on the east wall of the ground floor main lobby of the Building. Tenant’s signage rights on such wall shall be non-exclusive.

c. Signage Criteria . Tenant’s signage pursuant to Paragraph 52.b. above (the “Above Standard Signage”) shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in its sole and absolute discretion exercised in good faith as to the design, size, color, material, content, location and illumination, shall be appropriate for a first class high rise office building in the San Francisco financial district, shall be and in conformity with the overall design and ambiance of the Real Property, and shall comply with all applicable Legal Requirements. Landlord’s approval shall be granted or denied in writing within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s written request therefor accompanied by the details with respect to Tenant’s proposed signage. Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining any governmental permits or approvals required for the Above Standard Signage, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord makes no representation or warranty whatsoever that such permits will be obtainable or issued. Tenant’s design and installation of the Above Standard Signage shall be at its sole cost and expense and shall comply with all applicable Legal Requirements, the requirements applicable to construction of Alterations pursuant to Paragraph 9 above, and such other reasonable rules, procedures and requirements as Landlord shall impose with respect to such work, including insurance coverage in connection therewith. Tenant shall maintain the Above Standard Signage at its sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may install and/or maintain all or any of the Above Standard Signage and Tenant shall pay Landlord the reasonable out of pocket costs thereof within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s demand from time to time together with reasonable supporting documentation. Whether or not Landlord elects to install, maintain and/or remove the Above Standard Signage, the costs reimbursable by Tenant to Landlord in connection with the Above Standard Signage shall include, without limitation, reasonable costs of retaining engineers or other consultants to review the design, weight, construction, and/or manner of installation and removal of the Above Standard Signage, and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the application for and/or issuance of any permits or approvals required in connection with the Above Standard Signage. Tenant’s access to the Above Standard Signage for purposes of installing, maintaining and/or removing the same shall be in accordance with Landlord’s reasonable requirements and procedures regarding such access. Any cost or reimbursement obligations of Tenant under this Paragraph 52, including with respect to the installation, maintenance or removal of the Above Standard Signage, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

d. Removal of Above Standard Signage . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or the earlier termination of Tenant’s Above Standard Signage rights by Landlord’s written notice to Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to meet the occupancy or other requirements applicable thereto pursuant to the foregoing, Tenant shall remove the Above Standard Signage at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and repair and restore to good condition the areas of the Building on which the signage was located or that were otherwise affected by such signage or the removal thereof, or at Landlord’s election, Landlord may perform any such removal and/or repair and restoration and Tenant shall pay Landlord the reasonable cost thereof within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s demand from time to time. If Tenant shall at any time fail to meet the requirements of this Paragraph 52 applicable to Tenant’s Above Standard Signage rights hereunder, at Landlord’s election by written notice to Tenant, such signage rights shall thereupon immediately forever cease and terminate, and Tenant shall not regain any of such rights even if it shall thereafter meet the requirements applicable thereto. Nothing

 

41


contained herein shall preclude Tenant from electing to remove the Above Standard Signage prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, subject to Landlord’s right, in such case, to perform the work at Tenant’s expense as provided above.

e. Waiver and Indemnification . Landlord and the holders of any Superior Interests (as defined in Paragraph 2l(c) above) shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for any loss, injury or other damage to the Above Standard Signage from any cause whatsoever, including without limitation, water leakage of any character from the roof or walls, or gas, fire, explosion, or any malfunction within the Real Property, or acts of other tenants of, or persons entering, the Building or roof of the Building.

f. Original Tenant’s Name . For purposes of this Paragraph 52, “Original Tenant’s Name” shall mean and be limited to “Marin Software”, and shall not include any other name (nor any logo) without Landlord’s prior written consent in its sole and absolute discretion exercised in good faith, notwithstanding that Original Tenant shall change its name and/or adopt any other name for the conduct of its business.

53. Quiet Enjoyment . If, and so long as, Tenant pays the Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and other rent hereunder and keeps, observes and performs each and every term, covenant and condition of this Lease on the part or on behalf of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises throughout the term without hindrance by Landlord or any person lawfully claiming through or under Landlord, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

54. Telecommunications Equipment.

a. Limitation of Responsibility . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all telephone and telecommunications services desired by Tenant shall be ordered and utilized at the sole cost and expense of Tenant. Unless Landlord otherwise requests or consents in writing, all of Tenant’s telecommunications equipment shall be and remain solely in the Tenant’s Premises and, in accordance with reasonable rules and regulations adopted by Landlord from time to time, the telephone closet(s) on the floor(s) on which the Premises is located, except that Tenant may utilize the Building’s risers, shafts conduits and similar areas as reasonably necessary for its wiring and cabling and other telecommunications equipment, subject to Landlord’s approval in accordance with Paragraph 9 above and subject to all other provisions of Paragraph 9 above applicable to Alterations. Landlord shall have no responsibility for the maintenance of Tenant’s telecommunications equipment, including wiring and cabling, nor for any wiring, cabling or other infrastructure to which Tenant’s telecommunications equipment may be connected. Without limitation of the provisions of Paragraph 17.e. above, Tenant agrees that to the extent any such service is interrupted, curtailed or discontinued, Landlord shall have no obligation or liability with respect thereto and it shall be the sole obligation of Tenant at its expense to obtain substitute service.

b. Necessary Service Interruptions . Without limitation of the provisions of Paragraph 17.e. above, Landlord shall have the right to interrupt or turn off telecommunications facilities in the event of emergency or as necessary in connection with repairs to the Building or installation of telecommunications equipment for other tenants of the Building. Landlord shall use its good faith efforts to minimize noise and disruption to Tenant’s business and access to the Premises by reason of the matters described in this Paragraph 60.b., and, without limitation, Landlord shall perform any extraordinarily noisy or disruptive work after Business Hours or on weekends to the extent such procedures would be generally followed by managers of other first class high rise office buildings in the San Francisco financial district

 

42


(except to the extent an emergency and/or Legal Requirements require otherwise, as determined by Landlord in good faith).

c. Removal of Equipment, Wiring and Other Facilities . Any and all telecommunications equipment installed in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building by or on behalf of Tenant, including wiring, cabling, or other facilities for telecommunications transmittal, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in accordance with Paragraph 9 above, and shall be subject to all other provisions of Paragraph 9 above applicable to Alterations. All such equipment shall be removed prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term, by Tenant at its sole cost or, at Landlord’s election by written notice to Tenant given no later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term, by Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost, with the cost thereof to be paid by Tenant as additional rent. Landlord shall have the right, however, upon written notice to Tenant given no later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term, to require Tenant to abandon and leave in place without additional payment to Tenant or credit against rent, any and all telecommunications wiring, cabling and related infrastructure, or selected portions thereof, whether located in the Premises or elsewhere in the Building.

d. New Provider Installations . In the event that Tenant wishes at any time to utilize the services of a telephone or telecommunications provider, no such provider shall be permitted to install its lines or other equipment within the Building without first securing the prior written approval of the Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Landlord’s approval shall not be deemed any kind of warranty or representation by Landlord, including without limitation, any warranty or representation as to the suitability, competence, or financial strength of the provider. Without limitation of the foregoing standard, unless all of the following conditions are satisfied to Landlord’s satisfaction, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to refuse to give its approval: (i) Landlord shall incur no expense whatsoever with respect to any aspect of the provider’s provision of its services, including without limitation, the costs of installation, materials and services; (ii) prior to commencement of any work in or about the Building by the provider, the provider shall supply Landlord with such written indemnities, insurance, financial statements, and such other items as Landlord reasonably determines to be necessary to protect its financial interests and the interests of the Building relating to the proposed activities of the provider; (iii) the provider agrees in writing to abide by such rules and regulations, building and other codes, job site rules and such other requirements as are reasonably determined by Landlord to be necessary to protect the interests of the Building, the tenants in the Building and Landlord; (iv) Landlord reasonably determines that there is sufficient space in the Building for the placement of all of the provider’s equipment and materials; (v) Landlord receives from the provider such compensation as is reasonably determined by Landlord to compensate it for space used in the Building for the storage and maintenance of the provider’s equipment if such space is not located in the Premises; and (vi) all of the foregoing matters are documented in a written agreement between Landlord and the provider, the form and content of which is reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

 

43


55. Parking .

a. Commencing as of the Commencement Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant with valet-type parking for eight (8) automobiles in the garage of the Building. Tenant shall pay for all parking at Landlord’s regular rate or charge from time to time in effect for parking in the Building. Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of the names of each party to whom Tenant from time to time distributes Tenant’s parking rights hereunder (all of whom must be employees, partners, members and/or shareholders, as applicable, of Tenant), and shall cause each such party to execute Landlord’s standard contract and waiver form for garage users. If the parking charge is not paid when due, and such failure continues for five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph 55 as to the number of spaces as to which the parking charge has not been paid in full. Tenant may transfer all or any of the parking rights set forth in this Paragraph 55 to its permitted assignees, but not to any other parties, and in no event shall the parking rights of Tenant hereunder be assigned separate and apart from this Lease. In the event of any assignment or sublease of parking space rights that is permitted hereunder or otherwise approved by Landlord (provided, however, that such approval may be granted or withheld by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion), Landlord shall be entitled to receive one hundred percent (100%) of any profit received by Tenant in connection with such assignment or sublease. Further, if at any time during the term hereof, Tenant releases to Landlord any parking space provided for in this paragraph, then Tenant’s right under this paragraph to use such released parking space shall terminate for the balance of the term of this Lease.

b. At Landlord’s election from time to time, Landlord may alternate the parking made available hereunder between valet-type parking and self-parking, on an unassigned, non-exclusive and unlabelled basis. In addition, at Landlord’s election from time to time, Landlord may change the parking hereunder to self parking on an assigned basis (subject to Landlord’s right from time to time thereafter to return to valet-type parking or unassigned self-parking). In any case where self-parking shall be in effect, the parking spaces to be made available to Tenant hereunder may contain a reasonable mix of spaces for compact cars. Landlord shall take reasonable actions to ensure the availability of the parking spaces leased by Tenant, but Landlord does not guarantee the availability of those spaces at all times against the actions of other tenants of the Building and users of the parking facility. Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall this Lease be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage, nor shall there be any abatement of rent hereunder (other than the parking charge paid hereunder for any parking space no longer made available), by reason of any reduction in Tenant’s parking rights hereunder by reason of strikes, lock-outs, labor disputes, shortages of material or labor, fire, earthquake, flood or other casualty, acts of terror, acts of God, or any other cause (other than financial inability) beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“Force Majeure”). Access to the parking spaces to be made available to Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, be by card, pass, bumper sticker, decal or other appropriate identification issued by Landlord, and Tenant’s right to use the parking facility is conditioned on Tenant’s abiding by and shall otherwise be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as may be promulgated by Landlord from time to time for the parking facility.

 

44


THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED by Landlord and Tenant as of the date set forth at the top of page 1 hereof.

 

Landlord:      Tenant:

123 MISSION, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

    

MARIN SOFTWARE,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Yukinari Shiraishi

     By:   

/s/ Chris Lien

Name:   Yukinari Shiraishi      Name:    Chris Lien
Title:   Vice President      Title:    CEO

 

 

45


EXHIBIT B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

123 MISSION STREET

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside or inside of the Building or any part of the Premises visible from the exterior of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s expense and without notice to Tenant, any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice that has not been approved by Landlord.

All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person approved of by Landlord.

If Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that Landlord objects to any curtains, blinds, shades or screens attached to or hung in or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises, such use of such curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be removed immediately by Tenant. No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises.

2. No ice, drinking water, towel, barbering or bootblacking, shoeshining or repair services, or other similar services shall be provided to the Premises, except from persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord.

3. The bulletin board or directory of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

4. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by any of the Tenant Parties or used by Tenant for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from its Premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants. No tenant and no employees or invitees of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.

5. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or any bolts on any interior or exterior door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

6. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

7. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises or mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof.

8. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without the consent of Landlord and all moving of the same into or out of the Building shall be done at such


time and in such manner as Landlord shall designate. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy equipment brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes or other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on a platform of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant. The elevator designated for freight by Landlord shall be available for use by all tenants in the Building during the hours and pursuant to such procedures as Landlord may determine from time to time. The persons employed to move Tenant’s equipment, material, furniture or other property in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord. The moving company must be a locally recognized professional mover, whose primary business is the performing of relocation services, and must be bonded and fully insured. In no event shall Tenant employ any person or company whose presence may give rise to a labor or other disturbance in the Real Property. A certificate or other verification of such insurance must be received and approved by Landlord prior to the start of any moving operations. Insurance must be sufficient in Landlord’s sole opinion, to cover all personal liability, theft or damage to the Real Property, including, but not limited to, floor coverings, doors, walls, elevators, stairs, foliage and landscaping. Special care must be taken to prevent damage to foliage and landscaping during adverse weather. All moving operations shall be conducted at such times and in such a manner as Landlord shall direct, and all moving shall take place during non-business hours unless Landlord agrees in writing otherwise.

9. Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than the janitor of Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises, unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord. Except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the Building or the Premises. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

10. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any animals or birds be brought in or kept in or about the Premises or the Building. In no event shall Tenant keep, use, or permit to be used in the Premises or the Building any guns, firearm, explosive devices or ammunition.

11. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant in the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for washing clothes, for lodging, or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant may maintain and use microwave ovens and equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, provided that Tenant shall (i) prevent the emission of any food or cooking odor from leaving the Premises, (ii) be solely responsible for cleaning the areas where such equipment is located and removing food-related waste from the Premises and the Building, or shall pay Landlord’s standard rate for such service as an addition to cleaning services ordinarily provided, (iii) maintain and use such areas solely for Tenant’s employees and business invitees, not as public facilities, and (iv) keep the Premises free of vermin and other pest infestation and shall exterminate, as needed, in a manner and through contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, preventing any emission of odors, due to extermination, from leaving the Premises. Notwithstanding clause (ii) above, Landlord shall, without special charge, empty and remove the contents of one (1) 15-gallon (or smaller) waste container from the food preparation area so long as such container is fully lined with, and the contents can be removed in, a waterproof plastic liner or bag, supplied by Tenant, which will prevent any leakage of food related waste or odors; provided,

 

2


however, that if at any time Landlord must pay a premium or special charge to Landlord’s cleaning or scavenger contractors for the handling of food-related or so-called “wet” refuse, Landlord’s obligation to provide such removal, without special charge, shall cease.

12. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced into the Premises and the Building. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord.

14. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the keys of offices, rooms and toilet rooms which have been furnished by Landlord to Tenant and any copies of such keys which Tenant has made. In the event Tenant has lost any keys furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such keys.

15. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises, except to the extent and in the manner approved in advance by Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by the tenant by whom, or by whose contractors, employees or invitees, the damage shall have been caused.

16. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours and in such elevators as shall be designated by Landlord, which elevator usage shall be subject to the Building’s customary charge therefor as established from time to time by Landlord.

17. On Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, and on other days between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M., access to the Building, or to the halls, corridors, elevators or stairways in the Building, or to the Premises may be refused unless the person seeking access is known to the person or employee of the Building in charge and has a pass or is properly identified. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the tenants and protection of property in the Building.

18. Tenant shall be responsible for insuring that the doors of the Premises are closed and securely locked before leaving the Building and must observe strict care and caution that all water faucets or water apparatus are entirely shut off before Tenant or Tenant’s employees leave the Building, and that all electricity, gas or air shall likewise be carefully shut off, so as to prevent waste or damage, and for any default or carelessness Tenant shall make good all injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to the property of Tenant caused by the employees or independent contractors of Landlord or by any other person.

19. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Building.

 

3


20. The requirements of any tenant will be attended to only upon application at the office of the Building. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and no employee will admit any person (tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.

21. No vending machine or machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

22. Subject to Tenant’s right of access to the Premises in accordance with Building security procedures, Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building on Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays and on other days between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M., and during such further hours as Landlord may deem advisable for the adequate protection of the Building and the property of its tenants.

 

4


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF COMMENCEMENT DATE LETTER

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Re: Lease dated as of              , 2010 (the “Lease”) between 123 Mission, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and              (“Tenant”), for premises located on the              floor(s) of the building located at 123 Mission Street, San Francisco, California.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter is given pursuant to Paragraph 3.a. of the Lease. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Lease.

The Commencement Date under the Lease occurred on              , which is the date Landlord delivered the Premises to Tenant, and the Expiration Date under the Lease is              .

Please sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter evidencing your agreement with the foregoing. If we do not receive the countersigned letter from you within ten (10) days of the date hereof, or your letter disagreeing with the foregoing with such ten (10) day period, you will be deemed to have agreed to the dates set forth in this letter.

 

Landlord:      Tenant:

123 MISSION, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

    

 

By:  

 

     By:   

 

Name:  

 

     Name:   

 

Title:  

 

     Title:   

 

 


EXHIBIT D

TENANT’S ADDITIONAL REMOVAL AND RESTORATION OBLIGATIONS

 

25 th  Floor

   

Remove Tenant’s Furniture.

Remove the electrical feeds for Tenant’s electrified furniture systems.

Paint blue walls and doors to a neutral bldg standard color as determined by Landlord.

Paint elevator doors using Landlord’s Building Standard Manufacturer and paint color. (Landlord’s current standard is Scuffmaster Paints).

Remove three (3) Supplemental HVAC units (One serving IDF Room, two serving open plan office area), associated duct work and any electrical feeds serving the supplemental HVAC unit(s).

Patch ceiling and walls as needed to repair finishes that were a result of Tenant’s restoration work.

 

27 th  Floor

   

Remove Tenant’s Furniture.

Remove the electrical feeds for Tenant’s electrified furniture systems.

Paint blue walls and doors to a neutral bldg standard color as determined by Landlord.

Paint elevator doors using Landlord’s Building Standard Manufacturer and paint color. (Landlord s current standard is Scuffmaster Paints).

Remove two (2) Supplemental HVAC units serving the open plan office area, associated duct work and any electrical feeds serving the supplemental HVAC unit(s).

Patch ceiling and walls as needed to repair finishes that were a result of Tenant’s restoration work.


LOGO


LOGO

Exhibit 10.7

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Master Services Agreement is made by and between Switch Communications Group L.L.C., a Nevada limited liability company ( Switch ) and the customer indicated in the signature block below ( Customer ”). This Master Services Agreement is effective as of the date of Switch’s signature below (the Effective Date ).

1. Certain Definitions . Any capitalized words or phrases not defined in this MSA shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the applicable Service Order. The term “MSA” means a collective reference to this Master Services Agreement, the Service Orders issued hereunder and all Exhibits thereto and hereto including the Service Level Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the SLA ).

2. Services.

2.1. Definitions . The term Services means the colocation, power, Internet Protocol services ( IP Services ), Data Services, Digital Services and other services to be provided by Switch to Customer pursuant to an effective Service Order. The term “Customer Equipment” means any and all computer equipment, software, hardware or other materials placed by or for Customer in the colocation space described on the applicable Service Order (the Colocation Space ), other than equipment owned or leased by Switch. Carrier Services means a collective reference to the IP Services and the Digital Services. Digital Services include frame relay. ATM (defined in Section 2.2), transport, metropolitan private line and long haul services. Customer acknowledges and agrees that some or all of the Services will actually be provided by one or more third party telecommunications carriers who are not under the control of Switch (each a Carrier ).

2.2. Data Services . Data Services includes the following Services: (i) Dedicated Internet Service (i.e. local access and interexchange service): (ii) Interexchange Service, if any (both domestic and international); (iii) Metro Private Line services; (iv) Port Services, Committed Information Services and Network to Network Interface Services; (v) Permanent Virtual Circuit Services; and (vi) Metro Area Exchange Asynchronys Transfer Mode ( ATM ) Services.

2.3. Service Orders . From time to time, the parties may execute Service Orders which reference this MSA and upon execution by the parties, they are incorporated herein as though set forth in full.

2.4. Commencement of Services . The Service Commencement Date for Colocation Services shall be the earlier of: the date Switch declares the Colocation Space ready fix occupancy: or the date that Customer places any Customer Equipment in the Colocation Space. The Service Commencement Date for Carrier Services shall be the date on which the Carrier Services are made available to Customer by the applicable Carrier.

2.5. Cancellation/Disconnection of Service.

(i) Cancellation of Services . Prior to the Service Commencement Date. Customer may cancel all or a portion of such Service Order provided that Customer shall pay Switch any and all order cancellation charges assessed against Switch by any third party related to the Services cancelled by Customer.

(ii) Disconnection of Services . After the Service Commencement Date, Customer may cancel any of the Services provided in the Service Order if (i) Customer provides notice thereof to


Switch at least thirty (30) days in advance of the effective date of cancelation, and (ii) Customer pays all MRC through the effective date of cancelation, plus a cancellation charge (the Cancellation Charge ”) of one hundred percent (100%) of the M RC for the balance of the Service Commitment Period. The parties agree that Switch’s damages in the event of canceled/disconnected Services shall be difficult or impossible to ascertain. Therefore, the provisions provided for in this Section 2.5 are intended to establish reasonable and anticipated charges and expenses that will be incurred by Switch in the event of cancellation/disconnection of Services by Customer and are not intended as a penalty.

3. Fees and Billing.

3.1. Recurring Charges . Customer agrees to pay the Monthly Recurring Charges ( MRC” ) indicated on the applicable Service Order and all other charges and fees indicated in this MSA. Switch reserves the right to change the MRC during any Renewal Term upon sixty (60) days advance notice.

3.2. Activation Charges . Activation Charges are due and payable upon execution of the Service Order by Switch. Switch will not have any obligation to perform under any Service Order unless and until Switch receives full payment of all Activation Charges.

3.3. Expedite Charges/Change Orders . In the event Customer requests expedited Services and/or changes to Service Orders and Switch agrees to such request, Customer shall pay the expedite charges and/or change order charges set forth in the modified Service Order.

3.4. Timing of Payment . All Services arc billed one month forward. On or about the fifteenth (15 th ) day of each month, Switch will invoice Customer for the Services to be provided in the next calendar month. In the event Customer reasonably disputes any tees set forth in an invoice, Customer must notify Switch in writing, setting forth the reasons for, and the amount of such dispute, no later than thirty (30) days following the date of the invoice. In such an event, Customer may withhold payment of only the amounts subject to the dispute and shall timely pay to Switch all undisputed amounts. Accounts are in default if payment of all amounts invoiced are not received within fifteen (15) days after the invoice date, and are subject to an interest charge on the outstanding balance equal to the lower of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month or the maximum allowable rate under applicable law. All power charges may increase during the term of this MSA to absorb utility related charges as well as standard rate increases provided that such increases shall not exceed seven percent (7%) in any calendar year.

3.5. Manner of Payment . If Customer fails to make any payments provided for under this MSA, or if a petition brought by or against Customer under any state or federal insolvency law, Switch may modify the payment terms to secure Customer’s payment obligations before providing Services. Customer hereby grants Switch a security interest in all Customer Equipment located at the Colocation Space to secure Customer’s obligations hereunder. Upon Switch’s request, Customer shall execute any financing statements or other documents necessary or convenient to perfect Switch’s security interest.

3.6. Taxes . All payments required by this MSA are exclusive of applicable taxes, duties and similar charges. Customer will be liable for and will pay in full all such amounts (exclusive of income taxes payable by Switch), whether imposed on Switch or directly on Customer.

4. Customer Responsibilities.

4.1. Customer Equipment . Customer has sole responsibility for installation, testing and operation of the Customer Equipment (including services not provided by or through Switch). In no

 

2


event will the untimely installation or non operation of Customer Equipment (including Off-Net Local Access when Customer is responsible therefore) relieve Customer of its obligation to pay for the Services.

4.2. Customer’s End Users . Customer is solely responsible for billing its end users and providing such end users with customer service. Customer shall promptly notify Switch in the event an end user notifies Customer of problems associated with the Services.

4.3. Customer Content . Customer acknowledges that Switch exercises no control over the content of the information passing through the Customer’s use of the Services and that it is Customer’s sole responsibility to ensure that the information Customer transmits and receives complies with all applicable laws and regulations.

4.4. Acceptable Use Guidelines . At all times, Customer shall comply with a11 applicable state, federal and international laws with respect to Customer’s operations in the Premises, the Colocation Space and the Services. If Customer fails to fully cooperate with any investigation by Switch or any governmental authority, or fails to immediately rectify any illegal use. Customer will be in material breach of this MSA. Customer’s use of the Colocation Space and the Services may only be for lawful purposes and is subject to Customer’s compliance with Switch’s and each Carrier’s Acceptable Use Policy ( AUP ), as such may be amended from time to time by Switch or the applicable Carrier. Switch’s AUP and updates thereto are available at Transmission of any material in violation of any law, regulation or an AUP is strictly prohibited. Any access made to other networks connected to Switch Network must comply with the rules appropriate to the other network and the AUP. Customer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Switch from any and all Claims arising from or relating to Customer’s operations which utilize the Services and pay all related Costs.

5. Term and Termination.

5.1. Term . This MSA is effective as of the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until the last to expire Service Order unless terminated earlier as set forth herein. The Service Commitment Period of each Service Order starts on the Service Commencement Date. Each Service Order shall remain in effect for the Service Commitment Period as stated in the applicable Service Order, unless earlier terminated as provided herein. After conclusion of the Service Commitment Period, each Service Order shall automatically renew on a month-to-month basis (each a Renewal Term” ) unless a new Service Commitment Period is established.

5.2. Conditions of Breach . A party is in breach of this MSA if such party violates any of its obligations under this MSA and such failure is not cured within five (5) days after notice by the other party. Nothing in this Section 5.2 shall supersede any provision granting Switch the right to immediately terminate or suspend Services under certain circumstances, including Sections 5.3 and 5.4.

5.3. Remedies for Breach . If Customer is in breach of this MSA as described in Section 5.2, Switch may (i) discontinue providing any or all of the Services: (ii) disconnect Customer from Internet, power and telecommunications services; or (iii) remove the Customer Equipment from Colocation Space and place the Customer Equipment in storage at Customer’s expense and/or foreclosure on Switch’s security rights and sell the Customer Equipment to satisfy the MRC due. Customer agrees to pay Switch’s expenses incurred in its collection efforts including any attorney’s fees. If Customer breaches this MSA, Customer will be deemed to have canceled this MSA as of the date set forth in the notice of breach and Switch reserves all of its rights thereafter in law and in equity, including the ability to collect the Cancellation Charge. Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy for any unavailability or failure of the Switch Network is outlined in the SLA.

 

3


5.4. Service Interruption . Switch may restrict or suspend Customer’s rights under this MSA, including the Services at any time and without liability to Customer to the extent Switch deems such action necessary (i) to protect the Switch Network; (ii) to remedy violations of the AUP; or (iii) because Switch’s rights to use the Premises terminates or expires for any reason. Switch will use reasonable efforts to notify Customer prior to any such restriction or suspension. Switch will notify Customer promptly if and when such restriction or suspension is no longer necessary. Suspension of Services as provided above or pursuant to Section 3.4 shall not be deemed a violation or contributing towards a violation of the service levels provided in the SLA. Customer understands that Switch does not own or control any services provided by the Carriers and agrees that Switch is not responsible or liable for performance (or non-performance) of such Carriers except to pass through any Carrier service credits provided pursuant to an SLA.

5.5. Effect of Termination . Upon the effective date of expiration or termination of this MSA: (i) Switch may immediately cease providing Services hereunder: (ii) any and all payment obligations of Customer under this MSA will become due and payable immediately; and (iii) within thirty (30) days after such expiration or termination, each party shall return all Confidential Information of the other party in its possession at the time of expiration or termination and shall not make or retain any copies of such Confidential Information except as required to comply with any applicable legal or accounting record keeping requirement.

6. Colocation.

6.1. Installation . Switch grants Customer a limited, revocable license to install and operate the Customer Equipment within the Colocation Space. The Colocation Space is provided on an “AS-IS” basis and Customer may use the Colocation Space only for the purposes of maintaining and operating the Customer Equipment as necessary to support local access communications facilities and links to third parties. Customer may install Customer Equipment in the Colocation Space only after obtaining the appropriate authorization from Switch to access the Premises. Customer will be solely responsible fix the immediate removal from the Premises of all packaging materials (especially flammable materials) associated with the Customer Equipment and will otherwise maintain the Colocation Space in a clean, safe and orderly fashion. Customer must adhere to industry standards for cable management. Cables must be properly installed and either enclosed in cable management trays or in clean bundles for proper presentation and identification.

6.2. Location and Configuration . Customer acknowledges that the Colocation Space is located within a t-scif™ as described on Exhibit B and agrees to abide by the engineering standards inherent in such a structure. The Equipment within the Colocation Space shall be configured as described on Exhibit C and any modification to this configuration requires the prior written consent of Switch.

6.3. Access . Customer will have access to the Colocation Space 24-hours a day, seven (7) days per week in accordance with the Switch Security and Access Policies. Customer is responsible for any and all actions of Customer’s representatives, agents and persons escorted by or on behalf of Customer (collectively, ‘ Customer Representatives ). No unescorted persons may enter the Colocation Space under any circumstances. Switch may suspend access by any Customer Representative or other person to the Premises including the Colocation Space. Customer shall receive two access badges at no cost. Each additional badge is $100 – this is a one time fee.

 

4


6.4. Removal of Customer Equipment . Customer will provide Switch with notice at least two (2) days before Customer desires to remove a signi1icant piece of Customer Equipment from the Colocation Space so logistics may be arranged within the Premises. Before authorizing the removal of any significant Customer Equipment, Switch’s accounting department will verify that Customer has no payments due to Switch and authorize the removal.

6.5. Vacating the Colocation Space . In the event Customer continues to occupy the Colocation Space after the termination of this MSA or the applicable Service Order. Customer agrees to be subject to all the terms and provisions of this MSA during such occupancy period and to pay for such space an amount equal to twice the M RC and other monetary obligations due for the period immediately preceding termination or expiration of this MSA. No occupancy by Customer of the Colocation Space or payments of money by Customer after termination shall be construed to prevent Switch’s immediate recovery of the Colocation Space by summary proceedings or otherwise. Customer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Switch from and against any and all claims, actions, proceedings or demands (each a Claim” ) arising from or related to Customer’s failure to timely vacate the Colocation Space and pay all related Costs.

6.6. Smarthands/Managed Services . At Customer’s request Switch may assist Customer in performing light duties or correcting minor problems such as circuit problems and/or outages with respect to the Customer’s Equipment. Customer agrees to pay Switch a fee of $150.00 per hour.

6.7. Relocation of Customer Equipment . Switch shall not arbitrarily require Customer to relocate the Customer Equipment. However, upon prior notice of at least thirty (30) days, or in the event of any emergency, Switch may require Customer to relocate the Customer Equipment; provided that the relocation site shall afford comparable environmental conditions for and accessibility to the Customer Equipment. If the relocation is required for reasons other than to accommodate Customer’s requests regarding the Services or the physical requirements of the Premises, then the reasonable direct costs of the relocation shall be borne by Switch. The Premises were designed to meet Uptime Institute’s Tier 4 standards for power throughputs. If Customer requires power in excess of these thresholds, then Customer shall comply with Switch’s request to move Customer to Switch’s higher density power data center at no cost to Switch.

6.8. Security Compliance . Customer and its Customer Representatives shall comply with all Security and Access Policies.

6.9. Cross-Connections/Telecommunications . Customer shall order all cross-connections from Switch. MRC for such cross­connections are based upon Switch’s then published Cross-Connection Fee Schedule and are subject to Switch’s processes and procedures. All installation of cross-connections shall be done by Switch. Should Customer desire to receive telecommunications service at the Colocation Space, Switch will provide Customer with a list of approved third party Carriers. Customer will be solely responsible for all payments due to the Carriers unless provided as part of the Services. Customer will notify the Carrier and Switch when Customer desires to terminate or modify any cross connections. Customer understands that Switch does not own or control any services provided by the Carriers and agrees that Switch is not responsible or liable for performance (or non-performance) of such Carriers.

7. Resale . Customer may resell the Services only after receiving Switch’s express prior written approval. Should Customer resell all or any portion of the Services to any third party, Customer assumes all liabilities arising out of or related to use of and payment for the Services by such third party. Customer agrees to enter into written agreements with any and all parties to which Customer resells all or any portion of the Services with terms and conditions at least as restrictive and as protective

 

5


of Switch’s rights as the terms and conditions of this MSA, provided that such third party shall not have the rights granted to Customer under this Section 7. Resale by Customer of any or all of the Services shall not relieve or in any way diminish Customer’s liability and obligations hereunder.

8. Insurance . Customer agrees to keep in full force and effect at all times during the term of this MSA: (i) business loss and interruption insurance in an amount not less than that necessary to compensate Customer and Customer’s customers for failure of the Services; (ii) comprehensive general liability insurance of not less than $1,000.000 per occurrence; (iii) employer’s liability insurance of not less than $1,000.000 per occurrence; and (iv) “all risk” personal property insurance in an amount at least equal to the full replacement value of the Customer Equipment. Customer acknowledges that it retains the risk of loss for, loss of (including, without limitation, loss of use), or damage to, Customer Equipment and other personal property located in the Premises, Customer further acknowledges that Switch’s insurance policies do not provide coverage for Customer’s personal property. Customer also agrees to maintain worker’s compensation insurance at or greater than the minimum levels required by applicable law. Customer agrees that Customer shall not and shall cause the Customer Representatives to not pursue any Claims against Switch for any liability Switch may have under or relating to this MSA unless and until Customer or the Customer Representative, as applicable, first files a claim against Customer’s insurance policy and the applicable insurance provider(s) finally resolve such Claims. Customer shall name Switch as an additional insured on all general liability insurance policies, such policies may not be cancelled without thirty (30) days prior notice to Switch and Customer shall provide policy endorsements upon request. Customer shall ensure that each policy required hereunder contains a waiver of subrogation provision for the benefit of Switch.

9. Limitations of Liability.

9.1. Personal Injury . Each Customer Representative and any other person visiting the Premises docs so at his or her own risk and Switch shall not be liable for any ham1 to such persons.

9.2. Damage to Customer’s Business . IN NO EVENT SHALL SWITCH BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER, ANY CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE, ANY THIRD PARTY OR OTHERWISE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL SPECIAL PUNITIVE, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, DAMAGE TO CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT, LOSS OF TECHNOLOGY, LOSS OF DATA, NON-DELIVERIES, OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE SERVICES OR ANY ASPECT OF CUSTOMER’S BUSINESS, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER UNDER THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE.

9.3. Aggregate Liability . IN NO EVENT WILL SWITCH’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY CUSTOMER FOR THE SERVICES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THE DISPUTE IN THE SIX (6) MONTHS IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE DATE ON WHICH THE SUBJECT CLAIM AROSE.

10. Indemnification . Customer agrees and covenants to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Switch, its directors, officers, managers, members, employees, agents, affiliates and customers (collectively with Switch, the Covered Entities” ) from and against any and all costs, expenses, damages, losses and/or liabilities (including attorney fees) (collectively, Costs” ) arising from or related to Claims made by or against any of the Covered Entities alleging: (i) infringement or misappropriation of any intellectual property rights; (ii) damage caused by or related to Customer’s operations, including any violation of Switch’s or any Carrier’s AUP (including the Anti-Spam Policy); (iii) any damage or destruction to the Colocation Space, the Premises. Switch equipment or to any other Switch customer

 

6


which damage is caused by or otherwise results from acts or omissions by Customer or any Customer Representatives; (iv) any property damage or personal injury to any Customer Representatives arising out of such individual’s activities at the Premises or related to the Services; (v) any other damage arising from or related to the Customer Equipment or Customer’s business: or (vi) any warranties provided by or through Customer to any third parties with respect to the Services (collectively, the Covered Claims ). In the event of any Covered Claim, the Covered Entity may select its own counsel to participate in the defense of such claim. Customer will not settle a Covered Claim in a manner that imposes liability or obligation upon n Covered Entity.

11. Hazardous Materials . Hazardous Materials means any substance referred to, or defined in any law, as a hazardous material or hazardous substance (or other similar term). Customer will not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, stored, discharged, released or used in, under or about any portion of the Premises. Customer will cause all Hazardous Materials brought to the Premises by or on behalf of Customer to be removed from the Premises in compliance with all applicable laws. If Customer or its agents performs any act or omission which contaminates or expands the scope of contamination of the Premises then Customer will promptly, at Customer’s expense, take all investigatory and remedial actions necessary to fully remove and dispose of such Hazardous Materials and any contamination so caused in compliance with all applicable laws. Customer will also repair all damage to the Premises caused by such contamination and remediation.

12. Estoppel Certificate . Within ten (10) days after request from Switch, Customer will execute and deliver to Switch a written estoppel certificate in the form prepared by Switch certifying: (i) that this MSA is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, specifying modification(s)); (ii) the commencement date and expiration of the term of Service Commitment Period; (iii) the absence or status of any rights of Customer to alter the term or to license additional space; (iv) the date to which MRC and any other charges are paid in advance, if any; (v) that there are not, to Customer’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Switch, or stating the nature of any uncured defaults: and (vi) any other information requested by Switch.

13. Miscellaneous Provisions.

13.1. Force Majeure . Except for the obligation to pay money, neither party will be liable for any failure or delay in its performance under this MSA due to any cause beyond its reasonable control, including act of war, acts of God, earthquake, flood, embargo, riot, sabotage, labor shortage or dispute, governmental act or failure of the Carrier or the Internet.

13.2. No Lease . This MSA is an agreement for services and Customer acknowledges and agrees that it has not been granted any real property interest in the Colocation Space or the Premises, and Customer has no rights as a tenant or otherwise under any real property or landlord/tenant laws, regulations or ordinances.

13.3. Confidentiality . Each party may disclose confidential information to the other party in connection with this MSA. Confidential information includes information which the recipient should reasonably understand as confidential in nature ( Confidential Information ). Confidential Information may only be used by the recipient in connection with its performance under this MSA. Confidential Information may not be disclosed except to those employees or contractors of the recipient with a need to know and who agree to be bound by this Section. If the recipient is legally compelled to disclose Confidential Information, they shall provide the disclosing party with notice of such requirement prior to disclosure (if permissible) so that the disclosing party may seek any appropriate remedy. Recipient will furnish only the Confidential Information that is legally required. Confidential Information excludes information that: (i) is or becomes generally available to the public through no wrongful act of the

 

7


recipient; (ii) is received from a third party with the right to supply it; or (iii) is independently developed by the recipient. Upon request, the recipient will either return the Confidential Information or destroy it with written certification to the disclosing party.

13.4. Assignment . Neither party may assign this MSA without the prior consent of the other party, except as part of a merger, acquisition or financing. Any attempted assignment in violation of this Section 13.3 will be null and void. This MSA will bind and inure to the benefit of each party’s successors and permitted assigns. Successors and assigns shall assume the assignor’s obligations hereunder in a writing satisfactory to the non-assigning party.

13.5. Release of Landlord . If and to the extent that Switch’s underlying leases so require or contain indemnity obligations of Switch, Customer hereby agrees to release Switch’s landlord (and its agents, subcontractors and employees) from all liability relating to Customer’s access to the Colocation Area (and the Premises) and Customer’s use and/or occupancy of the Colocation Space.

13.6. Notices . Any notice or communication given hereunder may be delivered personally, by electronic mail, deposited with an overnight courier, sent by confirmed facsimile, or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the address of the receiving party indicated on the Service Order, or at such other address as either party may provide to the other by notice. Notices will be deemed to have been delivered upon receipt.

13.7. No Waiver . No term or provision of this MSA shall be deemed waived and no breach or default shall be deemed excused unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the party claimed to have waived or consented. A consent to waiver of or excuse for a breach or default by either party, whether express or implied, shall not constitute a consent to, waiver of: or excuse for any different or subsequent breach or default.

13.8. Relationship of Parties . Switch and Customer are independent contractors and this MSA will not establish any relationship of partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise or agency between Switch and Customer. Neither Switch nor Customer will have the power to hind the other or incur obligations on the other’s behalf without the other’s prior written consent, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

13.9. Choice of Law . This MSA shall be construed in accordance with and all disputes hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Nevada, excluding its conflict of law rules. The parties hereby consent to the exclusive personal and subject matter jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in and for the County of Clark, Nevada.

13.10. Entire Agreement . This MSA, including all Switch policies referred to herein, represents the complete agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter herein, and supersedes any other agreement or understanding, written or oral. This MSA may be modified only through a written instrument signed by both parties. In the event of a conflict between the provisions of this MSA and those of any Service Order or the SEA, unless specifically otherwise agreed, the provisions of this MSA shall prevail.

13.11. Severability . In the event any provision of this MSA is held by a court of other tribunal of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, that provision will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law, and the other provisions of this MSA will remain in full force and effect.

 

8


13.12. Warranties . Both parties represent and warrant that they have full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this MSA and to perform their obligations under this MSA and the person whose signature appears on the Service Order is authorized to enter into this MSA on behalf of the respective party. SWITCH SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES AND THE PREMISES, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF MERCHANTABILITY AND AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, SWITCH EXERCISES NO CONTROL WHATSOEVER OVER THE CONTENT OF THE INFORMATION PASSING THROUGH ITS NETWORK OR OVER THE INTERNET. USE OF ANY INFORMATION OBTAINED OVER THE SWITCH NETWORK OR THE INTERNET IS AT CUSTOMER’S OWN RISK.

13.13. Headings/Interpretation . Headings used in this MSA are for reference purposes only and in no way define, limit, or describe the scope or extent of such Section or in any way affect this MSA. The word “including” shall he read as “including without limitation.” No provision of this MSA or any related document shall be construed against or interpreted to the disadvantage of any party hereto by any court or other authority by reason of such party having or being deemed to have drafted such provision.

13.14. Survival . The provisions of Sections 3.4. 5.5, 6.5, 9, 10, 11 and 13 shall survive the expiration or termination of this MSA for any reason.

13.15. Counterparts . This MSA may be executed in counterparts with the same force and effect as if each party had executed the same instrument, provided that no signatory hereto shall he hound until both parties named below have duly executed or caused to he executed a counterpart of this MSA.

 

SWITCH COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, L.L.C.     MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Rob Roy

   

By:

 

/s/ Vinay Malkani

Name:

  Rob Roy    

Name:

  Vinay Malkani
Title:   CEO, Founder     Title:   Director, Information Systems
Date:   August 3, 2009     Date:   July 6, 2009
Address:   7135 S. Decatur Blvd     Address:   123 Mission St., 25 th Floor
  Las Vegas, NV 89118       San Francisco, CA 94105

 

9


Exhibit “A”

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT

This Service Level Agreement is a part of the Agreement between Customer and Switch.

 

1. Service Commitment

Switch is committed in its efforts to provide a reliable, high-quality network to support its high-speed Internet access service. As part of this commitment, Switch is pleased to offer eligible customers the following guarantees:

 

   

Network Availability Guarantee

   

Network Latency Guarantee

   

Packet Delivery Guarantee

If Switch fails to meet any of these guarantees, Switch will provide eligible customers with a Service Credit. A “Service Credit” is equal to the result of dividing (i) the Network Access Fees paid by Customer during the calendar month in which the Service Credit was earned by (ii) the number of hours in the same month. Service Credits may be provided as whole units or as fractional units (e.g. Customer could be entitled to “2.5” Service Credits in a given month).

 

2. Measured Bandwidth Service Billing Methodology

The concept behind offering a usage based Internet product is simple: charge the customer for what they actually use. This product is ideal for those customers who either experience substantial swings in monthly usage or are anticipating growth. When traffic patterns will be unpredictable, the customer can have the security of having enough bandwidth to handle heavy use months, but also retain the flexibility to pay less when traffic declines.

Customer’s monthly burstable usage is determined by calculating the 95th percentile of data usage that is used over and above Customer’s contracted floor amount. As is with most data, Internet traffic has peak times throughout the clay. Actually, it has peak times within any measurement interval whether it be a day, an hour, or five minutes. Billing on the 95th percentile eliminates the top five percent (5%) of measurement peaks, and bills on the Mb level at the remaining highest measurement. The purpose for billing at the 95th percentile vs. actual peak utilization is to eliminate any abnormal peaks throughout the month.

Within the router, a counter that keeps track of all bytes passed through each interface, a PERL script using SNMP will poll each applicable customer interface every five minutes. At every five minute pass, the code will read the counter and compare the result against the previous reading. The difference between the two will be converted from byte counts to a data rate, polling this data every five minutes results in 8640 data records per month. These records are then sorted from high to low usage and the top 5% are discarded. The remaining data rate is then used to determine the billing level for the month. For example, out of 100 data points the top ten are:

 

100

 

 34.2 Mb

      97   34.08 Mb       94   33.91 Mb       91   33.66 Mb

99

 

  4.18 Mb

      96     4.02 Mb       93   33.84 Mb        

98

 

34.11 Mb

      95   33.98 Mb       92   33.70 Mb        


Eliminating the top 5% leaves the data rate of 33.98Mb. This is the rate at which Switch Bandwidth / Switch will bill the customer for the month.

 

3. Guarantees

Network Availability Guarantee

Switch Guarantees 99.99% Network availability in any calendar month as calculated from the ingress to and egress from the Switch Network.

If Customer experiences Network unavailability. Customer may receive Data Service Credits, calculated monthly as an aggregate of all Service unavailability events in accordance with the following parameters considered over a calendar month:

 

Service unavailable for less than 15 minutes:    No Service Credit
Service unavailable for more than 15 minutes and up to three (3) hours:    Three (3) hours credit
Service unavailable for more than three (3) and up to eight (8) hours:    Eight (8) hours credit
Service unavailable for more than eight (8) and up to 12 hours:    Twelve (12) hours credit
Service unavailable far more than 12 and up to 18 hours:    Eighteen (18) hours credo
Service unavailable for more than 18 and up to 24 hours:    Twenty-four (24) hours credit
Service unavailable for more than 24 hours:    Credit equal to number of hours unavailable

A credit will be given only for those outages that were reported to Switch at the time of the outage. An outage is measured from the time it is reported to the time it is resolved.

 

4. Power Service Availability Guarantee

Switch Guarantees 100% power availability if the customer elects to deploy dual feed (A&B) power. Switch strongly recommends dual power and monitor-ready ATS and PDU’s be correctly deployed in every rack and cabinet to ensure 100% uptime. Customer UPS’s are not allowed to be used down-line from the Switch mission critical power system. Switch Operations must approve all power distribution systems deployed within customer space. All equipment must first be tested on house power prior to plugging into the Switch UPS receptacles.

If Customer experiences both A&B power unavailability, Customer may receive Power Service Credits in accordance with the following formula.

 

Service unavailable for less than 15 minutes:    Three (3) days credit
Service unavailable for more than 15 minutes and up to three (3) hours:    Six (6) days credit
Service unavailable for more than three (3) and up to eight (8) hours:    Nine (9) days credit
Service unavailable for more than eight (8) and up to 12 hours:    Twelve (12) days credit
Service unavailable for more than 12 and up to 18 hours:    Eighteen (18) days credit
Service unavailable for more than 18 and up to 24 hours:    Twenty-four (24)days credit
Service unavailable for more than 24 hours:    One Month credit


A credit will be given only for those interruptions that were reported to Switch at the time of the interruption. If Customer only has single-sided power, Customer will not receive power interruption credits. Should a client demand to only use single sided power, we can only guarantee 99% power uptime.

Customer must perform fail-over testing procedures at least twice each year to ensure customer owned and managed equipment will function properly in the unlikely event of a single sided power interruption. This is for the customer protection. Failure to perform this testing could result in forfeiture of power credits.

 

5. Network Latency Guarantee

The Switch Network carries packets with an average Network Latency over a one-month period of less than 75 milliseconds. Switch monitors aggregate latency within the Switch Network by monitoring round trip times between a sample of backbone hubs on an ongoing basis. Network Latency (or Round trip time ) is defined as the average time taken for an IP packet to make a round trip between specified backbone hubs on the Switch Network.

After Customer notifies Switch of Network Latency in excess of 75 milliseconds, Switch will use commercially reasonable efforts to determine the source of such excess Network Latency and to correct such problem to the extent that the source of the problem is on the Switch Network.

If Switch fails to remedy such Network Latency on the Switch Network within two (2) hours of being notified of any excess Network Latency and the average Network Latency for the preceding thirty (30) days has exceeded 75 milliseconds, Switch will issue a Service Credit to Customer’s account for the period from time of notification by Customer until the average Network Latency for the preceding thirty (30) days is less than 75 milliseconds.

6. Packet Delivery Guarantee

The Switch Network has an average monthly Packet loss of 0.1 % (or successful delivery of 99.9% of packets). Switch monitors aggregate packet loss within the Switch Network on an ongoing basis and compiles the collected data into a monthly average packet loss measurement for the Switch Network “ Packet loss ” is defined as the percentage of packets that are dropped within the Switch Network.

After being notified by Customer of Packet Loss in excess of 0.1% in a given calendar month (“ Excess Packet Loss ”), Switch will use commercially reasonable efforts to determine the source of such excess Packet loss and to correct such problem to the extent that the source of the problem is on the Switch Network.

If Switch fails to remedy such Excess Packet Loss within two (2) hours of being notified of any Excess Packet Loss on the Switch Network and average Packet Loss for the preceding thirty (30) days exceeds 0.1%. Switch will issue Service Credits to Customer’s account for the period commencing at the time of receipt notification from Customer until the average Packet Loss for the preceding thirty (30) days is less than 0.1% provided that in no event shall the Service Credits exceed 100% of the Switch Network Access Fees for the calendar month in which the Excess Packet Loss occurs.


7. Definitions

Switch Network means the telecommunications/data communications network and network components owned, operated and controlled by Switch. The Switch Network does not include any Customer Equipment or any networks or network equipment not operated and controlled by Switch.

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 9, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (“ Bank ”), MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“ Marin ”), and MARIN SOFTWARE LIMITED, a company registered under the laws of England and Wales (“ Marin Ltd ”; and together with Marin, individually and collectively, the “ Borrower ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

RECITALS

A. Bank and Marin have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of October 31, 2008 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Prior Loan Agreement ”). Marin Ltd was added to the Loan Agreement as a Borrower pursuant to that certain Joinder Agreement, dated January 10, 2010, by and among Bank, Marin and Marin Ltd. Pursuant to the Prior Loan Agreement, Bank made certain loans and other credit accommodations available to Borrower, including a secured revolving loan in the principal amount of Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) and a secured growth capital loan in the principal amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

B. Borrower has requested, and Bank has agreed to amend and restate the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety. The parties hereby agree that the Prior Loan Agreement is hereby amended, restated and replaced in its entirety as follows:

 

  1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

  2.1 Promise to Pay.

Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

 

  2.1.1 Revolving Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.


(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

 

  2.2 Prior Growth Capital Loan.

(a) Prior Growth Capital Loan . Borrower hereby acknowledges that, as part of the Prior Loan Agreement, Bank made an advance to Borrower in an original principal amount of Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,500,000) (the “ Prior Growth Capital Loan ”), a portion of which remains outstanding as of the Effective Date. Bank and Borrower hereby agree that there is no further availability under the Prior Growth Capital Loan. The Obligations owing with respect to the Prior Growth Capital Loan have not been extinguished or discharged hereby and the execution of this Agreement is not intended to and shall not cause or result in a novation with respect to the Prior Growth Capital Loan. The aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Prior Growth Capital Loan as of November 30, 2011 is Six Hundred Twenty-Eight Thousand Five Hundred Sixty-Eight Dollars and Sixteen Cents ($628,568.16).

(b) Principal and Interest Payments . Borrower hereby agrees to continue to make equal monthly payments of principal and interest on the Prior Growth Capital Loan of One Hundred Six Thousand Six Hundred Twenty-Five Dollars Eighty-One Cents ($106,625.81) commencing on the first (1st) Business Day of the first (1st) month after the Effective Date. All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Prior Growth Capital Loan is due and payable in full on the Prior Growth Capital Maturity Date. The Prior Growth Capital Loan shall continue to accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate of six percent (6.0%). Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the outstanding amount under Prior Growth Capital Loan shall bear interest at the Default Rate unless the Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Prior Growth Capital Loan. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in Section 2.6(a) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Prepayment . At Borrower’s option, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Prior Growth Capital Loan made by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (a) provides written notice to Bank of its election to exercise to prepay the Prior Growth Capital Loan at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (b) pays, on the date of the prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Prior Growth Capital Loan through the date the prepayment is made; (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to the Prior Growth Capital Loan; (iii) the Prior Growth Capital Final Payment, and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder as of the date of prepayment with respect to this Agreement. Borrower may condition such prepayment on the funding of another financing and provide that its prepayment election shall terminate if such funding does not occur by a specific date.

 

2


(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Prior Growth Capital Loan is accelerated following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Prior Growth Capital Loan through the date the prepayment is made, (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to the Prior Growth Capital Loan; (iii) the Prior Growth Capital Final Payment; and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable as of the date of repayment, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

  2.3 Prior Equipment Loan.

(a) Prior Equipment Advances . Borrower hereby acknowledges that, as part of the Prior Loan Agreement, Bank made advances (each, a “ Prior Equipment Advance ” and collectively, the “ Prior Equipment Advances ”) available to Borrower in an aggregate original principal amount of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) a portion of which remains outstanding as of the Effective Date (the “ Prior Equipment Loan ”). Bank and Borrower hereby agree that there is no further availability under the Prior Equipment Loan. The Obligations owing with respect to the Prior Equipment Loan have not been extinguished or discharged hereby and the execution of this Agreement is not intended to and shall not cause or result in a novation with respect to the Prior Equipment Loan. The aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Prior Equipment Loan as of November 30, 2011 is One Million Six Hundred Ninety Thousand Four Hundred Ninety-Four Dollars and Fifty-Four Cents ($1,690,494.54).

(b) Principal and Interest Payments . Borrower hereby agrees to continue to make equal monthly payments of principal and interest on the Prior Equipment Loan of Sixty Thousand Four Hundred Seventy Dollars and Eight-Two Cents ($60,470.82) commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the first (1st) month after the Effective Date and continuing thereafter on the first (1st) calendar day of each successive month (each, a “ Payment Date ”). All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest on the Prior Equipment Loan is due and payable in full on the Prior Equipment Maturity Date. The Prior Equipment Loan shall continue to accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate of five and one half of one percent (5.50%).

(c) Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss . Borrower shall bear the risk of any loss, theft, destruction, or damage of or to the Financed Equipment. If, during the term of this Agreement, any Event of Loss occurs with respect to Financed Equipment financed by a Prior Equipment Advance, then, within ten (10) days following such Event of Loss, Borrower shall (i) pay to Bank on account of the Obligations all accrued interest to the date of the prepayment, plus all outstanding principal owing with respect to the Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss; or (ii) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at Borrower’s option, repair or replace any Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss provided the repaired or replaced Financed Equipment is of equal or like value to the Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss and provided further that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in such repaired or replaced Financed Equipment. Any partial prepayment of a Prior Equipment Advance paid by Borrower on account of an Event of Loss shall be applied to prepay amounts owing for such Prior Equipment Advance in inverse order of maturity.

 

3


(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Prior Equipment Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or otherwise, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued interest, plus (ii) an other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e) Permitted Prepayment of Prior Equipment Advances . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Prior Equipment Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Prior Equipment Advances at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all outstanding principal plus accrued interest, plus (B) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Borrower may condition such prepayment on the funding of another financing and provide that its prepayment election shall terminate if such funding does not occur by a specific date.

 

  2.4 Equipment Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank shall make advances (each, an “ Equipment Advance ” and, collectively, the “ Equipment Advances ”) not exceeding the Equipment Line. Equipment Advances may only be used to finance Eligible Equipment purchased within ninety (90) days (determined based upon the applicable invoice date of such Eligible Equipment) before the Funding Date of each Equipment Advance; provided, however, the first Equipment Advance may be used to finance Eligible Equipment purchased on or after June 1, 2011. No Equipment Advance may exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the total invoice for Eligible Equipment (excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses relating to such Eligible Equipment except to the extent such are allowed to be financed pursuant hereto as Other Equipment). Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the proceeds of the Equipment Line shall be used to finance Other Equipment. Each Equipment Advance must be in an amount equal to the lesser of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) or the amount that has not yet been drawn under the Equipment Line. After repayment, no Equipment Advance may be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment . For each Equipment Advance, Borrower shall make (i) monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the first (1st) month following the month in which the Funding Date occurs with respect to a Equipment Advance and continuing thereafter during the Equipment Interest Only Period on the first (1st) Business Day of each successive month and (ii) thirty six (36) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal and accrued interest commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the first (1st) month after the Equipment Interest Only Period (the “ Equipment Conversion Date ”), which would fully amortize the outstanding Equipment Advances, as of the Equipment Conversion Date, over the Repayment Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all unpaid principal and interest on each Equipment Advance shall be due on the applicable Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss . Borrower shall bear the risk of any loss, theft, destruction, or damage of or to the Financed Equipment. If, during the term of this

 

4


Agreement, any Event of Loss occurs with respect to Financed Equipment financed by a Equipment Advance, then, within ten (10) days following such Event of Loss, Borrower shall (i) pay to Bank on account of the Obligations all accrued interest to the date of the prepayment, plus all outstanding principal owing with respect to the Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss; or (ii) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at Borrower’s option, repair or replace any Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss provided the repaired or replaced Financed Equipment is of equal or like value to the Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss and provided further that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in such repaired or replaced Financed Equipment. Any partial prepayment of an Equipment Advance paid by Borrower on account of an Event of Loss shall be applied to prepay amounts owing for such Equipment Advance in inverse order of maturity.

(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Equipment Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or otherwise, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued interest, plus (ii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e) Permitted Prepayment of Equipment Advances . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Equipment Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Equipment Advances at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all outstanding principal plus accrued interest, plus (B) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Borrower may condition such prepayment on the funding of another financing and provide that its prepayment election shall terminate if such funding does not occur by a specific date.

 

  2.5 Overadvances.

It at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base (such sum being an “ Overadvance ”), Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess. Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any amount of the Overadvance, Borrower agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

 

  2.6 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

(a) Advances . Subject to Section 2.6(c), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, plus three quarters of one percent (0.75%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.6(f) below.

(b) Equipment Advances . Subject to Section 2.6(c), the principal amount outstanding for each Equipment Advance shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to five and one half of one percent (5.50%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.6(f) below.

 

5


(c) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.6(c) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(d) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

(e) Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

(f) Payment; Interest Computation; Float Charge . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all Payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however , that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Bank shall not, however, be required to credit Borrower’s account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Bank in its good faith business judgment, and Bank may charge Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to Bank unpaid.

 

  2.7 Fees.

Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Forty-Two Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($42,500) (the “ Revolving Commitment Fee ”) of which, (i) Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000), shall be paid on the Effective Date, (ii) Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) shall be paid on January 11, 2012, and (ii) the balance (Twelve Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($12,500)) shall be paid to Bank on January 10, 2013.

(b) Equipment Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Seven Thousand Dollars ($7,000) (the “ Equipment Commitment Fee ”) shall be paid on the Effective Date;

(c) Termination Fee . Subject to the terms of Section 12.1, a termination fee;

 

6


(d) Prior Growth Capital Final Payment . A Prior Growth Capital Final Payment due on the Prior Growth Capital Maturity Date, or at the time of a prepayment pursuant to the terms of Sections 2.2(c) and 2.2(d); and

(e) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

 

  2.8 Payments; Application of Payments.

(a) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) All payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied in such order and manner as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Borrower shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrower to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

  3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

 

  3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension.

Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) duly executed original signatures to the Warrant;

(c) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreements;

(d) Borrower’s Operating Documents and a good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(e) duly executed original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for Borrower;

(f) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Bank shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination

 

7


statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(g) the Perfection Certificates of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

(h) a copy of its Registration Rights Agreement, Investors’ Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto;

(i) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses and cancellation notice to Bank (or endorsements reflecting the same) in favor of Bank; and

(j) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.7 hereof.

 

  3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions.

Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4(a), timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report or Loan Supplement;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Transaction Report or Loan Supplement and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not -be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) in Bank’s sole discretion, any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Bank. If any event, condition, circumstance or other factor (collectively, “ Circumstances ”) exists or does not exist whose existence or non-existence serves as justification under this Section 3.2(c) for Bank’s refusal to make a requested Credit Extension, the existence or non-existence of such Circumstance shall not constitute an Event of

 

8


Default under Section 8 unless it independently constitutes an Event of Default pursuant to another provision of this Agreement.

 

  3.3 Covenant to Deliver.

Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

 

  3.4 Procedures for Borrowing.

(a) Revolving Line Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Transaction Report executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.

(b) Equipment Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Equipment Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Equipment Advance, Borrower must notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail or facsimile no later than 12:00 p.m. Pacific time one (1) Business Day before the proposed Funding Date. The notice shall be a Payment/Advance Form, must be signed by a Responsible Officer or designee, and shall include a copy of the invoice for the Equipment being financed. Borrower shall also deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Loan Supplement, executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee, copies of invoices for the Financed Equipment and such additional information as Bank may reasonably request at least five (5) Business Days before the proposed Funding Date. At Bank’s discretion, Bank shall have the opportunity to confirm that, upon filing the UCC-1 financing statement covering the Equipment described on the Loan Supplement, Bank shall have a first priority perfected security interest in such Equipment. If Borrower satisfies the conditions of each Equipment Advance, Bank shall disburse such Equipment Advance by transfer to the Designated Deposit Account.

 

  4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

  4.1 Grant of Security Interest.

Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

 

9


Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are satisfied in full, and at such time, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, terminate its security interest in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to 105% of the Dollar Equivalent (or 110% if the Dollar Equivalent is denominated in Foreign Currency) of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

 

  4.2 Priority of Security Interest.

Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

 

  4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements.

Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

 

  4.4 Reaffirmation of UK Debenture.

Marin Ltd hereby covenants and agrees with Bank that (a) the UK Debenture, is and shall continue in full force and effect for the benefit of Bank with respect to the Secured Obligations (as such term is defined in the UK Debenture); (b) the Secured Obligations shall include, without limitation, the Obligations of Borrower as increased, amended, and restated by this Agreement

 

10


and the other Loan Documents; (c) there are no offsets, claims or defenses of Marin Ltd with respect to the UK Debenture or with respect to the Secured Obligations; and (d) the UK Debenture is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect, shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be impaired or otherwise affected by the execution of this Agreement or any other document or instrument delivered in connection herewith. All terms and provisions of the UK Debenture shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect and Marin Ltd hereby reaffirms its obligations under the UK Debenture.

 

  5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

 

  5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority.

Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “ Perfection Certificate ”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). If Borrower is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of such occurrence and provide Bank with Borrower’s organizational identification number.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any

 

11


agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

  5.2 Collateral.

Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein. The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

All Financed Equipment is new, except for such Financed Equipment that has been disclosed in writing to Bank by Borrower as “used” and that Bank, in its sole discretion, has agreed to finance.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) non-material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

 

  5.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in

 

12


all respects what they purport to be. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Transaction Report. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

  5.4 Litigation.

There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), except as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate delivered to the Bank on the Effective Date.

 

  5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition.

All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

 

  5.6 Solvency.

The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

  5.7 Regulatory Compliance.

Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or

 

13


filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

 

  5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments.

Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

  5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions.

Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, other than taxes which in the aggregate do not at any time exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000). Borrower may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

  5.10 Use of Proceeds.

Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital, to purchase Eligible Equipment, and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

  5.11 Full Disclosure.

No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

14


  5.12 Definition of “Knowledge.”

For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

  6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following:

 

  6.1 Government Compliance.

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

(b) Use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

 

  6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

Provide Bank with the following:

(a) a Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto), (i) in the event that Borrower is Streamline Eligible and provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no later than thirty (30) days after the end of each month and (ii) in all other cases, on a weekly basis;

(b) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (A) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (B) monthly accounts payable agings, aged by invoice date, and outstanding or held check registers, if any, (C) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports and general ledger, and (D) Borrower’s Deferred Revenue report in form satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion, but reasonable discretion;

(c) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(d) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible

 

15


Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

(e) Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, deliver to Bank monthly recurring revenue roll forward reports, including new monthly revenues added and revenues lost for each month, and SaaS metrics (including Monthly Recurring Revenue and Churn Rate reports for both U.S. and UK operations) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank;

(f) as soon as available, but no later than seven (7) days after approval by the Board of Directors, (A) annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow statements, by month) for the following fiscal year and (B) Board approved financial projections for the following fiscal year, commensurate in form and substance with those provided to Borrower’s venture capital investors (it being understood that the budgets and projections set forth in this Section for the 2012 fiscal year are expected to be received not later than January 31, 2012);

(g) As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion (it being understood that the audited financial statements for the 2010 fiscal year are expected to be received not later than January 31, 2012), provided, however, Borrower’s unqualified opinion on financial statements may contain a qualification as to going concern typical for venture backed companies similar to Borrower;

(h) in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address;

(i) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(j) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more; and

(k) other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

 

16


  6.3 Accounts Receivable.

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes . Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims which in the aggregate exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in any calendar month relating to Accounts. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c) Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall require that all proceeds of Accounts from Account Debtors which have their principal place of business in the United States be deposited by Borrower into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as specified by Bank, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in such form as Bank may specify in its good faith business judgment. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of such Accounts to an account maintained with Bank to be applied (i) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.8(b) hereof, and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof. At all times when Borrower is Streamline Eligible, provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, funds in the blocked account will be remitted to Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account, but at all other times, such collections shall be applied to reduce the Obligations on a daily basis, prior to being deposited into Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account.

(d) Returns . Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately promptly notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

 

17


(e) Verification . Bank may, from time to time, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose.

(f) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  6.4 Remittance of Proceeds.

Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations (1) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.8(b) hereof, and (2) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of surplus, worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will maintain all proceeds of Collateral in an account maintained with Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

  6.5 Taxes; Pensions.

Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, other than taxes which in the aggregate do not at any time exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000), and except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

 

  6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records.

Allow Bank, or its agents, at reasonable times, on one (1) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every six (6) months (or more frequently as Bank shall determine conditions warrant, in its sole discretion). The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge

 

18


therefore shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

 

  6.7 Insurance.

Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Bank as a lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or their respective endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Bank at least thirty (30) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

 

  6.8 Operating Accounts.

(a) Maintain all of its domestic operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts, including all excess cash, with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates. Borrower shall consider maintaining its foreign primary banking relationship with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates.

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution in the United States other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains in the United States, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

 

  6.9 Financial Covenants.

Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidating basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

 

19


(a) Monthly Recurring Revenue . Commencing with the month ending August 31, 2011, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, and beginning with the month ending March 31, 2012 for the trailing three (3) month period then ended, Monthly Recurring Revenue of not less than the following amounts at the following times:

 

Month Ending

   Monthly
Recurring
Revenue
 

August 31, 2011

   $ 2,920,000   

September 30, 2011

   $ 2,940,000   

October 31, 2011

   $ 2,960,000   

November 30, 2011

   $ 2,980,000   

December 31, 2011

   $ 3,000,000   

January 31, 2012

   $ 3,135,000   

February 29, 2012

   $ 3,276,075   

March 31, 2012

   $ 9,835,000   

April 30, 2012

   $ 10,277,000   

May 31, 2012

   $ 10,740,000   

June 30, 2012

   $ 11,223,000   

July 31, 2012

   $ 11,728,000   

August 31, 2012

   $ 12,255,000   

September 30, 2012

   $ 12,807,000   

October 31, 2012

   $ 13,384,000   

November 30, 2012

   $ 13,986,000   

December 31, 2012

   $ 14,615,000   

For purposes of calculating the Monthly Recurring Revenue for February, such calculation will be prorated on the basis of twenty-nine (29) calendar days.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, commencing with the month ending January 31, 2012, Borrower’s Monthly Recurring Revenue is subject to change based on Borrower’s annual financial projections approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors for the December 31, 2012 fiscal year, which shall be equal to or greater than seventy-five percent (75%) of Borrower’s projected performance for such month, as determined by Bank in its sole discretion (the “ 2012 MMR Covenant ”). Borrower’s failure to reach an agreement with Bank on the 2012 MMR Covenant and to execute and deliver to Bank an amendment to this Agreement, shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

20


(b) Churn Rate . A Churn Rate, tested as of the last day of each month for the immediately preceding three (3) month period then ended, not to exceed three percent (3%) at any time averaged over such three (3) month period.

 

  6.10 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property (other than intellectual property which Borrower licenses from one or more third parties); (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property (other than intellectual property which Borrower licenses from one or more third parties); and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Bank within thirty (30) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public). Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests to attempt to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

  6.11 Litigation Cooperation.

From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

 

  6.12 Further Assurances.

Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

  7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

 

  7.1 Dispositions.

Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment that does not constitute Financed Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; and (d) consisting of cash payments to trade creditors and the use of

 

21


cash, in each case, in the ordinary course of business in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

  7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations.

(a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) have a change in the Key Person such that the Key Person ceases to hold such office with Borrower and a replacement satisfactory to Borrower’s Board of Directors are not made within ninety (90) days after the Key Person’s departure from Borrower; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than 40% of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, bailee agreements shall not be required with collocation facilities.

 

  7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions.

Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

 

  7.4 Indebtedness.

Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

22


  7.5 Encumbrance.

Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of the Collateral, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

 

  7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts.

Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

 

  7.7 Distributions; Investments.

(a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock provided, that Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees or consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and further, provided, that such repurchases do not exceed in the aggregate of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) per fiscal year; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

  7.8 Transactions with Affiliates.

Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

 

  7.9 Subordinated Debt.

(a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

 

  7.10 Compliance.

Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a

 

23


Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

  8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

 

  8.1 Payment Default.

Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, the Growth Capital Maturity Date, the Equipment Maturity Date, or the Prior Equipment Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period).

 

  8.2 Covenant Default.

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

 

  8.3 Investor Abandonment; Priority of Security Interest.

If Bank determines in its good faith judgment that it is the clear intention of Borrower’s current and future investors to not continue to fund Borrower in the amounts and timeframe to the extent necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable, or there is a material impairment in the perfection or priority of the Bank’s security

 

24


interest in the Collateral; provided, however, any Transfer permitted under Section 7.1 shall not constitute an Event of Default under this Section 8.3;

 

  8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

 

  8.5 Insolvency.

(a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent (b) Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

  8.6 Other Agreements.

There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000); or (b) any default by Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business;

 

  8.7 Judgments.

One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

 

  8.8 Misrepresentations.

Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to

 

25


Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

 

  8.9 Subordinated Debt.

Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement; or

 

  8.10 Cross-Default with UK Debenture.

A default shall occur under the UK Debenture and such default is not cured within any applicable grace period provided therein.

 

  9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

  9.1 Rights and Remedies.

While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to 105% of the Dollar Equivalent (or 110% if the Dollar Equivalent is denominated in Foreign Currency) of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Forward Contracts;

(e) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the

 

26


Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

 

  9.2 Power of Attorney.

Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

27


  9.3 Protective Payments.

If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

  9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds.

If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

 

  9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral.

So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

  9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.

Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

28


  9.7 Demand Waiver.

Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which Borrower is liable.

 

  9.8 Borrower Liability.

Either Borrower may, acting singly, request Advances hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Advances hereunder. Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Advances made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Advance, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Advances. Each Borrower waives (a) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law, though referencing CA Civil Code sections may be duplicative, for Agreements governed by CA law, add the following - including, without limitation, the benefit of California Civil Code Section 2815 permitting revocation as to future transactions and the benefit of California Civil Code Sections 1432, 2809, 2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, and 2899 and 3433, and (b) any right to require Bank to: (i) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy. Bank may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Bank under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

 

  9.9 Borrowers are Integrated Group.

Each Person included in the term “Borrower” hereby represents and warrants to Bank that each of them will derive benefits, directly and indirectly, from each Credit Extension, each in their separate capacity and as a member of the integrated group to which each such Person belongs and because the successful operation of the integrated group is dependent upon the continued successful performance of the functions of the integrated group as a whole, because each Borrower believes (i) the terms of the Credit Extensions provided under this Agreement are more favorable than would otherwise would be obtainable by such Persons individually, and (ii) the additional administrative and other costs and reduced flexibility associated with

 

29


individual loan arrangements which would otherwise be required if obtainable would substantially reduce the value to such Persons of the Credit Extensions.

 

  9.10 Inter-Company Debt.

Without implying any limitation on the joint and several nature of the Obligations, Bank agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Persons included in the term “Borrower” may create reasonable inter-company indebtedness between or among the Persons included in the term “Borrower” with respect to the allocation of the benefits and proceeds of the Credit Extensions under this Agreement.

 

  10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:   

Marin Software Incorporated

123 Mission Street, 25th Floor

San Francisco, California 94105

  

Attn: Mr. John Kaelle

Fax: [personally identifiable information withheld]

Email: [personally identifiable information withheld]

If to Bank:   

Silicon Valley Bank

2400 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attn: Julia Bobrovich

Fax: [personally identifiable information withheld]

Email: [personally identifiable information withheld]

 

  11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

California law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Borrower expressly submits and consents in

 

30


advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable, the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or

 

31


obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

  12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

  12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date.

This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Notwithstanding any such termination, Bank’s lien and security interest in the Collateral shall continue until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations. If such termination is at Borrower’s election or at Bank’s election due to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay to Bank, in addition to the payment of any other expenses or fees then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), provided, that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from another division of Bank or upon the consummation of an initial public offering of Borrower’s common stock.

 

  12.2 Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms of the Warrant).

 

  12.3 Indemnification.

Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

  12.4 Time of Essence.

Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

 

32


  12.5 Severability of Provisions.

Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

  12.6 Correction of Loan Documents.

Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

 

  12.7 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration.

No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

 

  12.8 Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

  12.9 Survival.

All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.3 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

  12.10 Confidentiality.

In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Bank,

 

33


collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank Entities may use the confidential information for reporting purposes and the development and distribution of databases and market analyses so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly prohibited by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

  12.11 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses.

In any action or proceeding between Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

 

  12.12 Electronic Execution of Documents.

The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

  12.13 Captions.

The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

  12.14 Construction of Agreement.

The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

  12.15 Relationship.

The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust,

 

34


fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

 

  12.16 Third Parties.

Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

  12.17 Transitional Arrangements.

On the Effective Date, this Agreement shall amend, restate and supersede the Prior Loan Agreement in its entirety, except as provided in this Section. On the Effective Date, the rights and obligations of the parties evidenced by the Prior Loan Agreement shall be evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the grant of security interest in the Collateral by the Borrower under the Prior Loan Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” (as defined in the Prior Loan Agreement) shall continue under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall not in any event be terminated, extinguished or annulled but shall hereafter be governed by this Agreement and the other Loans Documents. All references to the Prior Loan Agreement in any Loan Document or other document or instrument delivered in connection therewith shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and the provisions hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and to the extent necessary, the Bank reserves all of its rights under the Prior Loan Agreement.

 

  13 DEFINITIONS

 

  13.1 Definitions.

As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

2008 Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated the October 31, 2008 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

35


Additional Borrower ” means each Person that has executed and delivered a Joinder Agreement that has been accepted and approved by the Bank.

Advance ” or “ Advances ” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Bankruptcy-Related Defaults ” is defined in Section 9.1.

Borrower ” means the Borrower as set forth on the cover page of this Agreement and each Additional Borrower.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base ” is 80% of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.

 

36


Borrowing Resolutions ” are, with respect to any Person, those resolutions substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

Churn Rate ” means, for any period as at any date of determination, the sum of the Monthly Recurring Revenue lost as a result of Closed Accounts divided by the aggregate Monthly Recurring Revenue for such period.

Closed Accounts ” are, during any calendar month, the number of customer Accounts that are closed, cancelled, or otherwise terminated.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described as Collateral on Exhibit A .

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of

 

37


another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Prior Growth Capital Loan, Prior Equipment Advance, Equipment Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.6(a).

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is Borrower’s deposit account, account number                                                   , maintained with Bank.

Dollars ,” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

Draw Period ” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) June 30, 2012, or (b) an Event of Default.

 

38


Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days (or one hundred twenty (120) days for UK Accounts) of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(c) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days (or one hundred twenty (120) days for UK Accounts) of invoice date;

(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States unless such Accounts are otherwise Eligible Accounts and (i) such Accounts do not exceed Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000) or (ii) that Bank otherwise approves of in writing; provided, however that Accounts owing from Omnicon Media Group, Tradedoubler Software AB, Neo@Ogilvy, Marks and Spencer p.l.c., Razorfish, Philips Consumer, iProspect, MEC, Performics, Publicis, Starcom, Vivaki, and Zenith Optimedia are deemed “Eligible Accounts” as of the Effective Date, provided, further, that continuing eligibility and the determination of which Accounts are eligible hereunder is a matter of Bank discretion in each instance and may be changed at any time with notice to Borrower;

(f) Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States, including, without limitation UK Accounts, unless Bank has a first priority, perfected security interest or other enforceable Lien in such Accounts under all applicable laws, including foreign laws;

(g) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts).

(h) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(i) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

 

39


(j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

(k) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(m) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(o) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(p) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(q) Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days;

(r) Accounts arising from chargebacks, debit memos or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

(s) Accounts arising from product returns and/or exchanges (sometimes called “warranty” or “RMA” accounts);

(t) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(u) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);

(v) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed thirty percent (30%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

 

40


(w) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful, including, without limitation, accounts represented by “refreshed” or “recycled” invoices.

Eligible Equipment ” is the following to the extent it complies with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank, is acceptable to Bank in all respects, (i) is located at 123 Mission Street, 25th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105 or in such other locations in the United States which Bank has received prior written notice of such location and, at Bank’s request, a bailee agreement executed by the bailee of such location in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (ii) is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Bank: (a) general purpose equipment, computer equipment, manufacturing equipment, office equipment, test and laboratory equipment, telephone systems, furnishings, subject to the limitations set forth herein, and (b) Other Equipment.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

Equipment Advance ” is defined in Section 2.4(a).

Equipment Conversion Date ” is defined in Section 2.4(b).

Equipment Interest Only Period ” means, for each Equipment Advance, a three (3) month period commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the first (1st) month immediately following the Funding Date of an Equipment Advance.

Equipment Line ” is an Equipment Advance in an aggregate amount of up to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).

Equipment Maturity Date ” is, for each Equipment Advance, the thirty-ninth (39th) Payment Date for such Equipment Advance, but no later than September 1, 2015.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Financed Equipment ” is all present and future Eligible Equipment in which Borrower has any interest which is financed by an Equipment Advance or a Prior Equipment Advance.

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

 

41


FX Forward Contract ” is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

 

42


(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and.

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Investor Support ” means it is the clear intention of Borrower’s investors to continue to fund the Borrower in the amounts and timeframe necessary to enable Borrower to satisfy the Obligations as they become due and payable.

Joinder Agreement ” means an Additional Borrower Joinder Supplement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , with the blanks appropriately completed and executed and delivered by the Additional Borrower to the Bank.

Key Person ” means Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, who is, as of the Effective Date, Christopher Lien.

Letter of Credit ” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the UK Debenture, the Warrant, 2008 Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, the Joinder Agreement, the Stock Pledge Agreements, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

 

43


Loan Supplement ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit E with respect to each Prior Equipment Advance or Equipment Advance.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

Monthly Recurring Revenue ” means, for any period as at any date of determination, the sum of the aggregate value of all (a) billed Accounts of Borrower for such period taken as a single accounting period under GAAP, plus (b) monthly services performed by the Borrower on all service contracts for billed Accounts, as reported by Borrower in its Monthly Financial Statements delivered to the Bank pursuant to Section 6.2(c), minus (c) Closed Accounts, minus (d) one-time credits applied to any of Borrower’s Accounts.

Net Cash ” is the sum of all of Borrower’s unrestricted cash less outstanding Obligations with respect to any Advances.

Net Cash Threshold ” is greater than One Dollar ($1.00).

Net Income ” means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligation to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses, and other amounts Borrower owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, any interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Bank, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Other Equipment ” is leasehold improvements, intangible property such as computer software and software licenses, equipment specifically designed or manufactured for Borrower, other intangible property, limited use property and other similar property and soft costs approved by Bank, including taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses.

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.5.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment ” means all checks, wire transfers and other items of payment received by Bank (including proceeds of Accounts and payment of the Obligations in full) for credit to

 

44


Borrower’s outstanding Credit Extensions or, if the balance of the Credit Extensions has been reduced to zero, for credit to its deposit accounts.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(g) guarantees of real property lease obligations of Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and

(h) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments by Marin in Subsidiaries (other than Marin Ltd.) not to exceed (i) One Million Four Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,400,000) in the aggregate for the 2011 fiscal

 

45


year and (ii) Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,500,000) in the aggregate for the 2012 fiscal year;

(g) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(h) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business; and

(i) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (i) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien

 

46


must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

(g) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

(h) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7; and

(j) Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is the “prime rate” of interest, as published from time to time by The Wall Street Journal in the “Money Rates” section of its Western Edition newspaper. In the event The Wall Street Journal or such rate is no longer published or available, Bank shall select a comparable rate.

Prior Equipment Advances ” is defined in Section 2.3(a).

Prior Equipment Loan ” is defined in Section 2.3(a).

Prior Equipment Maturity Date ” is, for each Prior Equipment Advance, the thirty-ninth (39th) Payment Date for such Equipment Advance, but no later than December 1, 2014.

Prior Growth Capital Final Payment ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal and accrued interest) due on the earlier of (a) the final payment date for the Prior Growth Capital Loan or (b) the date set forth in Section 2.7(d), equal to one and three quarters of one percent (1.75%) of the aggregate amount of such Prior Growth Capital Loan made under the Prior Loan Agreement.

Prior Growth Capital Loan ” is defined in Section 2.2(a).

Prior Growth Capital Maturity Date ” is May 1, 2012.

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made

 

47


Repayment Period ” is a period of time equal to thirty-six (36) consecutive months commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the first (1st) month following the Conversion Date.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s good faith belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, VP Finance, General Counsel, and Controller of Borrower.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Line is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000), provided, however, that Advances supported by Accounts which arise out of and are billed and collected by Marin Ltd, shall not exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is July 10, 2013.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Stock Pledge Agreements ” are collectively those certain Stock Pledge Agreements, dated the Effective Date, from Marin for the benefit of Bank.

 

48


Streamline Eligible ” shall mean at all times that Borrower’s Net Cash for the immediately preceding month is greater than the Net Cash Threshold. Borrower will not be Streamline Eligible until such time as Bank confirms that the Net Cash is greater than the Net Cash Threshold at all times during the immediately preceding month.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transaction Report ” is that certain report of transactions and schedule of collections in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

UK Accounts ” means Accounts that are billed and collected by the Borrower in the United Kingdom which contain selling terms and conditions acceptable to Bank in its sole but reasonable discretion.

UK Debenture ” means that certain Mortgage Debenture by and between Marin Software Ltd and Bank dated as of the January 10, 2011, as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

[Signature page follows.]

 

49


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ Chris Lien

  Name:   Chris Lien
  Title:   CEO
MARIN SOFTWARE LIMITED
By:  

/s/ John Kaelle

  Name:   John Kaelle
  Title:   Director
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Julia Bobrovich

  Name:   Julia Bobrovich
  Title:   Relationship Manager


EXHIBIT A

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (a) more than sixty five percent (65%) of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any “controlled foreign corporation” (as defined in the Internal Revenue code of 1986, as amended) which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, (b) any copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized thereby, know-how, operating manuals, trade secret rights, rights to unpatented inventions, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present, or future infringement of any of the foregoing; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts, license and royalty fees and other revenues, proceeds, or income arising out of or relating to any of the foregoing, or (c) any interest of Borrower as a lessee or sublessee under a real property lease or as a licensee under an inbound license of intellectual property if Borrower is prohibited by the terms of such lease or license from granting a security interest in such lease or license or under which such an assignment or lien would cause a default to occur under such lease or license (other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Section 9-407 or 9-408 of the Code or any other applicable law or principles of equity); provided, however, that upon termination of such prohibition, such interest shall immediately become Collateral without any action by Borrower or Bank.

Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, patent applications and like protections, including improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions, and continuations-in-part of the same, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under


applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, and the goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized thereby, know-how, operating manuals, trade secret rights, rights to unpatented inventions, and any claims for damage by way of any past, present, or future infringement of any of the foregoing, without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

2


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK                                 Date:    
FROM:    MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED MARIN SOFTWARE LIMITED     

The undersigned authorized officers of MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED AND MARIN SOFTWARE LIMITED (collectively, the “ Borrower ”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “ Agreement ”), (1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

    

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days      Yes No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC   

FYE within 180 days; 2010 FYE not

later than January 31, 2012

     Yes No
Borrowing Base Certificate A/R & A/P Agings    Monthly within 30 days      Yes No
Deferred Revenue Reports    Monthly within 30 days      Yes No
Transaction Reports   

Weekly; or monthly within 30 days, if

Streamline Eligible,

    
Recurring monthly revenue roll forward reports and SaaS    Monthly within 30 days      Yes No


Metrics (incl. monthly recurring revenue and churn

reports)

       
Board Projections    Within 7 days of Board approval      Yes No

 

       Required        Actual        Complies  

Maintain on a Monthly Basis:

              

Minimum Monthly Recurring Revenue (beginning with the month ending March 31, 2012 for the trailing three (3) month period then ended)

              

August 31, 2011

     $ 2,920,000         $                        Yes No   

September 30, 2011

     $ 2,940,000         $                        Yes No   

October 31, 2011

     $ 2,960,000         $                        Yes No   

November 30, 2011

     $ 2,980,000         $                        Yes No   

December 31, 2011

     $ 3,000,000         $                        Yes No   

January 31, 2012

     $ 3,135,000         $                        Yes No   

February 29, 2012

     $ 3,276,075         $                        Yes No   

March 31, 2012

     $ 9,835,000         $                        Yes No   

April 30, 2012

     $ 10,277,000         $                        Yes No   

May 31, 2012

     $ 10,740,000         $                        Yes No   

June 30, 2012

     $ 11,223,000         $                        Yes No   

July 31, 2012

     $ 11,728,000         $                        Yes No   

August 31, 2012

     $ 12,255,000         $                        Yes No   

September 30, 2012

     $ 12,807,000         $                        Yes No   

October 31, 2012

     $ 13,384,000         $                        Yes No   

November 30, 2012

     $ 13,986,000         $                        Yes No   

December 31, 2012

     $ 14,615,000         $                        Yes No   

Churn Rate not to exceed 3% for the immediately preceding three (3) months then ended

       3                            Yes No   

The following financial covenant analysis and information set forth in Schedule 1 attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this Certificate.


The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above and these exceptions also are intended to update the Perfection Certificate: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED
By:       
Name:   
Title:   
MARIN SOFTWARE LIMITED
By:       
Name:   
Title:   
BANK USE ONLY
Received by:       
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:       
  
Verified:       
AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:       
  
Compliance Status:    Yes  No
 


Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

Financial Covenants of Borrower

In the event of a conflict between this Schedule and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall govern.

Dated:                     

Monthly Recurring Revenue (Section 6.9(a))

Required:    Commencing with the month ending August 31, 2011, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, and beginning with the month ending March 31, 2012 for the trailing three (3) month period then ended, Monthly Recurring Revenue of not less than the following amounts at the following times:

 

Month Ending

   Monthly Recurring Revenue

August 31, 2011

     $ 2,920,000  

September 30, 2011

     $ 2,940,000  

October 31, 2011

     $ 2,960,000  

November 30, 2011

     $ 2,980,000  

December 31, 2011

     $ 3,000,000  

January 31, 2012

     $ 3,135,000  

February 29, 2012

     $ 3,276,075  

March 31, 2012

     $ 9,835,000  

April 30, 2012

     $ 10,277,000  

May 31, 2012

     $ 10,740,000  

June 30, 2012

     $ 11,223,000  

July 31, 2012

     $ 11,728,000  

August 31, 2012

     $ 12,255,000  

September 30, 2012

     $ 12,807,000  

October 31, 2012

     $ 13,384,000  

November 30, 2012

     $ 13,986,000  

December 31, 2012

     $ 14,615,000  

For purposes of calculating the Monthly Recurring Revenue for February, such calculation will be prorated on the basis of twenty-nine (29) calendar days.


Actual:

 

A.    Aggregate value of all Billed Accounts of Borrower for such period taken as a single accounting period under GAAP    $            
B.    Aggregate value of all monthly services performed by the on all service contracts for billed Accounts    $
C.    Aggregate value of the number of customer Accounts that are closed, cancelled, or otherwise terminated    $
D.    Aggregate value of all one-time credits applied to any of Borrower’s Accounts    $
E.    Monthly Recurring Revenue (sum of line A, plus line B, minus line C, minus line D)    $

Is line H equal to or greater than the required amount?

             No, not in compliance                                                      Yes, in compliance

Churn Rate (Section 6.9(b))

Required:    A Churn Rate, tested as of the last day of each month for the immediately preceding three (3) month period then ended, not to exceed three percent (3%) at any time averaged over such three (3) month period

Actual:

 

A.    Churn Rate (Line B above divided by Line E above)                %

Is line A in excess of 3%?

             No, not in compliance                                                      Yes, in compliance


EXHIBIT C

Transaction Report


EXHIBIT D

Form of Borrowing Resolution

(See attached)


LOGO

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

B ORROWER :    Marin Software Incorporated      D ATE :             , 20    
B ANK :    Silicon Valley Bank     

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1. I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of the Borrower. My title is as set forth below.

 

2. Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above. Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3. Attached hereto are true, correct and complete copies of Borrower’s Articles/Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above. Such Articles/Certificate of Incorporation have not been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4. The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action). Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and Bank may rely on them until Bank receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

R ESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

  

Title

  

Signature

  

Authorized to Add

or Remove

Signatories

         ¨
         ¨
         ¨
         ¨

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that any one of the persons designated above with a checked box beside his or her name may, from time to time, add or remove any individuals to and from the above list of persons authorized to act on behalf of Borrower.


R ESOLVED F URTHER , that such individuals may, on behalf of Borrower:

Borrow Money . Borrow money from Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”).

Execute Loan Documents . Execute any loan documents Bank requires .

Grant Security . Grant Bank a security interest in any of Borrower’s assets, excluding Borrower’s intellectual property.

Negotiate Items . Negotiate or discount all drafts, trade acceptances, promissory notes, or other indebtedness in which Borrower has an interest and receive cash or otherwise use the proceeds.

Letters of Credit . Apply for letters of credit from Bank.

Foreign Exchange Contracts . Execute spot or forward foreign exchange contracts.

Issue Warrants . Issue a warrant exercisable for up to 36,900 shares of Borrower’s common stock.

Further Acts . Designate other individuals to request advances, pay fees and costs and execute other documents or agreements (including documents or agreement that waive Borrowers right to a jury trial) they believe to be necessary to effectuate such resolutions.

R ESOLVED F URTHER , that all acts authorized by the above resolutions and any prior acts relating thereto are ratified.

 

5. The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

I, the              of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as of the date set forth above.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

2


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF LOAN AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT

LOAN AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT No. [    ]

LOAN AGREEMENT SUPPLEMENT No. [    ], dated             , 20     (“ Loan Supplement ”), to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 2011 (as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ) by and between the undersigned Marin Software Incorporated and Marin Software Limited (“ Borrower ”) and Silicon Valley Bank (“ Bank ”). Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein are used with the respective meanings given to such terms in the Loan Agreement.

To secure the prompt payment by Borrower of all amounts from time to time outstanding under the Loan Agreement, and the performance by Borrower of all the terms contained in the Loan Agreement, Borrower grants Bank, a first priority security interest in each item of equipment and other property described in Annex A hereto, which equipment and other property shall be deemed to be additional Financed Equipment and Collateral. The Loan Agreement is hereby incorporated by reference herein and is hereby ratified, approved and confirmed. Annex A (Equipment Schedule) is attached hereto. The proceeds of the Equipment Advance should be transferred to Borrower’s account with Bank set forth below:

 

Bank Name:    Silicon Valley Bank   
Account No.:   

 

  

Borrower hereby certifies that (a) the foregoing information is true and correct and authorizes Bank to endorse in its respective books and records, the interest rate applicable to the Funding Date of the Equipment Advance contemplated in connection with this Supplement and the principal amount set forth below; (b) the representations and warranties made by Borrower in the Loan Agreement are true and correct on the date hereof and shall be true and correct on such Funding Date. No Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Loan Agreement. This Supplement may be executed by Borrower and Bank in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Equipment Advance Funding Date :             , 20    

Equipment Advance Amount : $        

Interest Rate : 5.5%


This Supplement is delivered as of this day and year first above written.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK     MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED
By:  

 

    By:  

 

  Name:       Name
  Title:       Title:
    MARIN SOFTWARE LIMITED
      By:  

 

        Name
        Title:

Annex A - Description of Financed Equipment

 

2


Annex A to Supplement

The Financed Equipment being financed with the Equipment Advance which this Supplement is being executed is listed below. Upon the funding of such Equipment Advance, this schedule and the property described below automatically shall be a part of the Collateral.

 

Description of Equipment

   Make    Model    Serial #    Quantity    PO #    Invoice Date    Invoice #    Cost    Tax/Freight/Install
and Soft  Costs
   Total
                             
                             
                             

 

1


Annex B to Supplement

LOAN TERMS SCHEDULE NO.     

Equipment Advance Funding Date :             , 20    

Equipment Advance Amount : $        

Basic Rate:     %

Scheduled Payment Dates and Amounts*:

One (1) payment of $         due             

             payment of $         due monthly in advance from              through             .

One (1) payment of $         due             

Final Payment Date:             

 

Payment No.

  

Payment Date

1   
2   
3   
4   
  
35   
[36]   
  

* - The amount of each Scheduled Payment shall change as the amount outstanding changes.


EXHIBIT F

Form of Additional Borrower Joinder Supplement

(See attached)


ADDITIONAL BORROWER JOINDER SUPPLEMENT

THIS ADDITIONAL BORROWER JOINDER SUPPLEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made this      day of             , 2011, by and among MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED,              a              Delaware corporation (“Company”),             , a corporation (the “ Additional Borrower ” and together with Company, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), and SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation (the “ Bank ”).

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 30, 2011 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”) Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

B. Bank has extended credit to Company for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to add the Additional Borrower as a co-borrower under the Loan Agreement.

D. Additional Borrower agrees to become a “Borrower” under the Loan Documents in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for value received the undersigned agree as follows:

1. (a) The Additional Borrower and the Company hereby acknowledge, confirm and agree that on and as of the date of this Agreement the Additional Borrower has become a “Borrower” (as that term is defined in the Loan Agreement), and, along with the Company, is included in the definition of “Borrower” under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents for all purposes thereof, and as such shall be jointly and severally liable, as provided in the Loan Documents, for all Obligations thereunder (whether incurred or arising prior to, on, or subsequent to the date hereof) and otherwise bound by all of the terms, provisions and conditions thereof.

(b) Without in any way implying any limitation on any of the provisions of his Agreement, the Additional Borrower agrees to execute such financing statements, instruments, and other documents as the Bank may require.

(c) Without in any way implying any limitation on any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Additional Borrower hereby represents and warrants that all of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as if made on and as of such date, both before and after giving effect to this Agreement, and that no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing or exists or would occur or exist after giving effect to this Agreement.


2. Each Person included in the term “Borrower” hereby covenants and agrees with the Bank as follows:

(a) The Obligations include all present and future indebtedness, duties, obligations, and liabilities, whether now existing or contemplated or hereafter arising, of any one or more of the Additional Borrower or the Company.

(b) Reference in this Agreement to the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the “Borrower” or otherwise with respect to any one or more of the Persons now or hereafter included in the definition of “Borrower” shall mean each and every such Borrower, jointly and severally, unless the context requires otherwise (by way of example, and not limitation, if only one such Borrower is the owner of the real property which is the subject of a mortgage or if only one such Borrower files reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission).

(c) Each Borrower, in the discretion of its respective management, is to agree among themselves as to the allocation of the benefits of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions, provided, however, that each such Borrower be deemed to have represented and warranted to the Bank at the time of allocation that each benefit and use of proceeds is permitted under the terms of the Loan Agreement and Loan Documents.

(d) For administrative convenience, each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Company as each Borrower’s attorney-in-fact, with power of substitution (with the prior written consent of the Bank in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion), in the name of Company or in the name of such Borrower or otherwise to take any and all actions with respect to the this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Obligations and/or the Collateral (including, without limitation, the proceeds thereof) as Company may so elect from time to time, including, without limitation, actions to (i) request Credit Extensions, and direct the Bank to disburse or credit the proceeds of any Credit Extensions directly to an account of the applicable Borrower, any one or more of such Persons or otherwise, which direction shall evidence the making of such Credit Extension and shall constitute the acknowledgement by each such Person of the receipt of the proceeds of such Credit Extension, (ii) enter into, execute, deliver, amend, modify, restate, substitute, extend and/or renew this Agreement or the Loan Agreement, any additional borrower joinder supplement, any other Loan Documents, security agreements, mortgages, deposit account agreements, instruments, certificates, waivers, letter of credit applications, releases, documents and agreements from time to time, and (iii) endorse any check or other item of payment in the name of such Borrower or in the name of Company. The foregoing appointment is coupled with an interest, cannot be revoked without the prior written consent of the Bank, and may be exercised from time to time through Company’s duly authorized officer, officers or other Person or Persons designated by Company to act from time to time on behalf of Company.

(e) Each Person included in the term “Borrower” hereby irrevocably authorizes the Bank to make Credit Extensions to any one or more of such Persons, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement upon the written, oral or telephone request any one or more of the Persons who is from time to time authorized to do so under the provisions of the most recent

 

2


certificate of corporate resolutions and/or incumbency of the Person included in the term “Borrower” on file with the Bank.

(f) Absent gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Bank, the Bank assumes no responsibility or liability for any errors, mistakes, and/or discrepancies in the oral, telephonic, written or other transmissions of any instructions, orders, requests and confirmations between the Bank and any Borrower in connection with the Credit Extensions or any other transaction in connection with the provisions of this Agreement.

3. Without implying any limitation on the joint and several nature of the Obligations, the Bank agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, each Borrower may create reasonable inter-company indebtedness between or among the Borrowers with respect to the allocation of the benefits and proceeds of the Credit Extensions under this Agreement. The Borrowers agree among themselves, and the Bank consents to that agreement, that each Borrower shall have rights of contribution from all of the other Borrowers to the extent such Borrower incurs Obligations in excess of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions received by, or allocated to purposes for the direct benefit of, such Borrower. All such indebtedness and rights shall be, and are hereby agreed by the Borrowers to be, subordinate in priority and payment to the indefeasible repayment in full in cash of the Obligations, and, unless the Bank agrees in writing otherwise, shall not be exercised or repaid in whole or in part until all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash. The Borrowers agree that all of such inter-company indebtedness and rights of contribution are part of the Collateral and secure the Obligations. Each Borrower hereby agrees not to claim or assert any right of counterclaim, recoupment and offset between or among themselves arising on account of that indebtedness and otherwise until all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash. Each Borrower shall not evidence the inter-company indebtedness or rights of contribution by note or other instrument, and shall not secure such indebtedness or rights of contribution with any Lien or security. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the amount covered by each Borrower under the Obligations shall be limited to an aggregate amount (after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Borrower in respect of the Obligations) which, together with other amounts owing by such Borrowers to the Bank under the Obligations, is equal to the largest amount that would not be subject to avoidance under any Insolvency Proceeding or any applicable provisions of any applicable, comparable state or other laws. As used in this Agreement, “Insolvency Proceeding” shall mean proceedings by or against any Borrower under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

4. (a) Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Bank that each of them will derive benefits, directly and indirectly, from each Credit Extension, both in their separate capacity and as a member of the integrated group to which each such Borrower belongs and because the successful operation of the integrated group is dependent upon the continued successful performance of the functions of the integrated group as a whole, because (i) the terms of the consolidated financing provided under this Agreement are more favorable than would otherwise would be obtainable by such Borrower individually, and (ii) the additional administrative and other costs and reduced flexibility associated with individual financing

 

3


arrangements which would otherwise be required if obtainable would substantially reduce the value to such Borrower of the financing.

(b) Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants that all of the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as if made on and as of such date, provided, however, that the representation and warranty here with respect to any representation or warranty that refers to an earlier specific date shall be that such representation or warranty was true and correct on and as of such earlier date, both before and after giving effect to this Agreement, and that no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing or exists or would occur or exist after giving effect to this Agreement.

5. (a) Each Borrower hereby unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Bank:

(i) the due and punctual payment in full (and not merely the collectibility) by any other Borrower of the Obligations, including unpaid and accrued interest thereon, in each case when due and payable, all according to the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(ii) the due and punctual payment in full (and not merely the collectibility) by any other Borrower of all other sums and charges which may at any time be due and payable in accordance with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

(iii) the due and punctual performance by any other Borrower of all of the other terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Loan Documents; and

(iv) the due and punctual performance by any other Borrower of all the other Obligations of the other Borrowers.

(b) The obligations and liabilities of each Borrower as a guarantor under this paragraph 5 shall be absolute and unconditional and joint and several, irrespective of the genuineness, validity, priority, regularity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor. Each Borrower in its capacity as a guarantor expressly agrees that the Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, without notice to or further assent of such Borrower and without in any way releasing, affecting or in any way impairing the joint and several obligations and liabilities of such Borrower as a guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been finally and indefeasibly paid in full in cash:

(i) waive compliance with, or any defaults under, or grant any other indulgences under or with respect to any of the Loan Documents;

(ii) modify, amend, change or terminate any provisions of any of the Loan Documents (provided Bank obtains the consent of the other parties to any such

 

4


Loan Document if such consent is required by the terms of the applicable Loan Documents);

(iii) grant extensions or renewals of or with respect to the Credit Extensions or any of the Loan Documents;

(iv) effect any release, subordination, compromise or settlement in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

(v) agree to the substitution, exchange, release or other disposition of the Collateral or any part thereof, or any other collateral for the Credit Extensions or to the subordination of any lien or security interest therein;

(vi) make any Credit Extension for the purpose of performing any term, provision or covenant contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents with respect to which the Borrowers shall then be in default;

(vii) make future Credit Extensions pursuant to the Loan Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

(viii) assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer the Obligations, any of the other Loan Documents or any interest therein, all as and to the extent permitted by the provisions of this Agreement;

(ix) deal in all respects with any other Borrower as if this paragraph 5 were not in effect;

(x) effect any release, compromise or settlement with any of the other Borrowers, whether in its capacity as a Borrower or as a guarantor under this paragraph 5 or any other guarantor; and

(xi) provide debtor-in-possession financing or allow use of cash collateral in proceedings under any Insolvency Proceeding, it being expressly agreed by all Borrowers that any such financing and/or use would be part of the Obligations.

(c) The obligations and liabilities of each Borrower, as guarantor under this paragraph 5 shall be primary, direct and immediate, shall not be subject to any counterclaim, recoupment, set off, reduction or defense based upon any claim that such Borrower may have against any other Borrower and/or any other guarantor and shall not be conditional or contingent upon pursuit or enforcement by the Bank of any remedies it may have against any Borrower with respect to this Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents, whether pursuant to the terms thereof or by operation of law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Bank shall not be required to make any demand upon any Borrower, or to sell the Collateral or otherwise pursue, enforce or exhaust its or their remedies against any Borrower or the Collateral either before, concurrently with or after pursuing or enforcing its rights and remedies hereunder. Any one or more successive or concurrent actions or proceedings may be brought against each

 

5


Borrower under this paragraph 5, either in the same action, if any, brought against any Borrower or in separate actions or proceedings, as often as the Bank may deem expedient or advisable. Without limiting the foregoing, it is specifically understood that any modification, limitation or discharge of any of the liabilities or obligations of any Borrower, any other guarantor or any obligor under any of the Loan Documents, arising out of, or by virtue of, any bankruptcy, arrangement, reorganization or similar proceeding for relief of debtors under federal or state law initiated by or against any Borrower, in their respective capacities as Borrowers and guarantors under this paragraph 5, or under any of the Loan Documents shall not modify, limit, lessen, reduce, impair, discharge, or otherwise affect the liability of each Borrower under this paragraph 5 in any manner whatsoever, and this paragraph 5 shall remain and continue in full force and effect. It is the intent and purpose of this paragraph 5 that each Borrower shall and does hereby waive all rights and benefits which might accrue to any other guarantor by reason of any such proceeding, and the Borrowers agree that they shall be liable for the full amount of the obligations and liabilities under this paragraph 5 regardless of, and irrespective to, any modification, limitation or discharge of the liability of any Borrower, any other guarantor or any obligor under any of the Loan Documents, that may result from any such proceedings.

(d) Each Borrower, as guarantor under this paragraph 5, hereby unconditionally, jointly and severally, irrevocably and expressly waives:

(i) presentment and demand for payment of the Obligations and protest of non-payment;

(ii) notice of acceptance of this paragraph 5 and of presentment, demand and protest thereof;

(iii) notice of any default hereunder or under or any of the Loan Documents and notice of all indulgences;

(iv) notice of any increase in the amount of any portion of or all of the indebtedness guaranteed by this paragraph 5;

(v) demand for observance, performance or enforcement of any of the terms or provisions of this paragraph 5 or any of the other Loan Documents;

(vi) all errors and omissions (absent those caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct) in connection with the Bank’s administration of all indebtedness guaranteed by this paragraph 5;

(vii) any right or claim of right to cause a marshalling of the assets of any Borrower;

(viii) any act or omission of the Bank which changes the scope of the risk as guarantor hereunder; and

(ix) all other notices and demands otherwise required by law which such Borrower may lawfully waive.

 

6


(e) Within ten (10) days following any request of the Bank so to do, each Borrower will furnish the Bank and such other Persons as the Bank may direct with a written certificate, duly acknowledged stating in detail whether or not any credits, offsets or defenses exist with respect to this paragraph 5.

6. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of choice of law.

7. This Agreement shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Agreement by each party hereto, (b) Bank’s receipt of the original signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions duly executed by the Additional Borrower, (c) Bank’s receipt of the original signatures to a completed Perfection Certificate duly executed by the Additional Borrower, (d) Bank’s receipt of the original signatures to the SVB Securities Account Control Agreement duly executed by the Additional Borrower, (e) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of UCC lien searches, as Bank shall request, (f) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.4 of the Loan Agreement are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank, (g) Bank’s filing of a UCC Financing Statement with the              to reflect a Lien on all of Additional Borrower’s assets, and (h) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement.

[Signatures Appear on Following Page]

 

7


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into this 11th day of December, 2012 (the “ Supplemental Effective Date ”), by and between SILICON VALLEY BANK (“ Bank ”), MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (“ Marin’ ) whose address is 123 Mission Street, 25th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105, and MARIN SOFTWARE LIMITED, a company registered under the laws of England and Wales (“ Marin Ltd ”, and together with Marin, individually and collectively, the “ Borrower ”).

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Borrower have entered into that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 9, 2011 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”).

B. Bank has extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

C. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the

Revolving Line Maturity Date, (ii) increase the principal amount of the Revolving Line, (iii) make a secured equipment loan available to Borrower, and (iv) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

D. Although Bank is under no obligation to do so, Bank is willing to (i) extend the Revolving Line Maturity Date, (ii) increase the principal amount of the Revolving Line, (iii) make a secured equipment loan available to Borrower, and (iv) amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, all on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, so long as Borrower complies with the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement in a timely manner.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment, including its preamble and recitals, shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement .

2.1. Section 2.1 (Promise to Pay) . Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding Section 2.1.2 in its entirety immediately after Section 2.1.1 of the Loan Agreement as follows:


2.1.2 Supplemental Equipment Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the closing of the Next Equity Round, during the Supplemental Equipment Draw Period, Bank shall make advances (each, a “ Supplemental Equipment Advance ” and, collectively, the “ Supplemental Equipment Advances ”) not exceeding the Supplemental Equipment Line. Supplemental Equipment Advances may only be used to finance Eligible Equipment purchased within ninety (90) days (determined based upon the applicable invoice date of such Eligible Equipment) before the Funding Date of each Supplemental Equipment Advance; provided, however, the first Supplemental Equipment Advance may be used to finance Eligible Equipment purchased on or after July 1, 2012. No Supplemental Equipment Advance may exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the total invoice for Eligible Equipment (excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses relating to such Eligible Equipment except to the extent such are allowed to be financed pursuant hereto as Other Equipment). Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the proceeds of the Supplemental Equipment Line shall be used to finance Other Equipment. Each Supplemental Equipment Advance must be in a minimum amount of greater than or equal to Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000), or, if less, the amount that has not yet been drawn under the Equipment Line. After repayment, no Supplemental Equipment Advance may be reborrowed

(b) Repayment . For each Supplemental Equipment Advance, Borrower shall make (i) monthly payments of interest only commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the first (1st) month following the month in which the Funding Date occurs with respect to a Supplemental Equipment Advance and continuing thereafter during the Supplemental Equipment Interest Only Period on the first (1st) Business Day of each successive month and (ii) thirty-three (33) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal and accrued interest commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the first (1st) month after the Supplemental Equipment Interest Only Period (the “ Supplemental Equipment Conversion Date ”), which would fully amortize the outstanding Supplemental Equipment Advances, as of the Supplemental Equipment Conversion Date, over the Supplemental Repayment Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all unpaid principal and interest on each Supplemental Equipment Advance shall be due on the applicable Supplemental Equipment Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss . Borrower shall bear the risk of any loss, theft, destruction, or damage of or to the Financed Equipment. If, during the term of this Agreement, any Event of Loss occurs with respect to Financed Equipment financed by a Supplemental Equipment Advance, then, within ten (10) days following such Event of Loss, Borrower shall (i) pay to Bank on account of the Obligations all accrued interest to the date of the prepayment, plus all outstanding principal owing with respect to the Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss, plus the Supplemental Equipment Loan Final Payment or (ii) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at Borrower’s option, repair or replace any Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss provided the repaired or replaced Financed Equipment is of equal or like value to the Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss and provided further that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in such repaired or replaced Financed Equipment. Any partial prepayment of a Supplemental Equipment Advance paid by Borrower on account of an Event of Loss shall be applied to prepay amounts owing for such Equipment Advance in inverse order of maturity.

 

2


(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If the Supplemental Equipment Advances are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default or otherwise, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank an amount equal to the sum of (i) all outstanding principal plus accrued interest, plus (ii) the Supplemental Equipment Loan Final Payment, plus (iii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e) Permitted Prepayment of Supplemental Equipment Advances . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Supplemental Equipment Advances advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Bank of its election to prepay the Supplemental Equipment Advances at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all outstanding principal plus accrued interest with respect to the Supplemental Equipment Advances only, plus (B) the Supplemental Equipment Loan Final Payment, plus (C) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts. Borrower may condition such prepayment on the funding of another financing and provide that its prepayment election shall terminate if such funding does not occur by a specific date.

2.2. Section 2.6 (Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions) . Section 2.6(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

(b) Equipment Advances . Subject to Section 2.6(c), the principal amount outstanding for each (i) Equipment Advance shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to five and one half of one percent (5.50%) and (ii) Supplemental Equipment Advance shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to three percent (3.00%), which interest shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.6(f) below.

2.3. Section 2.7 (Fees) . Section 2.7 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding Sections 2.7(f) and 2.7(g) each in its entirety immediately after Section 2.7(e) of the Loan Agreement as follows:

(f) Increased Revolving Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Sixty-One Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($61,750) (the “ Increased Revolving Commitment Fee ”) of which, (i) Five Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($5,500), shall be paid on December     , 2012, (ii) Thirty-Seven Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($37,500) shall be paid on April 30, 2013, and (iii) the balance (Eighteen Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($18,750)) shall be paid to Bank on January 31, 2014. It being understood the Increased Revolving Commitment Fee is in lieu of the final payment of the Revolving Commitment Fee which was scheduled to be due on January 10, 2013; and

(g) Supplemental Equipment Loan Final Payment . A Supplemental Equipment Loan Final Payment due on the Supplemental Equipment Maturity Date, or at the time of a prepayment pursuant to the terms of Sections 2.1.2(c), 2.1.2(d), and 2.1.2(e).

 

3


2.4. Section 3.4 (Procedures for Borrowing) . Section 3.4 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding Section 3.4(c) in its entirety immediately after Section 3.4(b) of the Loan Agreement as follows:

(c) Supplemental Equipment Advances . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Supplemental Equipment Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Supplemental Equipment Advance, Borrower must notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail or facsimile no later than 12:00 p.m. Pacific time one (1) Business Day before the proposed Funding Date. The notice shall be a Payment/Advance Form, must be signed by a Responsible Officer or designee, and shall include a copy of the invoice for the Equipment being financed. Borrower shall also deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Loan Supplement, executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee, copies of invoices for the Financed Equipment and such additional information as Bank may reasonably request at least five (5) Business Days before the proposed Funding Date, At Bank’s discretion, Bank shall have the opportunity to confirm that, upon filing the UCC-1 financing statement covering the Equipment described on the Loan Supplement, Bank shall have a first priority perfected security interest in such Equipment If Borrower satisfies the conditions of each Supplemental Equipment Advance, Bank shall disburse such Supplemental Equipment Advance by transfer to the Designated Deposit Account.

2.5. Section 6.9 (Financial Covenants) . Section 6.9 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

6.9 Financial Covenants .

Maintain at all times, to be tested as of the last day of each month, unless otherwise noted, on a consolidating basis with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries:

(a) Minimum Monthly Recurring Revenue . Commencing with the month ending September 30, 2012, and as of the last day of each month thereafter, for the trailing three (3) month period then ended, minimum Monthly Recurring Revenue of at least the following amounts at the following times:

 

Month Ending

   Minimum
Monthly
Recurring
Revenue
 

September 30, 2012

   $ 12,807,000   

October 31, 2012

   $ 13,384,000   

November 30, 2012

   $ 13,986,000   

December 31, 2012

   $ 14,615,000   

January 31, 2013

   $ 15,300,000   

 

4


Subject to the terms set forth below, February 28, 2013 and as of the last day of each month thereafter for the immediately preceding three (3) month period then ended    An amount equal to not less than the sum of the minimum Monthly Recurring Revenue as of the end of the last day of the month immediately preceding the three (3) month period then ended, plus four percent (4%)

For purposes of calculating the minimum Monthly Recurring Revenue for February, such calculation will be prorated on the basis of twenty-eight (28) calendar days.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, commencing with the month ending January 31, 2013, Borrower’s minimum Monthly Recurring Revenue is subject to change based on Borrower’s annual financial projections approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors for the December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 fiscal years, which shall be equal to or greater than seventy-five percent (75%) of Borrower’s projected performance for each such month, as determined by Bank in its sole discretion (the “ 2013/2014 MRR Covenant ”). Borrower’s failure to reach an agreement with Bank on the 2013/2014 MRR Covenant and to execute and deliver to Bank an amendment to this Agreement on or by March 15, 2013 and March 15, 2014, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, respectively, shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under this Agreement.

(b) Liquidity Ratio . A Liquidity Ratio of at least 1.50 to 1.00.

2.6. Section 8.1 ( Payment Default ). Section 8.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

8.1 Payment Default .

Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, the Growth Capital Maturity Date, the Equipment Maturity Date, the Prior Equipment Maturity Date, or the Supplemental Equipment Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period).

2.7. Section 8.11 (Cross-Default with Ireland Debenture) . Section 8 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding Section 8.11 in its entirety immediately after Section 8.10 of the Loan Agreement as follows:

8.11 Cross-Default with Ireland Debenture.

A default shall occur under the Ireland Debenture and such default is not cured within any applicable grace period provided therein.

 

5


2.8. Section 12 (Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date) . Section 12.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

12.1 Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date.

This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. Notwithstanding any such termination, Bank’s lien and security interest in the Collateral shall continue until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations. If such termination is at Borrower’s election or at Bank’s election due to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay to Bank, in addition to the payment of any other expenses or fees then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000), provided, that no termination fee shall be charged if (a) the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from another division of Bank or (b) within ninety (90) days of the consummation of an initial public offering of Borrower’s common stock, (i) the Obligations have been fully paid in cash, (ii) Bank has no commitment or binding obligation to lend any further funds to Borrower, and (iii) all financing agreements between Bank and Borrower are terminated.

2.9. Section 13 (Definitions) .

(a) The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended by deleting them in their entirety and replacing them with the following:

Borrowing Base ” is (a) 80% of Eligible Accounts, plus (b) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts with respect to UK Accounts and Ireland Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentage in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Prior Growth Capital Loan, Prior Equipment Advance, Equipment Advance, Supplemental Equipment Advance, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Eligible Equipment ” is the following to the extent it complies with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank, is acceptable to Bank in all respects, (i) is located at 123 Mission Street, 25th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105 or in such other locations in the United States which Bank has received prior written notice of such location and, at Bank’s request, a bailee agreement executed by the bailee of such location in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, and (ii) is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Bank: (a) new and used general purpose equipment, computer equipment, manufacturing equipment, office equipment, test and laboratory equipment, telephone systems, furnishings, subject to the limitations set forth herein, and (b) Other Equipment.

 

6


Financed Equipment ” is all present and future Eligible Equipment in which Borrower has any interest which is financed by an Equipment Advance, a Prior Equipment Advance, or a Supplemental Equipment Advance.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the UK Debenture, the Ireland Debenture, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, the Joinder Agreement, the Stock Pledge Agreements, any Bank Services Agreement, any subordination agreement, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Loan Supplement ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit E with respect to each Prior Equipment Advance, Equipment Advance, or Supplemental Equipment Advance.

Net Cash Threshold ” is greater than Zero Dollars ($0.00).

Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000), provided, however, that Advances supported by Accounts which (a) are either (i) UK Accounts or (ii) Ireland Accounts shall not exceed Seven Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($7,500,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding and (b) are Eligible Foreign Accounts shall not exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is July 31, 2014.

UK Accounts ” means Accounts that are billed and collected by the Borrower in the United Kingdom and which (a) otherwise satisfy the definition of Eligible Accounts and (b) contain selling terms and conditions acceptable to Bank in its sole but reasonable discretion.

Warrant ” means, collectively, (a) that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated December 9, 2011 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank, (b) the 2008 Warrant, and (c) the 2012 Warrant.

(b) Clauses (b), (d), (e), (f), and (o) of the definition of “Eligible Accounts” set forth in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

(b) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days (or one hundred twenty (120) days for UK Accounts and Ireland Accounts) of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(d) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, in which fifty percent (50%) or more of the Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days (or one hundred twenty (120) days for UK Accounts and Ireland Accounts) of invoice date;

 

7


(e) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United. States unless such Accounts are otherwise Eligible Foreign Accounts;

(f) Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States, including, without limitation UK Accounts and Ireland Accounts, unless Bank has a first priority, perfected security interest or other enforceable Lien in such Accounts under all applicable laws, including foreign laws;

(o) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced, unless such Accounts are earned and will be invoiced to the Account Debtor within ten (10) Business Days after the last day of each month;

(c) The following terms and their respective definitions are hereby added in alphabetical order to Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement:

2012 Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated the December 11, 2012 executed by Borrower in favor of Bank.

Eligible Foreign Accounts ” are Accounts for which the Account Debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States and which (a) otherwise satisfy the definition of Eligible Accounts, (b) billed from the United States, and (c) at no time will total Advances made against such Accounts exceed Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000).

Ireland Accounts ” means Accounts that are billed and collected by Marin Ireland in Ireland and which (a) otherwise satisfy the definition of Eligible Accounts and (b) contain selling terms and conditions acceptable to Bank in its sole but reasonable discretion.

Ireland Debenture ” means that certain Mortgage Debenture by and between Marin Ireland and Bank, as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Liquidity Ratio ” means (a) the sum of (i) Borrower’s unrestricted cash, plus (ii) net billed accounts receivable (including earned but unbilled accounts receivable that is expected to be billed within ten (10) Business Days of month end), divided by (b) all outstanding Obligations under the Revolving Line.

Marin Ireland ” means that certain wholly owned Subsidiary of Mann to be organized by Marin under the laws of the Republic of Ireland.

Next Equity Round ” means the Borrower’s next bona fide round of preferred equity financing with Borrower’s existing investors which results in Borrower receiving net cash proceeds of at least Nineteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($19,500,000), and upon Bank confirming the receipt of the same.

Supplemental Equipment Advance ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(a).

 

8


Supplemental Equipment Conversion Date ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

Supplemental Equipment Draw Period ” is the period of time from the Supplemental Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) March 31, 2013, or (b) an Event of Default.

Supplemental Equipment Interest Only Period ” means, for each Supplemental Equipment Advance, the period commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the first (1st) month immediately following the Funding Date of a Supplemental Equipment Advance through June 30, 2013.

Supplemental Equipment Line ” is a Supplemental Equipment Advance or Supplemental Equipment Advances in an aggregate amount of up to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000).

Supplemental Equipment Loan Final Payment ” is a fully earned, nonrefundable payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal and accrued interest) due on the earlier of (a) the final payment date for the Supplemental Equipment Advances or (b) the date set forth in Section 2.7(g), equal to One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000), provided, however, no Supplemental Equipment Loan Final Payment shall be charged if the Borrower does not close the Next Equity Round.

Supplemental Equipment Maturity Date ” is, for each Supplemental Equipment Advance, the thirty-ninth (39th) Payment Date for such Supplemental Equipment Advance, but no later than March 1, 2016.

Supplemental Repayment Period ” is a period of time equal to thirty-three (33) consecutive months commencing on the first (1st) calendar day of the first (1st) month following the Supplemental Equipment Conversion Date.

3. Compliance Certificate . The Compliance Certificate attached to the Loan Agreement as Exhibit B is replaced in its entirety with the Compliance Certificate attached hereto as Exhibit B. From and after the Supplemental Effective Date, all references in the Loan Agreement to the Compliance Certificate shall mean the Compliance Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4. Loan Supplement . From and after the Supplemental Effective Date, Schedule 1 (Form of Loan Supplement) is hereby added to the Loan Agreement in its entirety in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1 . From and after the Supplemental Effective Date, all references in the Loan Agreement to the Loan Supplement shall mean the Loan Supplement in the form attached hereto as Schedule 1 .

5. Additional Borrower; Irish Subsidiary . To secure the payment and performance of the Obligations under the Loan Agreement and in consideration of the Bank agreeing to make Advances on Accounts billed and collected out of Ireland (the “ Ireland Accounts ”), Borrower shall deliver to Bank prior to the initial Advance with respect to any Ireland Accounts the following agreements (or their Irish equivalents, as applicable) and due

 

9


diligence matters: (a) a Joinder Agreement duly executed by Borrower and that certain wholly owned Subsidiary of Mann to be organized by Marin under the laws of the Republic of Ireland (“ Marin Ireland ”), (b) a Stock Pledge Agreement duly executed by Mann for the benefit of Bank, pursuant to which Borrower will grant, pledge, and assign to Bank shares representing up to sixty-five percent (65%) of the ownership interests of Marin Ireland, together with a Notice of Pledge and Initial Transaction Statement pursuant to the Stock Pledge Agreement, (c) a Mortgage Debenture duly executed by Marin Ireland for the benefit of Bank and any other instruments, agreements, securities, control agreements and other documents requested by Bank to create and perfect Bank’s first priority Lien in the Collateral and to establish control of deposit accounts and securities accounts of Marin Ireland, (d) Borrowing Resolutions duly executed by Marin Ireland, (e) Perfection Certificate duly executed by Marin Ireland, (f) evidence that the insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Loan Agreement is in full force and effect and that Bank has been named as lender loss payee or additional insured, as appropriate, under the applicable insurance policies, (g) Memorandum and Articles of Association with regard to Marin Ireland certified by the Secretary or an officer of Marin Ireland and all amendments thereto, (h) Certificate of Registration/Qualification to do business certified by the appropriate Governmental Authority and each jurisdiction in which Marin Ireland is authorized to do business, and (i) results of a UCC, tax and judgment lien search in the District of Columbia and the jurisdictions where assets of Marin Ireland are located, and such searches shall reveal no Liens on any of the assets of Marin Ireland except for Permitted Liens or Liens discharged on or prior to Marin being joined to the Loan Agreement pursuant to documentation satisfactory to the Bank.

6. Limitation of Amendments.

6.1. The amendments set forth in Sections 2, 3, and 4 above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

6.2. This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

6.3. In addition to those Events of Default specifically enumerated in the Loan Documents, the failure to comply with the terms of any covenant or agreement contained herein shall constitute an Event of Default and shall entitle the Bank to exercise all rights and remedies provided to the Bank under the terms of any of the other Loan Documents as a result of the occurrence of the same.

7. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank as follows:

7.1. Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

10


7.2. Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

7.3. The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Bank on the Supplemental Effective Date remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

7.4. The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

7.5. The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

7.6. The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

7.7. This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

8. Integration . This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

9. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

10. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) Borrower’s payment of the Increased Revolving Commitment Fee due on the Supplemental Effective Date in the amount of Five Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($5,500), (c) the due execution and delivery to Bank of the 2012 Warrant, and (d) payment of Bank’s legal fees and expenses in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Amendment.

[Signatures Appear on the Following Page]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Julia Bobrovich

  Name:   Julia Bobrovich
  Title:   Relationship Manager
BORROWER:
MARIN SOFTWARE INCORPORATED
By:  

/s/ John Kaelle

  Name:   John Kaelle
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
MARIN SOFTWARE LIMITED
By:  

/s/ John Kaelle

  Name:   John Kaelle
  Title:   Director

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Marin Software Incorporated

 

Name of Subsidiary

   Jurisdiction

Marin Software Limited

   England and Wales

Marin Software Pty Limited

   Australia

Marin Software Pte. Ltd.

   Singapore

Marin Software SARL

   France

Marin Software GmbH

   Germany

Marin Software K.K.

   Japan

Marin Software Limited

   Ireland

Marin Software Irish Holding Limited

   Ireland

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement to Form S-1 of Marin Software Incorporated of our report dated June 27, 2012, except for Notes 12 and 13, as to which the date is December 13, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Marin Software Incorporated, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

February 13, 2013